Colorado Solar Energy Catalog by crops315

Contents System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Grid-Tie Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Battery Backup Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Lead-Acid Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

AC-Coupled Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Industrial Self-Stacking Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Off-Grid Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Commercial | Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Solar Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Multi-Crystalline (Poly) Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Lithium Ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Enclosures and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Chargers and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Mono-Crystalline Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Electrical Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

12 VDC Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

Power Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Mounting Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Roof and Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Commercial | Ballasted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Commercial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Trackers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Wind Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Wind Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Wind Turbines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Grid-Tie Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Module-Level Power Electronics (MLPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 String Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Central Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Battery-Based Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Fuses and Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Surge Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Array Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Array Combiners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Disconnects & Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Connectors, Blocks and Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Safety Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Wire & Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Battery Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Bulk Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Array Wiring & Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Water Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Submersible Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Surface Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Pump Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Grid-Tie Battery Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Water-Powered Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Off-Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Hot Water Circulator Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Prewired Power Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Converters & Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Array and Battery Cable Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Site Analysis Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

System Commissioning Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Generator Start Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Label Printing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Relays and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Battery Chargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Diversion Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Charge Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 MPPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 RV Charge Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 PWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Meters & Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 DC Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Wireless Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Grid-Tie System Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Electric Vehicle Charging Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Maximum Ampacities for Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Inverter Cable and Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Wire Loss Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Solar Insolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Peak Sun Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average . . . . . . . 259

2014 Colorado Solar Energy Design Guide & Catalog As we assemble the 2014 catalog, it is exciting to note that this year the U.S.A. is expected to surpass Germany for Megawatts of solar PV installed. More Americans than ever are deploying solar PV to save money or provide a more secure energy source for their homes and businesses. Of course, we are also seeing unprecedented attacks on net metering and similar policies that help make solar effective. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s just one more sign of how important this industry and its technologies have become. With the increasing scope and sophistication of the solar marketplace, it is vital that every company, from manufacturers to installers, continuously becomes more efficient and effective in what they do. Colorado Solar Energy is here to help, not only with best-in-class products and training, but also with marketing support, training, technical guidance and business advice from seasoned experts, access to consumer financing, as well as sophisticated logistic services that can minimize your overhead costs while maximizing your effectiveness. The Colorado Solar Energy catalog includes manufacturer-sourced data along with advice from Colorado Solar Energy experts who have decades of hands-on experience in the renewable energy industry. They share invaluable tips and guidance on system design and installation, product applications, equipment and parts compatibility, maintenance, and more. No other book in the industry offers this level of detailed information acquired through field experience.

Help Us Keep This Resource Up-to-Date Keeping this catalog accurate and up-to-date is very important to us. While we do our best, we cannot guarantee that every specification and detail is current since products and specifications can change without notice, as can availability. Please let us know if you suspect any information may be inaccurate. We always appreciate your feedback and can be reached anytime at coloradosolarenergy@wildblue.net.

Contact Us for All Your Renewable Energy Needs As questions arise, we look forward to answering them. Please call us at 719.395.0191, email us at coloradosolarenergy@wildblue.net, or visit our contact page at www.coloradosolarenergy.net. We thank you and look forward to working closely with you to take advantage of all the great opportunities that 2014 has to offer.

SOLAR POWERS AN ARRAY OF LIFE Energy is a driver of change and development. Without it, there is no way to light homes, pump water, store vaccines, run computers, operate machinery, or communicate with the rest of the world. For over 20 years, the Solar Electric Light Fund has been developing innovative solar energy solutions to help people living without electricity lift themselves out of poverty and secure their future. Transforming lives would not be possible without our solar industry partners, and for that, we are deeply grateful. To learn more about how your company can join 39 industry leaders as an ARRAY OF LIFEâ&#x201E;˘ program partner, please visit www.SELF.org/corporate-program, or contact Rick LaRue at 202-234-7265.

Solar Electric Light Fund ENERGY IS A HUMAN RIGHTâ&#x201E;˘

The Solar Electric Light Fund (SELF) is a non-profit charitable organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Visit www.SELF.org.

A grid-connected PV system consists of PV modules, output cables, a module mounting structure, AC and DC disconnect switches, inverter(s), grounding equipment, and a metering system, as shown in the diagram below. The Grid-Tie System Worksheet is designed to help contractors size a PV array to offset all of their clientâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s electrical usage with the largest system that would be cost-effective to install. A smaller system can reduce part of the electric bill, and in locations with tiered or progressive rates, it may have a faster financial payback. Compare the worksheet result with the amount of space available to mount the PV array in order to get a rough idea of the maximum PV array size. Below is a diagram of a typical batteryless grid-tie system (utility intertie). Many grid-tie inverters have built-in DC disconnect switches, while some have both a DC and an AC disconnect. Some models also contain a PV array string combiner so a separate one may not be necessary. Separate overcurrent protection for each series string of modules in a PV array (typically provided in the array combiner box) is required only if there are three or more series strings of modules connected to a single inverter input. Inverters with multiple MPPT input channels can have one or two series strings per channel without individual string fusing.

Grid-Tie Systems

Array String Combiner (3 or more strings)

String 1

String 2

String 3

Solar PV Array

AC Disconnect DC Disconnect (typically packaged with inverter)

SYSTEM DESIGN

Utility Grid-Tie PV System Design

Grid-Tie Inverter

Utility Service/Load Center

Utility Meter

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Utility Grid

SYSTEM DESIGN

Worksheet: Grid-Tie PV System Design Determine PV array size for a grid-connected system. Step 1: Determine the daily average electricity usage from the electric bills. This will be in kilowatt hours (kWh). Due to air conditioning, heating, and other seasonal usage, it is a good idea to add up all the kWh for the year and then divide by 365 to find the average daily usage. Step 2: Find the location's average peak sun-hours per day. See the maps on page 11 and/or the insolation map in the Reference section near the end of the catalog. For example, the average for Central California is 5 sun-hours. Step 3: Calculate the system size (AC watts) needed to offset the average usage. Divide the daily average electricity use by average sun-hours per day. For example, if the daily average electricity use is 30 kWh and the site is in Central California, system size would be: 30 kWh / 5 h = 6 kW AC. Multiply kW by 1000 to get AC watts. Step 4: Calculate the number of PV modules required for this system. Divide the system AC watts in Step 4 by the watt rating of the modules to be used, and then divide by the inverter efficiency, usually 0.94 to 0.98, to get the total number of modules required. Round this number up to the next whole number of modules. For best results, use the module’s PTC watt rating that is found on the California Energy Commission’s Approved Equipment List (www.gosolarcalifornia.org/equipment) rather than the manufacturer’s peak rating.

Grid-Tie Systems

Select inverter(s) and determine string configuration Step 5: Select the inverter/module combination from the table on the next page that is closest to the desired system size. The table on the next page shows inverter and module combinations for our most popular modules and grid-tie inverters with a 600 VDC maximum voltage limit. For a given inverter and module combination, the table displays the recommended number of series strings of modules and the number of modules per string for temperatures between 14 °F and 104 °F. Where the inverter will support more than one string of modules, the table shows the number of modules that can be used with multiple strings. Sizing is accurate in locations where the maximum temperature is lower than 104 °F and the minimum temperature is higher than 14 °F. In locations where the minimum temperature is lower than 14 °F, the maximum number of modules per string may be lower. The line labeled “PTC” is the expected output of the modules at normal operating temperature in full sun. The approximate power output of a system in full sun will be the number of modules multiplied by the watt rating of the modules and then multiplied by the inverter efficiency from the second column in the table. Other factors, such as high or low temperatures, shading, array orientation, roof pitch, and dirt on the modules, will affect the system’s actual output.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

REC255

REC260

PTC →

221.9

229.7

234.3

SE3000A-US-U

one string

8 to 15

8 to 14

8 to 15

SE3800A-US-U

one string

8 to 19

8 to 18

8 to 19

one string

8 to 20

two strings

max 25

max 24

max 25

Solar Edge

Inverter ↓

SE5000A-US-U

CEC %↓

97.5

Enphase

SE6000A-US-U

Suniva OPT260

OPT265

OPT270

232.8

235.7

240.3

8 to 14

8 to 13

8 to 18

8 to 17

8 to 20

8 to 19

max 24

max 23

one string

8 to 20

8 to 19

two strings

max 30

max 29

max 28

max 30

max 29

max 28

max 27

Enphase M215

96.0

Enphase M250

96.5

IG Plus A 3.0-1

95.5

one string

10 to 14

10 to 13

11 to 13

10 to 13

10 to 12

IG Plus A 3.8-1

95.5

one string

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

IG Plus A 5.0-1

95.5

10 to 13

IG Plus A 6.0-1

IG Plus A 7.5-1

IG Plus A 10.0-1

IG Plus A 11.4-1

96.0

95.5

96.0

one string

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

two strings

10 to 11

one string

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

two strings

10 to 14

10 to 13

11 to 13

10 to 13

10 to 12

one string

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

two strings

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

three strings

10 to 11

one string

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

two strings

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

three strings

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

four strings

10 to 11

one string

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

two strings

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

three strings

10 to 14

11 to 14

10 to 14

10 to 13

four strings

10 to 13

10 to 12

11 to 13

11 to 12

10 to 12

Grid-Tie Systems

Fronius

Hanwha HSLHSL250TW 255TW 225.1 227

REC250

SYSTEM DESIGN

REC Module →

NOTE: Do not use 60-cell modules in strings of 14 or greater in locations with record low temperatures below 10 °F (-12 °C) as the string may exceed 600 VDC in these conditions. This does not apply to SolarEdge systems or Enphase inverters, which control voltage at the module level.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

REC

SYSTEM DESIGN

Inverter ↓

CEC %↓

Module → PTC →

221.9

229.7

234.3

Hanwha HSLHSL250TW 255TW 225.1 227

SB2000HFUS

97.0

one string

8 to 10

8 to 9

8 to 10

SMA

REC255

REC260

8 to 9

Suniva OPT260

OPT265

OPT270

232.8

235.7

240.3

8 to 9

SB2500HFUS

96.5

one string

10 to 12

10 to 11

SB3000HFUS

96.5

one string

10 to 14

10 to 13

SB3000TL-22

96.5

6 to 13

SB4000TL-22

96.5

one string

6 to 14

two strings

6 to 7

one string

6 to 14

6 to 13

two strings

6 to 10

6 to 9

6 to 10

6 to 9

one string

6 to 14

6 to 13 6 to 11

SB5000TL-22

96.5

two strings

6 to 12

6 to 11

SB3000US-12

95.5

one string

11 to 14

9 to 11

SB4000US-12

96.0

one string

11 to 14

12 to 14

11 to 14

11 to 13

SB5000US-12

95.5

11 to 13

SB6000US-12

SB7000US-12

Grid-Tie Systems

SB8000US-12

Power-One

REC250

95.5

96.0

one string

11 to 12

12 to 14

11 to 14

two strings

11 to 14

one string

11 to 14

12 to 14

11 to 14

11 to 13

two strings

11 to 14

12 to 14

11 to 14

11 to 13

one string

11 to 14

12 to 14

11 to 14

11 to 13

two strings

12 to 14

11 to 14

11 to 13

three strings

13 to 14

one string

13 to 14

two strings

13 to 14

three strings

UNO-2.0-I-OUTD-S-US

95.5

string/max mods

4-10 / 10

4-9 / 9

4-10 / 10

4-9 / 9

UNO-2.5-I-OUTD-S-US

96.0

string/max mods

4-12 / 12

4-11 / 11

PVI-3.0-OUTD-S-US-A

96.0

string/max mods

4-14 / 15

4-14 / 14

5-14 / 15

5-14 / 14

4-14 / 14

4-13 / 13

PVI-3.6-OUTD-S-US-A

96.0

string/max mods

4-14 / 18

4-14 / 17

5-14 / 18

5-14 / 17

4-14 / 17

4-13 / 16

PVI-4.2-OUTD-S-US-A

96.0

string/max mods

4-14 / 25

4-14 / 20

5-14 / 21

5-14 / 20

4-14 / 20

4-14 / 19

4-13 / 19

PVI-5000-OUTD-S-US-A

96.5

string/max mods

4-14 / 30

4-14 / 24

5-14 / 25

5-14 / 24

4-14 / 24

4-14 / 23

4-13 / 23

PVI-6000-OUTD-S-US-A

96.5

string/max mods

4-14 / 30

4-14 / 29

4-14 / 28

5-14 / 30

5-14 / 29

4-14 / 28

4-13 / 27

AEE Solar was born in 1979, long before grid-tie, when off-grid solar was the only form of domestic solar PV. So when it comes to off-grid know-how and equipment knowledge, AEE Solar’s experience, expertise, and product selection is unsurpassed.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Many solar customers are surprised and disappointed to learn that their batteryless grid-tie solar PV system will not power their home during a utility outage. In areas where blackouts and extended weather-related outages are common, a battery backup system, like the one shown in the diagram below, can add substantial value. Sizing and designing a grid-tie system with battery backup is more complex than designing a batteryless system. They perform two separate functions: offsetting the power purchased from the electric utility, just like a standard batteryless system and providing emergency backup power during utility outages. Both of these functions require separate design considerations and calculations. The “grid-tie” part of the system is designed the same way as a batteryless grid-tie system is, using the average daily kWh power consumption and the yearly average peak sun-hours available where the PV array is located.

SYSTEM DESIGN

Grid-Tie with Battery Backup

The “battery backup” part of the system is designed based on the power draw of the critical loads that need to operate during a grid outage, and how long the outage is expected to occur. These systems are generally designed to run only critical loads located in a separate sub-panel. They are not designed to power the whole house, although this can be done so at considerable additional cost. Battery backup systems require specialized inverters and other components and must be carefully sized, so be sure to call AEE Solar’s Technical Support Team for assistance.

Battery Backup Systems

Non-Critical Loads

AC Disconnect Combiner Box

Utility Meter

Utility Grid

Utility Service/ Load Center

Solar PV Array

Critical Loads Input AC Breaker

DC Breaker

Charge Controller

DC Inverter Breaker

Output AC Breaker

BatteryBased Inverter

Input AC Breaker

Generator DC Power Center

DC Bus Battery Meter

Battery Bank

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SYSTEM DESIGN

Inverters for Grid-Tie with Battery Backup OutBack G-Series inverters and switch gear, as well as the new Radian inverter, can power loads individually from 2 to 8 kW and can be combined in a single system up to 80 kW. (See Battery-Based Inverters and Power Systems) The Schneider Conext XW series of inverters offers grid-tie inverters with battery backup capability in 4 kW, 4.5 kW, and 6 kW increments. Up to 4 units can be paralleled for battery backup systems up to 24 kW. (See Battery-Based Inverters and Power Systems) The SMA Sunny Island inverters, in conjunction with a Sunny Boy inverter and PV array, can be used to provide high-efficiency backup power in a grid-tied home or business. Backup systems can be configured with up to 24 kW single-phase output using up to 4 Sunny Island inverters or up to 72 kW of 3-phase output with up to 12 Sunny Island inverters and a Multi-Cluster Box. (See Battery-Based Inverters and Power Systems) Follow steps 1-5 on the Grid-Tie PV System Design Worksheet (on page 10) to determine the size of the array required to provide the desired percentage of total power. Then calculate the inverter size and battery capacity needed using the worksheet below.

Worksheet: Inverter and Batteries for Grid-Tie with Backup System Determine energy storage requirement for backup system.

Battery Backup Systems

Step 1: Find the power requirements (watts) for the appliances that need power during a black-out. Make a list of the loads and appliances that need power during an outage. Refrigerators, safety lighting, etc. Only list the essential items, since the system size (and cost) will vary widely with power needed. The wattage of individual appliances can usually be found on the back of the appliance or in the owner’s manual. If an appliance is rated in amps, multiply amps by the operating voltage (120 or 240) to find watts. Add up the wattage of all the items on the list that may need to run simultaneously to arrive at the total amount of watts. This is the “peak wattage” inverter requirement and will determine the minimum size of the dual-function inverter that you will need. If the PV array is larger than the peak wattage, then skip steps 2 through 5 and size the inverter to the array as in a normal grid-tie system. Step 2: Define how long of an outage the system must accommodate. Power outages last from a few minutes, to a day or more. Again, this decision will greatly affect the system size and cost, so the desired length of time should be traded against the total loads supported. If the system needs to provide power for an indefinite period of time, use the array and battery bank sizing instructions for an off-grid system. Step 3: Determine the amount of energy needed. Multiply the power requirements (in step 1) by duration in hours (in step 2). The result will be watt-hours. For example, powering a 350 W refrigerator, a 150 W computer, and a 500 W lighting system for 2 hours would require 2,000 watt-hours (or 2 kWh) of energy storage. Step 4: Calculate the energy storage needed. Multiply the figure arrived at in step 3 by 1.7. In the example, 2 kWh X 1.7 = 3.4 kWh of energy storage is needed. Step 5: Calculate battery capacity needed. Divide the energy storage requirement from step 4 by the DC voltage of the system (usually 48 VDC, but sometimes 24 VDC) to get battery amp-hour (Ah) capacity. Most backup systems use sealed batteries due to their reduced maintenance requirements and because they can be more easily placed in enclosed battery compartments

Need assistance? Call your AEE Solar Sales rep, or Sales Support at 800-777-6609. We are here to help.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

An AC-coupled power system is another form of a battery-based system. It can be used either in a grid-tie system with a battery backup application, or a completely off-grid system. Instead of using a battery charge controller with the PV array, these systems utilize standard grid-tie inverters that produce AC power (usually 240 VAC), which can be “sold” to the utility grid when the grid is connected or can be used by a separate battery-based inverter to charge a battery bank during a grid outage. Along with the standard batteryless grid-tie inverter, a second, bidirectional, battery-based inverter is used along with a battery bank to provide AC power during a grid outage. Both the AC output of the grid-tie inverter and the AC output of the battery inverter are connected in the critical-loads sub-panel. During normal operation when the grid is “up”, the power from the PV array and grid-tie inverter simply passes through the sub-panel and the built-in AC transfer switch located inside the battery inverter and on to the utility main panel. From there it is either consumed by house loads connected there or sold to the grid. If a grid outage occurs, the grid-tie inverter will automatically shut off. At the same time, the battery-based inverter will automatically switch off the grid connection and begin to power the loads in the critical loads panel using energy drawn from the battery bank. Since the grid-tie inverter is connected in this sub-panel, it detects the AC power from the battery inverter and, (after a 5-minute delay) will turn back on. The power output from the array and grid-tie inverter will then be used directly by the critical loads connected to the sub-panel or will flow backward through the battery inverter and charge the batteries.

SYSTEM DESIGN

AC-Coupled Systems

The SMA Sunny Island battery inverters are designed to work with SMA Sunny Boy inverters (not HFUS) and will communicate with each other to control the battery charging process. Other brands of battery-based inverters, such as OutBack, Schneider XW, and Magnum MS models can be used with most grid-tie inverters in an AC-coupled system; most however have no built-in way to control battery charging. A relay can be placed in the AC connection to the grid-tie inverter, controlled by a battery voltage activated switch (such as the AUX relay built into many inverters) to disconnect the grid-tie inverter. When the battery voltage rises to the full-charge voltage, ending the charge cycle. Alternatively, a diversion controller-connected to the battery, can be used with a diversion load to consume the excess power and keep the batteries from being overcharged.

AC-Coupled Systems

AC Disconnect

Critical Loads SubPanel

Array DC Disconnect

Utility Service Panel

Grid-Tie Inverter

Battery Inverter

Critical Loads

Utility Meter

Utility Grid

DC Inverter Breaker

Battery Bank

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SYSTEM DESIGN

Off-Grid System Sizing Information

Off-grid solar PV systems, like the one shown in the diagram below, are one of the most economical ways to provide electricity in the absence of an electrical power grid. Off-grid systems are useful for remote homes and cabins, RVs and boats, and even for industrial applications like remote telemetry, cathodic protection, and telecommunications. The size of an off-grid solar electric system depends on the amount of power that is required (watts), the amount of time it is used (hours), and the amount of energy available from the sun in a particular area (sun-hours per day). Off-grid power systems are designed differently than grid-tie systems. With a batteryless grid-tie system, calculations for system sizing are based on the yearly average peak sun-hours available at the site, and are used to offset the yearly power consumption drawn from the utility grid. With an off-grid system design, the calculations are usually based on the peak sun-hour figures for the darkest month of the year in order to provide sufficient on-site power year-round. In locations where it is not practical to install a renewable energy power system that will provide 100% autonomy during the darkest time of the year, a generator may be used to help run loads and charge the battery bank. Off-grid power system design is complex, and these systems require specialized inverters, charge controllers, and battery banks. Please contact the AEE Solar Technical Support Team for system design assistance.

Off-Grid Systems

Optional Wind Turbine or other Renewable Energy Generator Combiner Box

Solar PV Array

DC Breakers

DC Inverter Breaker

BatteryBased Inverter

Charge Controller

Generator AC Breakers

DC Power Center

DC Bus Battery Monitor

Load Center

Battery Bank

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

AC Loads

The use of energy-efficient appliances and lighting and non-electric alternatives, can make solar electricity a cost-competitive alternative to gasoline generators and, in some cases, utility power. Outlined below is information on typical energy consumption for various appliances and lighting.

Cooking, Heating and Cooling Each burner on an electric range uses about 1,500 W, which is why bottled propane or natural gas is a popular alternative for cooking. A microwave oven has about the same power draw, but since food cooks more quickly in a microwave oven, the amount of kilowatt hours used is typically lower. Propane, wood or solar-heated water are generally better alternatives for space heating than electric baseboards. Good passive solar design and proper insulation can reduce the need for winter heating. Evaporative cooling is a more reasonable load than air conditioning and in locations with low humidity, it's a great alternative.

SYSTEM DESIGN

Efficiency and Energy Conservation

Lighting Lighting requires careful study since type, size, voltage and placement can all significantly impact the power required. In a small home, RV, or boat, low voltage DC lighting with LEDs is often the best choice. DC wiring runs can be kept short, allowing the use of fairly small gauge wire. Since an inverter is not required, the system cost is lower. In a large installation with many lights, using an inverter to supply AC power for conventional lighting is also often more cost-effective. AC compact fluorescent lights are common and efficient, but it is a good idea to have a DC-powered light in the same room as the inverter and batteries in case of an inverter fault. Finally, AC light dimmers will only function properly on AC power from inverters that have sine wave output. Gas powered absorption refrigerators can work well in small systems when bottled gas is available. Modern absorption refrigerators consume approximately 5-10 gallons of LP gas per month. If an electric refrigerator will be used in a standalone system, it should be a high-efficiency type. High-efficiency DC refrigerators are also available and can offer significant energy savings.

Major Appliances The standard AC electric motors in washing machines, larger shop machinery and tools, swamp coolers, pumps, usually Âź to Âž horsepower and consume relatively large amounts of electricity thus requiring a large inverter. Often, a 2,000 watt or larger inverter will be required. These electric motors can also be hard to start on inverter power, due to large surge loads. They are also very wasteful when compared to high-efficiency motors, which use 50% to 75% less electricity. A standard washing machine uses between 300 and 500 watt-hours per load, but new front-loading models use less than half the power. If the appliance is used more than a few hours per week, it is often more economical to pay more for a high-efficiency appliance rather than make the electrical system larger to support a low efficiency load. Vacuum cleaners usually consume 600 to 1,000 watts, depending on how powerful they are, but most will operate on inverters as small as 1,000 watts since they have low-surge motors.

Small Appliances Many small appliances with heating elements such as irons, toasters and hair dryers consume a very large amount of power when they are used but, by their nature, require only short or infrequent use. With a sufficiently large system inverter and batteries, they will operate, but the user may need to schedule those activities with respect to the battery charging cycle. For example, by ironing in the morning the PV system can then recharge the battery bank during the day. Electronic equipment, such as stereos, televisions, VCRs and computers, draw less power than appliances with heating elements, but these loads can add up, so opt for more efficient models when possible, such as an LCD TV instead of a plasma or CRT design.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Off-Grid Systems

Refrigeration

SYSTEM DESIGN

Worksheet: Off-Grid Load Determine the total amp-hours per day used by the AC and DC loads. Step 1: List all AC loads, wattage and hours of use per week in the table below. (If there are no AC loads, skip to Step 5) Multiply watts by hours/week to get AC watt-hours per week (Wh/Wk). Add up all the watt hours per week to determine total AC watt-hours per week. NOTE: Wattage of appliances can usually be determined from tags on the back of the appliance or from the owner's manual. If an appliance is rated in amps, multiply amps by operating voltage (120 or 240 VAC) to find watts. Calculate AC loads (If there are no AC loads, skip to Step 5) Description of AC loads run by inverter

watts

hours/week

watt-hours/week

Total watt-hours per week:

Off-Grid Systems

Step 2: Convert to DC watt-hours per week by multiplying the result of Step 1 by 1.15 to correct for inverter loss. Step 3: List the inverter DC input voltage. Usually 12, 24 or 48 VDC. This is DC system voltage. Step 4: Divide the DC Watt-hours per week by the DC system voltage to get the total DC amp-hours per week used by the AC loads. Step 5: List all DC loads, wattage and hours of use per week in the table below. Multiply watts by hours/week to get DC watt-hours per week (Wh/Wk). Add up all the watt hours per week to determine total DC watt-hours per week. Calculate DC loads (if applicable) Description of DC loads run by inverter

watts

hours/week

watt-hours/week

Total watt-hours per week:

Step 6: List DC system voltage. Usually 12, 24, or 48 VDC. Step 7: Divide the total watt-hours per week by the DC system voltage to find total amp-hours per week used by the DC loads. Step 8: Add the total DC amp-hours per week used by AC loads from Step 4 to the amp-hours used by DC loads from Step 7 to get the total DC amp-hours per week used by all loads. Step 9: Calculate your amp-hours per day. Divide the total DC amp-hours per week from Step 8 by 7 days to get the total average amp-hours per day that needs to be supplied by the battery. You will need this number to begin sizing the PV array and battery bank. Note that the Solar Array Sizing Worksheet in this section, as well as the Battery Sizing Worksheet in the Batteries Section, both begin with this number in their Step 1.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Determine how much current the solar array must produce to identify the total number of solar modules required for the system. Step 1: List the total average amp-hours per day needed. Obtain this number from the Off-Grid Loads Worksheet on the previous page. Step 2: Multiply the amp-hours per day needed by 1.2 to compensate for battery charge/discharge losses. Step 3: List the average sun-hours per day in the system's area. Check local weather data, look at the map below, or find a city on the Solar Insolation Table in the Reference Section that has similar latitude and weather to your location. If you want year-round autonomy, use the lower of the two figures. If you want 100% autonomy only in summer, use the higher figure. If you have a utility grid-tie system with net metering, use the yearly average figure.

SYSTEM DESIGN

Worksheet: Off-Grid Solar Array Sizing

Step 4: Divide the result of Step 2 by the average sun-hours per day from Step 3 to get the total solar array amps required. Sizing Solar Arrays with PWM Charge Controllers If you are planning a small low-cost system with a PWM charge controller, continue to Step 5 below. If you are planning a larger system with an MPPT charge controller, go to Step 5 in “Sizing Solar Arrays with MPPT Charge Controllers.ˮ Information on the different types of PV charge controllers can be found in the Charge Controller section.

Step 6: Divide the total solar array amps required from Step 4 to get the total number of parallel strings of modules required. Round up to the nearest whole number. Step 7: Use the table below to determine the number of modules in each series string needed to provide DC battery voltage. Note: Due to the industry shift to larger PV cells, 24 VDC solar modules may not be available from AEE Solar. Nominal System Voltage

Number of Series Connected Modules per String

Volts

12 V module

24 V module

Step 8: Multiply the number of strings from Step 6 by the number of modules per string from Step 7 to get the total number of solar modules required.

Average Sun-Hours per Day For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Off-Grid Systems

Step 5: Find the peak amperage of the module you will be using from its specifications or Data Sheet. We provide the peak power current of our most popular modules in the Solar Module section.

SYSTEM DESIGN

Sizing Solar Arrays with MPPT Charge Controllers Step 5: Note the total solar array amps required. Obtain this number from Step 4 of the Off-Grid Solar Array Sizing worksheet. Step 6: Enter the average charging voltage. Use 13.5 VDC for 12 VDC systems; 27 VDC for 24 VDC systems; or 54 VDC for 48 VDC systems. Step 7: Multiply the total solar array amps required from Step 5 by the average charging voltage from Step 6 to determine the total PV array wattage required. Step 8: Enter the nameplate power (in watts) of the PV module you plan to use. Step 9: Divide the total PV array wattage required from Step 7 by the module nameplate power from Step 8 to determine the total number of modules needed. Round up to the nearest whole number. (NOTE: This number may need to be adjusted in Step 11) Step 10: Use the table below to determine the number of modules in each series string.

Off-Grid Systems

MPPT Charge Controller Sizing Table – Range of Modules in Series1 Cell count of PV module used Charge controller Max DC Nominal model input voltage battery voltage 36 54 60 12 V 1 to 5 1 to 3 1 to 3 OutBack FM 60 & 80 Schneider XW-MPPT150-60 150 VDC 24 V 2 to 5 2 or 3 2 or 3 Morningstar TriStar 45 & 60 48 V 4 or 5 3 3 12 V 1 to 5 1 to 3 1 to 3 MidNite Solar Classic 150 200 VDC 24 V 2 to 6 2 to 4 2 or 3 48 V 4 to 6 3 or 4 3 12 V 1 to 7 1 to 5 1 to 4 MidNite Solar Classic 200 250 VDC 24 V 2 to 7 2 to 5 2 to 4 48 V 4 to 8 3 to 6 3 to 5 12 V 1 to 9 1 to 6 1 to 5 MidNite Solar Classic 250 300 VDC 24 V 2 to 9 2 to 6 2 to 5 48 V 4 to 9 3 to 7 3 to 6 Schneider XW-MPPT600-80 600 VDC 24 V, 48 V 14 to 22 9 to 15 9 to 14 Morningstar TS-MPPT-60600 VDC 48 V 5 to 23 3 to 15 3 to 12 600V-48 (DB) 1

72 1 or 2 1 or 2 2 1 or 2 1 to 3 2 or 3 1 to 3 1 to 4 2 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 2 to 5 7 to 11 3 to 10

Based on temp range of 14 °F to 104 °F. Adjustments may be needed in locations with temps outside this range.

Step 11: Divide the total number of modules from Step 9 by the number of modules per series string from Step 10. This is the total number of array series strings. If this is not a whole number, increase or decrease the number of modules to obtain a whole number of series strings. CAUTION: Decreasing the total number of modules may result in insufficient power production. Step 12: Multiply the module nameplate power from Step 8 by the number of modules per string from Step 10 to determine the total wattage per string. Step 13: Find the total number of chosen controllers needed. Divide the appropriate wattage figure from the chart below by the wattage per series string from Step 12 to determine the total number of module strings per controller. Round down to the nearest whole number. If you have more series strings (from Step 11) than can be handled by the chosen controller, either use a larger controller or use multiple controllers in parallel.

Battery Voltage 12 V 24 V 48 V

15 A 200 W 400 W --

Max Array Wattage per Controller Size Controller Rated Output Amps 30 A 45 A 50 A 60 A 75 A 400 W 560 W 650 W 750 W 900 W 800 W 1125 W 1300 W 1500 W 1800 W 1600 W 2250 W 2600 W 3000 W 3600 W

80 A 1000 W 2000 W 4000 W

95 A 1150 W ---

Step 14: Divide total number of strings from Step 11 by the number of strings per controller from Step 13. Round up to the nearest whole number.

Solar photovoltaic modules, often referred to as solar panels, convert light energy into a direct electrical current (DC). As solid-state devices, solar modules have no moving parts and are extremely reliable and durable compared to any other generator technology. While solar modules have become somewhat commoditized in recent years, there are important differences in form, quality, and performance that can impact both installation time and long-term system performance. This section of our catalog presents a selection of high-quality crystalline modules with a variety of features and price points to suit virtually any project.

Output Characteristics The output power, voltage, and current profile of the solar module will dictate the number of modules needed and what inverters or charge controllers can be used. Small off-grid applications often require 12 VDC output modules to directly charge batteries and/ or operate DC loads. Larger modules with output voltages ranging from 24 to 50 VDC are more commonly used in grid-tie systems where a high DC voltage is required to operate the inverter.

SOLAR MODULES

Photovoltaic (PV) Modules

Mechanical Characteristics Basic mechanical characteristics, such as dimensions, frame profile, and static load rating, as well as grounding and mounting locations will need to be understood when designing your system. Frame and back sheet color may also come into play for residential customers, particularly when they are part of a homeowner’s association. Also be sure you know what type of connector the module output has, if any, since this can impact selection of optimizers, microinverters, and cabling. Solar Module1

Brand/model

Cell type

Frame Power color tolerance

Vpeak2

Ipeak

Area efficiency

Dimensions (L" x W" x D")

Weight

Static load rating

Item code

250 W

Hanwha SolarOne HSL60P6-PB-4-250TW

Poly

Black

-0/+5 W

30.0 VDC

8.34 A

15.5%

64.4 x 38.9 x 1.57

42 lbs

84 psf

011-06524

255 W

Hanwha SolarOne HSL60P6-PB-4-255TW

Poly

Black

-0/+5 W

30.1 VDC

8.48 A

15.8%

65.4 x 38.9 x 1.57

42 lbs

84 psf

011-06530

250 W REC 250PE BLK

Poly

Black

-0/+5 W

30.2 VDC

8.30 A

15.1%

65.55 x 39.02 x 1.5

40 lbs

75 psf

011-02587

255 W REC 255PE BLK

Poly

Black

-0/+5 W

30.5 VDC

8.42 A

15.5%

65.5 x 39.0 x 1.5

40 lbs

75 psf

011-02592

260 W REC 260PE BLK

Poly

Black

-0/+5 W

30.7 VDC

8.50 A

15.8%

65.5 x 39.0 x 1.5

40 lbs

75 psf

011-02593

260 W Suniva OPT260-4-1B0

Mono

Black

±2.5 W

30.5 VDC

8.52 A

16.0%

65.08 x 38.66 x 1.57

40 lbs

113 psf

011-09220

265 W Suniva OPT265-4-100

Mono

Clear

±2.5 W

30.7 VDC

8.64 A

16.3%

65.08 x 38.66 x 1.57

40 lbs

113 psf

011-09221

270 W Suniva OPT270-4-100

Mono

Clear

±2.5 W

31.2 VDC

8.68 A

16.6%

65.08 x 38.66 x 1.57

40 lbs

113 psf

011-09222

300 W

Hanwha SolarOne HSL72P6-PB-4-300T

Poly

Clear

-0/+5 W

36.5 VDC

8.22 A

15.5%

77.0 x 38.9 x 1.77

60 lbs

84 psf

011-06529

305 W

Hanwha SolarOne HSL72P6-PB-4-305T

Poly

Clear

-0/+5 W

36.7 VDC

8.32 A

15.8%

77.0 x 38.9 x 1.77

60 lbs

84 psf

011-06531

Module availability may vary - Visit www.AEESolar.com or call for latest pricing and availability. See Dasol listing on page 17 for our selection of nominal 12 VDC modules.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

System Design

Power

SOLAR MODULES

REC Solar PE Series PV modules The REC PE Series modules, made by REC in Singapore, offer exceptional quality and performance at a reasonable price. REC is fully vertically integrated and is also one of the world’s major suppliers of solar-grade silicon. As such, rigorous quality control is applied throughout the production process from silicon to cell to module. The -0/+5 W power tolerance guarantees you the power you pay for and minimizes mismatch losses. REC PE Series modules are made with silicon refined in the U.S.A. using renewable energy. Their energy payback is under 1 year, and their cell and module production processes are designed to maximize recyclability and reduce environmental impact. The comparatively light weight (39.6 lbs/18 kg) of the REC PE Series allows for quick and easy installation. The modules are equipped with an environmentally sealed junction box and PV wire cables with Hosiden or MC4 connectors for problem-free inter-module connection. REC guarantees these modules for use with MC4 connectors in either case. PV wire output cables meet 2011 NEC requirements for use with transformerless inverters and all modules are Listed to UL 1703 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Warranty The REC PE Series modules come with a 63-month workmanship warranty and a 25-year linear power guarantee that allows for no more than 0.7% degradation per year. REC Solar PE Series PV Modules Technical data1

Multi-Crystalline (Poly) Modules

Cells (qty/size)

60/156 mm

Power output tolerance

-0/+2% [-0/+5 W]

Nominal Operating Cell Temperature (NOCT)

45.7°C (±2 °C)

Voltage temperature coefficient

-0.27%/ °C

Fire rating

Class C

Connector type

Hosiden or MC4

Cable length (positive)

35" [.9 m]

Cable length (negative)

47" [1.2 m]

Static load rating

75 psf [3600 Pa]

Quantity per pallet

Quantity per 53' trailer

760

Max. system voltage

600 VDC

Series fuse rating

15 A

Dimensions (L x W x D)

65.5" x 39.0" x 1.5" [1665 x 991 x 38 mm]

Weight

39.6 lbs [18.0 kg] Module

REC 250PE

REC 255PE

REC 260PE

250 W

255 W

260 W

Voltage at peak power

30.2 VDC

30.5 VDC

30.7 VDC

Current at peak power

8.30 A

8.42 A

8.5 A

37.4 VDC

37.6 VDC

37.8 VDC

Peak power

Open circuit voltage Short circuit current

8.86 A

8.95 A

9.01 A

Module area efficiency

15.1%

15.5%

15.8%

011-02587

011-02592

011-02593

Item code 1

Data subject to change without notice

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

HSL 60 Poly Series PV Modules The HSL 60 Poly series modules produced by Hanwha SolarOne offer high quality and excellent performance at an affordable price. Hanwha is a Fortune Global 500 company whose worldwide presence includes manufacturing, construction, finance, and consumer products. Hanwha’s solar subsidiaries, which include the recently acquired Q-cells, are vertically integrated from research to poly silicon, wafer, and cell production to module assembly. Six decades of manufacturing experience combined with this vertical integration enables Hanwha to offer an industry-leading 12-year workmanship warranty to go with a 25-year linear performance guarantee.

SOLAR MODULES

Hanwha SolarOne

HSL 60 series modules are positive power sorted (-0/+5 W) to ensure that you get the power you pay for. The black anodized frames also help give these modules a 113 psf snow load rating. The Amphenol H4 connectors and cabling are also rated to 1,000 VDC for use with transformerless inverters and all modules are Listed to UL 1703 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Hanwha SolarOne HSL 60 Poly Series PV Modules1 Technical Data Cells (qty/size)

60/156 mm

Power output tolerance

-0/+5 W

Nominal Operating Cell Temperature (NOCT)

46.0 °C

Voltage temperature coefficient

-0.35%/ °C Class C

Connector type

Amphenol H4

Cable length

35.4" [0.9 m]

Static load rating

113 psf [5400 Pa]

Quantity per pallet

Quantity per 53' trailer

660

Maximum system voltage

1,000 VDC

Series fuse rating

15 A

Dimensions (L x W x D)

65.04" x 39.37" x 1.77" [1652 x 1000 x 45 mm]

Weight

46.3 lbs [21 kg] Module

HSL60P6-PB-4-245-TW

HSL60P6-PB-4-250-TW

HSL60P6-PB-4-255-TW

245 W

250 W

255 W

29.7 VDC

30 VDC

30.1 VDC

Peak Power Voltage at peak power Current at peak power

8.25 A

8.33 A

8.47 A

Open circuit voltage

37.2 VDC

37.4 VDC

37.5 VDC

Short circuit current

8.8 A

8.89 A

8.95 A

Module area efficiency

14.8%

15.1%

15.4%

011-06523

011-06524

011-06530

Item code 1

Multi-Crystalline (Poly) Modules

Fire rating

Data subject to change without notice

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SOLAR MODULES

Suniva Optimus Series PV Modules Founded out of the University Center of Excellence for Photovoltaics at Georgia Institute of Technology, Suniva is a US-based manufacturer of high-efficiency PV cells and modules. Suniva employs a variety of patented and proprietary technologies to produce their mono-crystalline cells and Optimus PV modules. Suniva modules carry a 10-year product workmanship warranty and a 25-year linear power output warranty guaranteeing 97% of nameplate power for the first year and 80% at year 25. The modules presented here are made in U.S.A. and meet Buy America Act requirements. Modules are Listed to UL 1703 for the U.S.A. and Canada and CEC 61215 for Europe. The OPTXXX-60-4-100 series solar modules offer outstanding area efficiency and performance. These high-efficiency modules feature clear-anodized aluminum frames and a white back sheet and are a good choice for most commercial and residential applications, whether being US-made is a requirement or not. The OPT260-60-4-1B0 solar module offers great aesthetics without sacrificing efficiency. This 260 W module features black-anodized aluminum frames and a black back sheet for a sleek appearance on any rooftop. Suniva Optimus PV Modules1 Technical Data Cells (qty/size)

60/156 mm

Power output tolerance

±2.5 W

Mono-Crystalline Modules

Nominal Operating Cell Temperature (NOCT)

46.0 °C

Voltage temperature coefficient

-0.335%/ °C

Fire rating

Class C

Connector type

MC4 connectable

Cable length

43.3" [1.1 m]

Static load rating

113 psf [5400 Pa]

Quantity per pallet

Max. system voltage (UL/CEC)

600/1,000 VDC

Series fuse rating

15 A

Dimensions (L x W x D)

65.08" x 38.66" x 1.57" [1653 x 982 x 40 mm]

Weight

40.0 lbs [18.1 kg] Module

OPT260-4-1B0

OPT265-4-100

OPT270-4-100

260 W

265 W

270 W

Voltage at peak power

30.5 VDC

30.7 VDC

31.2 VDC

Current at peak power

8.52 A

8.64 A

8.68 A

Peak power

Open circuit voltage

38.3 VDC

38.5 VDC

Short circuit current

9.01 A

9.12 A

9.15 A

Module area efficiency

16.0%

16.3%

16.6%

011-09220

011-09221

011-09222

Item code 1

Data subject to change without notice

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

DS-A18 Series PV Modules These 12 VDC nominal modules have an output voltage that is well-suited for charging 12 Volt batteries and can be wired in series for charging 24 or 48 Volt battery banks. They can be used with inexpensive PWM controllers (see Charge Controllers for more information). These modules, from Dasol Energy, are efficient and robust with tempered glass, tough polymer back sheets, and anodized aluminum frames. The modules offered here are Listed to UL 1703, CSA 5311-10 & 90 as well as IEC 61215 and are produced in an ISO 9001 certified facility. These modules feature diodeaccessible junction boxes and will require water-tight strain reliefs and appropriate cables. Made in China.

SOLAR MODULES

Dasol Energy

Dasol Energy DS-A18 Series PV Modules Technical Data Number of cells

Power output tolerance

+/- 5%

Voltageoc temp coefficient

-0.38%/ 째C

Fire rating

Class C

Connector type

J-box

Maximum system voltage Module

600 VDC DS-A18-30

DS-A18-60

DS-A18-90

DS-A18-135

10 W

30 W

60 W

90 W

135 W

18.0 VDC

Peak power Voltage at max power

0.56 A

1.67 A

3.33 A

5.0 A

7.5 A

Open circuit voltage

Current at max power

22.3 VDC

Short circuit current

0.61 A

1.82 A

3.64 A

5.45 A

8.18 A

12 A

Length

27.2" [690 mm]

39.0" [990 mm]

56.7" [1440 mm]

Width

13.8" [350 mm]

26.2" [665 mm]

Depth

1" [25 mm]

1.38" [35 mm]

Weight

6.6 lbs [3 kg]

12.8 lbs [5.8 kg]

011-08964

011-08960

011-08961

Series fuse rating

Item code

17.0 lbs [7.7 kg] 24.7 lbs [11.2 kg] 011-08962

011-08965

Off-Grid Solar PV Lighting Kits These portable solar lighting kits include a small PV module, 3 high-efficiency hanging LED lamps and a lithium ion battery pack with USB ports for charging portable devices. With at least 6 hours in the sun, the kits can keep the lights running for 4 to 8 hours, give or take charging your smart phone. These kits are cost-effective solutions for camping, disaster preparedness, or even replacing costly kerosene lamps in un-electrified parts of the world. The S10030A3 kit is 6 VDC with a 3 W module, 353 mAh battery, and 60 lm lamps. The SLK201003B3 kit is 12 VDC with a 10 W module, 556 mAh battery, and 100 lm lamps. This larger kit also includes an adapter for charging from an AC outlet. Dasol Energy Solar PV Lighting Kits Model S100303A3 SLK201003B3

Description

Item Code

6 VDC solar lighting kit with 3 W module and 3 LED lamps

010-01010

12 VDC solar lighting kit with 10 W module, 3 LED lamps and AC adapter

010-01011

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

12 VDC Modules

DS-A18-10

Roof Mounting System

Clean, sleek lines with concealed clamps

Fully-flashed roof penetrations

SnapNrack Sample Kit

SnapNrack was developed by a team of veteran solar engineers working with installers in the field to ensure a quick, efficient installation. The SnapNrack roof mounting system simplifies and reduces the cost of the solar installation process. SnapNrack is a top-down roof mounting solution, load-tested and engineered for up to 150 mph wind loads. The rail is a lightweight anodized aluminum extrusion that is easy to transport, handle, and install. SnapNrack is compatible with modules from virtually any manufacturer. Snap-in sliding channel nuts ensure quick and easy installation and precise alignment of module clamps. Mid-clamps are ½" wide to simplify layout calculations. Every bolt in the system uses the same sized wrench, ensuring efficient installations and reducing man-hours on the roof. Standoffs and L-feet connect to the rails using the same snap-in channel nuts as the module clamps and no drilling required. Channels in the rail profiles can be used for clean, simplified wire management. SnapNrack is engineered for durability and structural integrity in all environments, providing excellent seismic, wind, and snow loading protection on all components. Its compact and efficient rail design reduces material requirements and ensures a low profile installation on any roof. SnapNrack has been engineered from the ground up to ensure maximum standoff adjustability for a clean, level installation even on uneven roof surfaces. Tilt-ups can be achieved with pieces of cut rail and the tilt leg kits. Rails and components are covered by a 10-year warranty. Installation manuals, engineering documents, and online design tools can be found on the SnapNrack website: www.SnapNrack.com

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

SnapNrack

SnapNrack Sample Kit Description

Item Code

SnapNrack Universal Roof Mount Kits SnapNrack Universal Roof Mount Kits include black-or clear-anodized rail, mid clamps, Universal End Clamps (UEC), and black rail end caps, so they are suitable for use with black or clear framed modules. The UEC slips beneath the bottom flange of the module frame; one size fits virtually all modules with frame depth greater than 1.3". Secured out of sight beneath the modules, the UECs lend a smooth, finished look to the array. Module quantities in the table below are applicable for modules listed in this catalog, as well as any other brand of modules with a width of 39.5" or less. Aluminum rails may be cut to length as needed. Roof attachment parts are sold separately and depend on the type of roof to which the mounting structure will be secured. SnapNrack Universal Mount Kits Module quantity

Clear frame 1.31" – 2.00" thick

Black frame 1.31" – 2.00" thick

015-10050

015-09950

015-10051

015-09951

015-10052

015-09952

015-10053

015-09953

015-10054

015-09954

015-10055

015-09955

015-10056

015-09956

015-10057

015-09957

6 7

Standard package qty

1 kit

Fast, Accurate Shipping to Your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind drop shipping, we can ship directly to your customers, just as if it came directly from you.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Roof and Ground

015-20000

Kit includes sample of rail, module clamps, universal end clamp, flashing, and L-foot

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

SnapNrack Grounding Kits These SnapNrack Grounding Kits match up with the roof mounting kits on the previous page and include all the grounding hardware needed for each rack. The WEEB kits include the WEEB washers, splice jumpers, and two rail lugs. Ground wire is not included in these kits. Use the appropriate kit to meet module installation guidelines and inspector requirements. SnapNrack Grounding Kits Module quantity

Standard package qty

Item code

9 or 10 modules

1 Set

051-04070

7 or 8 modules

1 Set

051-04071

5 or 6 modules

1 Set

051-04072

3 or 4 modules

1 Set

051-04073

Lay-in-lug with long screw and nut, 1 each

10 EA

051-03415

SnapNrack Rail Sets

Roof and Ground

Rail sets consist of two rails each and are offered in two lengths to simplify planning. The 122" rail set accommodates a single row of 3 standard 60-cell modules. The 162" rail set will accommodate four modules. The chart below shows the best rail set for the specific number of modules to be installed in each row. Most 60 cell modules are 39.5" wide or less. If you are installing rows of 5 modules, each row will use one 122" rail set and half of a 162" rail set. For other module widths, calculate rail length for your installation (add ½" between modules for mid clamp spacing). These light-weight aluminum rails can be cut with a chop saw or circular saw with a carbide blade, a saber saw with a metal-cutting blade, or a hack saw. Use the Rail Cutting Guide to protect the module frames from scratches while making a straight cut. Online design tools can be found www.SnapNrack.com. Standard Rail Sets Item code

Fits quantity of modules

Standard package qty

Clear Anodized

SnapNrack standard rail set 122", 2 piece

3 Modules

1 Set

015-09814

015-09816

SnapNrack standard rail set 122", 6 piece

9 Modules

1 Set

015-09813

015-09822

168 Modules

1 Set

015-09850

015-09851

Description

SnapNrack standard bulk rail 122", 112 rails

Black Anodized

SnapNrack standard rail set 162", 2 piece

4 Modules

1 Set

015-09817

015-09818

SnapNrack standard rail set 162", 6 piece

12 Modules

1 Set

015-09824

015-09826

SnapNrack standard bulk rail 162", 112 rails

224 Modules

1 Set

015-09852

015-09853

20 EA

242-04012

242-04013

4 Module

1 Set

015-11174

015-11175

Splice Kit Splice kit – single bar with hardware SnapNrack 162” standard rail set cut in half with splices – Can ship UPS Rail cutting tool

232-02284

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Save Time. Save Money.

Cut install times to lift profits. • Quickly installs with one universal tool • Applications Engineers are ready to support your projects • More than 250 MW of product installed to date • Products are certified by structural engineers in all 50 States

www.SnapNrack.com • sales@SnapNrack.com • (877) 732-2860

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

SnapNrack Standard Roof Attachment Components

L-foot

SnapNrack offers a variety of roof attachment methods. Some require a combination of components. The 1-Hole Standoffs can be used on flat roofs that are pitched, comp shingle, or tile. Roofs with tile or thick roofing material will likely require standoffs. The 4-Hole Base is meant to be used with TGI rafters, and can accommodate up to a 10 inch standoff. The HD Standoffs are typically used on flat roofs with built up foam insulation, where a taller standoff is required. The L-foot W/ Base and Flashing is recommended for simple flush mounts to a roof with composition shingles only (also known as the Flashed L-Foot). Configuring tilt angles from 0° to 10° simply require SnapNrack Standoff Tilt Kits. For angles from 10°-45°, use the 10-45° tilt kits, which include standoffs and tilt hardware. Extra rail (not included) is custom cut to the proper length for the tilt legs, which can be cut and drilled in advance to save time on the job site. A simple drill guide will help with locating the holes in the tilt leg. If the length of the cut-rail leg exceeds 48", consult a structural engineer before proceeding. Units are sold individually and discounts are available for package quantities. Roof Attachment Components

Standoff with flashing

Roof and Ground

Seam Clamp

Hanger Bolt

Standard package qty

Item code

SnapNrack standoff- 5-½" - 1 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92057

SnapNrack standoff- 7" - 1 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92059

SnapNrack standoff- 8-½" - 1 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92061

SnapNrack standoff- 10" - 1 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92055

SnapNrack standoff- 5-½" - 4 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92069

SnapNrack standoff - 7" - 4 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92070

SnapNrack standoff - 8-½" - 4 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92071

SnapNrack standoff - 10" - 4 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92072

SnapNrack HD standoff - 7" - 6 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92073

SnapNrack HD standoff - 12" - 6 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92074

SnapNrack HD standoff - 18" - 6 hole base kit, clear

20 EA

242-92075

SnapNrack L-Foot Kit w/base and flashing, clear

20 EA

242-92050

SnapNrack L-Foot Kit w/base and flashing, black

20 EA

242-92051

SnapNrack Composition L-Foot Assembly, clear

20 EA

242-09005

SnapNrack Composition L-Foot Assembly, black

20 EA

242-09015

SnapNrack 5 deg tilt kit - 7" and 10" standoffs - 1 hole base, clear

20 EA

242-92076

SnapNrack 10 deg tilt kit - 5-½" and 10" standoffs - 1 hole base, clear

20 EA

242-92077

SnapNrack 10 deg tilt kit - 7" and 12" standoffs - 6 hole base, clear

20 EA

242-92078

SnapNrack 20 deg tilt kit - 7" and 18" HD standoffs - 6 hole base, clear

20 EA

242-92079

SnapNrack 10 - 45 deg rail extension tilt kit - 8-½" standoffs - 1 hole base, clear

20 EA

242-92080

Verde Flashing, 18" x 18", dead soft aluminum for curved tile roofs

25 EA

175-05001

Verde Optional sub base flashing

25 EA

175-05005

Standard Cone Flashing, 11" x 13", galvanized steel (1 or 4 hole standoffs)

1 Box

175-05012

Standard Cone Flashing, 18-3/4" x 15", galvanized steel for flat tile roofs (1 or 4 hole standoffs) - box of 10

1 Box

175-05010

Center Cone Flashing, 18" x 18", galvanized steel (HD or 4 hole standoffs) - box of 12

1 Box

131-01214

Oatey Flashing #11830, 12" x 8.75" (1 hole standoffs)

12 EA

015-00162

Oatey Flashing #11831, 18" x 18" (1 hole standoffs)

12 EA

015-00163

Description

Flashing Corrugated Roof Straddle Block

22 Standoff with flashing

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com L-foot with flashing

Installation with tilt hardware kit

Corrugated Roof Straddle Block

SnapNrack has several solutions for metal roofs. The Metal Roof Seam Clamp attaches an L-foot or PV module directly to a commercial grade standing seam metal roof without penetrating the metal. The clamp is made from high-tensile strength aluminum that will work with a range of metal roof designs. There are 2 available clamps- the Standard and Wide Base. See the Seam Clamp Technical Bulletin at www.SnapNrack.com for application and installation details. The Corrugated Roof Block allows attachment of the L-foot directly to a structural member covered with a corrugated metal roof without collapsing or crushing the ridge in the metal roof material. The new Metal Roof Base provides a robust self-sealing mounting base for common corrugated metal roof profiles. The base seals to the roof with an integral EPDM Rubber Washer and a sealing top cap. The completed assembly has a 5/16â&#x20AC;? stud compatible with existing SnapNrack components and has been tested to over 4,000 lbs of uplift force. The Metal Roof Base provides unsurpassed ease of installation and reliability over the service life of the system. Learn more about the new Metal Roof Base at www.SnapNrack.com.

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

SnapNrack Metal Roof Attachment Components

The Hanger Bolt Clamp allows a versatile installation on roof surfaces that wonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t allow L-feet or standoffs, and is compatible with the EJOT bolts on page 32. All roof attachments are sold individually with discounts for package quantities. Metal Roof Attachments Item code

SnapNrack Wide Base Seam Clamp w/ L-Foot Assembly, black bolt

20 EA

242-05151

SnapNrack Standard Base Seam Clamp w/ L-Foot Assembly, black bolt

20 EA

242-05150

SnapNrack Wide Base Seam Clamp Assembly

20 EA

242-05001

SnapNrack Standard Base Seam Clamp Assembly

20 EA

242-05000

SnapNrack Metal Roof Base Assembly, clear

20 EA

242-02036

SnapNrack Metal Roof Base Assembly w/ L-Foot, clear

20 EA

242-02037

SnapNrack Corrugated Straddle Block

20 EA

232-01026

SnapNrack Hanger Bolt Clamp Assembly, clear

20 EA

242-01102

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Roof and Ground

Standard package qty

Description

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Mid and End Module Clamps Module Clamps are available in different sizes to match PV module frame thickness/depth. Please refer to your PV module specification document to determine the correct clamps for your system. Universal End Clamps can be used on virtually any module with a bottom flange and thickness greater than 1.3". Units are sold individually and discounts are available for package quantities. Bulk Module Clamps with Bolts and Nuts Item code

Frame depth

Standard package qty

Clear aluminum

Black anodized

Mid clamp

1.20" - 1.48"

20 EA

242-02123

242-02125

Mid clamp

1.31" - 1.77"

20 EA

242-02128

242-02129

Mid clamp

Description

1.50"- 2.00"

20 EA

242-02124

242-02126

Universal End Clamp *new easier installation

>1.30"

20 EA

242-02215

Adjustable End Clamp - 2-Piece, thin frames

1.20" - 1.48"

20 EA

242-02121

242-02122

Adjustable End Clamp - 2-Piece, thick frames

1.49" - 2.00"

20 EA

242-02117

242-02118

Additional Module Clamps with Bolts and Nuts Description

Roof and Ground 24

Frame depth

Standard package qty

Item code

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ WEEB, clear

1.20" - 1.48"

20 EA

242-02098

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ WEEB, clear

1.31" - 1.77"

20 EA

242-02096

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ WEEB, clear

1.50" - 2.00"

20 EA

242-02100

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ WEEB, black

1.20" - 1.48"

20 EA

242-02097

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ WEEB, black

1.31" - 1.77"

20 EA

242-02114

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ WEEB, black

1.50" - 2.00"

20 EA

242-02099

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ WEEB and Security Bolt, clear

1.31" - 1.81"

20 EA

242-02111

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ Security Bolt, clear

1.31" - 1.81"

20 EA

242-02127

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ WEEB and Security Bolt, black

1.31" - 1.81"

20 EA

242-02113

SnapNrack, Mid clamp Assembly w/ Security Bolt, black

1.31" - 1.81"

20 EA

242-02110

SnapNrack, Adjustable End Clamp Assembly w/ Security Bolt, clear

1.20" - 2.00"

20 EA

242-02119

SnapNrack, Adjustable End Clamp Assembly w/ Security Bolt, black

1.20" - 2.00"

20 EA

242-02120

SnapNrack, Universal End Clamp Assembly w/ Security Bolt

20 EA

242-02216

SnapNrack, Security Bolt Driver Bit

1 EA

094-00012

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Array Edge Screen (Critter Guard) is designed to keep birds and other pesky critters from making their home under the array. The clips attach to the bottom flange of the module frame and have hooks to snap the screen into place. The clips are painted steel and can be â&#x20AC;&#x153;snappedâ&#x20AC;? to the appropriate length to accommodate height variations. The mesh screen is vinyl-coated steel, rigid enough to keep out even the most industrious squirrel. The box frame adaptor allows for mounting on module frames that lack a flange to mount to (1 per clip). Array Edge Screen Description

Standard package qty

Item code

Array edge screen (critter guard), - 100 linear-foot kit, 4" screen, 36 clips

1 EA

015-11176

Array edge screen (critter guard), - 100 linear-foot kit, 8" screen, 36 clips

1 EA

015-11177

Array edge screen (critter guard), - Clips only, 8", 12 piece

1 EA

242-80043

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Array Edge Screen

SnapNrack Hardware Accessories Splice Kits attach two lengths of rail together to create a strong single support. Rail End Caps cover the ends of the rail to create a seamless line to the end of the array. The Rail Cover provides a complete wire management solution and a clean look to an installation. Channel Nuts snap into the rail and provide a mounting location for a 5/16"-18 standard bolt.

Accessories Item code

Standard package qty

Clear aluminum

Black-anodized

SnapNrack splice kit - single bar with hardware

20 EA

242-04012

242-04013

SnapNrack rail end cap - black rubber

20 EA

232-01023

SnapNrack rail cover clear

20 EA

232-01033

SnapNrack channel nut

20 EA

232-02005

Microinverter Attachment Kit with WEEB grounding

20 EA

242-92091

Microinverter Attachment Kit without WEEB grounding

20 EA

242-92090

Description

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Roof and Ground

The Microinverter Attachment Kit includes all of the hardware needed to attach microinverters to a system. Each microinverter kit includes enough hardware to attach (1) Enphase microinverter or (1) Solar Edge P-Series Optimizer.

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

SnapNrack Service Components Please reference the below items to replace lost or broken parts. Service components do not include additional hardware unless otherwise stated. 5/16" Stainless Steel Bolts Item code

Length

Black

Clear

0.75", 25 pack

242-80001

242-80002

1.0", 25 pack

242-80003

242-80004

1.25", 25 pack

242-80005

242-80006

1.5", 25 pack

242-80007

242-80008

2.0", 25 pack

242-80010

242-80011

2.25", 25 pack

242-80012

242-80013

2.5", 25 pack

242-80014

242-80015

2.75", 25 pack

242-80016

242-80017

3.0", 25 pack

242-80018

242-80019

3.25", 25 pack

242-80020

3.5", 25 pack

242-80022

242-80023

5/16" Stainless Steel Washers --

242-80009

242-80037

242-80038

Fender washer, 4 pack

Roof and Ground

Split washer, 25 pack

Module Clamps Mid clamp, 4 pack

242-80032

242-80033

Adjustable End clamp, 4 pack

242-80026

242-80027

L-Feet 90°, 4 pack

242-80024

242-80025

92°, 4 pack

242-80028

242-80029

Bases L-Foot base, 4 pack

242-80031

4-Hole base, 4 pack

242-80030

1-Hole Standoff base, 4 pack

242-80030

Other Clamps 242-80039

242-80040

Seam clamp insert, 4 pack

242-80042

Seam clamp cam, 4 pack

242-80035

Standoff clamps, 4 pack

Lag Screw Kits and Roof Sealant Use these stainless steel 5/16" Lag Screws for attaching various racking systems to wood substructures. Kits include 5/16" x ¾" washers. ChemLink TileSecure is a polyether based, solvent free adhesive/sealant compatible with virtually all roof surfaces including: concrete and clay tiles, galvanized steel, aluminum, and composition shingles. Rainbuster 850 is a highly flexible, non-shrinking, paintable poly-urethane adhesive/sealant that is ideal for sealing roof penetrations. Wood Substructure Roof Attachment Item code

Description

12 pack

48 pack

5/16" x 3 ½" Stainless steel lag screw with washer

014-06500

014-06501

5/16" x 5" Stainless steel lag screw with washer

014-06502

014-06503

Roof Sealant

ChemLink TileSecure, black, single tube

178-06020

Rainbuster 850 sealant, black, single tube

174-02600

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The SnapNrack Series 200 PV module installation system is low profile and visually appealing. This innovative suite of racking components simplifies installation to save time and money. The SnapNrack ground rail and rail-to-pipe clamp is a multi-pole, fixed-tilt ground mount. The ground rail accepts all standard module mounting clamps, and the pipe clamp is designed for 1.5" (1.9" outside diameter) schedule 40 or 80 steel pipe substructures. It can be installed with tilt angles up to 45째 and in locations that may see wind speeds up to 120 mph. For module attachment hardware, refer to the SnapNrack roof mount components on page 25. Steel components available upon request. Ground Rail Item code

Description SnapNrack Ground Rail

SnapNrack ground rail 162" - clear (2 rails)

2 piece rail set

4 piece rail set

Bulk rail - 112 pc

015-09819

015-09855

015-09854

SnapNrack ground rail 122" - clear

015-11117

Universal ground rail kit - 4 module - black

015-11118

Ground Mount Structural Components Standard package qty

Item code

SnapNrack pipe clamp 1.5"

Description

20 EA

242-09003

SnapNrack ground rail end cap - black

20 EA

232-01043

Tee, single socket, 1.5" pipe, Kee Klamp 10-8, galvanized steel

1 EA

172-05310

Swivel socket, 1.5" pipe, Kee Klamp 50-88, galvanized steel

1 EA

172-05410

Double swivel socket, 1.5" pipe, Kee Klamp 51-88, galvanized steel

1 EA

172-05412

Plug end, plastic pipe cap 1.5", Kee Klamp 77-8

1 EA

172-05510

Tee, single socket, 1.5" pipe, aluminum

1 EA

172-05800

Tee, adjustable elbow, 1.5" pipe, aluminum

1 EA

172-05803

Tee, adjustable cross, 1.5" pipe, aluminum

1 EA

172-05804

Plug End, 1.5" pipe, metal

1 EA

172-05808

Roof and Ground

Tee, Single Cocket, 172- 05800

015-09849

Universal ground rail kit - 4 module - clear

SnapNrack Pipe Clamp, 015- 09998

Tee, Adjustable Elbow, 172- 05803

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

SnapNrack Series 200 Ground Mount System

Tee, Adjustable Cross, 172- 05804

Plug End, 172- 05808

Tee, Single Socket, 172-05310

PIPE CLAMP ASSEMBLY

Swivel Socket, 172-05410

Double Swivel Socket, 172-05412

Plug End, Plastic Pipe Cap, 172-05510

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

SnapNrack Series 350 Ground Mount for Large Arrays SnapNrack Series 350 is a cost-optimized PV Mounting System designed for commercial ground mount installations. Simple, robust, and efficien the Series 350 ground mount minimizes install cost. The system uses field-tested, engineered aluminum, galvanized steel, and stainless steel components. SnapNrack module mounting hardware enables virtually any commercially available framed module to be mounted to the system railing. Multiple foundation options are available to support installation in a variety of site conditions from silt to lava rock. Universal End Clamps are available for a flush end finish on the array when aluminum rails are used. Theft-deterrent hardware is available for most locations. Structural engineering and rigorous testing have been completed for wind, seismic, and snow loads in most regions, and for a number of configuration options. The result is a system with increased longevity that will be structurally sound for decades to come. Series 350 is cost-effective, quick to install, and aesthetically pleasing. Please call AEE Solar to configure your next ground mount.

Roof and Ground

SnapNrack Series 450 Ballasted Roof Mount The SnapNrack Series 450 offers one of the most innovative, versatile, and cost-effective commercial roof mount systems on the market. Aggressive wind screening of the array, combined with a semi-rigid structure, results in a system that has excellent wind uplift characteristics at the lowest possible weight. Standoff options are integrated into the system for a â&#x20AC;&#x153;hybridâ&#x20AC;? solution where seismic attachments are required or roof structures limit ballast weight. This allows superior flexibility for projects on buildings with ballast limitations. The system is designed to work with most module brands and is being offered in 5, 12, and 20 degree tilt angles. The design includes aggressive venting to keep modules cool, and all components are manufactured from corrosion-resistant aluminum and galvanized steel. Please call AEE Solar to configure your next ballasted mount.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

All-In-One Waterproof Flashed Mounts Quick Mount PV makes waterproof flashing and mount designed by roofing professionals to anchor photovoltaic racking systems to most types of roofs, including composition, tile, shake, and low-slope roofs. All Quick Mount PV products are sold in boxes of 12, and are available with a mill, clear-anodized, or black-anodized finish, unless otherwise noted. All exposed hardware is stainless steel to ensure longterm protection against water intrusion.

Quick Mount PV Flashed Composition Shingle Mounts The QBase Composition Mount is a base-and-post mount designed for use when integrating a solar array into new roof construction. The QBase foundation is protected by a 12" x 12" spun cone aluminum flashing. 12" x 12" Classic Composition and Classic Shake Mounts are ICC-ES certified (ICC-ESR-2835) and incorporate flashing seamlessly integrated with a standoff block. Stainless steel hardware attaches the block by L-foot to most racking systems, including DPW and SnapNrack, and enables an attractive low-profile array. The Classic Conduit Mount is similar to the Classic PV mounts but has a narrower flashing and accepts a standard conduit clamp. The E-Mount is a smaller, lighter and less expensive version of the Classic Mount.

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Quick Mount PV

Quick Mount PV Waterproof and Shingle Mounts Model

Description

Item code

QBase Composition Mounts - 12", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06313

QBase Composition Mounts - 12", black finish, 12 pack

014-06314

QMNC C 12

QBase Composition Mounts - 12", clear anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06312

QMSC-A 12

Classic Composition Mounts - 12" x 12", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06315

QMSC-B 12

Classic Composition Mounts - 12" x 12", bronze anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06316

QMSC-C 12

Classic Composition Mounts - 12" x 12", clear anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06317

QMCC-A 12

Classic Composition Conduit Mounts - 9" x 12", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06222

QMCC-B 12

Classic Composition Conduit Mounts - 9" x 12", bronze anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06223

QMCC-C 12

Classic Composition Conduit Mounts - 9" x 12", clear anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06224

QMSE-A 12

E-Mount Composition Mount – 9” x 12”, Mill Finish Aluminum, 12 pack

014-06332

Roof and Ground

QMNC A 12 QMNC B 12

Quick Mount PV Flashed Shake Mounts Similar to the composition shingle mount, the Classic Shake Mount uses larger 18" x 18" aluminum flashing to integrate with most wood shake roofs. The conduit mounts for shake roofs are similar to the PV mounts but have a narrower flashing and accept a standard conduit clamp. Quick Mount PV Flashed Shake Mounts Model

Description

Item code

QMLC-A 12

Classic Shake Mounts - 18" x 18", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06319

QMLC-B 12

Classic Shake Mounts - 18" x 18", bronze-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06321

QMLC-C 12

Classic Shake Mounts - 18" x 18", clear-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06320

Classic Shake Conduit Mounts - 12" x 18", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06225

QMLCC-ABA 12

Classic Shake Conduit Mounts - 12" x 18", bronze-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06226

QMLCC-ACA 12

Classic Shake Conduit Mounts - 12" x 18", clear-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06227

QMLCC-A 12

Quick Mount PV Flashed Tile Mounts The Universal Tile Mount incorporates Quick Mount PV's new QBase foundation and two aluminum cone flashings. The malleable top flashing conforms to fit virtually any tile roof, including curved tile. Model QMUTM-A 12 QMUTM-B 12

Quick Mount PV Flashed Tile Mounts Description QBase Universal Tile Mounts - 18" x 18", mill finish, 12 pack QBase Universal Tile Mounts - 18" x 18", bronze-anodized finish, 12 pack

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 014-06328 014-06329 29

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Quick Mount PV Accessories for Composition and Shake Mounts Height Extensions work with any of the Classic Composition and Classic Shake Mounts to adjust the angle or clearance between the array and roof. Longer Hanger Bolt Sets are also available to accommodate extra thick roofing or insulation material. Quick Mount PV's unique Shingle Ripper is ideal for cleanly removing nails, shingles, or shakes without damaging them. Quick Mount PV Accessories Model

Description

Item code

QMEXT-2.5 A 12

Height Extension - 2 ½", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06338

QMEXT-2.5 B 12

Height Extension - 2 ½", bronze-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06351

QMEXT-2.5 C 12

Height Extension - 2 ½", clear-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06350

QMEXT-3.25 A 12

Height Extension - 3 ¼", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06339

Roof and Ground

QMEXT-3.25 B 12

Height Extension - 3 ¼", bronze-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06353

QMEXT-3.25 C 12

Height Extension - 3 ¼", clear-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06352

QMEXT-4.0 A 12

Height Extension - 4", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06340

QMEXT-4.0 B 12

Height Extension - 4", bronze-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06355

QMEXT-4.0 C 12

Height Extension - 4", clear-anodized finish, 12 pack

014-06354

QMHS-6 12

Hanger Bolt Set - 6", stainless steel, 12 pack

014-06344

QMHS-8 12

Hanger Bolt Set - 8", stainless steel, 12 pack

014-06345

QMHS-10 12

Hanger Bolt Set - 10", stainless steel, 12 pack

014-06346

QMHS-12 12

Hanger Bolt Set - 12", stainless steel, 12 pack

014-06347

24" Shingle Ripper – nail removal tool

094-00143

QMRB-12

Quick Mount PV Low Slope Roof Mounts Quick Mount PV's new Low Slope Roof Mount, which also incorporates the new QBase foundation, is the strongest base-and-post PV mount you can buy for mechanically attaching commercial PV systems to TPO, PVC, EPDM, built-up asphalt, and virtually all other non-metal low slope roofs. For built-up asphalt roofs (BUR) and other bituminous and modified bitumen roofs, conical aluminum flashings are available in 4" and 8" heights (sold separately). When installing the Low Slope Roof Mount on membrane roofs, Quick Mount PV strongly recommends utilizing the roofer of record to flash the mounts. Quick Mount PV Low Slope Roof Mounts Model

Item code

QMLSH-3.75 A 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 3.75", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06300

QMLSH-3.75 B 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 3.75", bronze-anodized, 12 pack

014-06303

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 3.75", clear-anodized, 12 pack

014-06304

QMLSH-7 A 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 7", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06301

QMLSH-7 B 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 7", bronze-anodized, 12 pack

014-06305

QMLSH-7 C 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 7", clear-anodized, 12 pack

014-06306

QMLSH-9 A 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 9", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06302

QMLSH-9 B 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 9", bronze-anodized, 12 pack

014-06307

QMLSH-9 C 12

QBase Low Slope Mounts - 9", clear-anodized, 12 pack

014-06308

QMLSF-4 A 12

QBase Low Slope Flashing - 17" x 4", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06309

QMLSF-8 A 12

QBase Low Slope Flashing - 17" x 8", mill finish, 12 pack

014-06310

QMLSH-3.75 C 12

Description

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Cast Aluminum Roof Hooks These high quality German-made cast aluminum roof attachments make it easy to put solar on tile roofs without cutting or drilling the tiles. They can support up to 600 pounds and their wide mounting flange allows for correct placement on the tile even when the rafter does not line up well. The side-mount roof hook allows rails to run up and down the roof. The front-mount roof hook allows rails to run across the roof, and the top-mount roof hook can be used with L-feet for either orientation. Roof hooks can be made to work with most popular PV mounting systems. CreoTecc Aluminum Roof Hooks

Description

Item code

Description

Item code

Description

Item code

Side-mount roof hook

014-09811

Front-mount roof hook

014-09813

Top-mount roof hook

014-09815

Quick Mount PV’s new Quick Hook line features a 4 ½” (Flat Tile) or 6” (Flat or Curved Tile) sliding base and hook to provide a low profile roof attachment. Included is a unique 9” x 12” (Flat Tile) or 9” x 14” (Flat or Curved Tile) all aluminum sub flashing. Quick Hooks can be installed without cutting or drilling tiles, resulting in fewer broken tiles and less dust. Quick Mount PV Quick Hook Tile Mounts Model

Description

Item code

QMFTH A 12

Quickhook for Flat Tile, Mill finish aluminum, 12 pack

014-06330

QMCTH A 12

Quickhook for Curved Tile, Mill finish aluminum, 12 pack

014-06331

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Roof and Ground

Quick Mount PV Quick Hook Tile Mounts

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

CreoTecc

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

EJOT Solar Fastening Systems JZ3 & JA3 These specially designed solar fasteners can be used with SnapNrack Hanger Bolt Clamps to support rails on exposed fastener metal roofs. The top is threaded (length 1.969’’, dia. M10) and comes with metric nuts and washers. The wood substructure fasteners have a 5/16’’ lag screw on the bottom. For metal substructures the bottom part is a high-quality thread-forming screw. Note that the warranty requires that metric drills be used for pre-drilling the appropriate holes before installation. Product key: General:

JA3 (or JZ3) - SB - D x L / Lg + FZD L

FZD

setscrew ø

= diameter of screw (lower part)

= length of screw (lower part)

= length of setscrew (upper part)

JZ3

= thread type for steel substructures

JA3

= thread type for wood substructures

Standard is a Ø 5/16’’ (8 mm) fastener with M10 x 1.969’’ (50 mm length) setscrew; the length L is variable and has to be chosen according to the respective project.

Example: 1.969” (50)

FZD ø0.984” (25)

ø0.394” (10)

ø 5/16’’ (8)

5.118’’ (130)

7.3 inches EJOT Solar Fastening System for wood substructure Code: JA3-SB-8.0 x 130/50 FZD (in inches: JA3-SB-5/16‘‘ x 5.118‘‘/1.969‘‘ FZD)

Roof and Ground

EJOT Solar Fastening System for Wood Substructures Model

Description

Item code

3150851905

JA3-SB-8.0 x 80/50 FZD (JA3-SB-5/16'' x 3.150''/1.969'' FZD)

014-06451

3151351905

JA3-SB-8.0 x 130/50 FZD (JA3-SB-5/16'' x 5.118''/1.969'' FZD)

014-06452

3152051905

JA3-SB-8.0 x 200/50 FZD (JA3-SB-5/16'' x 7.874''/1.969'' FZD)

014-06453

EJOT Solar Fastening System for Metal Substructures 3130851905

JZ3-SB-8.0 x 80/50 FZD (JZ3-SB-5/16'' x 3.150''/1.969'' FZD)

014-06462

3131251905

JZ3-SB-8.0 x 125/50 FZD (JZ3-SB-5/16'' x 4.921''/1.969'' FZD)

014-06464

3132051905

JZ3-SB-8.0 x 200/50 FZD (JZ3-SB-5/16'' x 7.874''/1.969'' FZD)

014-06466

EJOT Solar Flashing These specially designed flashings are to be used on three tab asphalt shingle roofs. With the three sealing elements they provide for watertight seals on top of the flashing, the top shingle and the bottom shingle. Kit includes flashing and EJOT Solar Fastening System JA3-8.0x80/70 E22/3 for wood substructures. The top portion of the fastener is threaded (length 2.756’’, dia. M10) and comes with metric nuts and washers. The fastener has a 5/16’’ lag screw on the bottom and can be used with L-feet or SnapNrack Hanger Bolt Clamps to support rails. For the installation preparation in the shingle and wood substructure use the EJOT Click&Drill Hole Saw. Products are also available upon request with EJOT ORKAN Storm Washer. The Storm Washer has to be defined by crown width and angle of the trapezoidal metal roof profile. Please contact AEE Solar and we will help you to define the right solution for your project. EJOT Solar Flashing

Model

Description

Item code

EJ00000001

EJOT Solar Flashing (Kit)

014-06468

9250027006

EJOT Click & Drill Hole Saw

094-00113

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Ballasted PV mounting systems are used when the roof is flat or very slightly pitched and the installation requires minimal or no penetrations, as in some commercial systems. Short installation time and minimal roof penetrations mean less chance of leakage; however, higher weight loading on the roof and low tilt angles can offset these advantages. It is critical that the proper amount of ballast is applied at the correct location in a ballasted system; therefore, professional design assistance and engineering support is highly recommended.

AET Rayport Ballasted Flat Roof Mounting System The Rayport Ballasted Mount for flat roof commercial installations is made from all stainless steel parts, providing corrosion protection in every environmental condition. Extensive engineering and loading analysis from AET's product design group help to provide a low-cost, high-quality product that minimizes assembly time. Modules are mounted in a landscape orientation at angles of 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 degrees. Rayport ballasted roof mounts are compatible with any module between 37.5" and 39.4" wide. Additionally, the 10° support rail is available for modules ranging from 29.8" to 31.9" wide, as well as an option for reducing inter-row spacing by 3.5" where roof space is limited. Installed dimensions vary depending on module width and array tilt.

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Ballasted Flat Roof Mounts

Rayport mounts are wind tunnel tested to 120 mph.

THE ALL NEW

RAYPORT

™

SERIES

AET’s series includes all the features our customer’s love about our racking solutions in a cost competitive package. Designed to put more money back in YOUR pocket...

586.466.5073 AETenergy.com info@AETenergy.com 33

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Commercial | Ballasted

Integrated fasteners and supplied grounding hardware between the modules and the frames allow for quick, easy installation. Contact AEE Solar with your array layout for a custom quote and ballast recommendation based on building height, module type, wind and snow load requirements, and exposure category.

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Chem Link E-Curbs

E-Curbs seal penetrations by using a plastic mold and a pour in place rubber seal. E-Curbs are designed for use on granulated modified bitumen, asphalt and coal tar B.U.R. (built up roofing), and specified for PVC, PIB, and TPO single ply roofing membranes. Service temperature range for the E-Curbs are -40 ° F to 200 °F, but should not be applied at temps below 32 °F. Chemlink E Curbs Description

Item code

E-Curb, 4" round, gray, [(4) - E-Curbs, (1) - 1/2 gal 1-part pourable sealer, (2) - 10.1 oz cartridge of M-1]

131-01350

E-Curb, 6" round, gray, [(3) - E-Curbs, (2) - 1/2 gal pouch of 1-part pourable sealer, (2) - 10.1 oz cartridge of M-1)

131-01351

E-Curb, 6" round, TPO white, [(3) - E-Curbs, (2) - 1/2 gal pouch of 1-part pourable sealer, (2) - 10.1 oz cartridge of M-1, (1) 1/2 pint TPO primer), CANNOT BE SHIPPED BY AIR (HAZMAT)

131-01352

DPW Solar POWER-FAB CRS Non-Penetrating Flat Roof Mounting System

Commercial | Ballasted

The POWER-FAB CRS top-clamping module mounting system is designed to install quickly and provide a secure mounting structure for any framed module. The system's ballasted design minimizes the impact of dead loads on the roof and eliminates roof penetrations. The CRS system typically adds less weight per square foot than competitive products. Full-scale wind tunnel results qualify the system's performance in high wind speed areas. The POWER-FAB CRS system offers a variety of tilt angles from 5° to 25° and features the flexibility to design the racking around roof obstructions and shaded areas to maximize the number of modules and total energy production. Due to the custom nature of this rack, all parts are non-returnable. DPW Solar Ballasted Mount Standard Product Wind Loading Specifications Wind load

Standard tilt angle

Roof loading

Category

90 mph

10°

< 5 lbs/ft

Exposure C

130 mph

5°

< 5 lbs/ft

Exposure C

Contact AEE Solar for other tilt angle and wind load options. Full scale wind tunnel data used to calculate ballast weights along with ASCE 07-05 and building code requirements. Tilt angles from 5° – 25° available.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

DPW Solar products are made in the U.S.A. and can be ordered to fit virtually any module. DPW offers a variety of made-to-order DPW Roof/Ground Mounts, Top of Pole Mounts, Side of Pole Mounts, and Multi Pole Mounts. Compare the dimensions of the module you plan to use with the sizing chart below to determine the module series. When ordering, be sure to include a copy of the data sheet for the module you plan to use. For modules having dimensions that fall outside of the chart, use the next larger size. Most DPW mounting systems fasten to the modules using the mounting holes on the module frame; therefore, modules without rearside mounting holes cannot be used with DPW pole mount products. The High Wind Version upgrade (not available for MPM's) is made for winds up to 130 mph, class C Wind Zone. Stainless steel module mounting hardware is provided with all mounts. Stainless steel hardware for the racking assembly is available as an option.

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Commercial DPW Solar

DPW products are non-returnable due to the custom-made nature of the mounts. Module Series Sizing Chart DPW module series

19-23 x 35-44

20-26 x 39-53

22-27 x 56-63

31-33 x 60-67

38-40 x 51-56

38-40 x 58-61

37-42 x 61-67

G or GL*

38-40 x 77-82

H or HL*

50-52 x 65-79

Commercial

Module size range (W" x L")

GL or HL â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Includes longer module rails for module widths greater than 39.45" (i.e. SunPower 305, Sunpower 400)

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

DPW Solar POWER-FAB Roof/Ground Mounts (RGM) Power-Fab Roof/Ground Mounts are available in several sizes and styles. In addition to the standard configuration, both low-profile and two-tier designs are available. Unless otherwise indicated, the rails and legs are mill-finish 6061-T6 structural aluminum angle (AL), and have adjustable, telescoping back legs (TL). Anodized or powder coated finishes are available at an additional cost. All RGMs use DPW’s Power Rail, so be sure to order the appropriate number of mid and end clamps. RGM Design Strength Wind speed

Snow load (lbs. per sq. ft.) 0

90 mph

100 mph

110 mph

120 mph

130 mph

Please contact AEE Solar

Use the Module Series Sizing Chart on the previous page to determine module series. Use the RGM Design Strength Chart above to determine whether a SD (Standard Design) or HD (Heavy Duty) rack is required.

Commercial

Order the appropriate number of End and Mid Clamps from the RAD Mid and End Clamp table below. DPW RAD End and Mid Clamps are used in all Roof/Ground Mounts (SRGM, LPRGM, and TTRGM) as well as the Multi-Pole Mount (MPM). These units are made from Type 304 stainless steel, and the mid clamps are 3/8" wide. Please be sure to provide a module data sheet with any orders. RAD Roof/Ground Mount Mid and End Clamps Item code

DPW part #

Description

Clear

Black

EC-XX-RAD

Module End Clamp w/ RAD Hardware (specify module thickness)

013-10961

013-10962

MC-28-33-RAD

Module Mid Clamp w/ RAD Hardware for 28-33 mm (1.1" - 1.3")

013-10963

013-10964

MC-34-39-RAD

Module Mid Clamp w/ RAD Hardware for 34-39 mm (1.31" - 1.54")

013-10965

013-10966

MC-40-46-RAD

Module Mid Clamp w/ RAD Hardware for 40-46 mm (1.55" - 1.81")

013-10967

013-10968

MC-47-52-RAD

Module Mid Clamp w/ RAD Hardware for 47-52 mm (1.85" - 2.0")

013-10969

013-10970

MC-53-59-RAD

Module Mid Clamp w/ RAD Hardware for 53-59 mm (2.1" - 2.32")

013-10971

013-10972

POWER-FAB Standard Roof/Ground Mounts (SRGM) Standard Roof/Ground Mounts are made from 6061-T6 structural aluminum extrusions with a mill finish and have adjustable, telescoping back legs. Modules are mounted on DPW Power-Rail in landscape orientation and stacked one above the other up to 6 high, depending on module width. Multiple Standard Roof/Ground Mounts may be installed side-by-side. Standard Roof/Ground Mounts (SRGM) – Standard Design Number of modules

Module size B C D E

DPW part #

See HD

SRGM3-B-SD

SRGM4-B-SD

SRGM5-B-SD

Item code

013-14233

013-14234

013-14235

DPW part #

See HD

SRGM2-C-SD

SRGM3-C-SD

SRGM4-C-SD

SRGM5-C-SD

Item code

013-14332

013-14333

013-14334

013-14335

DPW part #

See HD

SRGM2-D-SD

SRGM3-D-SD

SRGM4-D-SD

SRGM5-D-SD

Item code

013-14432

013-14433

013-14434

013-14435

DPW part #

See HD

SRGM2-E-SD

SRGM3-E-SD

SRGM4-E-SD

Item code

013-14532

013-14533

013-14534

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Number of modules

Module size F G H I

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Standard Roof/Ground Mounts (SRGM) – Standard Design 1

DPW Part #

See HD

SRGM2-F-SD

SRGM3-F-SD

SRGM4-F-SD

Item code

013-14632

013-14633

013-14634

DPW part #

See HD

SRGM2-G-SD

SRGM3-G-SD

SRGM4-G-SD

Item code

013-14732

013-14733

013-14734

DPW part #

See HD

SRGM2-H-SD

SRGM3-H-SD

SRGM4-H-SD

Item code

013-14832

013-14833

013-14834

DPW part #

SRGM1-I-SD

SRGM2-I-SD

SRGM3-I-SD

Item code

013-14901

013-14902

013-14903

Standard Roof/Ground Mounts (SRGM) – Heavy Duty B C D E

G H I

SRGM1-B-HD

SRGM2-B-HD

SRGM3-B-HD

SRGM4-B-HD

SRGM5-B-HD

Item code

013-14251

0131-14252

013-14253

013-14254

013-14255

DPW part #

SRGM1-C-HD

SRGM2-C-HD

SRGM3-C-HD

SRGM4-C-HD

Item code

013-14351

013-14352

013-14353

013-14354

DPW part #

SRGM1-D-HD

SRGM2-D-HD

SRGM3-D-HD

Item code

013-14451

013-14452

013-14453

DPW part #

SRGM1-E-HD

SRGM2-E-HD

Item code

013-14551

013-14552

DPW part #

SRGM1-F-HD

SRGM2-F-HD

Item code

013-14651

013-14652

DPW part #

SRGM1-G-HD

SRGM2-G-HD

Item code

013-14751

013-14752

DPW part #

SRGM1-I-HD

SRGM2-H-SD

Item code

013-14851

013-14852

DPW part #

SRGM1-I-HD

SRGM2-I-HD

Item code

013-14951

013-14952

Commercial

DPW part #

Standard Roof/Ground Mounts (SRGM) – Optional Upgrades DPW part #

Description

Item code

DP-SRGM-PCA

Powder Coated Aluminum Components (add 25%)

013-14910

DP-SRGM-AA

Anodized Aluminum Components (add 35%)

013-14915

Stainless steel hardware for rack assembly - SSH Number of modules Item code

013-14921

013-14922

013-14923

013-14924

013-14925

Tamper resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH Number of modules

Item code

013-10941

013-10942

013-10943

013-10944

013-10945

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

DPW Solar POWER-FAB Low Proﬁle Roof/Ground Mounts (LPRGM) Low-Profile Roof/Ground Mounts are made from 6061-T6 structural aluminum extrusions with a mill finish and have adjustable, telescoping back legs. Modules are mounted side-by-side in portrait mode. Models are available to hold from 3 to 5 modules, depending on module width. Multiple Low Profile Roof/Ground Mounts may be installed side-by-side. Use the Module Series Sizing Chart on page 35 to determine module series. Use the RGM Design Strength Chart on page 36 to determine whether a SD (Standard Design) or HD (Heavy Duty) rack is required. Order the appropriate number of End and Mid Clamps from the RAD Mid and End Clamp table on page 36. Low Profile Roof/Ground Mounts (LPRGM) – Standard Design Number of modules

Module size B C D

Commercial

E F G H I

DPW part #

See HD

LPRGM5-B-SD

LPRGM6-B-SD

Item code

013-15235

013-15236

DPW part #

See HD

LPRGM4-C-SD

LPRGM5-C-SD

LPRGM6-C-SD

Item code

013-15334

013-15335

013-15336

DPW part #

LPRGM3-D-SD

LPRGM4-D-SD

LPRGM5-D-SD

LPRGM6-D-SD

Item code

013-15433

013-15434

013-15435

013-15436

DPW part #

LPRGM3-E-SD

LPRGM4-E-SD

LPRGM5-E-SD

LPRGM6-E-SD

Item code

013-15533

013-15534

013-15535

013-15536

DPW part #

LPRGM3-F-SD

LPRGM4-F-SD

LPRGM5-F-SD

LPRGM6-F-SD

Item code

013-15633

013-15634

013-15635

013-15636

DPW part #

LPRGM3-G-SD

LPRGM4-G-SD

LPRGM5-G-SD

LPRGM6-G-SD

Item code

013-15733

013-15734

013-15735

013-15736

DPW part #

LPRGM3-H-SD

LPRGM4-H-SD

LPRGM5-H-SD

LPRGM6-H-SD

Item code

013-15833

013-15834

013-15835

013-15836

DPW part #

LPRGM3-I-SD

LPRGM4-I-SD

LPRGM5-I-SD

LPRGM6-I-SD

Item code

013-15903

013-15904

013-15905

013-15906

Low Profile Roof/Ground Mounts (LPRGM) – Heavy Duty B C D E F G H I

DPW part #

LPRGM3-B-HD

LPRGM4-B-HD

LPRGM5-B-HD

LPRGM6-B-HD

Item code

013-15253

013-15254

013-15255

013-15256

DPW part #

LPRGM3-C-HD

LPRGM4-C-HD

LPRGM5-C-HD

LPRGM6-C-HD

Item code

013-15353

013-154354

013-15355

013-15356

DPW part #

LPRGM3-D-HD

LPRGM4-D-HD

LPRGM5-D-HD

LPRGM6-D-HD

Item code

013-15453

013-15454

013-15455

013-15456

DPW part #

LPRGM3-E-HD

LPRGM4-E-HD

LPRGM5-E-HD

LPRGM6-D-HD

Item code

013-15553

013-15554

013-15555

013-15556

DPW part #

LPRGM3-F-HD

LPRGM4-F-HD

LPRGM5-F-HD

LPRGM6-D-HD

Item code

013-15653

013-15654

013-15655

013-15656

DPW part #

LPRGM3-G-HD

LPRGM4-G-HD

LPRGM5-G-HD

LPRGM6-D-HD

Item code

013-15753

013-15754

013-15755

013-15756

DPW part #

LPRGM3-H-HD

LPRGM4-H-HD-

LPRGM5-H-HD

LPRGM6-D-HD

Item code

013-15853

013-15854

013-15855

013-15856

DPW part #

LPRGM3-I-HD

LPRGM4-H-HD

LPRGM5-H-HD

LPRGM6-D-HD

Item code

013-15953

013-15954

013-15955

013-15956

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

DPW part #

Description

DP-LPRGM-PCA DP-LPRGM-AA

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Low Profile Roof/Ground Mounts (LPRGM) – Optional Upgrades Item code

Powder Coated Aluminum Components (add 25%)

013-15910

Anodized Aluminum Components (add 35%)

013-15915

Stainless steel hardware for rack assembly - SSH Number of modules Item code

013-15923

013-15924

013-15925

013-15926

Tamper resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH Number of modules

Item code

013-10943

013-10944

013-10945

013-10946

POWER-FAB Two-Tier Ground Mounts (TTRGM) The two-tier mount is a cost-effective way to create large ground mounted arrays. Two-Tier Ground Mounts are made from 6061-T6 structural aluminum extrusions with a mill finish and have adjustable, telescoping back legs. Modules are mounted in portrait orientation 2 rows high and 2 to 5 rows wide. Models are available to hold from 4 to 10 modules (depending on module width). Multiple two-tier mounts may be installed side-by-side. These mounts may also be used as roof mounts if structural and wind load requirements allow. Ground mounts do not include foundations or foundation engineering. Use the Module Series Sizing Chart on page 35 to determine module series.

Order the appropriate number of End and Mid Clamps from the RAD Mid and End Clamp table on page 36. Two Tier Roof Ground Mounts (TTRGM) – Standard Design Number of modules

Module size B C D E F G H I

DPW part #

See HD

DP-TTRGM10-B-SD

Item code

013-12230

DPW part #

See HD

TTRGM8-C-SD

TTRGM10-C-SD

Item code

013-12328

013-12330

DPW part #

See HD

TTRGM6-D-SD

TTRGM8-D-SD

TTRGM10-D-SD

Item code

013-12426

013-12428

013-12430

DPW part #

See HD

TTRGM6-E-SD

DTTRGM8-E-SD

Item code

013-12526

013-12528

DPW part #

See HD

TTRGM6-F-SD

TTRGM8-F-SD

Item code

013-12626

013-12628

DPW part #

See HD

TTRGM6-G-SD

TTRGM8-G-SD

Item code

013-12726

013-12728

DPW part #

See HD

TTRGM6-H-SD

TTRGM8-H-SD

Item code

013-12826

013-12828

DPW part #

TTRGM4-I-SD

TTRGM6-I-SD

Item code

013-12944

013-12946

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Commercial

Use the RGM Design Strength Chart on page 36 to determine whether a SD (Standard Design) or HD (Heavy Duty) rack is required.

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Two Tier Roof Ground Mounts (TTRGM) – Heavy Duty Number of modules

Module size B C D E F G H I

DPW part #

TTRGM6-B-HD

TTRGM8-B-HD-HD

TTRGM10-B-HD

Item code

013-12256

013-12258

013-12260

DPW part #

TTRGM6-C-HD

TTRGM8-C-HD

TTRGM10-C-HD

Item code

013-12356

013-12358

013-12360

DPW part #

TTRGM4-D-HD

TTRGM6-D-HD

TTRGM8-D-HD

TTRGM10-D-HD

Item code

013-12454

013-12456

013-12458

013-12460

DPW part #

TTRGM4-E-HD

TTRGM6-E-HD

TTRGM8-E-HD

Item code

013-12554

013-12556

013-12558

DPW part #

TTRGM4-F-HD

TTRGM6-F-HD

TTRGM8-F-HD

Item code

013-12654

013-12656

013-12658

DPW part #

TTRGM4-G-HD

TTRGM6-G-HD

TTRGM8-G-HD

Item code

013-12754

013-12756

013-12758

DPW part #

TTRGM4-H-HD

TTRGM6-H-HD

TTRGM8-H-HD

Item code

013-12854

013-12856

013-12858

DPW part #

TTRGM4-I-HD

TTRGM6-I-HD

Item code

013-12954

013-12956

Commercial

Two Tier Roof Ground Mounts (TTRGM) – Optional Upgrades DPW part #

Description

Item code

DP-TTRGM-PCA

Powder Coated Aluminum Components (add 25%)

013-12910

DP-TTRGM-AA

Anodized Aluminum Components (add 35%)

013-12915

Stainless steel hardware for rack assembly - SSH Number of modules

Item code

013-12924

013-12926

013-12928

013-12930

Tamper resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH

Number of modules

Item code

013-10944

013-10946

013-10948

013-10950

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Pole mounts represent a simple, cost-effective approach to mounting small PV arrays without the need for complex foundations or leveling. A Schedule 40 or 80 rigid steel pole with a deep concrete anchor is typically sufficient, however specific requirements may vary due to soil type and expected wind loads. Pole clamp upgrades are available for most POWER-FAB Pole Mount models to accommodate diameters of up to 12 inches. All DPW Pole Mounts are made to order, so please include a data sheet for the modules you plan to use and allow 4 to 6 weeks for delivery. If the dimensions of your module are outside of those listed in the Module Series Sizing Chart on page 37, specify the next size up.

POWER-FAB Side Pole Mounts (SPM) Power-FAB SPM mounts are made from mill-finish aluminum. Upgrades to anodized or powder-coated aluminum are available for an additional charge. Stainless steel module mounting hardware is provided with all mounts, and tamper-resistant hardware kits are also available for installations that may be left unattended for long periods. Stainless steel fastener kits and high-wind upgrades are also available for the mounting structure itself.

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

POWER-FAB Pole Mounts

Stainless steel band clamps are provided with each mount for attachment to 2" to 4.5" diameter poles, but can be upgraded to accommodate larger diameters. Most mounts can also be attached to flat vertical surfaces using installer-supplied lag bolts or through-bolts. Most of the SPM mounts can be shipped by UPS. Use the Module Series Sizing Chart on page 35 to determine module series.

A B C D E F G H

DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code DPW part # Item code

DP Solar Side Pole Mounts (SPM) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Optional Upgrades Description High-Wind Version (add 25%) Powder Coated Aluminum Components (add 25%) Anodized Aluminum Components (add 35%) Band clamp upgrade Upgrade to 3-4.5" 4-5.5" 5-6.5" 6-7.5" 7-8.5" 9-9.5" DPW part # 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" From 2-3.5" 013-11930 013-11931 013-11932 013-11933 013-11934 013-11935 From 3-4.5" -013-11938 013-11939 013-11940 013-11941 013-11942 Stainless steel hardware for rack assembly - SSH Number of modules 1 2 Item code 013-11921 013-11922 Tamper resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH Number of modules 1 2 Item code 013-10941 013-10942 DPW part # HWV PCA AA

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Pole

Module size

POWER-FAB Side Pole Mounts (SPM) Number of modules 1 2 3 DP-SPM1-A DP-SPM2-A -013-11101 013-11102 -DP-SPM1-B DP-SPM2-B DP-SPM3-B 013-11201 013-11202 013-11203 DP-SPM1-C DP-SPM2-C DP-SPM3-C 013-11301 013-11302 013-11303 DP-SPM1-D DP-SPM2-D DP-SPM3-D 013-11401 013-11402 013-11403 DP-SPM1-E DP-SPM2-E DP-SPM3-E 013-11501 013-11502 013-11503 DP-SPM1-F DP-SPM2-F DP-SPM3-F 013-11601 013-11602 013-11603 DP-SPM1-G DP-SPM2-G DP-SPM3-G 013-11701 013-11702 013-11703 DP-SPM1-H DP-SPM2-H DP-SPM3-H 013-11801 013-11802 013-11803

4 --DP-SPM4-B 013-11204 DP-SPM4-C 013-11304 DP-SPM4-D 013-11404 --------Item code 013-04000 013-11910 013-11915

9-11" 11" 013-11936 013-11943

10-12" 12" 013-11937 013-11944

3 013-11923

4 013-11924

3 013-10943

4 013-10944 41

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

POWER-FAB Top Pole Mounts (TPM) POWER-FAB TPM standard mounts have heavy steel mounting sleeves, elevation pivots, and strong- backs that are coated with durable outdoor paint. The module rails are 6061-T6 mill-finish structural aluminum angles. Stainless steel module mounting hardware is provided. Standard top-of-pole mounts are adjustable from 15째 to 65째, in 10째 increments, and fit on Schedule 40 or 80 steel pipe. For harsh environments, upgrades to hot-dipgalvanized steel or anodized aluminum rails are available. Use the table below to determine the layout and minimum pipe size.

Module size

Use the Module Series Sizing Chart on page 35 to determine module series. POWER-FAB Top Pole Mounts (TPM)

Pole

Module size

DPW part #

# of modules

Pole size Configuration Item code

TPM1-A

1H x 1W-P

013-10101

TPM2-A

1H x 2W-P

013-10102

TPM3-A

2.5"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10103

TPM4-A

3"SCH40

1H x 4W-P

TPM6-A

2H x 3W-P

TPM8-A

TPM10-A

2" SCH40

4"SCH40

013-10306

4H x 2W-L

013-10308

6"SCH40

3H x 3W-P

013-10309

TPM10-C

5H x 2W-L

013-10310

TPM12-C

6"SCH80

6H x 2W-L

013-10312

TPM14-C

8"SCH40

7H x 2W-L

013-10314

TPM16-C

8H x 2W-L

013-10316

TPM18-C

3H x 6W-P

013-10318

TPM1-D

2"SCH40

1H x 1W-P

013-10401

TPM2-D

3"SCH40

1H x 2W-P

013-10402

TPM3-D

4"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10403

TPM4-D

4"SCH80

2H x 2 W-P

013-10404

2H x 3W-P

013-10406

4H x 2W-L

013-10408

3H x 3W-P

013-10409

5H x 2W-L

013-10410

TPM6-D

TPM8-D

8"SCH80

6"SCH40

2H x 4W-P

013-10108

5H x 2W-L

013-10110

TPM1-E

2"SCH40

1H x 1W-P

013-10501

6H x 2W-L

013-10112

TPM2-E

3"SCH40

1H x 2W-P

013-10502

7H x 2W-L

013-10114

TPM3-E

8H x 2W-L

013-10116

TPM4-E

1H x 1W-P

013-10201

TPM6-E

1H x 2W-P

013-10202

TPM8-E

TPM4-B

3"SCH40

1H x 4W-P

013-10204

TPM6-B

2H x 3W-P

013-10206

013-10304

2H x 3W-P

013-10203

TPM16-B

1H x 4W-P

4"SCH80

TPM18-D

1H x 3W-P

6"SCH80

4"SCH40

TPM16-D

2.5"SCH40

013-10106

TPM14-B

TPM9-C

013-10303

TPM3-B

TPM8-C

013-10302

1H x 3W-P

TPM15-D

TPM12-B

TPM6-C

1H x 2W-P

3"SCH40

013-10104

TPM2-B

6"SCH40

TPM4-C

2.5"SCH40

TPM1-B

TPM3-C

013-10301

TPM14-D

TPM8-B

TPM2-C

1H x 1W-P

TPM12-D

TPM16-A

TPM10-B

2" SCH40

4"SCH40

TPM14-A

2"SCH40

TPM1-C

Pole size Configuration Item code

TPM9-D

6"SCH80

# of modules

TPM10-D

TPM12-A

6"SCH40

POWER-FAB Top Pole Mounts (TPM)

DPW part #

6"SCH80 8"SCH40

8"SCH80

4"SCH40 6"SCH40 6"SCH80

3H x 4W-P

013-10412

7H x 2W-L

013-10414

3H x 5W-P

013-10415

4H x 4W-P

013-10416

6H x 3W-L

013-10418

1H x 3W-P

013-10503

2H x 2 W-P

013-10504

3H x 2W-L

013-10506

4H x 2W-L

013-10508

3H x 3W-P

013-10509

5H x 2W-L

013-10510

3H x 4W-P

013-10512

TPM9-E

TPM10-E

TPM12-E

TPM14-E

7H x 2W-L

013-10514

2H x 4W-P

013-10208

TPM15-E

5H x 3W-L

013-10515

5H x 2W-L

013-10210

TPM16-E

4H x 4W-P

013-10516

6H x 2W-L

013-10212

TPM18-E

6H x 3W-L

013-10518

7H x 2W-L

013-10214

8H x 2W-L

013-10216

8"SCH40

8"SCH80

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

# of modules

POWER-FAB Top Pole Mounts (TPM)

Pole size Configuration Item code

Module size

DPW part #

# of modules

Pole size Configuration Item code

TPM1-F

2"SCH80

1H x 1W-P

013-10601

TPM1-H

2.5"SCH40

1H x 1W-P

013-10801

TPM2-F

3"SCH40

1H x 2W-P

013-10602

TPM2-H

3"SCH80

1H x 2W-P

013-10802

TPM3-F

4"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10603

TPM3-H

4"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10803

TPM4-F

4"SCH80

2H x 2 W-P

013-10604

TPM4-H

TPM6-F

6"SCH40

3H x 2W-L

013-10606

TPM6-H

TPM8-F

TPM9-F

TPM10-F

TPM12-F

6"SCH80 8"SCH40

013-10806

4H x 2W-L

013-10808

3H x 3W-P

013-10809

5H x 2W-L

013-10810

3H x 4W-P1

013-10812

013-10608

TPM8-H

013-10609

TPM9-H

5H x 2W-L

013-10610

TPM10-H

3H x 4W-P

013-10612

TPM12-H

7H x 2W-L

013-10614

TPM1-I

3"SCH40

1H x 1W-P

013-10901

5H x 3W-L

013-10615

TPM2-I

4"SCH80

2H x 1W-L

013-10902

14 15

TPM16-F

4H x 4W-P2

013-10616

TPM3-I

TPM18-F

6H x 3W-L4

013-10618

TPM4-I

TPM1-G

2"SCH80

1H x 1W-P

013-10701

TPM6-I

TPM2-G

3"SCH40

1H x 2W-P

013-10702

TPM8-I

TPM3-G

4"SCH40

1H x 3W-P

013-10703

TPM9-I

TPM4-G

4"SCH80

2H x 2 W-P1

013-10704

TPM10-I

TPM6-G

6"SCH40

3H x 2W-L

013-10706

TPM8-G

6"SCH80

TPM9-G

TPM10-G

TPM12-G

TPM14-G

TPM15-G

8"SCH80

013-10804

3H x 2W-L

4H x 2W-L

TPM14-F

8"SCH40

2H x 2 W-P

3H x 3W-P

TPM15-F

8"SCH80

6"SCH40

4H x 2W-L

013-10708

3H x 3W-P

013-10709

5H x 2W-L

013-10710

3H x 4W-P

013-10712

013-10714

5H x 3W-L

013-10715

7H x 2W-L

8"SCH40 8"SCH80

3H x 1W-L

013-10903

2H x 2 W-P

013-10904

8"SCH 40

3H x 2W-L

013-10906

4H x 2W-L

013-10908

8"SCH80

3H x 3W-P

013-10909

5H x 2W-L

013-10960

6"SCH40

Pole

DPW part #

Configuration: Array Layout and Module Orientation (P= Portrait L=Landscape) All pipe recommendations conform to ASCE 7-05, IBC2006, and are based on 90mph, Exposure C, 65-degree max tilt, 12" max front edge ground clearance except for those noted: 1

6" max front edge clearance

55-degree max tilt

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

POWER-FAB Top Pole Mounts (TPM)

Module size

6" max front edge clearance nad 55-degree max tilt

45-degree max tilt

Alternative layouts based on wind speed DPW part #

90 mph Standard

130 mph HWV

TPM6-D

2H X 3W-P

3H X 2W-L

TPM12-D

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM12-E

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM12-F

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM12-G

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM12-H

3H X 4W-P

6H X 2W-L

TPM15-D

3H X 5W-P

5H X 3W-L

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

POWER-FAB Top Pole Mounts (TPM) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Upgrade Options Stainless steel hardware for rack assembly - SSH Number of modules

Item code

01310921

01310922

01310923

01310924

01310926

01310928

01310929

01310930

01310932

01310934

01310935

01310936

01310938

Tamper resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH Number of modules

Item code

01310941

01310942

01310943

01310944

01310946

01310948

01310949

01310950

01310952

01310954

01310955

01310956

01310958

DPW part #

Description

Item code

HWV

High-Wind Version (add 25%)

013-04000

HGS

Hot-dip Galvanized Steel Components (add 60%)

013-10905

PCS

Powder Coated Steel Components (add 25%)

013-10907

PCA

Powder Coated Aluminum Components (add 20%)

013-10910

Anodized Aluminum Components (add 20%)

013-10915

Mounting sleeve upgrade Upgrade to:

Pole

Standard Mounting Pole

2.5"

013-03069

013-03070

013-03071

013-03072

013-03073

2.5"

013-03074

013-03075

013-03076

013-03077

013-03078

013-03079

013-03080

013-03081

013-03082

013-03083

Multi-Pole Mounts Designed to mount on 3-, 4-, and 6-inch Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe (installer supplied), Multi- Pole Mounts (MPM) support 2 to 4 modules high in landscape orientation. These mounts can be horizontally expanded as far as necessary by installing additional vertical pipe supports. This type of mount requires fewer ground penetrations than traditional ground mounts and offers a full range of seasonal elevation adjustability. MPMs use a 4" x 4" square or 4" x 5" rectangular steel horizontal tube (also installer supplied) as well as DPWâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Power Rail for module mounting. Multi-Pole mounts are ideal for shade and carport structures because the design is capable of significant ground clearance. When seeking recommendations on foundation and pipe sizing, be ready to provide the following site-specific details: maximum design wind speed, exposure category, soil type, steepest expected tilt angle, and above-ground clearance. Use the Module Series Sizing Chart on page 35 to determine module series. Order the appropriate number of End and Mid Clamps from the RAD Mid and End Clamp table on page 36.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

For 4" x 4" square steel horizontal tube

Module size

# of modules

G or GL

H or HL I

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Multi-Pole Mounts For 5" x 4" square steel horizontal tube

DPW part #

Item code

# of modules

DPW part #

Item code

MPM2-D-4x4

013-13442

MPM2-D-5x4

013-13452

MPM3-D-4x4

013-13443

MPM3-D-5x4

013-13453

MPM4-D-4x4

013-13444

MPM4-D-5x4

013-13454

MPM2-E-4x4

013-13542

MPM2-E-5x4

013-13552

MPM3-E-4x4

013-13543

MPM3-E-5x4

013-13553

MPM4-E-4x4

013-13544

MPM4-E-5x4

013-13554

MPM2-F-4x4

013-13642

MPM2-F-5x4

013-13652

MPM3-F-4x4

013-13643

MPM3-F-5x4

013-13653

MPM4-F-4x4

013-13644

MPM4-F-5x4

013-13654

MPM2-G-4x4

013-13742

MPM2-G-5x4

013-13752

MPM3-G-4x4

013-13743

MPM3-G-5x4

013-13753

MPM4-G-4x4

013-13744

MPM4-G-5x4

013-13754

MPM2-H-4x4

013-13842

MPM2-H-5x4

013-13852

MPM3-H-4x4

013-13843

MPM3-H-5x4

013-13853

MPM2-I-4x4

013-13942

MPM2-I-5x4

013-13952

MPM3-I-4x4

013-13943

MPM3-I-5x4

013-13953

DPW part #

Item code

Pole

2 3

Multi-Pole Mount Pipe Caps (includes U-Bolts) Description For connecting 3" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 4"x4" horizontal steel tube

PC-3V4x4H

013-02093

For connecting 4" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 4"x4" horizontal steel tube

PC-4V4x4H

013-02094

For connecting 4" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 5"x4" horizontal steel tube

PC-4V5x4H

013-02095

For connecting 6" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 4"x4" horizontal steel tube

PC-6V4x4H

013-02096

For connecting 6" SCH 40/80 vertical steel pipe to 5"x4" horizontal steel tube

PC-6V5x4H

013-02097

Multi-Pole Mount â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Optional Upgrades DPW part #

Description

Item code

DP-MPM-PCA

Powder Coated Aluminum Components (add 25%)

013-14925

DP-MPM-AA

Anodized Aluminum Components (add 35%)

013-14915

Hot-dip Galvanized Steel Components (add 60%)

013-14925

DP-MPM-HGS

Stainless steel hardware for rack assembly - SSH Number of modules

Item code

013-14932

013-14933

013-14934

Tamper resistant hardware for module mounting - TRH Number of modules

Item code

013-10942

013-10943

013-10944

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Orion Solar Racking Pluto Series Pole Mount Orion Pluto Pole Mounts feature a unique bolt down pole and seasonal adjustable array. Available in configurations for 6, 8, 12 or 15 modules per mount. Rails and clamps are anodized aluminum with stainless steel hardware for long-term durability. Mounts are delivered 70% assembled to ensure a quick and easy installation. The galvanized steel pole is included, with custom heights available for an extra fee. These pole mounts can be designed for wind speeds up to 130 mph and 30 psf snow loads. Foundations can be in ground, or even poured above grade in regions with rocky soil. Fully engineered and stamped configurations are created by Orion’s internal engineering team. 15-year warranty. Please call AEE Solar for a custom quote to fit your specific needs.

Array Technologies Active Trackers Tracking can increase a PV array's power production up to 40% depending on the season and location. Trackers are particularly useful when energy demand peaks during the summer months, such as for solar powered irrigation systems. Trackers can also maximize net metered electricity production in the summer, building up a credit toward high winter power bills. Array Technologies DuraTrack trackers use electronic sensors to track the sun from east to west. During partly cloudy conditions, the tracker fixes on the brightest area of the sky, capturing the maximum amount of sunlight available. Each night it returns to the morning sunrise position, ready to start tracking when the sun rises again.

Trackers

Manual controls are now standard on all trackers. These exterior switches on the controller cover plate allow the owner to turn off automatic tracking. They can then rotate the tracker east or west and/or up and down. This is useful for shedding snow, or to lay the tracker flat in extremely high wind conditions. The Duratrack-AZ single axis tracker automatically tracks the sun's path by rotating the PV array around the post, providing greater stability for larger arrays. The bottom edge of the array remains parallel to the ground and, therefore, requires less ground clearance than tilt and roll trackers. Array Technologies’ azimuth trackers provide nearly 270° of rotational movement and can adjust from 5° to 75° of elevation tilt. The Duratrack-DA gear drive, dual axis tracker can hold up to (12) 60 cell solar modules. It is powered by a 24 VDC motor running a heavy-duty ball bearing/ worm gear drive. Dual-axis operation is standard, enabling it to maximize energy harvest. The Duratrack-DA mounts on an 8" Schedule 40 or 80 steel pole. If your system voltage is other than 24 VDC, you will need the appropriate Array Technologies voltage converter. There is also an option to upgrade the gear drive from the standard powder coated finish to galvanized for harsh climates. Please contact AEE Solar for recommendations. Array Technologies Duratrack Single and Dual Axis Trackers Cell and module size

5" (72 Cell) 32" x 62" 5" (96 Cell) 41" x 62" 6" (60 Cell) 39" x 66" 6" (72 Cell) 39" x 77"

Module quantity

Single axis- AZ Layout (Rows x columns) Array landscape Technologies Item code part number

Dual axis- DA Array Technologies part number

Item code

3-4-3

15009-003

014-08257

---

4x3

15009-004

014-08258

15012-004

014-08253

4x4

15009-002

014-08256

15012-002

014-08251

4x5

15009-101

014-08260

---

3x3

15009-004

014-08258

15012-004

014-08253

4x3

15009-002

014-08256

15012-002

014-08251

3x3

15009-004

014-08258

15012-004

014-08253

4x3

15009-001

014-08255

15012-001

014-08250

---

15012-005

014-08254

---

15012-003

014-08252

4x3

15009-005

014-08259

---

4x4

15009-102

014-08261

---

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Model 12-24 15 W (for 12 V battery) 48-24 LVC

Description

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Array Technologies Duratrack Tracker – Upgrade Options Item code

Required to get 24 VDC for tracker from 12 VDC battery

014-07118

Steps down 48 VDC from battery or 36 VDC from array to 24 VDC for controller on AZ-125 tracker

014-07116

48-24 VDC Steps down 48 VDC from battery to 24 VDC for controller. One required per two step down converter AZ-125, or one per AZ-190 and AZ-225

Call

DR-4524 (for pumping)

Accepts 120-370 VDC input to power tracker controller from a high voltage water pumping array. Needs to be mounted in a rain tight box if located outside. Also accepts 115 or 230 VAC for one AZ-125 tracker

014-07112

IDEC PS5R-SF24

Accepts 115 or 230 VAC input to power tracker controller from the AC grid when no backup battery bank is present. One required per two AZ-125 trackers or one AZ-225 tracker. Needs to be mounted in a rain tight box if located outside

014-07115

Manual controls

Exterior switches on the controller cover plate. Allows for the owner to turn off automatic tracking and then rotate the tracker east or west and/or up and down. Useful for shedding snow or to lay the tracker flat in extremely high winds

015-07030

Manual control kit

Field upgrade kit for Version 3 controllers. V3 controllers are “two-piece” style and the sensor is independent of the main control box. Should be installed by an electrician or other qualified person

014-07032

Array Technologies Tracker options Description

Item code

GALV

Upgrade Drive/Gimbal from powder Coated finish to galvanized finish. Applies to the Duratrack DA, Duratrack AZ, and Duratrack SP

Trackers

Array Technologies part number

014-08221

Tracker Power Supplies for Systems that are not 24 VDC 014-07115

50131-000

IDEC PS5RSF-24 AC to DC Grid-Tie Power Supply 240 or 120 VAC input, 24 VDC @ 5 A MAX Output. Applies to: Duratrack DA, Duratrack AZ, and Duratrack HZLA

50132-000

Power Supply, 24 VDC, Meanwell DR-4524 (Low voltage array direct water pumping)

014-07112

20146-000

48-24 LVC (Old AZ-125 and smaller trackers)

014-07116

Array Technologies Seasonal Adjustable Rack (DR-LA) Array Technologies Seasonal Adjustable Rack is an adjustable single axis ground mount system with a tilt range from 0° to 60°. Each rack holds up to 4 kW in portrait over its typical 50 foot length. The DRLA is easily adjustable in order to maximize seasonal production, or to aid snow removal. One person can adjust the rack with a cordless drill in minutes. All parts are made from galvanized steel and anodized aluminum. Installer must provide (1) 5" and (4) 4" vertical pipes. Above ground height is typically 4-6' above grade. Foundation requirements are site specific, so be ready to provide wind speed and exposure category, snow load, and soil conditions. Array Technologies Seasonal Adjustable Rack (DR-LA) Module size (approximate dimensions)

Description

Module quantity

Item code

1 (32" x 62")

Array Technologies DR-LA Seasonal Adjustable Rack for 32" x 62" modules

014-08301

2 (39" x 66")

Array Technologies DR-LA Seasonal Adjustable Rack for 39" x 66" modules

014-08302

3 (39" x 78")

Array Technologies DR-LA Seasonal Adjustable Rack for 39" x 78" modules

014-08303

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MOUNTING STRUCTURES

Zomeworks Universal Track Rack Passive Solar Tracker for PV Modules The Zomeworks passive Track Rack uses no motors, no gears, and no controls, eliminating common failure modes. The sunâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s heat moves liquid from side to side so that gravity naturally turns the Track Rack to follow the sun. The Zomeworks Universal Track Rack system allows for adjustment in both the east-west and northsouth directions. Available in five standard sizes for holding 2 to 32 modules, Universal Track Racks are designed to fit all common photovoltaic modules. The F-Series Track Racks ship partially assembled for easy installation. The new UTRF168HD comes with heavy duty rails. Both UTRF168 trackers come with a high wind kit. All of these mounts come with stainless steel and zinc-plated hardware and a 10-year standard warranty. Please specify number of modules to be mounted on the tracker and include the module data sheet with your order. The tracker will be customized with the correct hardware, and in some cases the rail length will be adjusted for a better fit. Some module quantities require an additional rail set at an extra charge. Passive Solar Tracker for PV Modules Model

UTR020

UTRK040

UTRF72

UTRF90

UTRF120

UTRF 168-2

Trackers

Item code

014-09020

014-09043

014-09072

014-09090

014-09120

014-09130

Pole size SCH40 steel

2.5"

Min. pole height

76"

84"

96"

108"

120"

144"

Min. pole depth

38"

42"

48"

54"

60"

72"

Shipping weight

101 lbs

170 lbs

400 lbs

490 lbs

525 lbs

650 lbs

Module type

Number of modules that fit each Zomeworks model (top row) REC

PE Series

OPT60 250-260

4, 51

71, 8, 91

4, 51

71, 8, 91

4, 51

71, 8, 91

Suniva Hanwha HSL60P6 230-255

3-4 Yingli

YL230P-29b

CS6P 200-250

3-4 Canadian Solar 3-4 Trina

TSM-PA05 220-240

3-4

SolarWorld (version 1.0 and 2.5 frame only - no version 2.0 frame) SW 220 to 245 1

1, 2

2, 3

4, 51

Additional rail required for this number of modules (Item code: 014-09155)

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Wind-power systems can be cost effective if the average wind speed is 9 mph or more at the location of the wind generator. Adding a secondary charging source, like wind power, to PV can make an off-grid power system more stable by increasing the amount of time that energy is being produced, reducing dependence on energy stored in the batteries. Using off-grid wind to supplement solar photovoltaic power can be cost effective even if good wind is only partially available throughout the year, especially if the solar potential is low at that time.

WIND POWER

Wind Power

Siting Considerations The amount of power generated by a wind turbine is dependent on wind turbulence, wind speed, and tower height. Like water, air is a fluid, and is subject to the same fluid dynamics principles, such as turbulence created by obstructions in the flow. A stream flowing over boulders becomes turbulent, creating wakes and eddies, and is robbed of much of its energy by friction. Similarly, wind blowing over a landscape with trees and buildings obstructing its flow also becomes turbulent and loses energy to friction. Turbulence degrades the wind resource, both upwind and downwind of obstructions. Wind turbines placed in turbulent air wear out prematurely and produce little usable power. To avoid air turbulence, wind turbines should be placed on a tower high enough that the bottom of the turbine rotorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s swept area at least 20' to 30' higher than any buildings, trees, or other obstructions within a 300' to 500' radius. If the wind at the site primarily comes from a particular direction, and the obstructions are not in the wind path, then less clearance may be allowable as long as the flowing air is smooth. In the illustration below, a kite with long streamers tied to the line at 10' intervals can be used to find the height above ground level where the air flow smooths out. Look for the first streamer to be fully furled out. 150

System Design

120

Tower Height (ft)

The power available in the wind increases with the cube of the wind speed. This means that there is nearly twice as much power available in a 10 mph wind as there is at an 8 mph wind. Wind speed increases as you get higher above the ground due to the loss of friction between the air and the ground. You can expect that the wind speed at 30' above the ground will be about 25% greater than at eye level (at 60', itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s about 37% greater; at 90' about 45% greater; and at 120', about 50% greater). And since power output increases exponentially with increases in wind speed, a turbine mounted on a 60' tower can produce about 40% more power than the same turbine would on a 30' tower (75% more power at 90' and 100% more power at 120' compared to 30'). Most wind generators are designed to deliver maximum power at a wind speed of 30 mph. At 15 mph, they will deliver about 1/8 their rated power. Therefore, increasing tower height is a cost effective way to get more power out of a wind turbine.

The power output of a wind generator decreases roughly 3% for every 1,000' of elevation above sea level due to lower air pressure.

40%

75%

100%

125%

Percentage Increase in Available Wind Energy Compared to 30ft Tower

Measuring Wind Speed

Before installing a wind-power generator, measure the wind-power resource at the site. Local weather data will be helpful, but wind is very site-specific based on local terrain, site elevation, wind direction, and any obstructions such as trees or buildings. Average wind speeds should be calculated along with peak wind speeds during storm events. Installing a wind data logger and monitoring site conditions for a year, or for the target season, will yield enough information to predict the amount of power that can be produced by a wind turbine.

Prevailing Wind

Region of highly disturbed airflow 2H

20H

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

WIND POWER

APRS Wind Data Loggers The Wind Data Logger is an affordable and easy-to-use tool for wind site evaluation and wind generator performance analysis. It records wind speed, time, and date directly to a Secure Digital (SD) card for convenient data downloads. The logging interval is adjustable from 10 to 60,000 seconds (16.6 hours). The 2 gigabyte SD card (included) will store a year of data at 30 second intervals and many years of data at longer logging intervals. Common spreadsheet software (i.e. MS Excel™) can be used to view, graph, and analyze your wind data. Easy to use web-based software is provided. Simply upload the data, and the software will automatically plot the data as well as provide basic statistics. A 16-character x 2 line backlit LCD screen displays current information and is used for configuring the data logger. A simple menu-driven interface using the LCD and three front panel buttons makes setup easy. A bright backlight makes the data logger easy to use at night. The data logger is housed in a waterproof enclosure. The solar powered models work well for wind data logging in remote areas without access to AC power. The included 10 W solar panel and sealed battery will run the data logger almost indefinitely. They come with a 10 W PV module, a side-of-pole mount for the module, a charge controller, and a 7 amp-hour battery. The AC model comes with a Universal AC power supply that accepts 90–264 VAC, 125-370 VDC, 47-63 Hz instead of a solar module and battery; however, it does have a space for 8 ea D cell alkaline batteries for 30 day power backup (batteries not included). The optional #40 R anemometer is a more rugged, extra heavy duty version of the standard 3-cup anemometer. Both AC and DC models are housed in a weatherproof Pelican case with self-resetting fusing, and have lightning protection for all sensor channels and solar input.

Wind Measurement

Description

APRS Wind Data Loggers

APRS 6060 wind data logger - solar powered APRS 6063 #40 R wind data logger - solar powered APRS 6061 wind data logger - AC powered APRS 6062 #40 R wind data logger - AC powered

Item code 016-00270 016-00271 016-00273 016-00274

Kestrel

Wind and Weather Meters

The Kestrel 1000 measures instantaneous maximum and average wind speeds in knots, meters per second, kilometers per hour, miles per hour, feet per minute, and Beaufort. Hold it up to measure wind speed. It offers a large, easy-to-read liquid crystal display with ±3% accuracy, and measures down to 0.3 m/s (0.67 mph). Its impeller and protective housing pop out for easy and inexpensive replacement, and it includes a slip-on hard case that protects the impeller, buttons, and display from damage in your pocket or toolbox. It is waterproof and it floats. The replaceable battery provides up to 400 hours of use. 5-year warranty. The Kestrel 2000 has all the features of the Kestrel 1000, and is also capable of measuring wind temperature and speed. The Kestrel 2000's external temperature sensor and waterproof casing allow you to gauge the temperature of water and snow, as well as open air. Hard slip-on case included. 5-year warranty. The Kestrel 4000 has all the features of the Kestrel 2000, plus the capability to store up to 2,000 points of weather data in order to track changes over time with data storage, graphing functions, and computer interface technology. You can view data as graphs on the Kestrel 4000 display, or with Kestrel's Communicator Software and a Kestrel interface. Data can be downloaded to a PC or Mac for long-term storage, in-depth analysis, and detailed charting. Kestrel Interface kits are available with either a serial or USB port connection, and include an interface cradle unit, serial or USB cable, and CD with easy-to-use software. The Kestrel 4000 is also available with integrated Bluetooth® wireless data transfer, allowing both real-time and logged data to be transferred wirelessly and automatically to a laptop or PDA, eliminating the need for a separate interface and cabling. The 4000 comes with a soft carry pouch. Carry case optional. 5-year warranty. Kestrel Wind and Weather Meters Description Kestrel 1000 pocket wind meter Kestrel 2000 pocket thermo/wind meter Kestrel 4000 pocket weather station Kestrel 4000 pocket weather station with Bluetooth Kestrel 4000 computer interface - USB Kestrel 4000 computer interface – serial port Kestrel 4000 K4000 carry case Kestrel replacement impeller for all models 50

Item code 016-00253 016-00256 016-00259 016-00258 016-00260 016-00261 016-00263 016-00255

AIR Wind Turbines

AIR Wind Turbines Approximate monthly kWh production vs. average annual wind speeds Model

mph â&#x2020;&#x2019;

m/sec â&#x2020;&#x2019;

3.57

4.5

4.9

5.36

5.8

6.25

7.15

AIR Breeze Marine

AIR 40

AIR 30

AIR X Marine

13 kWh

7 kWh

17 kWh

10 kWh

22 kWh

14 kWh

28 kWh

20 kWh

38 kWh

25 kWh

43 kWh

31 kWh

50 kWh

35 kWh

50 kWh

60 kWh

DC battery voltage

Item code

016-00987

016-00989

016-00990

016-01038

016-01039

016-01040

016-01032

016-01035

016-01037

016-01042

016-01043

016-01044

MidNite Solar Stop Switch

MidNite Solar's Stop Switch allows you to stop an AIR wind generator and disconnect it from the battery, all in one motion. The MN-Stop Switch comes with a neutral bus bar and ground box terminal. Rated for wind turbines up to 63 amps at up to 150 VDC. Enclosure size: 9"H x 5"W x 4"D. Weight 3 lbs. ETL Listed for the U.S.A. and Canada.

Description MidNite Solar Stop Switch (code compliant) For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 053-00121 51

Wind Turbines

AIR wind turbines harness the wind's energy to charge an off-grid battery bank. AIR turbines are extremely popular and frequently used in sailboats, RVs, remote cabins, and offshore platforms. The AIR wind turbine incorporates a three-phase brushless permanent magnet alternator and integrated microprocessor-based charge controller to optimize its power production capability. The microprocessor continuously adjusts the loading of the alternator to keep the turbine operating efficiently in most wind regimes. The AIR Breeze is designed for battery-charging applications in coastal areas, on boats, and for other marine uses. Corrosion-proofed for use in coastal and nautical applications, it has a white powder-coated housing and sealed electronics designed to prevent damage from salt spray. The rated power is 160 W at 28 mph (12.5 m/s). The AIR 40 provides energy for off-grid homes, water pumping, lighting, telecom, and anywhere you need electricity and have average annual wind speeds under 15 mph. It has a bare aluminum finish for use in non-corrosive environments, so it is not suitable for marine use. Rated power: 160 W at 28 mph (12.5 m/s). CSA Listed for the U.S.A. and Canada. The Air 30 is the best choice for reliable battery-charging in very high wind areas (above 15 mph average annual wind speed). The Air 30 has lower energy production at lower average wind speeds than either the AIR Breeze or the AIR 40. It has a bare aluminum finish for use in non-corrosive environments, so it is not suitable for marine use. Rated power: 400 W at 28 mph (12.5 m/s). CSA Listed for the U.S.A. and Canada. NEW! The AIR X Marine is the marine version of the AIR 30 with corrosion-proofing for use in coastal and nautical applications. It has a white powder-coated housing and sealed electronics designed to prevent damage from salt spray. The AIR X Marine is designed for the most rugged, high-wind applications, such as SCADA, telecom, security, cathodic protection, etc. AIR wind turbines are all available for use in 12 V, 24 V and 48 VDC battery systems. All units weigh 13 lbs, have a 46" rotor diameter (11.5 ft2 swept area) and mount on a 1.5" Schedule 40 steel pipe (1 7/8" [48 mm] outer diameter). Made in U.S.A. All AIR models have a 5-year limited warranty.

WIND POWER

Primus Windpower

WIND POWER

AIR Turbine Tower Kits and Accessories AIR tilt-up tower kits are available as hardware kits (not including the tower pole) in 27' (8.1 m) and 45' (13.5 m) heights, and in a 29' (8.8 m) EZ Tower™ kit that includes the pole for the tower. All towers use a 4-guy-wire set-up, and are assembled on the ground with the wind generator and tilted up into place. The 27' and 45' tower kits come with all the hardware necessary to install a tower, except guy-wire anchors, pipe, and concrete. All parts bolt or clamp together, and no welding is required. Purchase 1 ⅞" steel tubing from a local chain link fence supplier (for up to 90 mph at 27', or 70 mph at 45'), or use 1.5" Sch 40 Galvanized water pipe (1 ⅞" OD and up to 120 mph at 27' and 90 mph at 45'), to build the tower. These tower kits include a simple elbow/tee for its base that, when combined with a short length of pipe, eliminates the need for a concrete pad, swivel, and base plate. Two people are required to erect one of these towers, but no winches or vehicles are needed. AIR towers are PE stamped and approved for the California buy-down program. Contact us for engineering “wet stamps” (additional cost). The AIR Marine Tower is the easiest way to mount your AIR Breeze Marine turbine on a boat. It's simple to install on wood or fiberglass decks. The 9' (2.7 m) white powder-coated aluminum mast has an outside diameter of 1.9" (48 mm) and two 9' (2.7 m) long fully-adjustable stays with a 1" (25.4 mm) outer diameter. The Hardware Kit contains stainless-steel hardware with self-locking nuts, and vibration mounts to minimize sound transmission. Designed to withstand hurricane-force winds. Order the Mast and hardware kit separately. Roof mounts are also available and include vibration isolators, wall brace clamps, and a safety leash, but do not include pole or lag screws. Caution should be exercised with roof mounts as wind turbines can transmit vibration into a building, causing stress on the structure, and its occupants. Mounting on wood-framed living structures is not recommended.

Wind Turbines

The 29' EZ Tower™ kit comes with all the parts you'll need, including Galvanized tubing, cable and hardware. This tower uses lightweight tubing while providing plenty of strength to withstand winds up to 110 mph. Two people can easily erect the EZ Tower™ without winches or vehicles. The EZ Tower™ includes a simple yet effective tower base and anchoring system which eliminates the need for a concrete pad. The kit comes with guy-wire anchors that are driven into the ground (depending on the soil conditions, concrete may be necessary for proper guy anchoring). Can ship via UPS in one 74" (1.9 m) box weighing 80 lbs.

Earth Auger Sets Screw-in “auger” type guy anchors can be used in loamy and gravelly soils. Other soil types may require concrete footings or expansion bolts. Consult an engineer or geologist if you have questions about guy supports. Air Turbine Tower Kits and Accessories Model

Item code

1-TWA-20-03

AIR Marine Tower Hardware kit

016-01128

1-TWA-20-02

9' AIR Marine aluminum mast and 2 stays

016-01131

1-TWA-19-02

Roof Mount kit without roof seal

016-01134

1-TWA-19-01

Roof Mount kit with roof seal

016-01137

2-TWA-100

Roof seal – for Roof Mount kit

016-01140

1-TWA-10-01

27' AIR guyed tower kit

016-01086

1-TWA-10-02

45' AIR guyed tower kit

016-01092

1-TWA-11-01

29' EZ Tower kit including pipe and anchors

016-01081

1-TWA-12-02

36” Galvanized Auger - set of 4; use with 24' & 27' towers

016-01116

1-TWA-12-04

48” Galvanized Auger - set of 4; use with 32'-50' towers

016-01122

2-ARAC-101

AIR Stop Switch (not code compliant). No enclosure included

016-01351

2-ARAC-102

Amp Meter Kit (30 Amp) for all AIR units

016-01223

5 amp circuit breaker kit - for 48 V AIR Breeze / AIR-40

053-17005

3-ELOT-1147-01

Description

3-ELOT-1147-02

10 amp circuit breaker kit - for 24 V AIR Breeze /AIR-40 ; 48 V AIR-30

053-17006

3-ELOT-1147-03

20 amp circuit breaker kit - for 12 V AIR Breeze /AIR-40 ; 24 V AIR-30

053-17007

3-ELOT-1147-04

40 amp circuit breaker kit - for 12 V AIR-30

053-17008

3-ELOT-1147-05

50 amp circuit breaker kit - for 12 V AIR-30 (very high wind area)

053-17009

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Often referred to as the “brains” of a renewable energy system, an inverter is an electronic device that converts direct current (DC) power from batteries or solar modules into alternating current (AC) power. Grid-tie, or utility intertie, inverters convert DC power from photovoltaic (PV) modules directly into AC power to be fed into the utility grid. Storage batteries are not needed, as any power produced that is not consumed by the owner’s electrical loads is fed into the utility grid to be used elsewhere. Due to the high voltages involved, grid-tie inverters should be installed and serviced only by qualified personnel. All grid-tie PV systems use the utility grid for energy storage. Whenever the PV array is generating more power than the loads are using, excess energy is fed into the grid, turning the meter backward. When the loads require more power than the PV array can supply, the utility makes up the difference. Known as “net metering,” this arrangement is the most efficient and cost-effective for grid-tied applications since there are no batteries to maintain. However, most grid-tie inverters are required by law to shut down during a utility outage. Battery-based grid interactive inverters (See Battery-Based Inverters) are required for back-up power applications. Most batteryless grid-tie inverters are called “string” inverters because the PV modules must be wired together in series to obtain a higher input voltage. String Inverters are designed to run at voltages up to 600 VDC in residential systems and up to 1,000 VDC for commercial and industrial systems. String wiring is quick and easy to install, and the higher voltage helps to minimize line losses and required wire size. However, in string wiring, maximum power point tracking (MPPT), along with any monitoring output, is performed at the string or array level. An important trend to note is that many string inverter manufacturers, including SMA, Power-One, and SolarEdge have introduced Transformerless (aka non-isolated) inverters due to their higher efficiency and lower manufacturing costs. While transformerless inverters have dominated the European market and are arguably even safer than their isolated counterparts, they do impose special “ungrounded system” requirements according to NEC 690.35. This includes the use of PV-Wire for DC connections, including the module outputs, as well as fusing and switching on both output legs. The term ungrounded should not be confused with the equipment ground, which is still required; it means that neither the positive nor negative outputs are connected to ground. Some jurisdictions will also require special circuit labels noting that both conductors are “hot”. See Electrical Distribution Parts for compliant combiners, switches, and labels. Module Optimizers can be deployed behind each module to provide individual module-level MPPT tracking and monitoring, optimizing the DC output that is connected to a string inverter for very high efficiency. Systems, such as SolarEdge, that combine optimizers with low-cost high-efficiency string inverters can simplify system design and maximize safety and energy harvest with minimal impact on cost. Microinverters are typically mounted behind each solar module. They convert the DC output of each module to AC, replacing the high DC voltages (up to 600 VDC) with comparatively lower AC potentials (240 VAC or less) and simplifying system design. The microinverter output connects directly to the breakers in the AC load center using conventional wiring. Since microinverters provide MPPT tracking and monitoring for individual modules, the impact of differences in orientation or shading between modules is reduced. Microinverters are a popular solution for electrical contractors that are new to solar as DC wiring is essentially eliminated. 3-Phase Inverters are used in larger commercial grid-tie systems, and output at 480 VAC, which is more common in larger buildings. Many of these 10 to 50 kW inverters are available with input voltage ratings of 1,000 VDC. This higher input voltage enables longer module strings, which can improve design flexibility and eliminate external combiners. Traditional Central Inverters are also often used for systems over 100 kW.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Grid-Tie Inverters

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

SolarEdge Distributed MPPT Grid-Tie Inverter System The SolarEdge distributed grid intertie system combines module-level maximum power point tracking (MPPT), DC-DC power optimizers, and monitoring with high-efficiency transformerless string inverters to maximize the energy yield of a PV installation. The SolarEdge system provides design flexibility by mitigating shading, module mismatch, uneven soiling, and aging variance losses. It automatically maintains a fixed string voltage so the inverter operates at peak efficiency regardless of string size, shading, or temperature. This allows flexible string lengths ranging from 8 to 25 modules for single-phase and 16 to 50 for three-phase inverters as well as varying module sizes, tilts, and orientations. The system is scalable and simplifies expansions and replacements since future modules need not electrically match existing ones. Fewer but longer strings can also reduce DC-side balance-of-system (BOS) requirements. SolarEdge inverters are ungrounded (non-isolated) on the DC side, so all PV array wiring must use PV Wire (including factory-installed module wire leads). The SolarEdge power optimizers have a 25-year warranty, and the SolarEdge inverters have a 12-year warranty (extendable to 20 or 25 years). Power optimizers and inverters are listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada.

NEW! SolarEdge P-series Power Optimizers

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

All SolarEdge power optimizers can be used with crystalline silicon PV modules and include arc fault protection for both series and parallel arcs, which is code required for certain types of installations. Once a power optimizer detects an arc, it automatically shuts the module down, effectively terminating the arc and preventing its re-occurrence. Power optimizers are available with MC4, Tyco, or Amphenol H4; all units have Amphenol H4 connectors on the output side. P-series optimizers can be attached to most PV mounting systems using a single fastener; grounding can be accomplished via a WEEB or through the separately available grounding lug. All power optimizers below have a NEMA4 (IP65), are rated to +85 °C operate at 99.5% peak efficiency and are backward-compatible with older SolarEdge products. P600 dual-module optimizers are compatible only with 3-phase inverters while P300, P350 and P400 optimizers can be used with any SolarEdge inverter. The built-in SafeDC™ feature automatically limits the power optimizer’s DC current and voltage output when it detects excessive heat or when the SolarEdge inverter is turned off or disconnected from the grid. This ensures installer and firefighter safety. A safe module voltage of 1 VDC per module eliminates electrocution risk during installation and servicing and also provides a handy way to check for correct string wiring before commissioning and before high voltage DC is present.

Features:

• • • • • • • •

SafeDC module-level shutdown for added safety NEMA 4, IP65 environmental protection rating Operating temperatures of -40 °F to +185 °F (-40 °C to +85 °C) Available from 300 W to 400 W sizes for 60, 72, and 96-cell PV modules 99% efficiency 25-year warranty Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEC61000-6-2, IEC61000-6-3, FCC Part 15 B, IEC62109-1 Class II SolarEdge Power Optimizers

Model

Max DC input

P300-2NM4ARS

300 W

P300-2NA4ARS

300 W

P350-2NM4ARM

350 W

P350-2NA4ARM

350 W

P400-2NM4ARM

400 W

P400-2NA4ARM

400 W

P600-2NM4ARL

600 W

P600-2NA4ARL

600 W

Max input voltage

MPPT range

Module type

48 VDC

8 - 48 VDC

60-cell

60 VDC

8 - 60 VDC

72-cell

80 VDC

8 - 80 VDC

96-cell

96 VDC

12 - 80 VDC

2x 60-cell

Input connector

Item code

MC4

300-00083

300-00084

MC4

300-00085

300-00086

MC4

300-00087

300-00088

MC4

300-00089

300-00090

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The SolarEdge inverters are designed to work exclusively with SolarEdge power optimizers. MPPT and voltage management is handled by the power optimizers allowing for a very high-efficiency, low cost inverter. They include an integrated code-compliant AC/DC disconnect, Ethernet interface, and RS-485 serial port. All SolarEdge inverters are listed to UL 1741 and UL 1699B for the U.S.A. and Canada and are NEMA 3R rated. The inverters are rated for use from -13 °F to 140 °F temperatures.

Features: • • • • • • • • •

Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011: 690.11 Field selectable output voltage RS485 and Ethernet Communications interface included Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) Available from 3 kW to 6 kW sizes Field configurable for either positive or negative ground PV arrays 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741, UL1998 and UL1699B for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, FCC Part 15 B, CSA 22. 2

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

NEW! SolarEdge Single-Phase Inverters with AFCI

SolarEdge Single-Phase Inverters Max AC output

SE3000A-US-U SE3800A-US-U SE5000A-US-U

5,000 W

SE6000A-US-U

6,000 W

CEC efficiency

Max AC current

Weight

Item code

51 lb

030-09469

51 lb

030-09470

208 V

240 V

277

3,000 W

16 A

14 A

3,800 W

16 A

25 A

23 A

20 A

55 lb

030-09471

25 A

22 A

55 lb

030-09472

98%

SolarEdge 3-Phase Inverters

SolarEdge 3-phase inverters are designed to work exclusively with SolarEdge power optimizers. In addition to the P300, P350 and P400, these inverters are also designed to work with the P600 dual-module optimizers. They include an integrated code-compliant AC/DC disconnect, Ethernet interface, and RS-485 serial port. All SolarEdge inverters are listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada and are NEMA 3R rated.

Features: • • • • • • •

RS485 and Ethernet Communications interface included Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) Available from 9 kW to 20 kW sizes Field configurable for either positive or negative ground PV arrays 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741 for U.S. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, FCC Part 15 B, CSA 22. 2 SolarEdge Three-Phase Inverters

Model SE9kUS

Max AC output (Watts) 208 WYE

480 WYE

9,000 W

CEC efficiency 96.5%

Max continuous AC output current per phase 208 WYE

480 WYE

25.0 A

Weight

Item Code

80 lb

030-09481

SE10kUS

10,000 W

98%

12.0 A

80 lb

030-09478

SE20kUS

20,000 W

98%

24.0 A

80 lb

030-09500

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

Model

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

SolarEdge Module-Level Monitoring SolarEdge provides free web-based monitoring for the first 25 years. The system provides PV performance monitoring, fault detection, and troubleshooting at module, string, and system levels. Web-based software provides real-time monitoring, facilitating increased system uptime, and lowering maintenance costs. Remote fault detection pinpoints the location of underperforming modules on a virtual PV site map. The monitoring sensors and transmitters are built-in and data is transmitted over the DC power lines. Connection between the inverter(s) and the internet can either be by Ethernet or a wireless connection using a ZigBee gateway with connections between multiple inverters using their RS-485 connection ports. A free monitoring iPhone app is available as a download from the Apple iTunes Store. Registered users can monitor multiple sites from their iPhone. The application provides an at-a-glance view of past and present energy production. Current weather conditions and forecasts are also presented to aid in assessing the systemâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s performance. The Site Mapping Tool software is also available free on the SolarEdge website, which allows barcode scanning for creation of a virtual site map using an iPhone. The Site Designer software and an Inverter Configuration Tool for on-site configuration and module-level installation verification are available free online as well. The new ZigBee Gateway Kit includes the ZigBee home gateway and a single ZigBee card for connecting a single inverter wirelessly to an existing network router. A ZigBee Slave Kit can be used to connect each additional inverter and the ZigBee Repeater can be used to extend the range of the network up to 800 feet. ZigBee Wireless for SolarEdge

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

Model

Description

Item code

SE1000-ZBGW-K-NA

ZigBee-to-Ethernet gateway kit with extended range antenna and one slave module

029-01641

SE1000-ZB03-SLV-NA SE1000-ZBRPT-NA

ZigBee wireless slave module

029-01642

ZigBee repeater

029-01643

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

OPTIMIZE YOUR NEXT SYSTEM Constraint free design Design trouble-free installations faster and increase roof utilization

Module Level Monitoring Feel confident that your system is performing at its best

SafeDCTM technology Automatic fail safe design for safer installation and maintenance

Up to 25% more energy Harvest maximum power from each module

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Enphase Grid-Tie Microinverter System A microinverter converts the DC output from a single PV module into grid-compliant AC power and is meant to be located near the module. The Enphase Microinverter System simplifies design and installation by alleviating string-sizing constraints, and it optimizes the energy harvest of each module through independent maximum power point tracking (MPPT). An Enphase System consists of microinverters, Engage trunk cables, the Envoy Communications Gateway, and the web-based Enlighten monitoring and analysis service. Through individualized MPPT, Enphase microinverters help mitigate the effects of shading, dust, debris, module mismatch, and thermal differences. With module-level monitoring, performance issues can be traced to individual modules to expedite troubleshooting. Each PV module is connected directly to its own microinverter, typically mounted on the racking underneath. The microinverters’ AC wire harnesses are connected to form an AC branch circuit that leads to the AC utility distribution center. System safety is enhanced since all of the output wiring from the PV array is AC and no high-voltage DC is present once the AC power is shut down, reducing risk to maintenance personnel or firefighters.

Enphase M215 Microinverters

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

The M215 microinverter is compatible with most 60-cell PV modules (up to 260 W) and works with 208 VAC three-phase or 240 VAC single-phase services. The maximum number of M215 microinverters in an AC branch circuit is 17 for 240 VAC single-phase systems and 25 for 208 VAC three-phase systems. Each AC branch circuit must be protected with a 20 A circuit breaker. The M215 has automatic voltage sensing, but the Engage trunk cable used to complete the circuit is specific to the output voltage required. Be sure to verify that the voltage and current specifications of your PV module are within the input range of the M215 microinverter. A list of electrically-compatible PV modules can be found on the Enphase.com website. To ensure mechanical compatibility, be sure to order the microinverter with the correct connector type for the PV module that you are using. The M215 microinverters are covered by a 25-year limited warranty.

NEW! Enphase M250 Microinverters

The M250 4th-generation microinverter is compatible with most 60-cell PV modules (up to 300 W) and works with 208 VAC three-phase or 240 VAC single-phase services. The maximum number of M250 microinverters in an AC branch circuit is 16 for 240 VAC single-phase systems and 24 for 208 VAC three-phase systems. Each AC branch circuit must be protected with a 20 A circuit breaker. The M250 has automatic voltage sensing, but the Engage trunk cable used to complete the circuit is specific to the output voltage required. Be sure to verify that the voltage and current specifications of your PV module are within the input range of the M250 microinverter. A list of electrically-compatible PV modules can be found on the Enphase.com website. To ensure mechanical compatibility, be sure to order the microinverter with the correct connector type for the PV module that you are using. The Enphase M250 also features an integrated equipment ground through the Engage cable system so separate grounding of the microinverter case is not required. The M250 microinverters are covered by a 25-year limited warranty.

Features: • • • • • • •

Module-level monitoring - requires Envoy EMU Cable selectable 208 or 240 VAC output - requires Engage trunk cable Operate at full power in ambient temperatures from -40 °C (-40 °F) to 65 °C (149 °F) NEMA6 sealed enclosures 25-year warranty Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, FCC Part 15 Class B, CAN/CSA-C22.2 NO. 0-91, .4-04, and 107.1-01 Enphase M215 & M250 Microinverters

Model M215-60-2LL-S22 (H4) M215-60-2LL-S23 (Tyco) M250-60-2LL-S22 (H4) M250-60-2LL-S23 (Tyco) 58

Max AC Output

DC module voltage

MPPT range

CEC efficiency

Max AC current

Weight

215 W

<45 VDC

22 to 36 VDC

96.0% @ 208VAC

3.5 lbs

240 W

<48 VDC

27 to 39 VDC

95.0% @ 240 VAC

1.15 A

4.4 lbs

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 030-07701 030-07703 030-07722 030-07723

The Engage cable is a continuous 12 AWG (2.5 mm²) outdoor rated cable with integrated connectors for M215 microinverters. The connectors are preinstalled at intervals to accommodate PV module widths or lengths. The microinverters plug directly into the connectors, and the Engage cable is terminated into a junction box that feeds electricity back to the system’s AC disconnect. Engage cables are specific to portrait or landscape module orientation as well as 208 VAC or 240 VAC output. The gap between connectors on a portrait cable of either voltage is 40” while the landscape cable has a 67” connector spacing to accommodate the width and length of a standard 60-cell module. The cable can be cut to size. One end is wired directly into a junction box at the head of the branch circuit without a separate AC interconnect cable. The other end is sealed using an Engage branch terminator. The M215 microinverter AC cable connectors are then plugged into the regularly-spaced Engage cable connectors. Any unused connectors must be protected with an Enphase waterproof sealing cap (the plastic covers on the connectors at shipment are not weather-tight and cannot be used in place of a sealing cap).

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Enphase Engage Cable System

Engage cables for both portrait and landscape installations are available in 40-connector lengths for 240 VAC single-phase, or in 30-connector lengths for 208 VAC three-phase systems, and include one Enphase install kit (4 branch terminators, 1 cable disconnect tool, 5 sealing caps), and 100 wire clips. Cables in 8, 12, and 16-connector lengths with Enphase install kits (1 branch terminator, 1 cable disconnect tool, 1 sealing cap and tool, and 20, 30, or 40 wire clips) for portrait or landscape 240 VAC single-phase systems. Both types of Engage cables are also available, without an install kit, in bulk lengths with 240 connectors. This is useful for installers who plan to put in multiple M215 systems. The contents of the install kit can also be ordered individually.

A watertight Sealing Cap is used to seal any unused trunk cable connectors to IP67 weatherproofing standards. Unused trunk cable connectors generally occur where the trunk cable transitions to another module row or needs to span a gap in the array. The Engage Coupler is used to connect the cut ends of the Engage cable together or to join it to a lower cost standard cable without a junction box. Stainless Steel Cable Clips are used to fasten Engage trunk cable to racking or to secure looped cabling and are available in packs of 100. The Disconnect Tool is required to safely disconnect the microinverter AC output cable from the Engage connector. The tool is reusable, so one per job is usually sufficient.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

A Branch Terminator is used to seal the stub ends of each branch circuit. The terminator separates and insulates the individual conductors contained in the Engage trunk cable. One terminator is needed per branch circuit. NOTE: The terminator is intended for one-time use only. The latching mechanism will be damaged if the terminator is removed after installation.

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Enphase Installation Cable Kits and Accessories - For M215 and M250 Microinverters Model

Description

Item code

Trunk Cable, Single Connector, Portrait, 240 VAC

052-10106

ET10-240-08

Trunk Cable Kit, 8 Connectors, Portrait, with Disconnect Tool, Terminator, Cap, and 20 Cable Clips, 240 VAC

052-10000

ET10-240-12

Trunk Cable Kit, 12 Connectors, Portrait, with Disconnect Tool, Terminator, Cap, and 30 Cable Clips, 240 VAC

052-10001

ET10-240-16

Trunk Cable Kit, 16 Connectors, Portrait, with Disconnect Tool, Terminator, Cap, and 40 Cable Clips, 240 VAC

052-10002

ET10-240-40

ET10-240

Trunk Cable Kit, 40 Connectors, Portrait, with Install Kit and Cable Clips, 240 VAC

030-07731

ET10-240-BULK

Bulk Trunk Cable, 240 Connectors, Portrait, 240 VAC

030-07739

ET17-240

Trunk Cable, Single Connector, Landscape, 240 VAC

052-10107

ET17-240-08

Trunk Cable Kit, 8 Connectors, Landscape, with Disconnect Tool, Terminator, Cap, and 20 Cable Clips, 240 VAC

052-10003

ET17-240-12

Trunk Cable Kit, 12 Connectors, Landscape, with Disconnect Tool, Terminator, Cap, and 30 Cable Clips, 240 VAC

052-10004

ET17-240-16

Trunk Cable Kit, 16 Connectors, Landscape, with Disconnect Tool, Terminator, Cap, and 40 Cable Clips, 240 VAC

052-10005

ET17-240-40

Trunk Cable Kit, 40 Connectors, Landscape, with Install Kit and Cable Clips, 240 VAC

030-07733

Bulk Trunk Cable, 240 Connectors, Landscape, 240 VAC

030-07741

Trunk Cable Kit, 30 Connectors, Portrait, with Install Kit and Cable Clips, 208 VAC

030-07735

Bulk Trunk Cable, 240 Connectors, Portrait, 208 VAC

030-07743

Trunk Cable Kit, 30 Connectors, Landscape, with Install Kit and Cable Clips, 208 VAC

030-07737

ET17-240-BULK ET10-208-30 ET10-208-BULK ET17-208-30

Bulk Trunk Cable, 240 Connectors, Landscape, 208 VAC

030-07745

ET-INSTL

Install Kit for M215 (includes 4 Branch Terminators, 1 Cable Disconnect Tool, 5 Sealing Caps)

030-07721

ET-TERM

Branch Terminator for M215 Trunk Cable

030-07711

ET-DISC

Cable Disconnect Tool - for Disconnecting Inverter Cable from Trunk Cable

030-07715

ET-SEAL

Sealing Cap, watertight cap for unused trunk cable connector socket

030-07717

Cable Clips, 100-pack

030-07719

Engage Cable Coupler - Splice Kit

030-07713

ET17-208-BULK

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

ET-CLIP-100 ET-SPLK

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Enphase Module Level Monitoring Enphase Energy’s monitoring technology is integrated into their microinverters. However, the Envoy Communications Gateway (Envoy) is required to interface with the microinverters and includes access to the Enphase Enlighten online monitoring service. The Envoy plugs into any standard AC outlet and collects microinverter performance information over the existing power line. An Ethernet cable can then be used to connect the Envoy to the installation site’s existing internet access point or local area network. Once online, the Envoy will automatically access the Enphase Enlighten web service. One Envoy is required for monitoring on each installation of up to 250 inverters. The Envoy is Listed to UL 60950. Enphase’s Enlighten Manager installer portal enables installers and O&M providers to monitor and manage multiple Enphase systems and receive alerts by e-mail in the event of underperforming modules or equipment faults. The accompanying MyEnlighten user view provides a more streamlined interface for individual system owners and includes social media sharing tools as well as simplified system performance data. An Enphase Line Communication Filter (ELCF) is required for installations with more than 250 inverters. The ELCF includes an Envoy and terminals for connecting the combined circuits from the micro-inverters it is monitoring. Each ELCF can monitor up to 111 micro-inverters at 240 VAC singlephase, and 166 micro-inverters at 208 VAC 3-phase. External communication is by Ethernet. This is all mounted in an outdoor NEMA4 enclosure. The ELCF is listed to UL508A. The Enphase RGM-MTR-01 is a revenue grade metering solution for 240 VAC single-phase Enphase systems. This Form 2S kWh meter is installed in the combined output circuits from the entire solar array.

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

Communication from the RGM to the envoy is via ZigBee wireless. The RGM-ZGB-01 USB ZigBee stick is required for the Envoy. The RGM-RR-01 ZigBee repeater can be used to increase the ZigBee wireless range. Enphase Module Level Monitoring Model

Description

Item code

ENV-120-01M

Envoy Energy Management Unit, indoor enclosure, with Ethernet bridge pair and Enlighten monitoring

030-07705

ELCF-120-001

Line Communication Filter

030-03750

RGM-MTR-01

Enphase compatible GE i210+ revenue grade meter with ZigBee wireless

030-07710

RGM-RR-01

ZigBee repeater for RGM

030-07708

RGM-ZGB-01

ZigBee USB stick for Envoy communication with RGM

030-07709

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

NEW! Fronius IG Plus Advanced Inverters Fronius IG Plus Advanced inverters offers high efficiency, intelligent thermal management, light weight and easy installation as well as the arc fault protection now required in most NEC 2011 jurisdictions. The inverters’ integrated LCD displays and records over 20 inverter and system operation parameters. All Fronius IG Plus Advanced inverters include a lockable code-compliant DC disconnect with a built-in 6-circuit fused string combiner that can remain on the wall when the inverter is removed for servicing. The internal string combiner can accept fuses up to 20 A per circuit. Fuses sold separately. 2 busbars (one of each polarity) are required to bypass the internal combiner for higher current inputs, such as when an external combiner box is used. Fronius inverters have 3 expansion slots to add external sensors, remote displays, or other options. Inverter firmware upgrades can be made using a PC or laptop. The 5 kW and larger inverters have multiple power stages that can inactivate during periods of low insolation to maximize efficiency and energy harvest.

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Fronius

These inverters can also be used in 3-phase systems by using 3 inverters, each connected across two phases. Models ending in -3 can output on 3 phases from a single inverter. Each inverter is covered by a 10-year warranty, which can be extended to 15 or 20 years.

Features:

Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011 Field selectable 208, 240 or 277 VAC output Communications card included Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +131 °F (-25 °C to +55 °C) Active and reactive power control, low voltage ride-through capable Available in sizes from 3 kW to 12 kW Field configurable for either positive or negative ground PV arrays 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741-2010 and UL1699B-2013 for U.S.A. and Canada

•

Compliant with: IEEE 1547-2003, IEEE 1547.1, ANSI/IEEE C62.41, FCC Part 15 A& B, C22. 2 No. 107.1-01 (Sept. 2011) Fronius IG Plus and Advanced Inverters

Model

Max AC power

DC array voltage

MPPT range

CEC rated efficiency

Max AC current

208 V

240 V

277 V

208 V

240 V

277 V

Weight

Item code

IG Plus A 3.0-1

3,000 W

95.0%

95.5%

96.0%

14.4 A

12.5 A

10.8 A

55 lb

030-08500

IG Plus A 3.8-1

3,800 W

95.0%

95.5%

96.0%

18.3 A

15.8 A

13.7 A

55 lb

030-08501

IG Plus A 5.0-1

5,000 W

95.5%

96.0%

24.0 A

20.8 A

18.1 A

81 lb

030-08502

IG Plus A 6.0-1

6,000 W

95.5%

96.0%

28.8 A

25.0 A

21.7 A

81 lb

030-08503

IG Plus A 7.5-1

7,500 W

95.0%

95.5%

96.0%

36.1 A

31.3 A

27.1 A

81 lb

030-08504

IG Plus A 10.0-1

10,000 W

95.0%

95.5%

96.0%

48.1 A

41.7 A

36.1 A

110 lb

030-08505

230 to 600 VDC

230 to 500 VDC

IG Plus A 11.4-1

11,400 W

95.0%

95.5%

96.0%

54.8 A

47.5 A

41.2 A

110 lb

030-08506

IG Plus A 10.0-3

10,000 W

95.5%

27.7 A

24.0 A

110 lb

030-08507

IG Plus A 11.4-3

11,400 W

95.0%

96.0%

31.6 A

27.4 A

110 lb

030-08508

IG Plus A 12.0-3

12,000 W

96.0%

14.4 A

110 lb

030-08509

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

• • • • • • • • •

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Fronius IG Wireless Personal Display The Fronius Personal Display DL can aggregate data for up to 15 Fronius IG Plus inverters. The wireless display has a range of up to 500’ and shows instantaneous power, voltage, and current as well as daily, yearly, and cumulative data. Each inverter must have a com card wired to the Fronius personal display DL box which makes a wireless connection to the Personal Display DL. The DL box also acts as a data logger. The display DL can connect to a PC via USB to charge its battery and send data to Fronius’s free web-hosted data access. The display can be wall-mounted or freestanding. A wireless card is required for each inverter to be monitored. The display unit is covered by a 2-year warranty. The Fronius Datamanager is a plug in card that acts as a data logger and sends data directly to the free Fronius Solar-web online portal. The connection from the Datamanager card to the site router can be made with either wifi or Ethernet cable. Open interfaces allow connection to third party monitoring solutions. Only one Datamanager card is needed for up to 100 Fronius inverters. Each inverter requires a com card except the one with the Datamanager card. Each inverter can have a Datamanager card for all wireless communications. A single inverter with a Datamanager card does not need a com card. The Datamanager works in all Fronius IG and CL inverters. Fronius Modbus Card The Modbus card enables Fronius inverters to be integrated into third party monitoring systems. PV system data is available in the standardized Modbus RTU – SunSpec protocol in order to be processed. The Modbus card works in all Fronius IG and CL inverters. A Sensor Box or Sensor Card is required to add weather sensors. The Sensor Box and card each have 6 inputs—two for measuring temperature, one for measuring irradiance, two digital inputs for a wind speed sensor and/or kilowatt hour meter, and one 20 mA current interface for a humidity sensor.

Module Level Power Electronics (MLPE)

Fronius Inverter Accessories Model

Mfg. #

IG Plus V Buss Bar

42,0201,2923

Personal Display DL

4,240,133

Description

Item code

Bypasses internal string combiner for single inputs over 20 A, 2 are required per inverter Included in IG Plus Advanced 10 – 12.0 kW inverters

030-03464

Wireless display for IG inverters – needs DL box and com card for each inverter

030-03421

Personal Display DL card

4,240,008,Z

Interface card for Personal Display DL

030-03419

Datamanager Card

4,240,027,Z

Datamanager card datalogger to web direct

300-00078

Modbus Card

4,240,021,Z

Modbus card for third party monitoring

300-00066

COM card, retrofit

4,240,001,Z

Communications card for all Fronius inverters

030-03425

Sensor card

4,240,004,Z

Monitoring interface with 6 sensor input channels-mounts in inverter

030-03443

Sensor box

4,240,104

Monitoring interface with 6 sensor input channels

030-03442

Sensor, wind speed

42,0411,0027

Measures wind speed, requires Sensor box

030-03446

Sensor, ambient temperature

43,0001,1188

Measures ambient temperature, requires Sensor box

030-03448

Sensor, module temperature

43,0001,1190

Adheres to back of PV module and measures temperature, requires Sensor box

030-03449

Sensor, irradiance

43,0001,1189

Measures solar insolation, requires Sensor box

030-03444

Cat 5 cable 3.3 feet

43,0004,2435

Connects inverters to each other or to Sensor Box and Datalogger Box

030-03455

Smart Converter USB

4,240,119

Converts the DATCOM system interface into USB interface

030-03447

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Fronius CL inverter (CL) has modular system architecture with up to 15 identical power modules contained in one central unit. Configurations of 9, 12, or 15 power modules are available for outputs ranging from 33.3 kW to 60 kW. With Fronius’ MIX power module management, individual power modules can be automatically activated or idled depending on solar conditions to achieve 3 separate efficiency peaks. The CL’s wide DC input MPPT voltage range maximizes flexibility for system configuration. The CL’s control unit automatically calculates which power modules will be turned on and off in partial load conditions by analyzing the respective operating hours of each unit. This helps to equalize the work load on individual power modules, increasing the service life of the inverter, and provides redundancy in the event of a fault in an individual power module. Individual power modules can be easily removed and replaced for quick servicing via the plug and play drawer design. Power modules can be temporarily removed prior to housing installation, reducing the weight of the housing so it is easier to move and install.

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Fronius Commercial/Industrial Inverters

The CL has a NEMA3R enclosure with integrated AC and DC disconnects. An innovative ventilation design prevents dust and moisture from entering the power module area. For indoor installation there is an optional exhaust air guide, allowing the Fronius CL to vent the exhaust hot air to the outside. An integrated relay contact can also be used to control an external fan. The CL is compatible with the Fronius DATCOM system for comprehensive system monitoring. A Fronius Com Card and a Signal Card are already integrated into the unit. Other components, such as the Fronius Datalogger, the Sensor Box, and environmental sensors, can be added at any time. The Fronius String Control 250/25 (see below) provides string-level monitoring.

Fronius String Control 250/25 The Fronius String Control 250/25 combiner and string monitor continually compares the string currents with one another, providing early detection of any problems in individual array strings. It can be used to combine up to 25 module strings with a total current of up to 250 A. The String Control’s integrated fuse holder accommodates up to 20 A string fuses. The Fronius String Control 250/25 is compatible with all Fronius inverters and is particularly effective in combination with Fronius CL inverters. Dimensions: 26.8”H x 19.7”W x 16.7”D. Weight: 225 lbs.

Fronius IG Plus and Plus V Inverters Model

Max AC power

CL 33.3 Delta

33,300 W

L 36.0 WYE 277

36,000 W

CL 44.4 Delta

44,400 W

CL 48.0 WYE 277

48,000 W

CL 55.5 Delta

55,500 W

CL 60 WYE 277

60,000 W

Max DC voltage

MPPT DC CEC rated voltage efficiency range

AC output

Max AC current

208 VAC

92.4 A

94.5%

240 VAC

80.1 A

95.0%

277 VAC

43.3 A

95.5%

208 VAC

123.2 A

94.5%

240 VAC

106.8 A

277 VAC

57.8 A

208 VAC

154.1 A

94.5%

240 VAC

133.5 A

95.0%

277 VAC

72.2 A

95.5%

600 VDC

230-500 VDC

95.0%

Weight

661 lbs

Item code 030-08433 030-08436

721 lbs

030-08444 030-08448

95.5% 783 lbs

030-08455 030-08460

CL Mounting Base

Optional cabinet base - 4"

030-08473

Fronius String Control 250/25

25 string combiner box, 250 A total current rating

030-08475

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

String Inverters

The Fronius CL series inverters are Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Dimensions including optional 4” base: 72”H x 43.5”W x 28.5”D. The CL comes with a 10-year warranty.

A SERIOUSLY SMART HOME ENERGY SOLUTION. How smart? Smart enough to do what no other inverter in the world can do: deliver power when the grid goes down without batteries! That’s right, the TL-US series is the only inverter on the planet with Secure Power Supply (SPS). This unique technological breakthrough is going to change residential solar forever.

The new Sunny Boy 3000TL-US / 4000TL-US / 5000TL-US What’s your inverter’s IQ?

www.SMA-America.com

SMA Sunny Boy Grid-Tie Inverters SMA Sunny Boy string inverters are available in sizes from 2,000 W to 11,000 W and can be used in a wide range of applications from small residential systems to very large 3-phase industrial installations. All SMA inverters come standard with built-in LCD digital monitors that display instantaneous power output, the current dayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s power production, and the total energy produced since installation. All SMA inverters presented here are Listed to UL 1741, UL 1998 for the U.S.A. and Canada, and are compliant with IEEE-929, IEEE-1547, and FCC Part 15 A & B and are covered by a standard 10-year warranty, with 5 and 10-year extensions available.

SMA Sunny Boy 2000HFUS / 2500HFUS / 3000HFUS

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

SMA

Featuring high efficiency, a slim-line enclosure, and reduced weight, the Sunny Boy HF-US series inverters can be mounted between wall studs for new construction and space-constrained applications (requires Flush Mount). Installation is simplified by automatic grid voltage detection and field configuration for positive ground. An input voltage range of 175 VDC to 600 VDC increases module selection and string sizing flexibility. The Sunny Boy HFUS series inverters also feature a modern graphic display, wireless Bluetooth communication, and an integrated DC disconnect. SMA Sunny Boy HF-US Inverters Max AC power

SB2000HFUS

2,000 W

SB2500HFUS

2,500 W

SB3000HFUS

3,000 W

Flush Mount

AC output volts 208 or 240 VAC

Max AC output

DC array voltage

MPPT voltage range

CEC rated efficiency

208 VAC

175-600 VDC

175-480 VDC

97.0%

9.6 A

220-600 VDC

220-480 VDC

Dimensions Weight (H"x W"x D") 240 VAC

030-03074

8.3 A

96.5%

12 A

10.4 A

96.5%

14.4 A

12.5 A

Item code

29 x 4 x 7

51 lbs

Mounting-flashing plate for recessed mounting of inverter between studs in wall

String Inverters

Model

030-03075 030-03076 030-03200

AEE Solar was born in 1979, when off-grid solar was the only form of domestic solar PV. So when it comes to off-grid know-how and equipment knowledge, AEE Solarâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s experience, expertise, and product selection is unsurpassed.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

SMA Sunny Boy 3000TL-US / 4000TL-US / 5000TL-US The new Sunny Boy TL-US line of transformerless inverters features high efficiency and reduced weight along with both ground and arc fault detection per NEC 2011. An input voltage range of 175 VDC to 600 VDC and dual MPPT input dramatically increases module selection and string sizing flexibility as well as better production when parts of the solar array are shaded. A modern graphic display and an integrated DC disconnect switch are included. The new Secure Power Supply feature enables these inverters to supply up to 12 A at 120 VAC to a single outlet for recharging portable devices or a small UPS directly from the PV array. Optional RS485 or Webconnect data modules enable web-based system monitoring with SMA Sunny Portal. These transformerless inverters work with an ungrounded PV array topology so the requirements of NEC 690.35 must be followed, including using PV Wire for exposed array string wiring. Each inverter is covered by a 10-year warranty, which can then be extended to 15 or 20 years.

Features:

String Inverters

• • • • • • • • •

Field selectable 208 or 240 VAC output Operating temperatures of -40 °F to +140 °F Dual MPPT inputs Integrated AFCI for arc fault protection Available in sizes from 3 kW to 5 kW Field configurable for either positive or negative ground PV arrays 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741 and UL1699B for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, IEEE 929, FCC Part 15 A& B SMA Sunny Boy TL-US-22 Inverters

Model

Max AC power

SB3000TL-US-22

3,000 W

SB4000TL-US-22

4,000 W

SB5000TL-US-22

5,000 W 4,550 W (208 V)

AC output

DC array voltage

MPPT voltage range

208 or 240 VAC

125-600 VDC

175-480 VDC

CEC rated efficiency

Max AC output 15 A

96.5%

20 A 22 A

Dimensions (H"x W"x D")

Weight

Item code

20.5 x 19.3 x 7.3 (add 11.7 height for DC disconnect)

61 lbs including DC disconnect

030-03204

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

030-03205 030-03206

BECOME AN SMA INSIDER

As the world leader in solar inverter technology and manufacturing, SMA values innovation, education and community. We also understand that staying informed is critical for solar professionals in our constantly evolving and highly competitive industry. With this in mind, we bring you SMA Advance. This FREE program was specifically designed to provide you with unparalleled access to information and resources designed to help you stay ahead of the curve. BENEFITS:

» SMA Newsletter

» Advanced Product Information

» Technical Training Opportunities » Access to SMA Print Portal » Exclusive Member Events » Online Member Forum

Take your relationship with SMA to a new level. Get the inside advantage today!

JOIN NOW +1 877 506

1747

www.SMA-Advance.com

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

SMA Sunny Boy 6000 to 11000TL-US The Sunny Boy 6-11000TL-US series inverters feature SMA’s proprietary H5 topology, resulting in CEC efficiencies up to 98.5%. These transformerless inverters can accommodate most commercial 208 VAC three-phase applications of any size. However, the DC input voltage range is more restrictive when used for a 240 VAC connection, which limits their usefulness in single-phase systems. All Sunny Boy TL-US inverters come with an integrated DC disconnect. Use a separate optional SMA TL-US Combiner Box or equivalent combiner with fusing on both the positive and negative DC conductors. Safety is enhanced with integrated ground fault and arc fault detection and interruption to meet the requirements of the NEC2011 code. Inverter dimensions (without DC disconnect) are 18.4”W x 24.1”H x 9.5”D. Weight of all models is 78 lbs. DC disconnect dimensions are 7.28’W x 11.7”H x 7.5”D and weight is 8 lbs.

Features:

String Inverters

• • • • • • • • • •

Field selectable 208 or 240 VAC output Operating temperatures of -40 °F to +140 °F NEMA 3R Integrated AFCI for arc fault protection Available in sizes from 6 kW to 11 kW Field configurable for either positive or negative ground PV arrays 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Assembled in U.S.A. Listed to UL 1741, UL 1998 and UL1699B for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, CAN/CSA 107.1-1, FCC Part 15 A& B SMA Sunny Boy 6000 to 11000 TL-US Inverters

Model SB6000TL-US

6,000 W

SB7000TL-US

7,000 W

SB8000TL-US

8,000 W

SB9000TL-US

9,000 W

SB10000TL-US

10,000 W

SB11000TL-US

11,000 W

PBL-SBUS-10-NR

Max AC power

AC output voltage

208 or 240 VAC

DC array voltage

MPPT voltage range

300-600 at 208 VAC

300-480 at 208 VAC

345-600 at 240 VAC

345-480 at 240 VAC

240 VAC

CEC rated efficiency 208

240

98.0%

98.5%

98.0%

97.5%

98.0%

Max AC current 208

240

Item code

28.8 A

25.0 A

030-03018

33.7 A

29.2 A

030-03019

38.5 A

33.4 A

030-03020

43.3 A

41.7 A

030-03021

48.1 A

41.7 A

030-03022

45.8 A

Power balancer for three-phase circuit protection

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

030-03023 030-03157

The compact Sunny Boy 3000/3800/4000US-12 inverters are suitable for residential and light commercial use and include an integrated DC disconnect as well as built-in ground-fault and arc-fault detection and interruption. They are field configurable for positive ground systems. The 3000US-12 and 4000US12 are auto-sensing for use on 240 and 208 VAC applications. The 3800US-12 is for 240 VAC only, and is specifically sized for buildings with a 100 A service entrance panel (16 A max AC current). All of these inverters come with an integrated DC disconnect and fused 4-circuit series string combiner that can be used with fuses up to 20 A (shipped with 15 A fuses). The Sunny Boy 5000/6000/7000-US-12 can be used in 208, 240 and 277 VAC applications. The 8000US-12 can be used in 240 and 277 VAC applications. These inverters also come with a DC disconnect switch that connects to the bottom of the inverter. The disconnect has an integrated fused 4-circuit string combiner that can be used with fuses up to 20 amps and are shipped with 15 A fuses The disconnect also has an input main lug for array DC input (to be used with a separate combiner box). All four models are field-configurable for positive ground systems and have built-in ground-fault and arc-fault detection and interruption.

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

SMA Sunny Boy 3000US / 3800US / 4000US / 5000US / 6000US / 7000US / 8000US

Features:

Field selectable 208, 240, or 277 VAC output (options vary by inverter) NEC 2011 compliant arc-fault protection Operating temperatures of -40 °F to +113 °F NEMA 3R enclosure Available in sizes from 3 kW to 8 kW Field configurable for either positive or negative ground PV arrays 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Assembled in U.S.A. Listed to UL 1741, UL 1998 and UL1699B for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, CSA C22.2 No. 107.1-2001, FCC Part

String Inverters

• • • • • • • • • •

SMA Sunny Boy US-12 Inverters Model

Max AC output

SB3000US-12

3,000 W

SB3800US-10-12

3,800 W

SB4000US-12

4,000 W

SB5000US-12

5,000 W

SB6000US-12

6,000 W

SB7000US-12

7,000 W

SB8000US-12

8,000 W

MPPT voltage range 208 VAC

240 VAC

175 to 400 VDC 200 to 400 VDC

DC array voltage

Max AC current CEC Weight efficiency 208 VAC 240 VAC 277 VAC 13 A

92 lbs

030-03011

16 A

92 lbs

030-03012

17 A

92 lbs

030-03013

24 A

21 A

18 A

149 lbs

030-03014

96.9%

29 A

25 A

22 A

149 lbs

030-03015

97.1%

34 A

29 A

25 A

149 lbs

030-03016

96.3%

32 A

29 A

153 lbs

030-03017

200 to 500 VDC

96%

250 to 480 VDC

250 to 600 VDC

96.8%

220 to 480 VDC 250 to 480 VDC

250 to 600 VDC

96.5% 96.7%

250 to 480 VDC --

300 to 480 VDC

250 to 600 VDC 300 to 600 VDC

Item code

15 A

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

SMA Sunny Boy Data Monitoring and Communications Accessories SMA Sunny Beam Bluetooth Wireless Monitor The Sunny Beam communicates wirelessly via Bluetooth with up to 12 Sunny Boy inverters and graphically displays key performance data. It features automatic system monitoring, including an audible alert signal, and is powered by an integrated solar cell and rechargeable battery. The Sunny Beam simultaneously displays power output, daily energy production, and total system energy production. It may also be configured to display other parameters, such as the overall CO2 offset or dollar value of electricity produced. System performance data can be recorded and transferred via a USB interface or through the Sunny Portal website (www.sunnyportal.com) for long-term storage, display, and evaluation. The Sunny Beam has a standard range of up to 150' that can be extended using an optional Bluetooth repeater. All HFUS inverters are set up to communicate with the Sunny Beam. For all other SMA inverters, order a Bluetooth Piggyback card for each inverter to be monitored. Sunny Beam includes a standard 5-year warranty. SMA Sunny Beam Model BEAM-BT BTPBINV-NR BTPB-EXTANT-NR/US BTREP-IN BEAM-BT-SUPPLY

Description

Item code

SMA Sunny Beam Bluetooth

030-03120

SMA Bluetooth Piggyback card

030-03121

SMA Bluetooth Piggyback card with external antenna

300-00044

SMA Bluetooth repeater

030-03119

USB plug-in power supply to charge the Sunny Beam batteries

030-03117

String Inverters

SMA Sunny WebBox â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Sunny Portal Connection The Sunny WebBox provides a connection between SMA inverters and the free Sunny Portal website (www.sunnyportal.com). The Sunny WebBox stores system performance data in its internal 8 MB memory (12.5 MB with the Bluetooth version) or on a standard SD memory card and can be set to upload the data to the Sunny Portal website at user-selectable intervals. The WebBox can be connected to a Sunny Boy, Sunny Tower, Sunny Island, or Sunny Central inverter, and Sunny SensorBox devices (up to 50 units total). The Sunny WebBox reports faults immediately by e-mail or text message. Measurement data can be transmitted to the Sunny Portal via a GSM modem from remote locations where no DSL or telephone connection is available. With the standard Sunny WebBox, connection to the inverter or SensorBox device is made with a 4-conductor twisted pair cable between the inverter's RS-485 output and the WebBox terminals. Each inverter requires an RS-485-N Communication Module. With the Bluetooth version, wireless communication between the inverter(s) and the Sunny WebBox is automatic with an unobstructed range of up to 330', which can be extended using one or more Bluetooth Repeaters. Each inverter requires integrated or Piggyback card based Bluetooth output. Both Sunny WebBox versions connect to a local area network (LAN) with an Ethernet cable or to a phone line with a modem. Both are password protected and are covered by a 5-year warranty.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The included Power Injector feed-in unit connects to the SensorBox via the RS485 communication bus to provide power to the SensorBox and includes a plug-in power supply (120 VAC required). The Sunny SensorBox sends data to the Sunny WebBox via an RS-485 data link or by wireless communication with the addition of the Bluetooth version of the Power Injector (purchased separately). From there, the data can be transferred to a PC for further processing or to the Sunny Portal for automatic performance analysis. The Sunny SensorBox can accommodate up to 3 additional sensors, such as ambient temperature, wind speed, and an additional irradiance sensor. The Sunny SensorBox is covered by a 5-year warranty.

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

SMA Sunny SensorBox The compact Sunny SensorBox installs at the PV array to continuously monitor solar irradiation and module temperature, which can be used to calculate the expected output of the PV array for comparison to the actual power output of the inverters. This can help identify and troubleshoot reductions in energy yield.

SMA Sunny Boy Data Monitoring and Communications Accessories Description

Item code

Sunny WebBox - RS-485 connection port

030-03141

Sunny WebBox-BT-20 - Bluetooth wireless connection

030-03139 030-03191

Sunny SensorBox Anemometer

030-03193

Sunny SensorBox Ambient Temp Sensor

030-03195

Sunny SensorBox Additional Module Temp Sensor

030-03197

RS 485 Card for Sunny Boy US and TLUS inverters

030-03123

RS 485 Card for Sunny Boy HFUS inverters

030-03126

RS 485 Card for Sunny boy TL-22 inverters

300-00068

RS 232 Card for Sunny Boy inverters

030-03122

SpeedWire WebConnect card for SB-TL-22 inverters

300-00069

SpeedWire WebConnect card for SB-US inverters

300-00094

Bluetooth Card for Sunny Boy inverters

300-00044

String Inverters

Sunny SensorBox - RS-485 connection port

SMA Sunny Boy TL-US Combiner Box The Sunny Boy TL-US Combiner Box has 6 positive and 6 negative fused inputs for up to 6 module strings and meets the requirement for overcurrent protection on both polarities when using transformerless inverters. Fuses are not included. Use 600 VDC rated KLKD fuses (see Electrical Distribution Parts). The maximum string fuse size is 20 A; however, use the chart below to determine the combined maximum current of the array that can be used. TL-US Combiner Box dimensions are 17.2"W x 12.1"H x 3.8"D and the weight is 8.6 lbs. This unit features a NEMA 3R enclosure. SMA Sunny Boy TL-US Combiner Box Current Limits Number of strings

Maximum string current

Maximum continuous string current

18.7 A

12 A

14 A

11.2 A

7.2 A

9.4 A

Sunny Boy TL-US Combiner Box Model SBCBTL6-10

Description

Item code

6-String fused combiner for TL inverters

053-03002

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Power-One Aurora Inverters Power-One Aurora grid-tie inverters feature high energy yield and performance efficiencies of up to 97%. Aurora series inverters have a field-adjustable “start voltage” point that allows low end PV operating voltage down to 90 VDC. While there is some loss of efficiency at lower voltage settings, the inverter can operate with as few as 5 standard 60-cell modules in series. Please see the Inverter sizing chart in the System Design section for configurations that work in most areas.

Aurora UNO Inverters The UNO-2.0-I-OUTD and UNO-2.5-I-OUTD include a built-in heat sink compartment and front panel display system. The smallest of Power-One’s outdoor range, these isolated, high-frequency inverters are completely sealed to withstand harsh environmental conditions. The enclosure design enables fan-less cooling through an integrated rear heat sink. The single high speed MPPT offers real-time power tracking and improved energy capture. The wide input voltage range makes the inverters suitable for low power installations with reduced string sizing. The UNO inverters have a single MPPT input and come with a built-in DC disconnect and wiring box. An RS-485 connection for the Aurora Universal Residential monitoring unit is built-in. Dimensions are 30.3” x 14.4” x 6.3” and the unit weighs in at 42.5 lbs.

Features:

String Inverters

• • • • • • • •

Field selectable 208, 240 or 277 VAC output Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) Active and reactive power control, low voltage ride-through Available in sizes from 2 kW to 2.5 kW Field configurable for either positive or negative ground PV arrays 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741-2010 for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, FCC Part 15 Class B, C22. 2 No. 107.1-01 Power-One Aurora UNO Grid-Tie Inverters Model

Max AC AC output power voltage

UNO-2.0-I-OUTD-S-US 2,000 W UNO-2.5-I-OUTD-S-US 2,500 W

240 VAC

DC array MPPT DC CEC rated Max AC voltage voltage range Weight Item code efficiency current (adjustable) (adjustable) 84-520 VDC

84-470 VDC (>205 full power)

95.5%

10 A

96.0%

12 A

42.5 lbs

Inverter technology is complex and constantly evolving. Get the best inverter tech support in the industry – give us a call at 800-777-6609. 74

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

030-09711 030-09712

DO YOU WANT TO LOWER INSTALLATION COSTS? OR GENERATE MORE POWER? OR HAVE MORE FLEXIBILITY? OR ALL OF THE ABOVE?

The Trio — Commercial grade string inverter. The first 1000V DC string inverter certified to UL1741 lets you take a modular approach to commercial systems for a level of flexibility impossible with large central inverters. Its 1000V DC output also helps reduce balance of system costs as much as 40%. Additionally, they are small and light enough to be wall-mounted—avoiding the expense of cranes or concrete pads. All without sacrificing energy harvest which our dual MPPT and 97.5% CEC efficiency make among the industry’s best.

Get the specs at: www.power-one.com/TRIO

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Aurora PVI Transformerless Inverters The Aurora PVI series are some of the most flexible string inverters available. PVI inverters have two separate MPPT inputs, allowing for two sub-arrays to be configured with differing string lengths, orientations, or even different PV modules. Conditions on one MPPT will not affect the other. Additionally, the PVI inverters have two input terminals for each separate MPPT section allowing as many as four strings of modules (two on each MPPT) to be connected without separate string fusing. Both MPPT inputs can also be paralleled for use with a single array. A wide input voltage range allows for smaller installations with reduced string sizes where needed. An integrated LCD displays real-time operating parameters, and RS-485 and USB interfaces can connect remote monitoring systems. An integrated DC disconnect is standard on all models (models without a DC disconnect are available by special order). Aurora PVI inverters can produce full-rated power at ambient temperatures up to 122 °F (50 °C). The fan-less design and NEMA 4X enclosure provide a water and airtight seal. Output voltage can be set for 240 VAC split-phase, or 208 VAC or 277 VAC (480 VAC WYE) for 3-phase systems (3 inverters required for phase balancing). Tech Tip: With transformerless inverters, all PV array wiring must be PV Wire, and any separate DC string combiners or disconnects used must provide for fusing or switching on both the positive and negative conductors.

String Inverters

Power-One's Aurora transformerless single-phase inverters are available in sizes covering most common residential requirements, and can be used in groups of 3 for commercial 3-phase applications. The transformerless design reduces internal power losses for high efficiencies. Output voltage can be set to 240 VAC split-phase, or 208 VAC or 277 VAC (480 VAC WYE) for three-phase systems. The 3.0 through 4.2 kW units have dimensions of 33.75”H x 12.75”W x 8.7”D, including the DC disconnect. The 5 and 6 kW units are taller, with a height of 41.4” and weigh 60 lbs.

Features: • • • • • • • • • •

Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011 Field selectable 208, 240 or 277 VAC output RS485 Communications interface included Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +131 °F (-25 °C to +55 °C) Active and reactive power control, low voltage ride-through Available in sizes from 3 kW to 12 kW Field configurable for either positive or negative ground PV arrays 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741-2010 for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547-2003, IEEE 1547.1, UL1699B-2013, ANSI/IEEE C62.41, FCC Part 15 A& B , C22. 2 No. 107.1-01 (Sept. 2011) Power-One Aurora PVI Transformerless Inverters

Model

Max AC output

PVI-3.0-OUTD-US-A

3,000 W

PVI-3.6-OUTD-US-A

3,600 W

PVI-3.8-OUTD-US

3,800 W

PVI-4.2-OUTD-US-A

4,200 W

PVI-5000-OUTD-US-A

5,000 W

PVI-6000-OUTD-US-A

6,000 W

DC array voltage

MPPT range CEC efficiency

MAX AC current 208 V

240 V

14.5 A 140 to 600 VDC

200 to 530 VDC

96%

277 V 12.0 A

17.2 A

16.0 A 16.0 A

Item code

47 lbs

030-09705

47 lb

030-09706

47 lbs

030-09707

47 lbs

030-09708

27 A

23 A

20 A

60 lbs

030-09709

30 A

28 A

24 A

60 lbs

030-09710

20.0 A 96.5%

Weight

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Power One’s TRIO 3-phase string inverters represent a new design paradigm that is growing in popularity among commercial-scale PV systems; particularly rooftop and carport installations. Deploying multiple TRIO inverters can reduce overall system costs by shortening cable runs and eliminating the external combiners and concrete foundations required by most central inverters. The 1,000 VDC UL rated input allows more modules per string, which can reduce labor costs but may impact the permitting process in certain jurisdictions. TRIO inverters have two separate MPPT inputs, allowing for two sub-arrays to be configured with differing string lengths, orientations, or even different PV modules. Conditions on one MPPT will not affect the other. TRIO S models feature a standard integrated DC disconnect only and have two inputs on each MPPT channel. With only two strings on each channel (4 strings total), they can be connected without separate string fusing. With more strings it will require an external fused combiner. S1 models integrate DC-side string overcurrent protection and provide terminals for up to eight module strings, four strings per MPPT channel. The S1A models add DC and AC surge protection and the S1B adds DC surge protection and an internal AC fused disconnect switch.

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Aurora TRIO Transformerless Three-Phase Inverters

An integrated LCD displays real-time operating parameters, and RS-485 interfaces can connect remote monitoring systems. Aurora TRIO inverters can produce full-rated power at ambient temperatures up to 113 °F (45 °C) and can operate at reduced power levels up to 140 °F (60 °C). The fan-less design and NEMA 4X enclosure provide a water and airtight seal. Output voltage can be set for 480 VAC WYE, delta or 4-wire configurations. All TRIO inverters come with a 10-year warranty, can be extended to 15 or 20 years. • • • • • • • • •

String Inverters

Features:

Internal Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) for added safety per NEC 2011 Field selectable 480 VAC 3˜/3 W or 4 W+Ground output RS485 Communications interface included Operating temperatures of -13 °F to +140 °F (-25 °C to +60 °C) Active and reactive power control, low voltage ride-through Available in 20 kW to 27.6 kW sizes 10-year warranty, extendable up to 20 years Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada Compliant with: IEEE 1547, IEEE 1547.1, FCC Part 15 B, C22. 2 No. 107.1-01-2001 Power-One Aurora PVI Isolated Three-Phase Inverters

Model

Max AC output

TRIO-20.0-TL-OUTD-S-US-480-A

20 kW

TRIO-20.0-TL-OUTD-S1-US-480-A

20 kW

TRIO-20.0-TL-OUTD-S1A-US-480-A

20 kW

DC array voltage

MPPT range

CEC efficiency

Max AC current

Weight

Item code 030-09751

200 to 950 VDC

450 to 800 VDC

97.5%

27.0 A

157 lbs

030-09752 030-09753

TRIO-20.0-TL-OUTD-S1B-US-480-A

20 kW

030-09754

TRIO-27.6-TL-OUTD-S-US-480-A

27.6 kW

030-09755

TRIO-27.6-TL-OUTD-S1-US-480-A

27.6 kW

TRIO-27.6-TL-OUTD-S1A-US-480-A

27.6 kW

TRIO-27.6-TL-OUTD-S1B-US-480-A

27.6 kW

200 to 950 VDC

520 to 800 VDC

97.5%

36.0 A

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

168 lbs

030-09756 030-09757 030-09758

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Power-One Monitoring Options Aurora Communicator software, included with each inverter, requires an RS485-to-USB communication module for connection to a PC. The PVI-DESKTOP device provides remote monitoring with a color touch-screen display and connects up to 6 inverters with either a wired or wireless option. Bluetooth models will wirelessly connect to a Bluetooth-enabled PC for free firmware updates. Aurora Vision and the Aurora Universal monitoring system offer full web-based monitoring. The PVI DESKTOP features a wall- or desk-mounted touch screen color TFT data display for PVI inverters. The PVI DESKTOP can communicate with up to 6 PVI inverters via RS-485 with CAT5 cables or wirelessly when a PVI-RADIOMODULE is installed on each inverter. The PVI-RADIOMODULE provides a 960 ft. open-air range for wireless connection. The PVI-DESKTOP can be linked, via USB, or Bluetooth with the PVI-Desktop BT unit, to a personal PC. The Desktop is 4”H x 5”W x 2.5”D, and weighs less than a pound. Power-One Residential Data Monitoring and Communications Accessories Description

029-07004

PVI Desktop-US - Desktop monitor with RS-485 or wireless to inverters and USB to a PC

030-09777

PVI-Desktop-BT-US - Desktop monitor with RS-485 or wireless to inverters and Bluetooth to a PC

030-09778

PVI-Radiomodule-US - Card required in each inverter for wireless communication to Desktop

030-09779

PVI-USB-RS485-232 - Adapter RS485 to USB and RS232 for connection to a PC, with power supply

030-09776

String Inverters 78

Item code

VSN-MGR-RES-P1-US - Aurora Universal Residential datalogger, internet gateway with power supply

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Power-One PVI Central inverters are based on 50 kW inverter modules that can operate independently for improved efficiency and fault tolerance. These inverters feature high-frequency switching to reduce audible noise, reverse polarity protection, and easy front-panel accessibility for installation and servicing. Both AC and DC distribution and circuit protection is integrated into each inverter to reduce balance-of-system components and wiring. The 250 kW and 300 kW units have 3 separate MPPT input channels for more flexibility in array design. A 5.7" LCD screen on each inverter provides for local monitoring and control. These inverters also have integrated RS-485 interfaces for inverter and string combiner monitoring. The PVI-50 and PVI-100 have NEMA1 enclosures for indoor installations, while the PVI-250 and PVI-300 are NEMA3R rated for outdoor installations. These have a standard warranty of 5 years, which can be extended.

GRID-TIE INVERTERS

Power-One PVI Central Inverters

All Power-One Aurora PVI-Central inverters are CSA Listed to UL1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. CSA - C22.2 N. 107.1-01. The PVI-Central-50 has a single 50 kW inverter module with led indicators and an interactive display. The PVI-Central-100 (left) has two 50 kW modules in a master/slave configuration. Each inverter module has its own interactive display. The PVI-Central-250 contains five 50 kW inverter modules. The PVI-Central-300 contains six 50 kW inverter modules.

These two inverters come in NEMA3R enclosures for outdoor mounting. Ambient operating temperature range is -25 to +60 째C / -13 to +140 째F with de-rating above 50 째C / 122 째F. Power-One PVI Central Inverters Model

Continuous output

PVI-CENTRAL-50

50 kW

AC output voltage

Max AC amps

208 VAC

139 A

480 VAC

61 A

208 VAC

278 A

PVI-CENTRAL-100

100 kW

480 VAC

121 A

PVI-CENTRAL-250

250 kW

480 VAC

315 A

PVI-CENTRAL-300

300 kW

480 VAC

378 A

PVI-STRINGCOMB-US

Max DC array volts

MPPT voltage range

CEC rated efficiency

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight 1,550 lbs

600 VDC

330-600 VDC

95.0%

50 x 66 x 34 1,873 lbs

600 VDC

320-550 VDC

97%

String combiner w/ 200 A disconnect 20 circuit with monitoring for 10 channels via RS485

85 x 116 x 50 32 x 26 x 10

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 030-06810 030-06811 030-06812 030-06813

5,500 lbs

030-06814

6,000 lbs

030-06815

67 lbs

053-02752

Central Inverters

Due to the modular design, these larger inverters each have three separate MPPT array inputs allowing for high-efficiency power point tracking of sub-arrays within a larger PV field.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Battery-Based Inverters

A battery-based inverter converts direct current (DC) power from batteries into alternating current (AC) power to operate lights, appliances or anything else that normally operates on electricity supplied by the utility grid. All battery-based inverters can be used in off-grid systems and some can also feed power back into the utility grid using net metering, similar to the more common grid-tie inverters. All of these battery-based inverters require a battery bank to function.

Grid Interactive Inverters for Backup Power Applications Grid interactive inverters, also called dual-function or hybrid inverters, can export power to the utility grid, but can also supply emergency backup power for critical loads during a grid outage. These inverters use a battery bank for energy storage, will not operate without batteries, and include an automatic transfer switch that enables them to safely operate off-grid during a blackout. The grid interactive inverter is connected to the battery bank (usually 24 or 48 VDC), an AC sub-panel for critical loads, and the building’s utility entrance load center. The battery bank is charged by the PV array connected through a charge controller (see Charge Controllers). Under normal conditions, it operates like any grid-tie inverter and will export any excess power produced by the PV array. During a grid outage, the inverter will automatically disconnect from the grid and supply AC power to the critical load subpanel by drawing energy from the battery bank and solar array. When the outage is over, the inverter will automatically switch back to grid-tie operation and recharge the batteries. The OutBack Radian GS and the Schneider XW grid interactive inverters have split-phase 120/240 VAC output from a single inverter. The OutBack GFX and SMA Sunny Island inverters have 120 VAC output, but two inverters can be “stacked” for 120/240 VAC output.

System Design

The SMA Sunny Island is designed to interact with a Sunny Boy grid-tie inverter to create an “AC Coupled” power system. See the Sunny Island listing for more information. It is important to note that a significant amount of energy is used to maintain the battery bank. For this reason, systems with battery backup typically provide 5 to 10% less energy (kWh) to the grid than equivalent grid-tie systems that don’t include batteries.

Off-Grid Inverters Off-grid only battery-based inverters convert DC electricity from a battery bank to AC. In this case, the PV array and/or wind generator is used to charge the batteries via a charge controller (see our Charge Controllers section for more information) and only the power demanded by the loads is inverted to AC. Because these systems do not have access to the electrical grid, it is important to properly size the inverter and battery bank (see our System Design and Batteries sections for more information on sizing inverters and battery banks). The nameplate capacity of an inverter is measured by its maximum continuous output in watts. The inverter capacity limits the sum of all AC loads you can operate simultaneously. Most AC appliances list their consumption on a tag located near the power cord and/or in the owner’s manual. You will need to add up the consumption of all the appliances you may need to operate at once and that will represent your minimum inverter size. If your appliances include induction motors, like washers, dryers, dishwashers, furnace electronic controls, and large power tools, be sure to select an inverter with sufficient surge capability to accommodate the higher start-up loads. Off-grid inverters will output either sine wave or modified sine wave (modified square wave) AC waveforms. Sine wave inverters can closely mimic utility grid power and will run virtually any AC appliance. Sine wave inverters with cleaner waveforms, such as the Exeltech XP line, are often desired for sensitive audio or telecommunications equipment. Modified sine wave inverters are an economical choice when waveform is not critical. They often have a high surge capacity for motor starting and generally retain good efficiency when partially loaded. Unfortunately, this type of inverter may damage or fail to operate some sensitive appliances, such as rechargeable tools and flashlights, laser printers, copiers, variable speed drives, and any equipment with silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs). Some audio equipment will have a background buzz when operated with a modified sine wave inverter.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

In the past, most battery-based inverters supplied only 120 VAC 60 Hz single-phase outputs. Now, many of the more popular residential-sized inverters, like the OutBack Radian, Schneider XW, and Magnum MS-PAE inverters, deliver 120/240 VAC power from one inverter. These inverters can also be wired in parallel for greater power output. Pairs of some 120 VAC output inverters like the OutBack FX series and Sunny Island inverters can also be wired in series for 120/240 VAC split-phase, or 120/208 VAC three-phase output. Inverters that supply 50 Hz power are also available for most product lines. Please contact us with any special requirements that you have.

Interference Battery-based inverters may interfere with radio and television reception, causing noise on telephones or buzz in audio equipment. Interference can be minimized by using sine wave inverters and by locating the inverter as close to the batteries as practical, twisting together the cables that connect the inverter to the battery, running AC lines separate from other wiring (such as telephone wires), and locating the inverter away from appliances that are susceptible to interference. All inverters can cause interference with AM radio reception.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Output Voltage

Wiring Considerations

Pre-wired power systems are available with most battery-based inverters to minimize design and wiring issues. Custom configurations are available from AEE Solar for most OutBack FLEXware-based power systems. Please contact us for additional information.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

System Design

Battery-based inverters require high current from a battery bank to operate large loads. A 2 kW inverter will draw nearly 200 A from a 12 VDC battery bank. Large cables and good connections are required for safe operation. Use caution when plugging a small inverter into a lighter outlet in a vehicle, as these outlets are usually not robust enough to handle high current for long periods of time. All battery-based inverters require proper fusing between the battery and the inverter.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack Power Radian Grid-Tie or Off-Grid Inverters and Systems OutBack Radian GS4048A and GS8048 inverters work equally well as a grid-tie or off-grid inverter. There are two separate AC inputs, one for the bi-directional grid connection and one for a backup generator. There is a built-in 50 A transfer switch at 120/240 VAC. The output is 120/240 VAC split phase in each unit for easy tie-in to US standard wiring and grid connections. The Radian features 4 kW or 8 kW of continuous output power and can support large dynamic load variations and surge loads, making it wellsuited for demanding commercial applications as well as residential use. With two power stages (one on the GS4048A), it is able to provide high efficiency and redundancy for critical applications, and the modular design is field serviceable. The Radian can be parallel stacked with up to 10 inverters for 80 kW total output. The Radian also has auxiliary controls that include a contact closure, a 12 VDC output signal, and terminals for a remote on/off switch as well as a remote temperature sensor (RTS) for the battery bank. Each GS8048 inverter requires dual 2/0 battery cables (two positive and two negative) for connection to the battery bank. In fully off-grid applications, the minimum recommended battery size is 175 Ah for the GS4048A and 350 Ah for the GS8048 for each inverter installed in a power system. Grid-tie with backup systems can work with battery banks as small as 200 Ah.

Grid-Tied Battery Backup

The inverter comes with a standard 5-year warranty. An optional 10-year extended warranty is available where required by state incentive programs. The Radian is not rated for outdoor use. Dimensions are 28"H x 16"W x 8.7"D. Weight is 84 lbs for the GS4048A and 125 lbs for the GS8048. Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada. A MATE3, HUB4 or HUB10, and an appropriate GSLC (below) are needed to complete a Radian system. The GS Load Center (GSLC) is a wiring and circuit protection enclosure that mounts under the Radian inverter. It is available in three versions: The base GSLC includes positive and negative main inverter busbars, a 500 A 50 mV shunt with negative terminal bar, the main DC positive breaker plate, ground and neutral terminal bars, and 2 PV positive terminal bars. It can also accommodate up to 18 AC or DC panel mount breakers (10 top, 8 bottom), two main 175 A DC breakers and a FLEXnetDC, which can be purchased separately. Up to two charge controllers can mount on the right side (mounting brackets not included), and either the HUB4 or HUB10 can mount on the left side. The GSLC175-120/240 includes the base unit plus two 175 A DC main breakers, an AC output and bypass breakers with interlock plate, an AC grid and generator input breakers (50 A two pole), and six AC terminal bars (3 black, 3 red). It can also accommodate 10 additional panel mount breakers, which can be purchased separately. The GSLC175-PV-120/240 includes the 175-120/240 unit plus two 80 A PV array breakers, a two pole GFDI 80 A breaker, three 500. A 50 mV shunts with shunt bus, and a FLEXnetDC. The GFDI acts as the breaker between the control and positive bus; there are no other breakers added for this purpose. It can also accommodate 5 additional panel mount breakers, which can be purchased separately. The GSLC175-AC-120/240 is used for AC coupled systems and is described on the following page. The AC bypass assembly is only for use with a single Radian inverter. For multiple inverters, use the basic GSLC with added DC and AC breakers as needed (no bypass) and use external transfer switches for bypass and external AC load centers for output combining and input distribution. One GSLC is required for each Radian inverter, and each inverter requires two 175 A main DC breakers. The GSLC is not rated for outdoor use. Dimensions are 17"H x 16"W x 8.5"D. Weight is 26, 37, or 38 lbs. Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada. More accessories for OutBack Power can be found on the following pages. OutBack Radian Inverters Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

GS4048A

4,000 W

48 VDC

124/240 V 60 Hz

N/A

57 A

6,000 W

84 lbs

030-04058

GS8048

8,000 W

48 VDC

124/240 V 60 Hz

30 W

115 A

12,000 W

125 lbs

030-04039

GS Load Centers GS Load Center with inverter bars, breaker bus, shunt, neg, ground, neutral, and PV pos busbars

053-02250

GSLC175-120/240

GS Load Center with all items above plus 2 main 175 A breakers, AC IO/Bypass, and 6 AC busbars

053-02251

GSLC175-PV-120/240

GS Load Center with all items above with 3 shunts, FNDC, 2 pole GFDI, and dual PV input breakers

053-02252

GSLC

GS Load Center Accessories GS-IOB-120/240 VAC GS-SBUS STBB-BLACK STBB-RED STBB-WHITE 82PNL-50D-AC-120/240 PNL-175-DC

GS AC input/output/bypass kit split phase 120/240VAC for single inverter only

053-07818

DC shunt bus for GS Load Center

053-00130

Short busbar kit with black Insulators for GS Load Center

053-00132

Short busbar kit with red Insulators for GS Load Center

053-00133

Short busbar kit with white Insulators for GS Load Center

053-00134

Circuit breaker, 120/240 2 pole,trainings panel mount GSLC (takes two 他"www.aeesolar.com spaces) For the latest 50 onA, AEE SolarVAC, products, and for dealer services, visit

053-17004

Circuit breaker, 175 A, 125 VDC, 1 pole, main DC breaker for GS inverter (2 required per inverter)

053-01053

Outback's Radian inverter can be used for an AC coupled system with the use of the OutBack GSLC175AC-120/240 load center. This load center, with the Radian inverter and its integrated controls, makes the installation of an AC coupled system simpler and cleaner than it has been previously. It has all of the connections, breakers and relays needed for adding a battery-based backup system to an existing or new grid-tie system utilizing a Radian inverter and battery bank. There are controls and relays to manage battery charging from the grid-tie system with battery temperature compensation. A second AC input is available for a backup generator to assist in powering the loads during an extended outage if there is not enough sun, or there are more loads than expected. There is an auto generator start relay with grid-tie inverter lockout when under generator power. No diversion loads or other external relays are required. There are connection points for the utility grid, the protected loads panel, the grid-tie inverter, an optional backup generator, and the battery bank. The required MATE3 now has a new AC coupling function. The rating of the grid-tie inverter should not exceed 6 kW. You will also need a GS8048 inverter, MATE3, battery bank, protected load center, and the existing GT inverter system to complete an AC coupled Radian system. The GSLC175-AC-120/240 is for indoor use only. Dimensions are 17"H x 16"W x 8.5"D. Weight is 38 lbs.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Radian AC Coupled Grid-Tie System

OutBack Radian GSLC175-AC-120/240 Model GSLC175-AC-120/240

Description

Item Code

GS Load Center for AC Coupling, with generator & GT inverter inputs & lockouts

053-02255

EXPORT Radian Grid-Tie or Off-Grid Inverter and System

The inverter comes with a standard 5-year warranty. The Radian is for indoor use only. Dimensions are 28"H x 16"W x 8.7"D. Weight is 84 lbs for the GS3548E and 125 lbs for the GS7048E. You will also need a MATE3, HUB4 or HUB10, RTS, and an appropriate GSLC (below) to complete a Radian system. EXPORT OutBack Radian Inverter Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

GS3548E

3,500 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

N/A

50 A

GS7048E

7,000 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

30 W

100 A

No load draw

Charger amps

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

5,800 W

84 lbs

030-04059

11,500 W

125 lbs

030-04038

EXPORT GS Load Centers GSLC GSLC175-230 50Hz GSLC175-PV-230 50Hz

GS Load Center with inverter bars, breaker bus, shunt, neg, ground, neutral, and PV pos busbars

053-02250

EXPORT GS Load Center with all base items plus 2 main 175 A breakers, AC IO/Bypass, and 3 AC busbars

053-02253

EXPORT GS Load Center with all items above with 3 shunts, FNDC, 2 pole GFDI, and dual PV input breakers

053-02254

EXPORT GS Load Center Accessories GS-IOB-230VAC 50Hz GS-SBUS STBB-BLUE STBB-BROWN PNL-30-AC PNL-50-AC-240 PNL-175-DC

EXPORT GS AC input/output/bypass kit single-phase 230 VAC for single inverter only

053-07817

DC shunt bus for GS Load Center

053-00130

Short busbar kit with blue Insulators for GS Load Center for EXPORT GSLC

053-00135

Short busbar kit with brown Insulators for GS Load Center for EXPORT GSLC

053-00136

Circuit breaker, 30 A, 250 VAC, 1 pole, panel mount for EXPORT GSLC (takes one 他" space)

053-16998

Circuit breaker, 50 A, 250 VAC, 1 pole, panel mount for EXPORT GSLC (takes one 他" space)

053-16999

Circuit breaker, 175 A, 125 VDC, 1 pole, main DC breaker for GS inverter (2 required per inverter)

053-01053

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Tied Battery Backup

Outback's Radian inverters for export work as either a grid-tie or off-grid inverter. There are two separate AC inputs, one for the bi-directional grid connection and one for a backup generator. There is a built-in 50 A transfer switch at 230 VAC. The output is 230 VAC 50 Hz (or 60 Hz) single phase in each unit for easy tie-in to most world-wide standard wiring and grid connections. The Radian features 3.5 kW or 7 kW of continuous output power and can support large dynamic load variations and surge loads, making it well-suited for demanding commercial applications as well as residential use. With two power stages, it is able to provide high efficiency and redundancy for critical applications, and the modular design is field serviceable. The Radian can be parallel stacked with up to 10 inverters for 70 kW total output. The Radian also has auxiliary controls which include a contact closure, a 12 VDC output signal and terminals for a remote on/ off switch.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack GVFX and GTFX Grid-Tie Inverters and Systems OutBack G-Series inverter/chargers are grid-interactive versions of OutBack's FX inverter line. Available in either vented (GVFX) or sealed (GTFX) models, these inverters allow you to sell solar, wind, and/or hydro power back to the utility grid. If the utility power goes down, the inverter will automatically isolate itself from the grid and use a battery bank and/or your renewable energy source(s) to power your critical loads. The inverter can be set up so that either utility power or renewable energy sources (PV array, wind turbine, etc.) can be used to recharge the battery bank following an outage. AC power is seamlessly switched between utility and battery power through the inverter's built-in 60 A transfer switch. With the OutBack grid-interactive system, backup AC power is made available 24 hours a day in the event of a utility outage, providing reliable power and peace of mind. At night, the inverter's automatic power save mode ensures that energy is not wasted by needlessly charging your batteries from the utility grid. With a healthy battery bank, daily energy production efficiency is very close to that of typical gridintertie systems without backup. Up to two G-Series inverters can be “stacked” for 120/240 V output. They come with a standard 5-year warranty with an optional 10-year extended warranty available where required by state incentive programs and are Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada. OutBack Inverters for Latin America OutBack GVFX-LA and GTFX-LA grid-tie inverters are designed to be used in Mexico and other parts of Latin America where the grid power is uneven. They have 127 VAC/60 Hz output, and have widened grid input voltage and frequency ranges to work better with less regulated utility grids. As with the other OutBack inverters, the “V” models have a fan-cooled, vented chassis, and the “T” models have a sealed chassis and an external cooling fan.

Grid-Tied Battery Backup

NOTE: OutBack LA inverters are NOT Listed to UL 1741 and NOT intended for use in the U.S.A. or Canada. OutBack GTFX and GVFX Inverters Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

US Models – can be connected in series 120/240 Ventilated Cooled Inverters GVFX3524 GVFX3648

3,500 W 3,600 W

24 VDC 48 VDC

120 V/60 Hz 120 V/60 Hz

20 W 23 W

85 A 45 A

61 lbs

030-04032

6,000 W

61 lbs

030-04036

6,000 W

Sealed/Turbo Cooled Inverters GTFX2524

2,500 W

24 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

20 W

55 A

6,000 W

63 lbs

030-04025

GTFX3048

3,000 W

48 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

23 W

35 A

6,000 W

63 lbs

030-04030

Latin America Models Ventilated Cooled Inverters GVFX3524LA

3,500 W

24 VDC

127 V/60 Hz

20 W

85 A

6,000 W

61 lbs

030-04022

GVFX3648LA

3,600 W

48 VDC

127 V/60 Hz

23 W

45 A

6,000 W

61 lbs

030-04023

GTFX2524LA

2,500 W

24 VDC

127 V/60 Hz

20 W

55 A

6,000 W

63 lbs

030-04020

GTFX3048LA

3,000 W

48 VDC

127 V/60 Hz

23 W

35 A

6,000 W

63 lbs

030-04021

Sealed/Turbo Cooled Inverters

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The OutBack GFX International Series grid-tie inverters are designed for use in locations where utility grids frequently experience instability, such as power surges, spikes, or brownouts, or where standard inverters have trouble syncing to the utility grid. The GFX International Series grid-reconnect timers have been shortened to reduce overall sell-back downtime and improve system functionality. Otherwise, the International Series inverters are similar to other OutBack GFX models, but without an exterior cooling fan. The built-in transfer relay automatically disconnects loads from the utility grid and powers them from the inverter in the event of an outage, allowing you to continue using solar and battery backup power. They have a sealed chassis that can operate in harsh environments, such as high humidity and corrosive salt air. Models are available for areas with nominal AC voltages of 230 VAC/50 Hz, and for areas with 120 VAC/60 Hz. DC cover included. 5-year warranty.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

The OutBack Grid-Tie International Series The OutBack GTFX and GVFX EXPORT 50 Hz grid-tie inverters can be used in countries with 230 V 50 Hz grids. As with the other OutBack inverters, the “T” models have a sealed chassis and an external cooling fan, and the “V” models have a fan-cooled, vented chassis. These inverters can be stacked in parallel for greater output, and also in 230/400 VAC three-phase. They are CE listed.

Please note that OutBack GFX International Series inverters are NOT Listed to UL 1741 and NOT intended for use in the U.S.A. or Canada. OutBack Grid-Tie International Series Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger amps

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

GVFX2612E

2,600 W

12 VDC

GVFX3024E

3,000 W

24 VDC

GVFX3048E

3,000 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

030-04053

20 W

125 A

4,600 W

20 W

80 A

5,750 W

23 W

40 A

5,750 W

030-04057 030-04052

61 lbs

030-04055

Sealed/Turbo Cooled Inverters GTFX2012E

2,000 W

12 VDC

GTFX2024E

2,000 W

24 VDC

GTFX2348E

2,300 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

20 W

100 A

4,600 W

20 W

50 A

5,750 W

23 W

30 A

5,750 W

62 lbs

030-04054 030-04056

Sealed Inverters GFX1312

1,300 W

12 VDC

GFX1424

1,400 W

24 VDC

030-04013

70 A 120 V/60 Hz

18 W

40 A

4,600 W

50 lbs

030-04014

GFX1548

1,500 W

48 VDC

20 A

030-04015

GFX1312E

1,300 W

12 VDC

70 A

030-04016

GFX1424E

1,400 W

24 VDC

GFX1448E

1,400 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

18 W

40 A

4,600 W

20 A

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

50 lbs

030-04017 030-04018

Grid-Tied Battery Backup

Ventilated Cooled Inverter

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

SMA Sunny Island Grid-Tie or Off-Grid Inverter The Sunny Island inverters are bi-directional battery-based inverter/chargers that can be used completely off-grid, or for battery backup in grid-tie systems with Sunny Boy grid-tie inverters. The Sunny Island includes sine wave output power and low idle losses as well as a 100 A battery charger, and offers an integrated data monitoring system with battery disconnect.

Grid-Tied Battery Backup

Grid-Tie System Backup with AC Coupling The Sunny Island can provide backup power for critical loads during utility grid blackouts. Combined with a Sunny Boy grid-tie inverter system and a bank of batteries, the Sunny Island will enable the PV array to power loads and charge the batteries. As an “AC-Coupled” system, the AC output of a Sunny Boy grid-tie inverter is connected to a critical-loads subpanel rather than the main panel. The subpanel is also connected to the AC output of one or more Sunny Island inverters. Under normal conditions, the power from the PV array and the Sunny Boy inverters passes through the subpanel and the Sunny Island’s built-in transfer switch on its way to the grid, without loss of efficiency. Likewise, grid power can pass the other direction when needed. During a power outage, the Sunny Island isolates itself from the grid and provides AC power to the emergency subpanel, drawing energy from the battery bank. The grid-tie Sunny Boy inverter will shut down during a blackout but will turn back on (after a 5-minute period) when AC power from the Sunny Island is present. The Sunny Boy inverter(s) will supply AC power to the backup load panel and, if enough power is available, will be used by the Sunny Island to charge the batteries. If the batteries are full, and the PV system is producing more power than the loads require, the Sunny Island will communicate with the Sunny Boy inverter (not HFUS series) to decrease its power output. If there are no loads and the batteries are full, the Sunny Boy inverter will automatically shut off to prevent battery over-charging. The battery bank is recommended to have 100 Ahr of capacity for every 1 kW of PV power. Off-Grid Power In off-grid systems, the Sunny Island works with Sunny Boy inverters exactly as it does with grid-tie systems during a grid outage. A generator can be connected to the Sunny Island’s AC input to provide backup and battery charging. The battery bank can also be charged using a PV array with a standard PWM or MPPT charge controller, or by other power sources like microhydro and wind turbines. Data Monitoring The Sunny Island utilizes removable SD cards to store performance data from the integrated data logger and to perform firmware upgrades. State-of-charge metering helps with battery management to ensure maximum battery life. The Sunny Island works with the SMA Sunny WebBox and SensorBox monitoring accessories, but not Bluetooth. One RS485 card is needed for communications. Only one card is needed for the master inverter in a multiple Sunny Island system. For an AC-coupled system an RS485 card is needed in each Sunny Boy inverter (use the Sunny Boy specific RS485 card). The Sunny Island inverters are 24"H x 18"W x 9"D, listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada and carry a 5-year warranty. Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

SI4548-US

4,500 W

48 VDC

120 VAC/60 Hz

25 W

100 A

11,000 W

139 lbs

030-03068

SI6048-US

5,750 W

48 VDC

120 VAC/60 Hz

25 W

100 A

11,000 W

139 lbs

030-03069

SI-485PB-NR

RS 485 card, terminator, and RJ45 cable for Sunny Island

It’s your best source for timely, comprehensive information on federal, state, local and utility incentives: www.dsireusa.org

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

310-00113

The Smartformer for the Sunny Island makes an easily installed solution to AC couple a single Sunny Island inverter with a single Sunny Boy inverter for either an off-grid system or a grid-tie system with backup power. The Smartformer provides the transformer needed to couple the 120 VAC Sunny Island to the 240 VAC Sunny Boy inverters, and provide 120/240 power to the critical load panel. The grid-tie feed is 120 VAC only. The Smartformer also provides a pre-wired bypass function and load shedding contactor and disconnects for all of the AC wiring. NEMA 1 enclosure, 24"H x 24"W x 9.25"D, Weight: 124 lbs. Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. 5-year warranty.

SMA Multicluster Box for the Sunny Island The Multicluster Box MC-12U for Sunny Island inverters enables easy installation of three-phase hybrid systems. Connect up to four parallel three-phase clusters, each consisting of three Sunny Island battery inverters, for up to 72 kW of inverter capacity. The Multicluster Box is pre-wired with 300 A main disconnect breakers for the grid or generator connections, loads, Sunny Boy inverters, plus 70 A AC input breakers for up to 12 Sunny Island battery inverters. The Multicluster Box also includes a load shedding contactor and communication cables. Each Multicluster Box requires a Piggyback card and each Sunny Boy and Sunny Island inverter requires an RS485 card.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

SMA SI-TD-BOX-10 Smartformer for the Sunny Island

NEMA 12 enclosure standard: NEMA 4 or 4X available. Size: 65"H x 48"W x 14"D. Weight: 485 lbs. Listed to UL 508A. 5-year warranty. Model

Description

Item code 300-00060

MC-12U

SMA Multicluster Box, three-phase only, up to 72 kW

030-03152

MC-PB

SMA Multicluster Piggyback Board, one per cluster

030-03153

SMA RS-485 card, one per inverter

030-03123

RS-485-N

Grid-Tied Battery Backup

SMA Smartformer

SI-TD-BOX-10

See Electrical Distribution Parts section for additional Sunny Island integration equipment.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Schneider Electric Conext XW Grid-Tie or Off-Grid Inverters and Systems The Conext XW Series hybrid inverter/charger has an innovative, integrated design that minimizes external balance-of-system components allowing for quick and easy installation as either a grid-tie battery backup system or a fully off-grid power system. The XW offers split-phase 120/240 VAC output from a single inverter. Up to 4 inverters can be paralleled for up to 24 kW of total output in a 120/240 V splitphase system, or operate in a 208 VAC 3-phase configuration with up to 2 inverters per phase (6 inverters total) for up to 36 kW of power. The XW inverters can be converted to 120 VAC only and 3 inverters can be configured into a 120/208 VAC three-phase system. Charge controllers, such as the Schneider Electric XW60-150 or the XW80-600, are required for use with any PV array (see Charge Controllers). Dual AC inputs enable AC generator input as well as grid interaction. An optional automatic generator start (AGS) unit is also available. A configurable auxiliary relay with an output of 250 mA at 12 VDC is included in each inverter. The inverter display panelsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; LEDs indicate AC-in status, faults/warnings, equalize mode, and battery state-of-charge. A three-character LCD display indicates output power or charge current. A battery temperature sensor is included with each inverter, but only one is needed per system. The Power Distribution Panel includes a conduit box and all AC/DC disconnects with wiring to support a single inverter. The distribution panel has enough space and knockouts to add up to 3 inverters and/or 4 charge controllers. A field-reversible door with a magnetic catch simplifies access to wiring. Each charge controller requires the input breaker and output breaker listed in the table below.

Grid-Tied Battery Backup

The XW Connection Kit contains everything needed to add a second inverter. For a third inverter, use one Connection Kit plus a pair of 5-foot 4/0 AWG inverter cables, with lugs on each end (see Wire and Cable). An external transfer switch will be required to enable the inverter bypass function. For four inverters, use two Power Distribution Panels and two Connection Kits. Use the XW conduit box to retrofit XW inverters into existing systems that already have AC/DC disconnects. The XW System Control Panel plugs into the Xanbus network and provides a central user interface to configure and monitor all components in the system. One is required per XW system. The Conext ComBox can be used to connect the XW to the internet (see next page). The XW comes with a 5-year warranty and is Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Dimensions of the inverter are 23"H x 16"W x 9"D. The inverter is field-serviceable on the wall. Schneider Electric Inverter/Charger System Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge output

Inverter weight

Item code

Grid-Tie and Off-Grid Inverters XW4024-120/240-60

4,000 W

24 VDC

120/240 V/60 Hz

24 W

150 A

8,400 W

116 lbs

030-01166

XW4548-120/240-60

4,500 W

48 VDC

120/240 V/60 Hz

26 W

85 A

9,000 W

118 lbs

030-01163

XW6048-120/240-60

6,000 W

48 VDC

120/240 V/60 Hz

28 W

100 A

12,600 W

122 lbs

030-01160

Grid-Tie and Off-Grid EXPORT Inverters XW4024-230-50

4,000 W

24 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

24 W

150 A

8,050 W

116 lbs

030-01178

XW4548-230-50

4,500 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

26 W

85 A

9,000 W

118 lbs

030-01177

XW6048-230-50

6,000 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

28 W

100 A

12,200 W

122 lbs

030-01176

XW Accessories XW Power Distribution Panel XW Connection Kit

030-01169

XW Connection Kit is needed for second additional inverter, includes breakers and conduit box

030-01172

XW Conduit Box

XW empty conduit box raceway

030-01175

XW-MPPT60-150

XW 60 A MPPT charge controller with built-in ground fault protection - 150 VDC max input voltage

020-08040

BREAKER 60A

Input circuit breaker for MPPT60-150 charge controller; 60 A 160 VDC

053-01038

BREAKER 80A

Output circuit breaker for MPPT60-150 charge controller; 80 A 125 VDC

053-01039

XW 80 A MPPT charge controller with built-in ground fault protection - 600 VDC max input voltage

020-08048

XW-MPPT80-600

XW Power Distribution Panel with conduit box for 1 XW inverter

SQD HU361RB

Input disconnect for MPPT80-600 charge controller; 30 A 600 VDC 3 pole

053-02312

BREAKER 100A

Output circuit breaker for MPPT80-600 charge controller; 100 A 125 VDC

053-01034

XW Auto Generator Start

Automatic generator start module for the XW system

030-01183

XW System Control Panel

Plugs into Xanbus network and provides a central user interface

030-01181

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Conext SW is an economical sine wave, off-grid or backup power inverter-charger. The SW series offers generator support for loads larger than the generator can power on its own. The US version has split-phase 120/240 VAC output from each inverter, while the EXPORT version has 230 VAC 50 Hz output. Use the stacking kits for two inverters to double the power output per system. Battery input for all Conext SW inverters is 24 VDC. The XW System Control Panel (SCP), Automatic Generator Start (AGS), and Conext CM Communication devices work with these inverters. Compatible with XW and other charge controls. Comes with a battery temperature sensor. 41.8"H x 34.1"W x 19.7"D. Listed to UL 1741, CE for EXPORT versions. 2-year standard warranty. Conext SW Inverters and Accessories

SW2524-120

Continuous output 2,000 W

Battery voltage 24 VDC

SW4024-120

3,500 W

24 VDC

Model

AC out volts/hertz 120/240 VAC 60 Hz

No load draw 38 W

Charger output 65 A

AC surge output 4,000 W

120/240 VAC 60 Hz

40 W

90 A

7,000 W

Weight

Item code

50 lbs

030-02059

67 lbs

030-02060

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Conext SW Off-Grid Inverters and Systems

Conext SW Inverters - EXPORT SW2524-230

2,500 W

24 VDC

230 VAC 50 Hz

38 W

65 A

5,000 W

50 lbs

030-02061

SW4024-230

3,500 W

24 VDC

230 VAC 50 Hz

40 W

90 A

7,000 W

67 lbs

030-02062

Conext SW Accessories RNW8651016 RNW8651017 RNW865101761 RNW865101961

053-00050

Conext SW AC Breaker Panel, 120/240 VAC output/bypass and input breakers, pre-wired

053-00051

Conext SW Export AC Breaker Panel, 230 VAC output/bypass and input breakers, pre-wired

053-00052

Conext SW AC Breaker kit stacked 120/240 VAC

053-00053

Conext SW EXPORT AC Breaker kit stacked 230 VAC

053-00054

NEW! Conext ComBox The Conext ComBox can be used to view, datalog, and control XW and SW inverters over the internet. With a web browser or Android device view current and historical system performance. The user or installer can see system alerts, and settings can be changed remotely during system setup. A Micro-SD card provides additional data storage. 6.7"W x 4.5"H x 2.1"D. 5-year warranty. The Conext Modbus Converter links the Conext devices to a third party monitoring system. Conext SW Inverters and Accessories Model

Description

Item code

RNW8651058

Conext ComBox for XW and SW inverters

300-00073

RNW8651059

Conext Modbus Converter

300-00074

Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s your best source for timely, comprehensive information on federal, state, local and utility incentives: www.dsireusa.org

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grid-Tied Battery Backup

RNW8651019

Conext SW DC Breaker Panel, 250 A main breaker, Pos and Neg busbars

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack Off-Grid Inverters The higher powered ventilated OutBack VFX version is a better choice in high ambient temperature applications or where generator-powered battery charging is an important part of system battery charging. The sealed, externally fan-cooled OutBack FX is designed to survive harsh environments. Each inverter/charger is a complete power conversion system that includes a DC to AC inverter, battery charger,and AC transfer switch. Additional inverter/chargers can be added at any time either in parallel (120 VAC), series (120/240 VAC), or three-phase (120Y208 VAC) configurations, allowing the system to be tailored to the specific application. With the addition of an X-240 autotransformer, multiple inverter systems can be set up to provide 120/240 VAC split-phase output with full power on either 120 VAC leg of the system. Up to 10 inverters can be connected together to provide up to 36 kW of continuous power capacity using the HUB and the MATE controller. The integrated battery charger operates in five stages: BULK (constant current output), ABSORB (constant voltage output), FLOAT (reduced voltage output), SILENT (no charger output), and EQUALIZE (constant voltage regulation overcharging). Charge time in each stage is adjustable to maximize the performance of the charger and battery system. Each OutBack inverter has a programmable, auxiliary relay output connection (AUX) that provides 12 VDC output to run cooling or ventilation fans or to operate an external relay for other functions, such as remote generator starting (two-wire), to disconnect external charging sources (such as PV), or to turn on a diversion load for voltage regulation. Please note that the AUX relay is used to power the external cooling fan of the FX sealed inverters, so it is not available for other uses. The transfer switch is rated for 60 A. When an external source of AC power (either a generator or the utility grid) is detected at the “AC inˮ terminal on the inverter, the switch operates to transfer the loads to the external power source, and then activates the battery charger to recharge the battery bank.

Off-Gri

Inverters with an M-suffix are an RV/marine version. They have a transfer switch that switches hot and neutral. Dimensions: 16.25"L x 8.25"W x 11.5"H. Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Standard 5-year warranty. OutBack Off-Grid Inverters Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

AC surge output

Weight

Item code

US Models – can be connected in series 120/240, parallel or 3-phase Y 208 VAC Ventilated Cooled Inverters VFX2812

2,800 W

12 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

20 W

125 A

4,800 W

61 lbs

030-04149

VFX2812M

2,800 W

12 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

20 W

125 A

4,800 W

61 lbs

030-04146

VFX3524

3,500 W

24 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

20 W

85 A

6,000 W

61 lbs

030-04155

VFX3648

3,600 W

48 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

23 W

45 A

6,000 W

61 lbs

030-04157

Sealed/Turbo Cooled Inverters FX2012T

2,000 W

12 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

20 W

80 A

4,800 W

63 lbs

030-04147

FX2012MT

2,000 W

12 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

20 W

80 A

4,800 W

63 lbs

030-04145

FX2524T

2,500 W

24 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

20 W

55 A

6,000 W

63 lbs

030-04119

FX3048T

3,000 W

48 VDC

120 V/60 Hz

23 W

35 A

6,000 W

63 lbs

030-04121

EXPORT Models – can be connected in parallel or 3-phase Y 400 VAC Ventilated Cooled Inverters VFX2612E

2,600 W

12 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

20 W

120 A

4,600 W

61 lbs

030-04134

VFX3024E

3,000 W

24 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

20 W

85 A

5,750 W

61 lbs

030-04136

VFX3048E

3,000 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

23 W

45 A

5,750 W

61 lbs

030-04138

Sealed/Turbo Cooled Inverters FX2012ET

2,000 W

12 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

20 W

100 A

4,600 W

63 lbs

030-04140

FX2024ET

2,000 W

24 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

20 W

55 A

5,750 W

63 lbs

030-04144

FX2348ET

2,300 W

48 VDC

230 V/50 Hz

23 W

35 A

5,750 W

63 lbs

030-04142

AEE Solar carries the entire OutBack Power product line. If you don’t see what you’re looking for here, call to arrange a special order.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use the FX-DCA to connect 2" conduit to the DC side of the inverter or to connect inverters to the FW500DC or FW-1000DC. Use the FX-ACA or SP-ACA to connect to the AC side of the inverter. The FW-SP-ACA can be used in place of the FXACA and offers surge protection. Use either one to connect inverters to the FW-500DC or FW-1000DC. Use the FW-SP-250 to replace the lid on the FW250. These surge protectors offer protection on both input and output AC and inverter DC surge protection. A separate SP should be used with each inverter. OutBack Inverter Accessories Model

Description

Item code

2" conduit adapter – required to mount inverter to FLEXware 500 or 1000

030-04163

AC wiring compartment extension – required to mount FX or VFX to FLEXware 500 or 1000

030-04169

FW-SP-ACA

AC wiring compartment extension with AC and DC surge arrestor

030-04290

FW-SP-250

Surge arrestor for FW250 - replaces the lid of the FW250

030-04292

Replacement surge protector board for FW-SP-ACA and FW250

030-04294

DCA FW-ACA

FW-SP-R

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack Inverter Accessories

OutBack MATE Remote Monitors

The MATE3 system display and controller is the next generation of communication interface providing control of every aspect of an OutBack Power System. Program and monitor your power system with an intuitive user interface and integrated configuration wizard. An easy-to-read backlit graphical LCD display, a user set “favoriteˮ key, and scroll wheel operation allow easy adjustment of system setpoints. Expandable SD card memory allows you to increase data logging capacity as well as upgrade units in the field. Built-in clock and calendar enable timer-based programming, permitting the user to set the system up to work with time-of-day utility rates, or set up a generator to only run at certain times of the day or week. The MATE3 has permanent memory and is internet-enabled for remote monitoring. The MATE3-USB card can be installed in the MATE3 so it can be connected to a local PC via a USB port. This enables PC command and control of the MATE3 system. The USB cable is included. The USB driver and manual are available for download at www.outbackpower.com MATE Remote Monitors and HUBs Model MATE

Description Original MATE, grey oval housing with a Cat 5 cable

Item code 030-04180 030-04180-B

MATE-B

Black version of original MATE, oval black housing with cable

MATE2

Flush-mount version of original MATE, black square housing with cable

030-04181

MATE3

System Control with full graphical display and CAT 5 cable

030-04178

MATE3 USB card for PC connection to a MATE3

300-00065

MATE3-USB

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Off-Gri

The OutBack MATE is a complete system controller and display for both the OutBack inverter/charger and OutBack MPPT PV charge controller. It provides a display of the operation and allows control and adjustment of system set-points. The OutBack MATE also coordinates the operation of the entire system to maximize performance and to prevent multiple products from conflicting. A single OutBack MATE is able to connect to multiple inverter/chargers to OutBack MPPT PV charge controllers and to other OutBack power conversion and control products. A maximum of ten OutBack products can be connected to a single MATE via Cat 5 Ethernet-style cabling with 8-wire RJ45 modular connectors and the OutBack HUB-10 communication manager. The OutBack MATE also includes an optoisolated RS-232 port with a DB9 jack for connection to the serial port of a PC or laptop. The MATE2 has a flush-mount black face for panel or in-wall mounting.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack FLEXnet DC System Monitor

The FLEXnet DC System Monitor integrates with an OutBack MATE communications device, providing data concerning your system’s health, performance and efficiency. Easily see your system’s current condition with this at-a-glance display. The FLEXnet DC shows battery state-of-charge and monitors the amount of power your system is currently producing and consuming as well as the amount of power going IN or OUT of your battery bank. It allows the MATE to display real-time production monitoring of DC sources, such as a solar array or small wind turbine, as well as consumption by loads. It also displays the cumulative energy your system has produced and consumed as well as the total amount of energy that has gone to charging your batteries each day. You can also view each day’s lowest state-of-charge, see how your overall system production compares to system consumption, review historical energy production and consumption data for the most recent 128 days, including the minimum battery state-of-charge reached for each day, and watch power system production and consumption trends. A HUB is required to use the FLEXnet DC. A HUB is required to connect more than one inverter to the same load or to connect inverters, MATEs, FLEXnet DCs and FLEXmax charge controllers to allow programming and monitoring of the entire system by the MATE. The remote temperature sensor (RTS) is important for accurate battery charging, especially if the batteries get very warm or cold. If used with a HUB, one temperature sensor can be shared by all connected OutBack inverters and FM charge controllers. MATE Remote Monitors and HUBs and The FLEXnet DC System Monitor Model

Description

Item code

Advanced DC System Monitor, uses one DC breaker space, requires a MATE

030-04187

HUB4

Communications HUB for up to 4 devices (inverters, charge controllers, FNDC) in addition to a MATE

030-04185

HUB10.3

Communications HUB for up to 10 devices (inverters, charge controllers, FNDC) in addition to a MATE

030-04188

RTS

Remote temperature sensor for inverter or charge control with 20' cable

030-04190

AXS Port

AXS MODBUS interface for internet control of selected OutBack devices

029-06500

FLEXnet DC

Off-Grid

Off-Grid or On, OutBack Powers the Solution. Radian Series Inverter/Charger The acclaimed 8kW twin-module Radian GS8048 is joined by the new 4kW GS4048A, bringing Radian excellence to a wider range of residential and commercial installations. Unparalleled installation and operational flexibility Advanced Grid/Hybrid design Backed by OutBack’s industry-leading technical support

FX Series Inverter/Charger Proven in mission-critical installations for over a decade, OutBack FX Series off-grid and gridinteractive inverter/chargers remain the industry’s benchmark for performance and reliability. Over 45 options including world voltages and frequencies Sealed or vented models Rugged design for use in the most extreme applications

OutBack’s Grid/Hybrid Radian Series inverter/charger is ideal for any residential or commercial power conversion need, including AC-coupling. Photo courtesy of Gulf South Solar, Baton Rouge, LA

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

OutBack Power | Masters of the Off-Grid™, First Choice for the New Grid. | 1 (360) 435.6030 | www.outbackpower.com

FLEXware 250 The FLEXware 250 offers a low-cost solution for single inverter installations where space and budget are of primary concern. Use one FLEXware250 on each end of the inverter, one for DC and one for AC. There is space for an array breaker and single pole GFDI for one charge controller. Use panel mount breakers (see Electrical Distribution) for both DC and AC circuits, and one 175 A or 250 A breaker for the main inverter breaker. FLEXware 500 and 1000 The FLEXware 500 supports up to two inverter/chargers and two charge controllers in an attractive, versatile, and code-compliant package for installations where more power is needed. The FLEXware 1000 accommodates up to four inverter/chargers and four charge controllers. Multiple power panels can be used for systems up to 36 kW. Both the FLEXware 500 and 1000 systems provide ample locations for AC and DC breakers, DC current shunts, an autotransformer, and other items required in higher kW systems. The FLEXware MP mounting plate is used with both FLEXware 500 and FLEXware 1000 enclosures. Use two mounting plates for the FLEXware 1000. Use ¾" panel mount breakers for DC circuits up to 100 A and 1" or 1 ½" panel mount breakers (see Electrical Distribution) for 125, 175, or 250 A inverter breakers. For AC, use DIN mount breakers.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack FLEXware

FLEXware Integration Hardware FW250, FW500, and FW1000 Model FW250

FLEXware 250 Power System Box and IOB Kits

Inverters

FLEXware 250 enclosure with TBB-ground, for one inverter (one for DC and one for AC) and one charge control IOB kit includes three 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate

FW-IOBS-230VAC

IOB kit includes three 30 A 230 VAC breakers and breaker bypass slide plate - EXPORT

030-04205 1

030-04230 030-04233

FLEXware Mounting Plate FW-MP

FLEXware Mounting plate for FLEXware 500 and 1000 enclosures (2 required for FW1000 systems)

FW500-AC

FLEXware 500 enclosure with TBB-ground, DIN rail for AC breakers

030-04215

FW500-DC

FLEXware 500 enclosure with DC breaker bracket, TBB, BBUS, 500 A shunt

030-04212

030-04260

FLEXware 500 Power System Boxes and IOB Kits

FW-IOBD-120/240VAC

IOB kit includes six 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate, busbars, wire

FW-IOBD-120VAC

IOB kit includes six 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate, busbars, wire

030-04240

FW-IOBD-230VAC

IOB kit includes six 30 A 230 VAC breakers and breaker bypass slide plate, TBB, wire - EXPORT

030-04243

1 or 2

030-04237

FLEXware 1000 Power System Boxes and IOB Kits FW1000-AC

FLEXware 1000 enclosure with TBB-ground, DIN Rail for AC breakers

up to 4

030-04223

FW1000-DC

FLEXware 1000 enclosure with DC Breaker bracket, TBB, 2 SBUS, BBUS, 500 A Shunt

up to 4

030-04221

FW-IOBQ-120/240VAC FW-IOBQ-230/AC FW-IOBT-120/208VAC FW-IOBT-230/400VAC

IOB kit includes twelve 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate, busbars, wire IOB kit includes twelve 30 A 230 VAC breakers and bypass slide plate, TBB, wire EXPORT IOB kit includes nine 60 A 120 VAC breakers and AC breaker bypass slide plate, busbars, wire IOB kit includes nine 30 A 230 VAC breakers and bypass slide plate, TBB, wire - EXPORT ONLY

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

030-04247 4

030-04251 030-04253

030-04255

Off-Grid

FW-IOBS-120VAC

Item code

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

FLEXware Options

When adding charge controllers, additional inverters or circuit breakers, these components may be necessary. FLEXware Options Model FW-X2401 OBR-16-30 VDC250 VAC-DIN

Description

Item code

4 kVA 120/240 VAC autotransformer with 25 A 2-pole breaker for mounting inside FLEXware 500 and 1000 AC enclosures

030-04270

Relay 16 A maximum 30 VDC/250 VAC rated DIN rail mount

030-04193

PNL-GFDI-80

PV ground fault detector interrupter, 150 VDC, 80 A, 1 pole, panel mount

053-03144

PNL-GFDI-80D

PV ground fault detector interrupter, 150 VDC, 80 A, 2 pole, panel mount

053-03145

PNL-GFDI-80Q

PV ground fault detector interrupter, 150 VDC, 80 A, 4 pole, panel mount

053-03146

FW-SHUNT250

500 A 50 mv current shunt for top of vented inverter under top cover, with busbar to connect to negative post

030-04275

FW-SHUNT500

500 A 50 mv current shunt for FW500 and FW1000 includes terminal busbar with white insulator

030-04277

TBB-GROUND

Ground/neutral terminal busbar with mounting screws (no insulators).

030-04356

TBB-WHITE

Busbar with white insulators for grounded conductors (usually negative or neutral)

030-04354

TBB-BLACK

Busbar with black insulators

030-04353

TBB-RED

Busbar with red insulators

030-04355

TBB-BLUE

Busbar with blue insulators (for 3-phase and EXPORT versions)

030-04359

Busbar with brown insulators (for EXPORT versions)

030-04352

FW-BBUS

FLEXware Breaker Bus connector two 175-250 A, three 100-125 A, four 1-80 A DC breakers or three 500 A DC shunts

030-04280

FW-SBUS

FLEXware shunt bus connector allows up to four high current cable connections on same side of DC shunt

030-04284

FW-CCB

FLEXmax charge controller mounting bracket for one side mounted on FW500 or FW1000 DC enclosures – with hardware

030-04263

FW-CCB2

FLEXmax charge controller mounting bracket for two side mounted on FW500 or FW1000 DC enclosures – with hardware

030-04265

FLEXmax charge controller mounting bracket for two top mounted on FW500 or FW1000 DC enclosures – with hardware

030-04267

FW-MB1

MATE mounting bracket for the side of a FLEXware enclosure

030-04182

FW-MB2

MATE2 mounting bracket for the side of a FLEXware enclosure

030-04183

FW-MB3

MATE3 mounting bracket for the side of a FLEXware enclosure

030-04175

FW-MB3-F

MATE3 flat mounting plate for flush mounting

030-04176

FW-MB3-S

MATE3 surface mounting bracket

030-04177

Off-Grid

TBB-BROWN

FW-CCB2-T

1 The FW-X240 Autotransformer cannot be used for stacking with a grid-interactive FX system. However, the FW-X240 can be used to step up the AC output of a single grid-interactive FX system from 120 VAC to 240 VAC.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

True Sine Wave Off-Grid Inverter/Chargers MM-Series Sine Wave Inverter/Charger The MMS Series sine wave inverters provide a cost-effective solution for smaller power needs in mobile applications. The MMS is smaller, lighter, and less expensive, while retaining all the built-in protection and reliability of the larger ME and MS models. The MMS charger has an 85% efficient PFC (power factor corrected) charger. The MMS1012G model comes with a flexible cord on the AC input and a GFCI outlet for easy connection to AC appliances. Optional MMS-RC-25 remote control available. The MMS Series is Listed to UL 458 for the U.S.A. and Canada. MMS units have a 2-year warranty. Made in U.S.A. MS-Series Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers The MS Series inverter/charger is a sine wave inverter designed for the most demanding mobile and off-grid applications. The powerful, easy to use, MS Series inverters are available in 12, 24, and 48 VDC versions. The MS4024 can be series stacked, using the ME-SSI, for 120/240 VAC operations, and 8 kW total output. The MS2012-20B has two 20 A AC breakers built-in. The M4024-PAE and MS4448-PAE have 120/240 VAC split-phase output and can power 240 VAC loads without stacking. As many as four MS-PAE inverters can be paralleled for larger systems up to 17.6 kW with 120/240 VAC split-phase output (ME-RTR router required). The ME-RC50, ME-ARC50, or ME-RTR controller is required for inverter programming. The MS Series is Listed to UL 458 for mobile use and UL 1741 for off-grid installations. The MS-PAE series is Listed to UL1741. Dimensions: 13.75"H x 12.65"W x 8"D. MS units have a 3-year warranty, which is extended to 5-years when installed with the Magnum panels. Made in U.S.A. See Magnum's integration hardware pages for MS and MS-PAE inverters. The Magnum MSH series inverters are similar to the MS Series, but add the generator support feature. When the generator is supplying power through the inverter, and the load is too large for the generator alone, the inverter will add battery power to help power the loads. The RE version is Listed to UL 1741 and the M versions are Listed to UL 458 for mobile applications. The MSH inverters use the same options and accessories as the MS inverters Magnum True Power Systems Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers Model MMS1012 MMS1012G MS2012 MS2012-20B MS2812 MS4024 MS4024-PAE MS4448-PAE

Continuous Battery output voltage

Item code

23 lbs

25 W

100 A

3,300 W

42 lbs

12 VDC 30 W 125 A 3,900 W 24 VDC 25 W 105 A 5,800 W 24 VDC 27 W 105 A 5,800 W 120/240 VAC/60 Hz 48 VDC 25 W 60 A 8,500 W Magnum Sine Wave MSH Inverter/Chargers 24 VDC 25 W 110 A 5,800 W 120 VAC / 60 Hz 12 VDC 30 W 125 A 3,900 W 24 VDC 25 W 110 A 5,800 W Magnum Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers - EXPORT 12 VDC 19 W 40 A 1,600 W 12 VDC 20 W 75 A 3,100 W 230 VAC/50 Hz 12 VDC 34 W 125 A 4,100 W 24 VDC 30 W 105 A 6,300 W 48 VDC 28 W 55 A 7,500 W

55 lbs 55 lbs 55 lbs 55 lbs

030-02320 030-02321 030-02332 030-02334 030-02336 030-02338 030-02342 030-02341

58 lbs 55 lbs 55 lbs

030-02347 030-02348 030-02349

23 lbs 53 lbs 53 lbs 53 lbs 53 lbs

030-02346 030-02345 030-02344 030-02343 030-02331

12 VDC

2,800 W 4,000 W 4,000 W 4,400 W

900 W 1,500 W 2,700 W 4,100 W 4,300 W

Weight

1,750 W

2,000 W

MMS912E MS1512E MS2712E MS4124PE MS4348PE

AC surge output (5 sec)

50 A

12 VDC

4,000 W 3,000 W 4,000 W

No load Charger draw output 19 W

1,000 W

MSH4024RE MSH3012M MSH4024M

AC out volts/hertz

120 VAC/60 Hz

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Off-Grid

MSH-Series Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy

Repair costs getting too expensive?

Maybe it’s time to replace your inverter. If repair costs on your existing Sine Wave inverter are getting too expensive, it might be time to replace it with a new MSH-RE Inverter/Charger from Magnum Energy. The MSH-RE (MSH4024RE) combines the tried and tested engineering of Magnum’s MS line with hybrid technology that make it an optimal choice for your renewable and backup power needs. MSH-RE Series Hybrid Technology:

MSH-RE Inverter/Charger Features:

Most inverters only use one source of energy to power loads, either from incoming AC power – utility or AC generator – or from the batteries. The MSH-RE Series combines the energy from both sources to power loads. This allows the inverter to recharge the batteries when there is surplus power or deliver more power to the loads if they require more than the AC input can supply by itself.

 120 VAC 60 Hz output  Two 60 amp AC inputs: Grid input at 60A Generator input at 60A  Load Support parallels the inverter output with incoming AC sources allowing it to run larger loads from smaller generators  Works with any Magnum accessory, including the AGS, remotes, and the Magnum router.

To learn more about Magnum products visit www.magnumenergy.com

MM-Series Inverters for mobile use The MM Series inverter and inverter/charger are designed for small appliances in mobile systems, boats and RVâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s. The MM is smaller, lighter, and less expensive than the ME while retaining all the built-in protection and reliability of ME models. The MM1212 model uses an efficient PFC (power-factorcorrected) charger. The MM612 model comes with an AC transfer switch but does not have a battery charger. The easy-to-use MM Series are cost-effective and come with a 2-year warranty. Listed to UL 458. Dimensions: 16.6"H x 8.4"W x 4.7"D. ME-AE Series Inverters for residential use The MM-AE Series inverter/charger is designed for entertainment systems and small appliances in smaller remote homes. The MM is smaller, lighter, and less expensive than the ME while retaining all the built-in protection and reliability of ME models. The MM models use an efficient PFC (powerfactor-corrected) charger and the same charger topology as all Magnum models. The 600 and 1,500 W models have a 12 VDC input; a 1,500 W model with a 24 VDC input is also available. The powerful, easy-to-use MM-AE Series are cost-effective and come with a 2-year warranty. Not Listed. Dimensions: 16.6"H x 8.4"W x 4.7"D.

RD-Series Inverters The RD Series 12 VDC inverter/charger is designed specifically for off-grid use with the same chassis as the MS sine wave inverters. Includes power-factor-corrected charger, modified sine wave inverter and battery temperature sensor. The RD inverters are Listed to UL 1741 and include a 2-year warranty. Dimensions: 13.8"H x 12.7"W x 8"D. Magnum Modified-Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

MM612

600 W

MM1212

1,200 W

MM612-AE

600 W

MM1512-AE

1,500 W

MM1524-AE

1,500 W

ME2012

2,000 W

ME2512

2,500 W

ME3112

3,100 W

RD2212

2,200 W

RD1824

1,800 W

RD2824

2,800 W

RD3924

3,900 W

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Charger output

Peak AC surge

Weight

Item code

12 VDC

10 W

N/A

1,100 W

14 lbs

030-02308

12 VDC

16 W

70 A

2,100 W

20 lbs

030-02309

10 W

30 A

1,100 W

16 lbs

030-02302

18 W

70 A

2,100 W

22 lbs

030-02306

35 A

2,650 W

22 lbs

030-02303

12 VDC 24 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC

120 VAC/60 Hz

20 W

100 A

3,700 W

37 lbs

030-02305

23 W

120 A

5,000 W

41 lbs

030-02311

25 W

160 A

6,000 W

46 lbs

030-02315

20 W

110 A

3,700 W

37 lbs

030-02326

12 W

50 A

4,000 W

35 lbs

030-02322

19 W

80 A

6,000 W

42 lbs

030-02324

25 W

105 A

9,000 W

53 lbs

030-02328

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Off-Grid

ME-Series Inverters for mobile use Designed for RV use, the ME Series 12 VDC inverter/charger charges batteries efficiently even at low AC voltage from low-cost generators. The modified sine wave inverter keeps the cost down and a battery temperature sensor optimizes charging. ME inverters have 3 power levels and built-in ground switching required for mobile inverters that may connect to utility power. ME inverters are Listed to UL 458 in the U.S.A. and Canada for RV, marine and mobile use and come with a 2-year warranty. Listed to UL 458 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Dimensions: 13.8"H x 12.7"W x 8"D.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy Modified-Sine Wave Inverter/Chargers

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy Accessories and Options The optional ME-RC50 remote control is simple to use yet enables use of all the set-up features of the ME, MS, MS-ME, and RD Series inverters. The ME-RC50 controls the ME-AGS automatic generator start using a network connection to the inverter. This remote has convenient fingertip operation, including one-knob programming. The ME-ARC50 advanced remote offers even more control of the setup including custom battery charge set-points. The ME-RTR has all of the functions of the ME-ARC50 and is required for paralleling PAE inverters. An ME-RC50 can be used with the ME-RTR as a remote display. The MM-RC25 provides on/off control and a quick indication of inverter and charger operation for the MM and MMS inverters. The ME-BMK monitors battery percentage state-of-charge (SOC), along with amps, voltage, amp-hours and min/max DC volts, and then provides this information in an easy-to-understand display via the MEARC50, or ME-RTR remotes. Kit includes a sense module, shunt, and wiring. The ME-MW-E Magweb with Ethernet connects the Magnum system to the internet for remote monitoring via the data.magnumenergy.com site. This unit connects to your broadband router via Ethernet cable. It monitors the inverter, battery monitor and generator start module. The ME-MW-W is similar to the Ethernet version except that it will communicate to your broadband router via a wireless bridge. Maximum range for the wireless is up to 300' if unobstructed. There is both a transmitter and receiver gateway that wires to your network. The receiver gateway requires 120 VAC power. Both units are supplied with all the needed cables. They are compatible with the ME-RC50, ME-ARC50, and ME-RTR. With the ME-RTR it can only monitor one inverter in the system.

Off-Grid

The optional Auto Generator Start (ME-AGS) module automatically starts and stops most major generator brands. The generator can automatically start based on low battery voltage or on the inside temperature, starting a generator to run an air conditioner when the temperature of an RV or cabin rises to a user defined level. The ME-AGS-S is the stand alone version of Magnum Energy's Automatic Generator Start controllers and can be used in power systems that don't have a Magnum inverter. The ME-AGS-N is the network version of Magnum Energy's Automatic Generator Start controllers and is set up and operated via a Magnum Energy Inverter and ME-RC50 or ME-ARC50 remote panel. When using the ME-RC50 Remote, the ME-AGS-N has basic adjustments starting on battery voltage or temperature. When using the ME-ARC50 Remote, the ME-AGS-N has advanced start and stop settings based on: time of day, battery State-of-Charge, battery voltage, high temperature, or inverter load amps. The ME-AGS-N also includes the ability to manually turn the generator on and off, generator exercise, warm-up and cool-down. The optional ME-SSI allows a series connection of two MS4024 inverters for 120/240 VAC split phase output at 8 kW total power output. Magnum Accessories and Options Weight

Item code

MM-RC25

Model

Remote control for MM, MM-AE, and MMS inverters

2 lbs

030-02355

ME-RC50

Remote control for Magnum inverters with 50' cable for all inverters

2 lbs

030-02351

ME-ARC50

Advanced Remote for Magnum inverters with 50'cable for ME, MS, MS- PAE, RD

2 lbs

030-02352

ME-RTR

Magnum Router for parallel stacking of MS-PAE inverter, Stacking cables included

2 lbs

030-02350

Battery monitor kit - ME-ARC50 or ME-RTR required with this item

4 lbs

020-06379

Battery monitor kit without Shunt- ME-ARC50 or ME-RTR required with this item

2 lbs

020-06380

ME-MW-W

Magweb Web-based monitoring kit - Wireless

3 lbs

029-08000

ME-BMK ME-BMK- NS ME-MW-E

Magweb Web-based monitoring kit - Ethernet

3 lbs

029-08001

ME-AGS-N

Automatic generator start â&#x20AC;&#x201C; network version for use with Magnum inverters and ME-RC50

4 lbs

020-06377

ME-AGS-S

Automatic generator start â&#x20AC;&#x201C; standalone version

4 lbs

020-06375

ME-SSI

Series stacking cable kit for MS-4024 ONLY

10 lbs

030-02362

ME-CB

Conduit Box for ME, MS, ME-AE, and RD inverters

4 lbs

030-02360

Bezel for RC50 (standard on the ARC50)

1 lb

310-00115

ME-RC-BZ

Descriptions

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The MMP - Mini Magnum Panel - is an inclusive, easy-to-install panel designed to work with one Magnum MS-AE, MS, RD or other non-Magnum inverter/charger. The MMP features a small footprint and comes prewired for fast installation. Circuit breakers and the optional remote control mount on the front of the cabinet. Dimensions are 12.5"W x 18"H x 8"D. They are Listed to UL 1741 and CSA C22.2 107-01. Each MMP includes one DC breaker – 175 A or 250 A, one AC bypass breaker – 30 A dual pole or 60 A single pole, one AC input breaker – 30 A dual pole or 60 A single pole, a 500 A/50 mV shunt, DIN rail provided for up to eight DC ½" DIN mount breakers, or if the DIN rail is removed, four 1" wide surface mount breakers (see Electrical Distribution). Panels are available for inverters with 120 VAC output and 120/240 VAC output. MMP Mini Magnum Panel Model

DC main breaker

AC output breaker

Use with

Item code

MMP250-30D

250

30 A @120/240 VAC

MS4024-PAE

030-02380

MMP250-60S

250

60 A @ 120 VAC

All ME, MS4024, MS2812, MS2012, RD3924

030-02381

MMP175-30D

175

30 A @120/240 VAC

MS4448-PAE

030-02382

175

60 A @ 120 VAC

RD2824 or RD1824

MMP175-60S BP-MMP

Back Plate MMP (fits 1 - MMP)

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy MMP Mini Magnum Panel

030-02383 030-02396

Off-Grid

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Magnum Energy MP Magnum Panels The MP Magnum Panels are available in three sizes, each with either a 30 A two-pole 120/240 VAC output breaker or a 60 A 120 VAC output breaker. They are designed for use with two series-stacked MS4024 inverters, or up to four parallel connected MS-PAE inverters. The MPSL (Magnum panel, single enclosure, low capacity) accommodates up to 2 inverters with the use of an MPX Extension Box. It includes a 175 or 250 A DC breaker, a 125 A AC bypass breaker, a 500 A/50 mV shunt and inverter AC input protection, and all AC/DC wiring for dual inverters (source/ load wiring not included). There is space for five 1" back mount breakers or ten ½" DIN mount breakers on the DC side. The MPSH (Magnum panel, single enclosure, high capacity) accommodates a maximum of 3 inverters. One inverter can be connected directly to the MPSH. Each additional inverter requires an MPX. The MPSH includes one 175 or 250 A DC breaker, a 125 A AC bypass breaker, a 1,000 A/100 mV shunt and inverter AC input protection, and all AC/DC wiring for dual inverters (source/load wiring not included). NOTE: There are no spaces for extra DC breakers in this panel, so its use may be limited to backup systems. Use the MPDH for 3 or 4 inverter with solar or other DC input.

The MPDH (Magnum panel, dual enclosure, high capacity) accommodates as many as 4 inverters with 2 enclosures – one for AC and one for DC connections. Two inverters can be connected to the MPDH. The third and fourth inverters require one MPX for each. The MPDH includes two 175 or 250 A DC breakers, a 125 A AC bypass breaker, a 1,000 A/100 mV shunt and inverter AC input protection, and all AC/DC wiring for dual inverters (source/load wiring not included). There is room for seven 1" back mount breakers or fourteen ½" DIN mount breakers on the DC side.

Off-Grid

Mount and connect additional inverters to MP Series Systems Panels using MPX Series Extension Boxes. They mate to the bottom of Magnum MS4024 or the MS-PAE inverters. The boxes include a 175 or 250 A DC breaker and all AC and DC inverter wiring for adding another inverter. Left and right-hand versions mount on either side of an MP Panel. An MP-HOOD inverter hood (not shown) allows vertical mounting. Choose from the extension box models depending on the type MP enclosure to be installed and which side of the MP enclosure it will be installed on. MP Magnum Panels Model

DC main breaker quantity

Main breaker spaces

AC bypass breaker assembly

Use with

Item code

MPSL175-30D

1 - 175 A

60 A

MS4448-PAE

030-02406

MPSL250-30D

1 - 250 A

60 A

MS4024-PAE

030-02384

MPSL250-60S

1 - 250 A

60 A

MS4024

030-02385

MPSH175-30D

1 - 175 A

125 A

MS4448-PAE

030-02407

MPSH250-30D

1 - 250 A

125 A

MS4024-PAE

030-02388

MPDH175-30D

2 - 175 A

125 A

MS4448-PAE

030-02408

MPDH250-30D

2 - 250 A

125 A

MS4024-PAE

030-02389

MPXS175-30D-L

1 - 175 A

LEFT-side mounting

030-02409

MPXS175-30D-R

1 - 175 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPSL175-30D, MPSH175-30D

MPXS250-30D-L

1 - 250 A

LEFT-side mounting

MPXS250-30D-R

1 - 250 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPSL250-30D, MPSH250-30D

030-02399

MPXS250-60S-L

1 - 250 A

LEFT-side mounting

MPXS250-60S-R

1 - 250 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPXD175-30D-L

1 - 175 A

LEFT-side mounting

MPXD175-30D-R

1 - 175 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPXD250-30D-L

1 - 250 A

LEFT-side mounting

1 - 250 A

RIGHT-side mounting

MPXD250-30D-R

MPHD175-30D MPHD250-30D

030-02400 030-02401 030-02402 030-02411 030-02412 030-02403 030-02404

BP-S

Back Plate Single (fits 1 MPSL, 1 MPSH, 1 MPX)

030-02394

BP-D

Back Plate Double (fits 1 MPDH or 1 MPSH + 1 MPX)

030-02395

MP-CCB

Charge controller bracket for mounting controller on MP or MMP

030-02405

MPX-CB

Panel Extension Conduit Box (conduit box only – no AC or DC breakers, no wiring)

030-02397

Panel Hood (included in MMP, MPSL, MPSH, MPDH)

030-02398

MP-HOOD 100

MPSL-60S

030-02410

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SureSine 300 W Off-Grid Inverters The Morningstar SureSine pure sine wave inverter is designed to meet the needs of rural PV electrification requiring AC power for solar home systems, schools, community centers, and health clinics. This inverter is also a good choice for small PV systems for telecom, remote cabins and weekend homes, and RV/caravans and boats. It has outstanding surge capability for a small inverter. The SureSine handles a 200% surge during load start-up, to a maximum of 600 W. The SureSine uses epoxy encapsulation, conformal coating, stainless steel hardware, and an anodized aluminum enclosure to protect against harsh tropical and marine environments. AC output connection does not have an AC receptacle so it needs to be hardwired. 2-year warranty. Dimensions are 8.4"H x 6"W x 4.1"D. The 115 VAC inverter is UL Listed for the U.S.A. and UL Listed to CSA C22.2 No. 107.1-01 for Canada.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Morningstar

Morningstar SureSine 300 W Model

Continuous output

Battery voltage

AC out volts/hertz

No load draw

Standby AC surge Weight draw output

SI-300-115VUL

300 W

12 VDC

115 V/60 Hz

450 mA

55 mA

600 W

10 lbs

030-08022

SI-300-220V

300 W

12 VDC

220 V/50 Hz

450 mA

55 mA

600 W

10 lbs

030-08033

Item code

PST Sine Wave Off-Grid Inverters Samlex sine wave inverters offer a low-cost, high-quality small sine wave inverter for remote homes, RVs and boats. The 120 VAC output is overload protected. All of these inverters have AC receptacles and low-battery alarms. If you plan to use these inverters with reactive loads, such as motors and compact fluorescent lights or other ballasted light, size the inverter for 4 times the continuous watts required. ETL Listed to UL458 (except PST-15S-12A). Each inverter includes a 2-year warranty. The Samlex RC-15A is a remote control panel for the PST 600 and 1000 inverters. It has three LED indicators for Overload, Overtemp, and Power. There is an on/off switch. The Samlex RC-200 is a remote control panel for the PST 1500 and 2000 inverters. It has three LED indicators for Overload, Overtemp, and Power. It has an LCD display showing AC Voltage (V), AC Current (A), Frequency (Hz), Active Power (Watts), Apparent Power (VA) and Power Factor (PF). Both remotes are flush mount and come with a 15' cable to connect to the inverter. Each unit includes a 2-year warranty.

Model PST-15S-12 A PST-300-12 PST-600-12 PST-1000-12 PST-1500-12 PST-600-24 PST-1000-24 PST-1500-24 PST-2000-24 RC-15A RC-200

Continuous Battery AC out output voltage volts/hertz 150 W 12 V 120 V/60 Hz 300 W 12 V 120 V/60 Hz 600 W 12 V 120 V/60 Hz 1,000 W 12 V 120 V/60 Hz 1,500 W 12 V 120 V/60 Hz 600 W 24 V 120 V/60 Hz 1,000 W 24 V 120 V/60 Hz 1,500 W 24 V 120 V/60 Hz 2,000 W 24 V 120 V/60 Hz Remote for PST-600 / PST-1000 Remote for PST-1500 and PST-2000

Samlex Sine Wave Inverters No load Surge watts watts 7W 250 W 8W 500 W 10 W 1,000 W 10 W 1,500 W 12 W 3,000 W 11 W 1,000 W 14 W 1,500 W 19 W 3,000 W 19 W 3,500 W

Dimensions (H" x W" x D") 8.3 x 5.8 x 2.5 8.3 x 5.8 x 2.5 11 x 9.5 x 3.5 15.5 x 9.5 x 3.5 16 x 11.3 x 4 11 x 9.5 x 3.5 15.5 x 9.5 x 3.5 16 x 11.3 x 4 18.5 x 10.4 x 4.2 3.54 x 2.54 x 1.1 4.33 x 2.56 x 0.97

Weight

Item code

4.2 lbs 4.2 lbs 6.8 lbs 8.2 lbs 12.6 lbs 6.8 lbs 8.2 lbs 12.6 lbs 15.6 lbs 0.1 lbs 0.12 lbs

030-07123 030-07126 030-07129 030-07130 030-07128 030-07132 030-07134 030-07127 030-07125 310-00111 310-00112

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

101

Off-Grid

Samlex

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Exeltech XP Series Sine Wave Off-Grid Inverters XP 125

XP 250

Exeltech XP inverters are high-performance, true sine wave inverters. They feature sophisticated protection circuitry, making them immune from damage by overloads, short circuits, over-temperature, and input polarity reversal. XP series inverters are excellent for telecommunications, audio recording equipment, or any loads that require an excellent waveform. Efficiency = 87-89% (distortion <2%). Exeltech XP inverters can run on the high charging voltages needed to charge alkaline batteries. 120 VAC output. 1-year warranty. Exceltech Sine Wave Inverters

XP 600

XP 1100

Model

Battery voltage

Continuous AC output

No load draw

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Item code

XP 125 Series XP125/12

12 VDC

125 W

4.65 x 2 x 6.75

2.3 lbs

030-06021

XP125/24

24 VDC

125 W

4.65 x 2 x 6.75

2.3 lbs

030-06024

XP125/48

48 VDC

125 W

4.65 x 2 x 6.75

2.3 lbs

030-06025

XP125/120

120 VDC

125 W

4.65 x 2 x 6.75

2.3 lbs

030-06026

XP 250 Series

Off-Grid

XP250/12

12 VDC

250 W

5.23 x 2.77 x 10.38

5 lbs

030-06027

XP250/24

24 VDC

250 W

5.23 x 2.77 x 10.38

5 lbs

030-06030

XP250/48

48 VDC

250 W

5.23 x 2.77 x 10.38

5 lbs

030-06032

XP250/120

120 VDC

250 W

5.23 x 2.77 x 10.38

5 lbs

030-06035

XP 600 Series XP600/12

12 VDC

600 W

7.7 x 3.6 x 11.77

6.5 lbs

030-06041

XP600/24

24 VDC

600 W

7.7 x 3.6 x 11.77

6.5 lbs

030-06043

XP600/48

48 VDC

600 W

7.7 x 3.6 x 11.77

6.5 lbs

030-06045

XP600/120

120 VDC

600 W

7.7 x 3.6 x 11.77

6.5 lbs

030-06048

XP 1100 Series

102

XP1100/12 LI

12 VDC

1,100 W

10 W

7.7 x 3.6 x 14.77

12 lbs

030-06072

XP1100/24 LI

24 VDC

1,100 W

10 W

7.7 x 3.6 x 14.77

12 lbs

030-06078

XP1100/48

48 VDC

1,100 W

20 W

7.7 x 3.6 x 14.77

12 lbs

030-06075

XP1100/120

120 VDC

1,100 W

20 W

7.7 x 3.6 x 14.77

12 lbs

030-06080

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The FLEXpower ONE pre-wired power panel integrates one inverter/charger, one charge control, and all the essential protective devices in a small space at a low install cost. They are ideal for applications with modest power requirements, such as cabins, chalets, homes, remote communication sites, and backup power systems. Grid-tie or off-grid inverters as well as EXPORT inverters are available. Utilizing a compact design all on one back panel, they are fully pre-wired and factory tested. Each FLEXpower ONE power panel includes a single inverter/charger, AC and DC wiring boxes, and a single FLEXmax 80 charge controller, MATE3, HUB, FLEXnet DC, and AC-DC surge protector. The system is also equipped with inverter breaker, PV array breaker, PV GFDI breaker, and AC input-outputbypass assembly. There are mounting locations for both AC GFCI Type B and EU Type F style outlets and additional AC breakers. FLEXpower ONE components are listed to applicable UL standards for a code compliant installation. Dimensions are 12.88"H x 19.69"W x 33.44"D. Weight is 98 lbs. FLEXpower ONE Pre-Wired Model

Item code

Pre-wired inverter system, 3.5 kW 120 VAC, 24 VDC, 80 A PV control

Description

VFX3524

033-04100

FP1 VFX3648

Pre-wired inverter system, 3.6 kW 120 VAC, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control

VFX3648

033-04101

FP1 FX2524T

Pre-wired inverter system, 2.5 kW 120 VAC, 24 VDC, 80 A PV control

FX2524T

033-04119

FP1 FX3048T

Pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 120 VAC, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control

FX3048T

033-04121

FP1 GVFX3524

Grid-tie pre-wired inverter system, 3.5 kW 120 VAC, 24 VDC, 80 A PV control

GVFX3524

033-04102

FP1 GvFX3648

Grid-tie pre-wired inverter system, 3.6 kW 120 VAC, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control

GVFX3648

033-04103

FP1 GTFX3048

Grid-tie pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 120 VAC, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control, no FNDC

GTFX3048

033-04122

EXPORT FLEXpower ONE Pre-Wired FP1 VFX3024E

EXPORT pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 24 VDC, 80 A PV control

VFX3024E

033-04104

FP1 VFX3048E

EXPORT pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control

VFX3048E

033-04105

FP1 GVFX3024E

EXPORT Grid-tie pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 24 VDC, 80 A PV control

GVFX3024E

033-04123

FP1 GVFX3048E

EXPORT Grid-tie pre-wired inverter system, 3.0 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 48 VDC, 80 A PV control

GVFX3048E

033-04124

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

103

Pre-Wired Power Systems

Inverter

FP1 VFX3524

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

FLEXpower ONE Pre-Wired Power System

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

OutBack FLEXpower TWO Pre-Wired Power System

The OutBack FLEXpower TWO pre-wired power panels integrate 2 inverter/chargers, two FM80 charge controls, and all of the essential protective devices in an easy-to-install, fully pre-wired and factory tested system. The FLEXpower TWO is applicable for either grid-tied or off-grid applications with medium sized power requirements, such as homes, light commercial or larger backup power systems. Utilizing a compact all-on-one mounting plate design, they are fully pre-wired and factory tested. A FLEXpower TWO can be mounted in either a horizontal or vertical orientation to allow installation in space-limited locations. Each FLEXpower TWO includes two inverter/chargers, two FM80 charge controllers, FlexNetDC, AC and DC wiring boxes, a MATE3, HUB10, and an AC/DC Surge Protector. Inverter and controller breakers with GFDI, and an AC Input-Output-Bypass Assembly are preinstalled on the FLEXpower TWO. There are also mounting locations for an AC GFCI Type B outlet and additional DC and AC breakers.

Pre-Wired Power Systems

FLEXpower TWO components are Listed to applicable UL standards for code compliant installation. Dimensions are 65"H x 20.25"W x 13"D. Weight is 260 lbs. FLEXpower TWO Pre-Wired Model

Description

Inverter

Item code

FP2 VFX3524

Pre-wired dual inverter system, 7.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 24 VDC

VFX3524

033-04231

FP2 VFX3648

Pre-wired dual inverter system, 7.2 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC

VFX3648

033-04230

FP2 FX2524T

Pre-wired dual inverter system, 5.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 24 VDC

FX2524T

033-04233

FP2 FX3048T

Pre-wired dual inverter system, 6.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC

FX3048T

033-04232

FP2 GVFX3524 Grid-tied pre-wired dual inverter system, 7.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 24 VDC

GVFX3524

033-04241

FP2 GVFX3648 Grid-tied pre-wired dual inverter system, 7.2 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC

GVFX3648

033-04240

FP2 GTFX3048

Grid-tied pre-wired dual inverter system, 6.0 kW 120/240 VAC, 48 VDC

GTFX3048

033-04244

FP2 GTFX3048HI

Grid-tied pre-wired dual inverter system, state of HI only, 6 kW 120/240, 48 V

GTFX3048HI

033-04243

EXPORT FLEXpower TWO - System Description

104

FP2 VFX3024E EXPORT pre-wired dual inverter system, 6 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 24 VDC

VFX3024E

033-04251

FP2 VFX3048E EXPORT pre-wired dual inverter system, 6 kW 230 VAC 50 Hz, 48 VDC

VFX3048E

033-04250

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Available with the Corvus Li Polymer battery The Alpha PVUPS are complete power systems with battery backup for commercial and industrial applications. They come with charge controls for adding solar and can be used off-grid or as grid-tied battery backup. They include an OutBack Radian inverter, FlexMax charge controls, batteries, and load center with all the essential display and protective devices. All of this is mounted in a standard floor mount communications equipment rack, taking up minimal floor space and installation time. All systems are based on an OutBack Radian inverter and two FlexMax charge controls. Three different batteries are available, including the Corvus Lithium Polymer battery for exceptionally efficient charging, high rate charge and discharge, low weight and small size. Lithium batteries are rated for 7500 cycles at 80% depth of discharge and are less sensitive to extended periods at a partial state of charge than lead acid batteries are OutBack 200RE or 200 GH AGM batteries are alternatively available for more cost sensitive backup applications.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

NEW! Alpha PVUPS Complete Pre-Wired Power System

Alpha PVUPS Pre-Wired Systems Model

Inverter

Controls

Battery

Battery capacity

Item code

PVUPS-1RE

GS8048

FM60 x2

200RE

1 String at 5.9 kWh

CALL

GS8048

FM80 x2

200RE

2 Strings at 11.9 kWh

CALL

GS8048

FM60 x2

200GH

1 String at 6.4 kWh

CALL

PVUPS-2GH

GS8048

FM80 x2

200GH

2 Strings at 12.8 kWh

CALL

PVUPS-1AT

GS8048

FM60 x2

AT6500

1 String at 5 kWh

033-04401

PVUPS-2AT

GS8048

FM80 x2

AT6500

2 Strings at 10 kWh

033-04400

PVUPS-E-1RE

GS7048E

FM60 x2

200RE

1 String at 5.9 kWh

CALL

PVUPS-E-2RE

GS7048E

FM80 x2

200RE

2 Strings at 11.9 kWh

CALL

PVUPS-E-1GH

GS7048E

FM60 x2

200GH

1 String at 6.4 kWh

CALL

PVUPS-E-2GH

GS7048E

FM80 x2

200GH

2 Strings at 12.8 kWh

CALL

PVUPS-E-1AT

GS7048E

FM60 x2

AT6500

1 at 5 kWh

033-04403

PVUPS-E-2AT

GS7048E

FM80 x2

AT6500

2 at 10 kWh

033-04402

EXPORT Alpha PVUPS Pre-Wired Systems

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

105

Pre-Wired Power Systems

PVUPS-2RE PVUPS-1GH

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

AEE Solar Pre-Assembled OutBack FLEXware Power Panels

Optional equipment shown

Fully Assembled and Tested NEC-compliant pre-assembled power panels include inverter(s), an AC enclosure with inverter bypass, a DC enclosure, an inverter disconnect breaker, and a shunt, all mounted to a back plate and pre-wired. Charge controllers, additional AC and DC input and load breakers, as well as other options and accessories can be pre-assembled in our shop (contact us for more information) or installed in the field. A FLEXware based system is normally mounted horizontally, but can also be mounted vertically for added versatility. The necessary batteries and battery cables are sold separately (see Batteries and Wire & Cable sections). Power panels ship by truck freight. These power systems are pre-assembled in AEE Solar's ETL certified shop and are Listed to applicable UL standards.

Pre-Wired Power Systems

Grid-tie FLEXware 500 Power Panels AEE Solar offers pre-assembled, pre-wired and tested, complete one-inverter or two-inverter OutBack grid-tie power panels based on OutBack FLEXware 500 power system components. Choose a 24 VDC or 48 VDC system and either sealed or vented inverter models. Use with one or two FLEXmax charge controllers and a solar array to create a fully automated utility-intertie system with battery backup. Each power panel, in addition to the inverter(s), includes the FLEXware 500 AC and DC enclosures, backplate, DC inverter breakers, 120/240 VAC input-output-bypass breaker assembly, OutBack's MATE3, HUB4, AC-DC surge arrestor, and RTS remote temperature sensor, all pre-installed. Other options, such as AC and DC circuit breakers and the FLEXnet battery monitor, can be assembled and tested in our ETL certified shop, or installed in the field. The X-240 autotransformer can only be installed on single inverter in grid-tie systems for 120/240 VAC output. The X-240 cannot be installed with 2 inverters in grid-tie systems due to anti-islanding requirements. These grid-tie power panels are not recommended for use with most engine generators. AEE Solar Grid-tie OutBack FLEXware 500 Systems FLEXware type

Model

Inverter(s) qty – model

Rated AC output (kW - voltage)

DC voltage

Item code

OBFW5-GTFX2524/S

500

1 – GTFX2524

2.5 kW - 120 V

24 VDC

033-00201

OBFW5-GTFX2524/D

500

2 – GTFX2524

5 kW - 120/240 V

24 VDC

033-00203

OBFW5-GTFX3048/S

500

1 – GTFX3048

3.0 kW - 120 V

48 VDC

033-00209

OBFW5-GTFX3048/D

500

2 – GTFX3048

6.0 kW - 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00211

OBFW5-GVFX3524/S

500

1 – GVFX3524

3.5 kW - 120 V

24 VDC

033-00205

OBFW5-GVFX3524/D

500

2 – GVFX3524

7 kW - 120/240 V

24 VDC

033-00207

OBFW5-GVFX3648/S

500

1 – GVFX3648

3.6 kW - 120 V

48 VDC

033-00213

OBFW5-GVFX3648/D

500

2 – GVFX3648

7.2 kW - 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00215

48 VDC

033-00212

AEE Solar Grid-tie OutBack FLEXware 500 Systems for Latin America OBFW5-GTFX3048LA/D

106

500

2 – GTFX3048LA

6.0 kW – 120/240 V

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

An AEE Solar FLEXware 500-based system will satisfy a majority of off-grid renewable energy or backup power applications with medium power requirements, such as residential, light commercial, or rural electrification systems. The FLEXware 500 power panel will support up to two FX Series inverter/ chargers and up to two FLEXmax charge controllers. Each power panel, in addition to the inverter(s), includes the FLEXware 500 AC and DC enclosures, a backplate, DC inverter breakers, 120/240 VAC input-output-bypass breaker assembly, MATE3, HUB4, and an RTS remote temperature sensor, all mounted and wired. Two-inverter systems also come with an X-240 balancing autotransformer. Other options, such as AC or DC surge arrestors, AC and DC circuit breakers, and the FLEXnet battery monitor, can be assembled and tested in our ETL certified shop, or installed in the field. The X-240 autotransformer can be added to a single inverter panel for 120/240 VAC output or input, but not both. Dual inverter systems with two charge controls and the FLEXnet DC option must also have the HUB10 option added.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

Off-Grid FLEXware 500 Power Panels

AEE Solar Pre-Assembled OutBack Off-Grid FLEXware 500 Power Systems FLEXware type

Inverter(s) qty - model

Rated AC output (kW - voltage)

DC voltage

Item code

OBFW5-FX2012T/S

500

1 – FX2012T

2.0 kW - 120 V

12 VDC

033-00321

OBFW5-FX2012T/D

500

2 – FX2012T

4.0 kW - 120/240 V

12 VDC

033-00323

OBFW5-VFX2812/S

500

1 – VFX2812

2.8 kW - 120 V

12 VDC

033-00325

OBFW5-VFX2812/D

500

2 – VFX2812

5.6 kW - 120/240 V

12 VDC

033-00327

OBFW5-FX2524T/S

500

1 – FX2524T

2.5 kW - 120 V

24 VDC

033-00329

OBFW5-FX2524T/D

500

2 – FX2524T

5.0 kW - 120/240 V

24 VDC

033-00331

OBFW5-VFX3524/S

500

1 – VFX3524

3.5 kW - 120 V

24 VDC

033-00333

OBFW5-VFX3524/D

500

2 – VFX3524

7.0 kW - 120/240 V

24 VDC

033-00335

OBFW5-FX3048T/S

500

1 – FX3048T

3.0 kW - 120 V

48 VDC

033-00337

OBFW5-FX3048T/D

500

2 – FX3048T

6.0 kW - 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00339

OBFW5-VFX3648/S

500

1 – VFX3648

3.6 kW - 120 V

48 VDC

033-00341

OBFW5-VFX3648/D

500

2 – VFX3648

7.2 kW - 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00343

EXPORT AEE Solar Pre-Assembled OutBack Off-Grid FLEXware 500 Power Systems OBFW5-VFX3048E/S

500

1 – VFX3048E

3.0 kW – 120 V

48 VDC

033-00841

OBFW5-VFX3048E/D

500

2 – VFX3048E

6.0 kW – 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00842

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

107

Pre-Wired Power Systems

Model

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

AEE Solar Pre-Assembled OutBack Off-Grid FLEXware 1000 Power Panels

Optional equipment shown

A FLEXware 1000-based system is well-suited for off-grid or backup power applications with greater power requirements like large residential, commercial, or mini-grid projects. The FLEXware 1000 power panel will support up to four FX Series inverter/chargers and four FLEXmax charge controllers. They are Listed to applicable UL standards.

Pre-Wired Power Systems

Each power panel, in addition to the inverters, includes the FLEXware 1000 AC and DC enclosures, backplates, DC inverter breakers, quad 120/240 VAC input-output-bypass breaker assembly, MATE3, HUB10, an X-240 balancing autotransformer, and an RTS remote temperature sensor, all mounted and wired together. Other options, such as AC or DC surge arrestors, AC and DC circuit breakers, and the FLEXnet battery monitor can be assembled and tested in our ETL certified shop or installed in the field. AEE Solar Pre-Assembled OutBack Off-Grid FLEXware 1000 Power Systems Model

FLEXware type

Inverter(s) qty - model

Rated AC output (kW - voltage)

DC voltage

Item code

OBFW10-FX2524T/D

1000

2 – FX2524T

5.0 kW - 120/240 V

24 VDC

033-00365

OBFW10-FX2524T/Q

1000

4 – FX2524T

10.0 kW - 120/240 V

24 VDC

033-00367

OBFW10-VFX3524/D

1000

2 – VFX3524

7.0 kW - 120/240 V

24 VDC

033-00369

OBFW10-VFX3524/Q

1000

4 – VFX3524

14.0 kW - 120/240 V

24 VDC

033-00371

OBFW10-FX3048T/D

1000

2 – FX3048T

6.0 kW - 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00373

OBFW10-FX3048T/Q

1000

4 – FX3048T

12.0 kW - 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00375

OBFW10-VFX3648/D

1000

2 – VFX3648

7.2 kW - 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00377

OBFW10-VFX3648/Q

1000

4 – VFX3648

14.4 kW - 120/240 V

48 VDC

033-00379

EXPORT AEE Solar Pre-Assembled OutBack Off-Grid FLEXware 1000 Power Systems

108

OBFW10-VFX3048E/T

1000

3 – VFX3048E

9.0 kW – 230/400 3Ph

48 VDC

033-00382

OBFW10-VFX3048E/Q

1000

4 – VFX3048E

12 kW – 230 V

48 VDC

033-01489

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

AEE Solar OutBack Power Panels Options Options for AEE Solar FLEXware Systems Model OBFW-O-FM60 OBFW-O-FM60/D

Description

Item code

OutBack FM60 charge controller with breaker, installed in power system

033-01513

Two OutBack FM60 charge controllers with breaker, installed in power system

033-01515

OutBack FM80 charge controller with breaker, installed in power system

033-01521

OBFW-O-FM80/D

Two OutBack FM80 charge controllers with breaker, installed in power system

033-01522

OBFW-O-FMX

OutBack FM Extreme charge controller with breaker, installed in power system

033-01530

OBFW-O-FM80

Two OutBack FM Extreme charge controllers with breaker, installed in power system

033-01531

Ground fault interrupter for PV array installed in DC system box 80 A 2-pole

033-01221

OBDC-GFP4

Ground fault interrupter for PV array installed in DC system box 80 A 4-pole

033-01222

FLEXnetDC

FLEXnet metering installed with 2 additional shunts (3 total)

033-01291

Amp-hour meter â&#x20AC;&#x201C; connection block installed in system

033-01215

OBFW-O-FMX/D OBDC-GFP2

TriMetric meter Aux Relay SP-ACA MNSPD 300

Aux relay installed (specify inverter or MX60)

033-01287

OutBack surge protector ACA installed (one per inverter)(standard on grid-tie units)

033-01285

MidNite surge and lightning arrestor installed 120/240 VAC

033-01280 033-01254

Upgrade from HUB4 to HUB10 in FW500 systems (std in FW1000)

033-01265

OBDC-100

100-amp DC load breaker installed in system

033-01227

OBDC-80

80-amp DC load breaker installed in system

033-01228

OBDC-60

60-amp DC load breaker installed in system

033-01229

OBDC-40

40-amp DC load breaker installed in system

033-01231

OBDC-30

30-amp DC load breaker installed in system

033-01233

OBDC-15

15-amp DC load breaker installed in system

033-01235

OBDC-10

10-amp DC load breaker installed in system

033-01237

OBDC-1

1-amp DC load breaker installed in system

033-01239

OBAC-15

15-amp AC load breaker installed in system, single pole

033-01251

OBAC-15D

15-amp AC load breaker installed in system, two poles

033-01252

OBAC-20

20-amp AC load breaker installed in system, single pole

033-01249

OBAC-20D

20-amp AC load breaker installed in system, two poles

033-01250

OBAC-30

30-amp AC load breaker installed in system, single pole

033-01245

OBAC-30D

30-amp AC load breaker installed in system, two poles

033-01246

OBAC-60

60-amp AC load breaker installed in system, single pole

033-01241

OBAC-60D

60-amp AC load breaker installed in system, two poles

033-01242

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Pre-Wired Power Systems

X-240 transformer installed in single inverter system for 240 VAC input or output (specify)

HUB10 UP

OBFW-O-X240

109

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

MidNite Solar

MidNite Solar offers pre-assembled and tested power panels using Magnum, Schneider, and SMA inverters. These power panels offer a space-saving fully-integrated power panel system with the MidNite Classic charge controller. Any of these panels can be upgraded with the Classic 200 or Classic 250 charge controllers. All assemblies are thoroughly tested and crating is included.

Pre-Wired Magnum Power Panels Magnum inverters are installed on the MidNite MNE250(175)STM-L gray steel E-Panel with an ME-RC50 remote display, a BMK-NS, 1 MNEPV2 breaker for BMK, a MidNite Classic 150 charge controller with built in DC-GFP and Arc Fault detector, an MNDC array breaker, an MNDC charge control breaker, two or three MNSPD surge arrestors, and battery temperature sensors. The MidNite MNEMS4024PAEACCPL is a Magnum battery-based inverter system, made for AC coupling to a grid-tie inverter. It is available with 120/240 VAC output, and is fully assembled and tested. Includes a Magnum MS4024 PAE inverter, Magnum RTR router, MidNite E-Panel, two SPD surge arrestors, and GT inverter circuit relay. The maximum size grid-tie inverter that can be installed with this system is 3.6 kW. 30”H x 16”W x 12”D.

Pre-Wired Power Systems

The MidNite MND3RACCPLME is a Magnum battery-based inverter system, made for AC coupling to a grid-tie inverter, in an outdoor enclosure with room for batteries. It has 120/240 VAC output, and is fully assembled and tested. Includes a Magnum MS4024 PAE inverter, Magnum RTR router, MidNite E-Panel, two SPD surge arrestors, and GT inverter circuit relay. This is all installed inside a MidNite MNBE-D3R battery enclosure which, in this configuration, can hold four Group 31 or GC2 or GC2 tall batteries (batteries not included). The maximum size grid-tie inverter that can be installed with this system is 3.6 kW. 49”H x 39”W x 21”D. The dimensions and weights are approximate and do not include crating. Please note that not all grid-tie inverters are suitable for AC coupling. Check with AEE Solar Technical Support or the inverter manufacturer. MidNite Pre-Wired Magnum Power Systems Model

Description

Inverter

Weight

Item code

MNEMS4024CL150

Magnum 120 VAC Off-Grid 4000 Watt 24 VDC Inverter with Classic 150

MS4024

140 lbs

033-04301

MNEMS4024PAECL150

Magnum 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 4000 Watt 24 VDC Inverter with Classic 150

MS4024PAE

140 lbs

033-04303

MNEMS4448PAECL150

Magnum 120/240 VAC Off-Grid 4400 Watt 48 VDC Inverter with Classic 150

MS4448PAE

140 lbs

033-04305

MidNite Pre-Wired Magnum AC coupled Power Systems MNEMS4024PAEACCPL

Magnum 120/240 VAC AC coupled 4 kW/24 VDC Inverter system, GT inverter not included

MS4024PAE

140 lbs

033-04322

MND3RACCPLME

Magnum 120/240 VAC AC coupled 4 kW/24 VDC Inverter system, outdoor equipment and battery enclosure, GT inverter not included

MS4024PAE

200 lbs

033-04323

MidNite pre-wired E-panel options

110

CL200 Upgrade

Upgrade from Classic 150 to Classic 200 charge control

033-04332

CL250 Upgrade

Upgrade from Classic 150 to Classic 250 charge control

033-04333

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The MidNite MNSMA SMA Sunny Island systems are available with 120 VAC, 120/240 VAC, or 120/208 VAC three-phase output, fully assembled and tested. The MNSI6048-CL150 single inverter system includes one SMA SI6000-US inverter, MidNite E-Panel, one Classic 150 charge controller, SPD surge arrestors, all on a mounting plate. The Classic 150 charge controller and Sunny Island communicate over the SMA network to coordinate charging and display system performance. 50”W x 27”H x 12”D. The MNSI6048-240V-CL150 single inverter system includes one SMA SI6000-US inverter, One MN-X240 autoformer for 120/240 VAC output, MidNite E-Panel, one Classic 150 charge controller, SPD surge arrestors, all on a mounting plate. The Classic 150 charge controller and Sunny Island communicate over the SMA network to coordinate charging and display system performance. 66”W x 27”H x 12”D. The MNSI6048D-2CL150 dual inverter system includes two SMA SI6000-US inverters, MidNite E-Panels, two Classic 150 charge controllers, SPD surge arrestors, all on two mounting plates. The Classic 150 charge controllers and Sunny Island communicate over the SMA network to coordinate charging and display system performance. Two panels at 50”W x 27”H x 12”D each.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

NEW! MidNite Pre-Wired SMA Power Panels

The MNSI6048-ACCPL is based on the SMA Sunny Island battery-based inverter setup for AC coupling to a grid-tie inverter. This system can be retrofitted to an existing Sunny Boy grid-tied system, or many other grid-tie inverter systems, for battery backup power during an outage. It comes with 120/240 VAC output and grid connection. During normal grid-tie operation, the autoformer is disconnected and not drawing power. Includes a Sunny Island SI6000-US, MidNite E-Panel, MidNite Autoformer, all on a mounting plate, and is fully assembled and tested. 66”W x 24”H x 12”D.

The MNSI6048-3PHASE is a three inverter system with 120/208 VAC three-phase output and grid connection. Includes three Sunny Island SI6000-US inverters, MidNite E-Panels, on three mounting plates, and is fully assembled and tested. Three panels at 50”W x 24”H x 12”D each. The MNSI6048-QUAD is a four inverter system with 120/240 VAC output and grid connection. Includes four Sunny Island SI6000-US inverters, MidNite E-Panels, on four mounting plates, and is fully assembled and tested. Four panels at 50”W x 24”H x 12”D each. Dimensions and weights are approximate and do not include crating.

MidNite Pre-Wired SMA Power Systems Model MNSI6048-CL150 MNSI6048-240V-CL150 MNSI6048D-2CL150

Inverter

Weight

Item code

SMA Sunny Island, Classic 150, 120 VAC 6 kW/48 VDC system

Description

SI6048-US

225 lbs

033-04320

SMA Sunny Island, Classic 150, 120/240 VAC 6 kW/48 VDC system

SI6048-US

400 lbs

033-04356

2x SI6048-US

450 lbs

033-04336

SI6048-US

375 lbs

033-04321

SMA dual Sunny Island, dual Classic 150, 120/240 VAC 12 kW/48 VDC system

MNSI6048-ACCPL

SMA Sunny Island, 120/240 VAC 6 kW/48 VDC AC coupled system

MNSI6048D-ACCPL

SMA dual Sunny Island, 120/240 VAC 12 kW/48 VDC AC coupled system

2x SI6048-US

450 lbs

033-04337

MNSI6048-3PHASE

SMA triple Sunny Island, 120/208 VAC 3 phase 18 kW/48 VDC AC coupled system

3x SI6048-US

675 lbs

033-04339

SMA quad Sunny Island, 120/240 VAC 24 kW/48 VDC AC coupled system

4x SI6048-US

900 lbs

033-04340

MNSI6048-QUAD

MidNite Pre-Wired E-Panel Options CL200 Upgrade

Upgrade from Classic 150 to Classic 200 charge control

033-04332

CL250 Upgrade

Upgrade from Classic 150 to Classic 250 charge control

033-04333

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

111

Pre-Wired Power Systems

The MNSI6048D-ACCPL is a dual inverter system with 120/240 VAC output and grid connection. Includes two Sunny Island SI6000-US inverters, MidNite E-Panels, on two mounting plates, and is fully assembled and tested. Two panels at 50”W x 24”H x 12”D each.

BATTERY-BASED INVERTERS

NEW! MidNite Pre-Wired Schneider Power Panels The Schneider Electric XW power panels are available as either single or dual inverter systems. The MNXW6048CL150 includes one XW6048 inverter, MidNite E-panel, SCP, four MNSPD 300, and one MidNite Classic 150 charge control. The MNXW6048D-2CL150 includes two XW6048 inverters, two MidNite E-panels, SCP, five MNSPD 300, and two MidNite Classic 150 charge controls. This system is partially pre-wired and will require some 6 AWG wire between the E-panels. The MNXW6048CL150 is 45”H x 24”W x 9”D. The MNXW6048D-2CL150 is 45”H x 50”W x 9”D. The dimensions and weights are approximate and do not include crating. MidNite Pre-Wired Schneider Power Systems Model

Description

Inverter

Weight

Item code

XW6048

200 lbs

033-04343

Schneider XW dual 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 12000 Watt 48 VDC Inverters

2 x XW6048

400 lbs

033-04344

MNXW4548-Cl150

Schneider XW dual 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 9000 Watt 48 VDC Inverter

XW4548

200 lbs

033-04360

MNXW4548D-2CL150

Schneider XW dual 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 9000 Watt 48 VDC Inverters

2 x XW4548

400 lbs

033-04361

MNXW4024-CL150

Schneider XW single 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 4000 Watt 24 VDC Inverter

XW4024

200 lbs

033-04347

MNXW4024D-2CL150

Schneider XW dual 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 8000 Watt 24 VDC Inverters

2 x XW4024

400 lbs

033-04362

MNXW6048-CL150

Schneider XW single 120/240 VAC Grid-Tie or Off-Grid 6000 Watt 48 VDC Inverter

MNXW6048D-2CL150

Pre-Wired Power Systems

MidNite Pre-Wired Power Panels for OutBack Inverters These MidNite pre-wired power panels are available complete, but without the OutBack inverter or Mate. The MNEPLUSOBFX power panels are made to work with the OutBack FX/VFX/GVFX/GTFX inverters, using the applicable 175 A or 250 A main breaker. The power panels are pre-wired with either a one or two MidNite Classic 150 charge controls. There is also a dual inverter power panel with two charge controls. Each power panel comes with the wiring and breakers, busbars, Mate mounting bracket and MidNite SPD's. The MNEOBRAD systems are made to work with the OutBack Radian inverter and Mate (not inlcuded). They come with all of the features listed above. The weights are approximate and do not include crating. MidNite Pre-Wired Power Systems for OutBack (inverter not included) Model

Description

Inverter (not include)

Weight

Item code

MNEPLUSOBFX175-CL150

For single 120 VAC inverter, 175 A main breaker, Single CL150

FX/VFX/GFX/GVFX

50 lbs

033-04348

MNEPLUSOBFX250-CL150

For single 120 VAC inverter, 250 A main breaker, Single CL150

FX/VFX/GFX/GVFX

50 lbs

033-04349

MNEPLUSOBFX175-2CL150

For single 120 VAC inverter, 175 A main breaker, Two CL150

FX/VFX/GFX/GVFX

70 lbs

033-04350

MNEPLUSOBFX250-2CL150

For single 120 VAC inverter, 250 A main breaker, Two CL150

FX/VFX/GFX/GVFX

70 lbs

033-04351

MNEPLUSOBFX175D-2CL150

For dual inverters 120/240 VAC, 175 A main breakers, Two CL150

2x FX/VFX/GFX/GVFX

120 lbs

033-04352

MNEPLUSOBFX250D-2CL150

For dual inverters 120/240 VAC, 250 A main breakers, Two CL150

2x FX/VFX/GFX/GVFX

120 lbs

033-04353

MNEOBRAD-CL150

For single 120/240 VAC inverter, dual 175 A main breaker, Single CL150

GS8048

115 lbs

033-04354

MNEOBRAD-DL-2CL150

For dual 120/240 VAC inverter, quad 175 A main breaker, battery combiner,Two CL150

2x GS8048

314 lbs

033-04355

MidNite pre-wired E-Panel Options

112

CL200 Upgrade

Upgrade from Classic 150 to Classic 200 charge control

033-04332

CL250 Upgrade

Upgrade from Classic 150 to Classic 250 charge control

033-04333

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use an autotransformer as a step-down to connect the 240 VAC output of a generator to the 120 VAC input on an inverter. This allows full output power of a 240 VAC generator to be used for battery charging. Autotransformers can also step-up voltage to operate 240 VAC appliances and motors from the 120 VAC output of an inverter.

AEE Solar Toroid Autotransformers These AC step-up and step-down Toroid Autotransformers are greater than 98% efficient and cause less than 0.2% idle loss at no load. Nearly silent when operating, they include a NEMA 3R enclosure with knockouts for conduit. 2-year warranty.

CONVERTERS & CONTROLS

AC Transformers

AEE Solar Toroid Autotransformers Standby power

Dimensions (H" x W' x D")

Item code

2.5 kW autotransformer

Description

<5 W

8x8x4

038-09437

4.0 kW autotransformer

<8 W

10 x 10 x 4

038-09440

8.0 kW autotransformer

<16 W

12 x 10 x 6

038-09445

OutBack Power The OutBack PSX-240 autotransformer can be used for step-up, step-down, generator, and split phase output balancing, or with series stacked inverters as a load balancing auto-former. The PSX-Relay version has a relay assembly, which is required when split-phase stacking with 120/208 VAC power sources. Both units have a built-in two-pole 25 A AC breaker and cooling fan. ETL Listed. OutBack PSX-240 Autotransformer Model PSX-240 PSX-240-Relay

Description

Item code

6 kW autotransformer

030-04429

6 kW autotransformer with relay

030-04430

DC-DC Converters

DC to DC converters are used to power appliances requiring a different voltage than the battery bank supplies. For example, powering a 12 VDC appliance that needs to be run from a 24 VDC or 48 VDC battery bank. Using a DC-DC converter is preferred for powering loads that require a different voltage than the battery bankâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s system voltage. When necessary, a battery equalizer can be used to help keep the individual cells equally charged in a battery bank that is used to supply power to a lower voltage load by center tapping the battery. Connect the equalizer across the battery to keep the whole string equally charged.

Samlex DC-Step-Down Power Converters These switching DC-DC Step-Down Power converters are designed to decrease DC voltage. They operate at high efficiency and provide regulated 13.8 VDC output from an input of 20-30 VDC. Use them to power 12 VDC lights and appliances from a 24 VDC system. 2-year warranty. Samlex DC-Step-Down Power Converters Model

13.8 VDC output max amps

Item code

SDC-15

12 A

030-08720

SDC-23

20 A

030-08725

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

113

Transformers

PSX-240 Autotransformer

CONVERTERS & CONTROLS

Isolated DC-DC Converters These isolated, enclosed DC-DC converters are designed to increase or decrease DC voltage. 100 W, 200 W, and 360 W versions are available. Samlex Isolated DC-DC Converters Model

Input voltage

Output voltage

IDC-100B-12

20-35 VDC

12.5 VDC

Max output amps 8A

030-08741

Item code

IDC-100C-12

30-60 VDC

12.5 VDC

030-08742

IDC-100A-24

9/18 VDC

24 VDC

030-08744

IDC-100C-24

30-60 VDC

24 VDC

030-08746

IDC-200B-12

20-35 VDC

12.5 VDC

16 A

030-08748

IDC-200C-12

30-60 VDC

12.5 VDC

16 A

030-08749

IDC-200A-24

9-18 VDC

24 VDC

030-08751

IDC-200C-24

30-60 VDC

24 VDC

030-08753

IDC-360A-12

9-18 VDC

12.5 VDC

30 A

030-08755

IDC-360B-12

20-35 VDC

12.5 VDC

30 A

030-08756

IDC-360C-12

30-60 VDC

12.5 VDC

30 A

030-08757

IDC-360A-24

9-18 VDC

24 VDC

15 A

030-08758

IDC-360C-24

30-60 VDC

24 VDC

15 A

030-08760

Converters

Solar Converters Inc. DC Battery Equalizers These high-efficiency DC to DC battery equalizers are bi-directional so they can be used to balance a battery bank either from a load on only part of the battery bank, or from a charging source that is a different DC voltage than the battery. These converters keep the battery halves equally charged when center-tapping the battery. For instance, run a 12 V load attached to one 12 V battery in a 24 or 48 V battery string, and these units ensure that the battery remains evenly charged. 1-year warranty. Solar Converters DC Autotransformers

114

Model

Voltage

EQ 12/24-20 EQ 12/24-50

Amps

Item code

Low voltage

High voltage

12/24 VDC

20 A

10 A

038-08209

12/24 VDC

50 A

25 A

038-08751

EQ 12/48-10

12/48 VDC

10 A

2.5 A

038-08745

EQ 12/48-30

12/48 VDC

30 A

7.5 A

038-08760

EQ 24/48-10

24/48 VDC

10 A

038-08748

EQ 24/48-30

24/48 VDC

30 A

15 A

038-08754

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

It is very important to prevent battery banks from being discharged too far. These specialized controllers send a start-up signal to a backup or remote power generator when the battery bank reaches a given voltage set point. It is important __ to note, that not all start controllers work with all generators. Please contact AEE Solar to assess or confirm compatibility.

Magnum AGS - RV Auto Generator Start The Magnum Automatic Generator Start (AGS) is designed to automatically start a mobile generator based on low battery condition or the inside temperature of the RV and is compatible with most major generators, including Onan, Powertech, Generac, and Weterbeke. Battery start voltage can be set from 10-12.2 VDC or 20-24.4 VDC or 40-48.8 VDC, the start temperature from 65-95 Â°F, the run time from 0.5 to 25.5 hours, and the quiet time with an easy-to-set clock. Automatic Generator Start settings do not interfere with the manual start/stop operation of the generator.

CONVERTERS & CONTROLS

Generator Start Controls

Two models are available. The standalone version of the AGS works well for installation and operation without an inverter. The network version of the AGS allows operation of the AGS via the ME Series remote panel. Magnum Auto Generator Start Model

Description

Item code

Automatic generator start standalone

020-06375

AGS-N

Automatic generator start network version (for use with Magnum inverters only)

020-06377

Atkinson GSCM The Atkinson GSCM (generator start controller module) is a microprocessor-based generator-starting controller that receives start commands from any 12 VDC output or dry-contact switch, including an inverter or charge controller auxiliary relay, a voltage controlled relay, a timer, a water tank float switch, or any user-supplied contact closure. It automatically controls a gas/propane or diesel powered generator or pump, and is sealed for harsh environment operation. The GSCM provides contact signal relays to start the engine and to disconnect the starter when a minimum generator frequency output is measured. It can monitor the generator operation, shutting it down and displaying the fault conditions detected. The GSCM must be manually reset after a generator fault. The GSCM is powered by 12 to 24 VDC from a battery bank and will start generators for 12 to 48 VDC systems. For 48 VDC systems the GSCM must be powered by a 24 VDC-or-less tap on the 48 VDC battery bank, or from the generatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s starting battery. The GSCM provides a 30-day exercise function that can be synchronized with a photovoltaic input to only start each 30-day period at the beginning of the solar charge day. It also has a timed relay that can be used for diesel engine glow plugs. 2-year limited warranty. Dimensions are 5.5"H x 3.3"W x 1.5"D.

GSCM-mini This GSCM-mini generator start controller is optimized for use with OutBack inverters. It supports three types of 3-wire gas-generator control: momentary, maintained, or ignition. It has a fixed crank time and over and under frequency shutdown. 2-year limited warranty. Atkinson Auto Generator Start Model GSCM GSCM-mini

Description

Item code

Generator start control module

020-06341

Generator start control module - mini

020-06343

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

115

Generator Start Controls

AGS-S

CONVERTERS & CONTROLS

Relays and Controls

The simple controls presented here enable you to automate certain functions for your renewable energy system, such as turning on/off a load or starting/stopping a generator, or inverter, based on logical conditions, such as, battery voltage, time of day, or sensor reading. Relays enable a small control voltage signal to open or close a switch for a much larger voltage and current. Select relays and design your system so that it will "fail safe" if the control signal is lost.

Morningstar Relay Driver The Morningstar Relay Driver is a logic module that provides control functions such as high/low voltage alarms, load control, and generator start functions for 12, 24 or 48 VDC battery systems. It controls 4 independent relay driver outputs by reading battery voltage or by digital data inputs from any Morningstar controller or inverter, which includes an RJ-11 meter port (TriStar, TriStar MPPT, SunSaver Duo, SunSaver MPPT or SureSine). Multiple Relay Drivers can connect to a single controller or to multiple devices in a MeterHUB/MeterBus network. Outputs can be used to operate any mechanical or solid state relay with a coil voltage that is the same as the battery voltage used to power the Relay Driver. Maximum current for each output channel is 750 mA.

Relays and Controls

The Relay Driver is pre-programmed with four commonly used settings and may be mounted to a DIN rail or a flat surface. An RS-232 port and PC software (MS View or MODBUS commands) is included for custom programming, detailed monitoring and driver control. The driver terminals can accept 16 or 24 AWG wire. Self-consumption is less than 20 mA and the unit operates from 8 to 68 VDC. The Relay Driver is highly reliable: each channel has complete electronic protections for short circuit, overcurrent, reverse polarity, and lighting and transient surges. LED indicators display power and status for each channel as well as faults and data sampling intervals. Operating temperature range is -40°C to +45°C. Dimensions are 6.4"H x 3.2"W x 1.3"D and it weighs 0.4 lb. 5-year warranty. Morningstar Relay Driver Model

Description

Item code

RD-1

Morningstar Relay Driver

020-01255

RSC-1

Communications Adapter EIA-485 / RS-232

020-01256

HUB-1

MeterHUB

020-01260

DIN-1

DIN Rail Clips for Installing the Relay Driver to DIN Rails

020-01259

Solar Converters Inc. Voltage-Controlled Switches These Voltage-Controlled Switches are user-adjustable voltage-activated relays with single pole, double throw (SPDT) contacts rated for 30 A. The relay coil in the “Active-High” version is powered when the voltage rises to the high set point; “Active-Low” is powered when voltage drops to the low set point. The SPDT relay allows the switch to either connect or disconnect a circuit or turn one load on while turning another off. Voltage settings are user-adjustable and can be read with a voltmeter. An active-high relay can be used as a DC pump controller, a diversion load controller, or to operate a large relay for a high-powered charge controller. An active-low relay can be used as a 2-wire generator start controller or as a low battery voltage load disconnect. These devices consume 17 mA when off. Maximum switched current is 30 A at 12/24 VDC, 3 A at 48 VDC. VCS-1 measures approximately 3"H x 5.3"W x 1.75"D. VCS-2 comes in a 5"H x 7"W x 2"D enclosure. 1-year warranty. Voltage Controlled Switches

116

Model

Mode of operation

Enclosure

Item code

VCS-1AH

Active high

020-06218

VCS-2AH

Active high

Yes

020-06215

VCS-1AL

Active low

020-06221

VCS-2AL

Active low

Yes

020-06224

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

This single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) 40 A enclosed relay is widely used in the automotive industry. Wires may be attached with Âź" quick-connect terminals or a relay socket. Nominal operating current is 140 mA. The corresponding Relay Socket has 2' of wire.

SPST N.O. 12 VDC 75 A Relay This enclosed single-pole, single-throw (SPST) relay has one set of contacts that closes when power is applied to the coil terminals. It can be used to turn on 12 VDC loads of up to 75 A. Power terminals are #10-32 screws and coil terminals are quick disconnects. Nominal operating current is 300 mA.

CONVERTERS & CONTROLS

SPDT 12 VDC 40 A Relay

DPDT 30 A Relay This double-pole, double-throw (DPDT) relays can be used for up to 30 A at 12, 24, or 48 VDC or 120 or 240 VAC. All contact surfaces are silver alloy with gold flashing. Contact terminals are #8-32 screws, and coil terminals are #6-32 screws. Relays with 120 VAC or 240 VAC coils can be used to build simple transfer switches. Relays with DC coils can be used for remote operation of pumps and fans. By connecting a relay with a DC coil to a voltage controlled switch, AC or DC loads may be turned on or off based on battery voltage levels.

This enclosed surface mount single-pole, single-throw (SPST) relay has one set of contacts that closes when power is applied to the coil terminals. It can be used with an inverter or charge controllers 12 VDC auxiliary output to provide a contact closure for generator start or other controls. The terminals are quickconnect. It draws a small 44 mA coil current. Relays Description 40 A SPDT 12 VDC relay

Coil current

Item code

140 mA

053-08290

053-08291

75 A SPST relay

300 mA

053-08293

DPDT 30 A relay - 12 VDC coil

170 mA

053-08281

Relay socket for 40 A relay

DPDT 30 A relay - 24 VDC coil

53 mA

053-08287

DPDT 30 A relay - 48 VDC coil

42 mA

053-08288

DPDT 30 A relay - 120 VAC coil

83 mA

053-08278

DPDT 30 A relay - 240 VAC coil

42 mA

053-08284

Omron relay SPST 10 A 12 VDC coil

44 mA

053-08298

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

117

Relays and Controls

Omron SPST 10 A Relay

CONVERTERS & CONTROLS

Battery Chargers

AC input battery chargers can be used with AC generators to provide battery charging on an emergency basis or in the absence of a renewable energy source. Since proper charging is vital to battery health, a high-quality charger is recommended if you plan to charge batteries from an engine generator.

Schneider Electric Truecharge2 12 VDC Battery Charger The Truecharge2 is available as a 20 or 40 A electronic battery charger for deep cycle batteries. Switch settings give correct charge for flooded, gel, or absorbed glass mat (AGM) batteries. These chargers include: selectable two or three stage charging (three-stage includes float charge), manual equalize charge button, and manual or automatic temperature compensation. The optional temperature sensing probe corrects charge voltage for actual battery temperature. These chargers have full output even with low-cost 1,000 to 3,000 W generators. 1-year warranty. Model TC2-40 TC2-20 808-0232-01 808-8040-01

Schneider Truecharge2 Battery Charger Battery voltage Charge current Dimensions (L" x W" x H") 12 VDC 40 A 9.8 x 6.7 x 2.8 12 VDC 20 A 9.8 x 6.7 x 2.8 Remote temperature sensor Remote control panel

Weight 4.8 lbs 4.8 lbs

Item code 045-02896 045-02895 045-02898 045-02897

Battery Chargers

IOTA DLS Converter/Chargers The DLS series converter/charger quickly and efficiently charges batteries from the full rated output of the DLS. The DLS then maintains the batteries, only putting into the battery what is required by load or self-discharge, cutting back to milliamps as the battery requires. The DLS series converter/power supply is protected against low line voltage spikes from the AC power source, or from improperly adjusted generators. When used as a power supply, the DLS model will only supply what is required by the load. When not in use, it is essentially off, minimizing electricity usage. External fuses can be quickly and easily replaced. There is a socket and jumper that can be used to change the charge voltage limit to either 13.6 or 14.2 VDC (multiply by 2 for 24 VDC and 4 for 48 VDC batteries). Chargers have 120 VAC input. 75 A and larger chargers have 120 VAC 20 A plugs. 2-year warranty. Dimensions are 16"H x 10"W x 7"D.

IQ-4 Smart Controller The IQ-4 makes the DLS charger into a three-stage charger with bulk, absorption, and float charging. It will bulk charge to 14.8 VDC for 15 minutes after it has reached the set-point, or for 3.75 hours. It will then absorb charge at 14.2 VDC for 8 hours, and then drop to float charge at 13.6 VDC (multiply by 2 for 24 VDC and 4 for 48 VDC batteries). If the battery remains in float stage for 7 days, it delivers a bulk charge. The IQ-4 is not recommended for generator-powered battery charging if generator is only run for short periods of time. Model DLS-15 DLS-30 DLS-45 DLS-55 DLS-75 DLS-90 DLS-27/15 DLS-27/25 DLS-27/40 DLS-54/13 IQ-4 IQ-4-54V

118

Battery voltage 12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC 48 VDC 12-24 VDC 48 VDC

IOTA Battery Chargers Charge current Dimensions (L" x W" x H") 15 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 30 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 45 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 55 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 75 A 13 x 6.7 x 3.4 90 A 13 x 6.7 x 3.4 15 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 25 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 40 A 13 x 6.7 x 3.4 13 A 9.7 x 6.7 x 3.4 Smart controller for 12 to 24 V chargers Smart controller for 48 V charger

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Weight 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 7.8 lbs 7.8 lbs 5.0 lbs 5.0 lbs 7.8 lbs 5.0 lbs

Item code 045-02112 045-02115 045-02118 045-02121 045-02124 045-02127 045-02130 045-02133 045-02136 045-02147 045-02103 045-02104

Wind and hydroelectric generators can be damaged if they are allowed to run without a steady load. Battery banks can also be compromised if they are overchargedand diversion loads usually resistive heating elements, are used to provide a safety load for when the battery bank is fully charged and cannot accept more energy. The diversion load is generally switched on by a controller, or relay driven by battery voltage.

Low-Voltage Water Heating Elements These low-voltage water heating elements are used as diversion loads for wind or hydroelectric systems. Use one or more of these heating elements with a charge controller designed for load diversion, such as the Xantrex C-40 or C-60, or the Morningstar TS-45, or TS-60 PWM controllers to turn your excess power into hot water. They fit most electric water heaters with screw-in elements. One model is available for 12 and 24 VDC systems and another for higher power 24 and 48 VDC systems. Each unit has two elements that can be wired in series, parallel, or used individually, depending on voltage and desired current draw. See table to determine what each element will draw at various charging voltages. If your water heater tank is designed for square flange elements, use one square flange adapter for each element. 1" male pipe threads. 2-year warranty.

CONVERTERS & CONTROLS

Diversion Loads

Low-Voltage Water Heating Elements Regulation voltage Model

12/24/48 VDC

Amps

28 V

56 V

Ohms

Watts

Amps

Watts

Amps

series

0.96 Ω

single

0.48 Ω

14.6 A

204 W

29.2 A

408 W

parallel

0.24 Ω

58.3 A

817 W

series

2.48 Ω

5.6 A

79 W

11.3 A

316 W

single

1.24 Ω

11.3 A

158 W

22.6 A

632 W

parallel

0.62 Ω

22.6 A

316 W

45.2 A

1,265 W

817 W

Watts

Item code

22.6 A

021-09275 1,265 W 021-09279 021-09285

Square flange element adapter

Air Heating Diversion Loads These resistive loads enclosed in vented aluminum boxes can be used in 12, 24, and 48 VDC diversion regulation systems. The aluminum box may get very hot in operation and should be mounted on a non- flammable surface at least 12" from any flammable material. 2-year warranty. Dimensions are 16"H x 10"W x 7"D. HL-100 is shipped as a 4 Ω resistor and can be reconfigured as a 1, 0.5 or 0.25 Ω resistor by changing connections in the terminal block. HL-75 is shipped as a 3 Ω resistor and can be reconfigured as a 0.7Ω resistor by changing connections in the terminal block. See table for diverted amps at various voltages. Air Heating Diversion Loads Model

HL-100

HL-75

Diversion load amps at these voltages

Resistance setting

14 VDC

15 VDC

28 VDC

30 VDC

56 VDC

60 VDC

0.25 Ω

56 A

60 A

0.5 Ω

28 A

30 A

1Ω

14 A

15 A

28 A

30 A

4Ω

305 A

3.8 A

7.5 A

14 A

15 A

0.75 Ω

19 A

20 A

38 A

40 A

3Ω

4.7 A

9.3 A

10 A

19 A

20 A

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code

021-09330

021-09335

119

Diversion Loads

12/24 VDC

14 V

Wiring

CONVERTERS & CONTROLS

MidNite Clipper

The MidNite Clipper is designed to control wind or hydro turbines and work with the MidNite Classic charge controllers. The Clipper communicates with the Classic to slow the turbine when the batteries are full, and also contains a stand-alone self-powered adjustable max VOC limiting circuit, which protects the turbine from over-speed. The Clipper has a settable voltage threshold and a breaking feature that provides convenient switching between run/turbine slowing, all in a rugged powder-coated enclosure. The Clipper protects charge controllers and other electronics by sensing the incoming voltage from the turbine and using its internal loads as needed to hold down the incoming voltage to a value that you set. When used with a Classic MPPT charge controller, the Classic uses its auxiliary output to control the Clipper to provide optimum performance. The internal load should be sized according to the turbine that it is used with to provide adequate braking, without overloading the turbine. When the slider on the side of the Clipper is in the stop position, the input voltage (DC or three-phase) is held to zero volts through 50 A circuit breakers to provide emergency braking. All models have a temperature-controlled internal fan. The Clipper has a type 1 enclosure and should be installed only in a protected dry indoor location with adequate ventilation on all sides. The air exiting the exhaust of the Clipper will be hot when the Clipper is slowing the turbine. A minimum of 8" of clearance on the sides and bottom and 24" above the Clipper are recommended. The AC Clippers are designed to work with AC turbines that have wild three-phase AC output and they convert the AC into DC for input into charge controllers such as the MidNite Classic. The AC Clipper contains two 277 VAC 50 amp three-phase AC breakers (one for a stop switch) and a 1,200 V 200 A three-phase bridge rectifier.

Diversion Loads

The 1,500 W AC Clipper is for AC turbines up to 1,500 W. Standard values available are 0.8 and 2.0 ohms per phase. The 4,000 W AC Clipper is for AC turbines up to 4,000 W. Standard values available are 0.4, 1.0, 1.6 and 4.0 ohms per phase. The 4,000 W DC Clipper is for turbines with direct DC output. The standard values available are 0.5, 1.2, 1.3, 3.0, 4.8 and 12 ohms. MidNite Solar can custom-build other resistance values upon request and have designed an easy to change resistor insert for the Clipper allowing changes in the field. Please contact AEE Solar Technical Support for help selecting the correct resistance or if you need a value not listed. Dimensions for all Clipper models are 25.5"H x 15.5"W x 5.25"D and weigh 50 lbs. The MidNite MNTCB wind and hydro turbine control box contains over current protection, a three Phase stop switch and a quality rectifier. The MNTCB contains two 277 VAC 60 Amp three phase AC breakers and a 1200 V 200 Amp three phase bridge rectifier. 22"H x 18"W x 4.5"D, 11 lbs. MidNite Solar Clipper Model

Input power type

MNCLIP1.5KAC0.8

1,500 W

MNCLIP1.5KAC2.0 MNCLIP4KAC0.4

Resistance value

Item code

0.8 Ω

021-00201

2.0 Ω

021-00202

0.4 Ω

021-00301

1.0 Ω

021-00303

1.6 Ω

021-00305

MNCLIP4KAC4

4.0 Ω

021-00307

MNCLIP4DC0.5

0.5 Ω

021-00401

MNCLIP4DC1.2

1.2 Ω

021-00403

1.3 Ω

021-00405

MNCLIP4KAC1.0

4,000 W

MNCLIP4KAC1.6

MNCLIP4DC1.3

4,000 W

3.0 Ω

021-00407

MNCLIP4DC4.8

4.8 Ω

021-00408

MNCLIP4DC12

12.0 Ω

021-00410

MNCLIP4DC3.0

MNTCB wind and Hydro

120

Rated wattage (max)

Wind or hydro turbine control box

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

016-00306

A charge controller is an electronic voltage regulator used in systems with battery banks, to keep the voltage to the battery within acceptable limits. The charge controller automatically tapers, stops, or diverts power when batteries become fully charged. Charge controller capacities range from 4 A to 80 A and multiple charge controllers can be used in parallel for larger systems. Some charge controllers offer additional features including charge status display, datalogging, automatic battery equalization charging, generator starting, and even lighting controls. The simplest charge controllers disconnect the power source when the battery reaches a set voltage, and turn it on when a low voltage set point is reached. Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) charge controllers turn on and off very rapidly, maintaining the batteries at full charge voltage, which results in quicker and more complete battery charging. Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) charge controllers optimize the voltage of the PV array to maximize total power output then convert that to the correct voltage to charge the battery. This process significantly increases the power from a solar array, particularly in low temperatures when battery voltage is significantly below the PV array voltage. Most MPPT charge controllers work with higher array voltages, which can greatly reduce the required wire size between the array and the charge controller. While more expensive than PWM controllers, MPPT charge controllers can boost system performance by up to 30% making them very cost effective.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Charge Controllers

MPPT Charge Controllers

The table below shows recommended maximum nameplate PV array sizes. The wattages shown can be exceeded by up to 20% without damaging the controller, but some “clipping” of potential peak current may occur under cool, clear conditions at the peak of the day. While exceeding these wattages may reduce power harvest at peak times of the day, the total daily amp-hours delivered to the battery bank will be greater because the larger array will produce more power in less than peak conditions such as mornings, afternoons, and in hazy or cloudy weather. Maximum recommended PV array size 12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

Max PV array voltage (VOC)

60 A

750 W

1,500 W

3,000 W

150 VDC

020-02017

80 A

1,000 W

2,000 W

4,000 W

150 VDC

020-02020

MidNite Classic 150

96 A at 12 VDC 1 94 A at 24 VDC 1 86 A at 48 VDC 1

1,200 W

2,350 W

4,300 W

150 VDC 2

020-02405

MidNite Classic 200

79 A at 12 VDC 1 78 A at 24 VDC 1 76 A at 48 VDC 1

1,000 W

1,950 W

3,800 W

200 VDC 2

020-02407

MidNite Classic 250

61 A at 12 VDC 1 62 A at 24 VDC 1 55 A at 48 VDC 1

750 W

1,550 W

2,750 W

250 VDC 2

020-02409

MidNite KID

30 A

400 W

800 W

1,600 W

162 VDC

See page 129

Schneider XWMPPT60-150

60 A

750 W

1,550 W

3,000 W

150 VDC

020-08040

Schneider XWMPPT80-600

80 A

2,000 W

4,000 W

600 VDC

020-08048

Morningstar SS-15MPPT

15 A

200 W

400 W

75 VDC

020-01261

Morningstar TS-MPPT-45

45 A

600 W

1,200 W

2,400 W

150 VDC

020-01109

Morningstar TS-MPPT-60

60 A

800 W

1,600 W

3,200 W

150 VDC

020-01110

Morningstar TS-MPPT-60-600

60 A

800 W

1,600 W

3,200 W

600 VDC

020-01103

30 VDC

020-03122

50 VDC

020-03121

Model

Max output current

OutBack FLEXmax 60 OutBack FLEXmax 80

Blue Sky SB2000E

Item code

25 A

310 W

30 A w / 36-cell input

400 W

22 A w / 60-cell input

290 W

Blue Sky SB2512i

25 A w / 36-cell input

310 W

35 VDC

020-03123

Blue Sky SB50L

20 A w / 60-cell input

625 W

57 VDC

020-03140

Blue Sky SB1524iX

20 A at 12 VDC 15 A at 24 VDC

250 W

375 W

57 VDC

020-03118

Blue Sky SB3024iL

40 A at 12 VDC 30 A at 24 VDC

500 W

750 W

57 VDC

020-03158

Blue Sky SB3048L 30 A -750 W 1,500 W 140 VDC Amps shown are reduced at the higher end of the controller’s array voltage range. Consult product manual for details. 2 Absolute max open circuit voltage is the value listed, plus the nominal battery voltage.

020-03128

Blue Sky SB3000i

MPPT

MPPT Charge Controllers at a Glance

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

121

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

OutBack FLEXmax MPPT Charge Controllers The FLEXmax MPPT software algorithm is both continuous and active, increasing PV array power yield up to 30% compared to non-MPPT controllers. FLEXmax charge controllers can operate at their maximum rated current in ambient temperatures as high as 104 °F (40 °C) and can be used with battery systems from 12 to 60 VDC with PV open-circuit voltage as high as 150 VDC. The controller’s set points are fully adjustable to allow use with virtually any battery type, chemistry, and charging profile. Maximum PV Array Battery bank voltage Max. PV array

Model

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

FM 60

750 W

1,500 W

3,000 W

FM 80

1,000 W

2,000 W

4,000 W

FLEXmax controllers come standard with a 4-line, 80-character backlit LCD screen that displays PV system performance with a 128-day history and is also used for programming and monitoring the system’s operation. For larger systems, OutBack’s MATE series of system controllers enables monitoring of up to 8 FM controllers from up to 300' away. The MATE also includes an opto-isolated RS-232 port for connection to a PC or laptop for data logging and system monitoring.

MPPT

Both controllers have a programmable AUX relay that can be used for control functions such as battery enclosure fans, generator starting, or load control. The AUX output is 200 mA at 12 VDC. Use it to power a separate relay with a 12 VDC coil if you need to control more amperage or to control voltages (AC or DC) other than 12 VDC. FLEXmax charge controllers are covered by a 5-year standard warranty and are ETL Listed to UL 1741 and C22.2 No. 107.1 for the U.S.A. and Canada.

FLEXmax Extreme MPPT Charge Controller OutBack Power’s sealed, outdoor-rated charge controller has improved thermal management capabilities and sealed construction designed for the most extreme environmental conditions. FLEXmax Extreme’s advanced thermal engineering provides full power output from -20 °C to 45 °C without a cooling fan, and since a passively cooled unit can be sealed, circuit boards and other sensitive electronics can be fully protected from dust, dirt, insects, and other external sources of contamination, ensuring reliability and long-term operation. Fan-less operation is extremely quiet because there are no moving parts. An OutBack MATE is used for programming, or the easily-integrated AXS Card MODBUS/TCP interface provides command, control, and integration for industrial customers. The FLEXmax Extreme can be used in negative, positive, or floating ground systems. It has ample wire-bending space and oversized terminals for easier installation with larger gauge wire, and mechanical design that permits servicing and replacing all power components while the unit is mounted on a wall and attached to conduit. Output is rated 80 A at 40 °C (104 °F), and the operating temperature range is -40 °C to +60 °C. The optional external Extreme Turbo Fan is available to keep the controller cool in the most extreme conditions. It can be used with 12, 24, 36, 48, and 60 VDC battery systems and with PV arrays with voltage up to 150 VDC (open circuit). NEMA 3R rated. Listed to UL1741, IEC 62109 and IEC 62509. 5-year warranty. OutBack MPPT Charge Controllers Model

Description

Dimensions (H" X W" x D")

Weight

Item code

12 lbs

020-02020

FM80

OutBack 80 A MPPT charge control

16.25 x 5.75 x 4

FM60

OutBack 60 A MPPT charge control

13.5 x 5.75 x 4

12 lbs

020-02017

OutBack Extreme 80 A charge control

18.6 x 8.8 x 6

22.6 lbs

020-02030

Extreme Extreme Turbo RTS

OutBack Extreme Turbo Fan Outback Remote Temperature Sensor with 20' cable

020-02035 030-04190

The optional RTS remote temperature sensor comes with a 20’ cable to read the battery temperature. This will allow all OutBack charge controllers to adjust the charge set-points if the battery is above or below 77 °F (25 °C). Works with all FLEXmax charge controllers.

122

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Classic MPPT Charge Controller MidNite Classic charge controllers offer many useful features including Arc Fault Detection and Ground Fault Protection (GFP) which eliminate the need for a separate GFP breaker assembly. Three sizes are available to accommodate solar arrays with operating voltages up to 150, 200, or 250 VDC. A feature called HyperVOC protects the controller from damage when open circuit voltage exceeds the operating voltage by a margin equal to the battery bank voltage. For example, the Classic 150 will operate normally with up to 150 VDC of input but, when used with a 48 VDC battery bank operating at 50 VDC, will withstand up to 150 + 50 = 200 VDC. This allows you to maximize array size even when using higher voltage battery systems. The table below represents maximum power only; be sure to consult the power curves in the user's manual when sizing your PV array as allowable current varies with array voltage.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

MidNite Solar

Maximum PV Array Size Battery bank voltage â&#x2020;&#x2019; (nominal)

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

Classic 150

1,200 W

2,350 W

4,300 W

Classic 200

1,000 W

1,950 W

3,800 W

Classic 250

750 W

1,550 W

2,750 W

A built-in setup wizard covers battery bank size, string voltage, wind turbine selection, power and wire loss, PV breaker sizing and more. Firmware is user upgradeable using downloaded files. Each unit includes a sealing kit for dusty or salt-air environments, but sealing can reduce output by up to 20%. Use MidNite 300 VDC breakers (see Electric Distribution) for power source voltages over 150 VDC. Make sure that the breaker will fit into your DC power center, or use a separate MidNite Big Baby Box (see Electrical Distribution Parts) to accommodate the breaker. On the battery side of the controller, breakers need only be rated for the highest battery charge voltage. The Classic 150, 200 and 250 are Listed to UL 1741 and CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 107.1:2001/09/01 Ed: 3 (R2006) and are covered by a 5-year warranty. Dimensions are 15"H x 6"W x 4"D, and weight is 11.5 lbs for all units. The Classic Lite version of each controller is a lower-cost option that omits the programmable user interface in favor of simple DIP switch programming. The Lite does not have Arc Fault Detection. The MidNite Graphics Display Panel (MNGP) is a remote LCD display that mimics the interface on the Classic charge controllers. It can also be used with the Lite versions of the Classic series. The MidNite Clipper enables Classic charge controllers to work with wind or hydro turbines (see Converters & Controls for more information). MidNite Solar Classic MPPT Charge Controllers Model

Item code

Maximum output current at battery voltage 1 12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

Lite version

Full version

Classic 150

96 A

94 A

86 A

020-02412

020-02405

Classic 200

79 A

78 A

76 A

020-02413

020-02407

Classic 250

61 A

62 A

55 A

020-02414

020-02409

MNGP

MidNite Classic remote graphics display

020-02422

Maximum output current is reduced at higher array voltages. See manual for more detail. Output currents over 80 A require 110 A or 125 A breaker. Verify that there is sufficient space in the DC Power Center or breaker panel. 1 2

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

123

MPPT

MidNite Solarâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Classic controllers have MPPT modes for solar, wind, or hydro with user adjustable power curves, and a learning mode for self-optimization. Classics can be stacked to act as one large controller without a separate HUB. They have two auxiliary outputs, a dry contact relay and a 12 VDC output. The Classic has built-in Ethernet and USB and RS-232 ports for two-way communication. An internal IP address enables the Classic to directly output operating data to the Internet or a local network without a central server. Each unit also has 32 MB of internal memory for data storage.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

NEW! KID 30A MPPT Charge Controllers The new KID 30A MPPT charge controllers from MidNite Solar are very versatile charge controllers for small to medium sized renewable energy systems. It works with 12, 24, 36, and 48 V battery systems. Battery voltage range is 9 to 64 VDC. It has a 150 VDC operating limit, but is not damaged with DC voltages as high as 162 VDC, due to MidNite’s HyperVOC circuitry. Two KID controllers can be paralleled together to handle a larger array. If one KID is already installed in a system, the existing PV array can be doubled by adding a second KID to the system. When paralleled, the two controllers will actively share the available current. They have a three-LED bar graph showing battery charge status, and a keypad to access extensive menu items and set-points. There is also a programmable AUX relay and both RS-232 and USB ports. The KID controllers include a built-in lighting controller, with dusk to dawn, hourly, day and night settings, which can be programmed via the keypad. This can also be used as a load low-voltage disconnect (LVD) load controller. Max load current is 30 A. It can be surface mounted on a wall using the included wall mount adaptor, or it can be mounted in an 8.75” x 4.65” opening in a wall or panel. Sealed electronics and passive cooling (no fans) make it ideal for use in harsh environments. Front-panel fuses for input, battery, and load/Clipper provide on-board overcurrent protection and the KID is reverse polarity protected as well. The Marine version comes standard with the Boat Mounting Bracket, flexible conduit, battery temperature sensor and extra conformal coating.

MPPT

ETL Listed for the U.S.A. and Canada. CE Certified. FCC Class B compliant. 2-year warranty. Dimensions are 9.25”L x 5”H (6.6”H with wall-mount adaptor) x 3.4”D. NEMA 1 (IP64) indoor rating. Available in either white or black color. Made in U.S.A. 2-year warranty. Optional remote battery temperature sensor comes standard with the Marine version. The controller’s operating temperature range is -40 ºC to +50 ºC but the controller will automatically de-rate at temperatures above 25 ºC MNKID Assembly Kit comes with Boat Mounting Bracket, knobs, screws, 3' flex conduit, battery temperature sensor, and four 1/2" connectors. Available in White or Black. MNKID Conduit Kit contains two 1/2" straight connectors, two 1/2" elbow connectors and 3 ft flex conduit. The MidNite Whiz Bang Jr is a current sense module that attaches to a standard Deltec 500 A / 50 mV shunt and wires into the MidNite Classic or KID charge controllers to give amperage readings from the shunt enabling absorb charge to stop according to a current set point. In this mode, if the battery current falls below a programmable threshold for one minute, the Classic or KID will recognize that the batteries are fully charged and switch to float mode. MidNite Solar KID Charge Controllers and Accessories Model

Item code

MidNite KID charge controller with Wall Mount Bracket - black

020-02400

MNKID-W

MidNite KID charge controller with Wall Mount Bracket - white

020-02401

MNKID-M-B

MidNite KID Marine charge controller with Boat Mount Bracket - black

020-02403

MNKID-M-W

MidNite KID Marine charge controller with Boat Mount Bracket - white

020-02402

Whiz Bang Jr

Current sense module

020-02426

MNBTS

Battery temperature sensor

020-02425

MNKID-M-BKT-B

Boat mount bracket - black

020-02428

Boat mount bracket - white

020-02427

MNKID-ASSY KIT-B

KID Assembly Kit - black

020-02430

MNKID-ASSY KIT-W

KID Assembly Kit - white

020-02429

KID Conduit Kit

020-02431

MNKID-M-BKT-W

MNKID-CDT KIT

124

Description

MNKID-B

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Schneider Electric Schneider Electric XW-MPPT60-150 Charge Controller The XW-MPPT60-150 can be used with PV arrays with voltages up to 150 VDC and can support an output of up to 60 A for battery voltages between 12 to 60 VDC. Maximum power point tracking (MPPT) maximizes energy harvest and provides increased flexibility in module selection and string sizing. A large aluminum heat sink eliminates the need for an internal fan for added reliability. Built-in ground fault protection (GFP) eliminates the need for a separate GFP breaker. The XW-MPPT60-150 can be mounted on the side or top of the XW power distribution panel, or used stand-alone in other PV systems. The front panel features a 2-line 16-character display and 4 buttons for configuration and system monitoring. A battery temperature sensor is included with the controller. The charge controller has a configurable single-function auxiliary output (producing 5 to 13 VDC at 200 mA) that can drive a relay for load control or activate devices, such as vent fans or indicator alarms. The XW-MPPT60-150 is able to communicate its settings and activity to other Xanbusenabled devices, such as the XW Series inverter/charger, the System Control Panel II (SCP), XW Automatic Generator Start (XW-AGS), and other XW-MPPT solar charge controllers through the Xanbus network. The dimensions are 14"H x 5"W x 5"D, weight is 12 lbs and it is covered by a 5-year warranty with an optional extension to 10 years. Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada.

Schneider Electric XW-MPPT80-600 Charge Controller MPPT

The XW-MPPT80-600 can accommodate open circuit voltages of up to 600 VDC, which reduces wiring needs, increases module selection and string sizing flexibility, and enables greater distance between the power source and battery bank. The MPPT PV array input window is 195 to 550 VDC, which supports an output of up to 80 A for 24 or 48 VDC battery banks. Standby power draw is less than 1 W. The charge controller has a configurable single-function auxiliary output to drive a load control relay or to activate devices such as vent fans or indicator alarms. Full output current of 80 A is available without de-rating in ambient temperatures up to 113 Â°F (45 ÂşC). Over-temperature protection de-rates the power throughput when ambient temperatures are higher. The XW-MPPT80-600 also features protections for input over/under voltage, output over current, and back-feed (reverse current). Built-in ground fault protection (GFP) eliminates the need for a separate GFP breaker. This unit is configurable for positive, negative, and ungrounded PV systems. The XW-MPPT80-600 can be used with the XW power distribution panel, or stand-alone in other PV systems, with a Square-D HU361RB 600 VDC array disconnect. For two strings, wire two poles of the disconnect into the controller terminals. Use a 100 A breaker on the battery side of the control. A battery temperature sensor is included with the controller. The XW-MPPT80-600 is compatible with Xanbus-enabled devices, such as the XW Series inverter/charger, the System Control Panel, XW Automatic Generator Start Module, and other XW solar charge controllers through the Xanbus network. It can also be installed in a stand-alone mode with an XW System Control Panel. XW-MPPT80-600 dimensions are 30"H x 8.63"W x 8.63"D, weight is 29.8 lbs. and it is covered by a 5-year warranty with an optional extension to 10 years. Listed to UL 1741 and CSA 107.1 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Schneider Electric Xantrex XW Charge Controllers Model XW-MPPT60-150 XW-MPPT80-600 SQD HU361RB

126

Description

Item code

XW 60 A 150 VDC MPPT charge control

020-08040

XW 80 A 600 VDC MPPT charge control

020-08048

PV Array disconnect switch for MPPT80-600 charge controller

053-02312

XW SCP

XW System Control Panel - provides central user interface for Xanbus network

030-01181

XW-AGS

XW Automatic Generator Start Module

030-01183

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

TriStar MPPT Charge Controllers Morningstar's TriStar TS-MPPT-45 and TS-MPPT-60 solar charge controllers with TrakStar Technology are advanced maximum power point tracking (MPPT) controllers for photovoltaic (PV) systems up to 3 kW. Applications include off-grid and grid-tied residential and commercial with battery-based inverters, telecommunications, 12 VDC RV & marine applications, traffic & highway telemetry, industrial automation & control and larger scale solar outdoor lighting. The TS-MPPT controllers can be used with arrays with a maximum open circuit voltage of 150 VDC and has a charging range between 8 and 72 VDC. A remote temperature sensor (RTS) is included. With a peak efficiency of 99%, no fan, and multiple power stages, these controllers have less power loss compared to other MPPT controllers. The TriStar MPPT features a smart tracking algorithm that maximizes the energy harvest from the PV modules by rapidly finding the solar array peak power point with extremely fast sweeping of the entire I-V curve.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Morningstar

Optional local and remote meters provide detailed operating data, alarms and faults with three LED's to display system status. The TS-MPPT has a simple DIP Switch setup for plug and play operation or is fully programmable for custom and advanced programming with a PC connection. The chassis on the TriStar controllers is isolated from the power circuits, allowing use in both negative and positive grounded systems.

The RSC-1 communications adapter converts an RS-232 serial connector to a standard RS-485 port and may be used to include the TS-MPPT-45 and TriStar (PWM) controllers and Morningstarâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Relay Driver in a EIA-485 Network. The TriStar MPPT can also be used as an EIA-485 network bridge for remote access to multiple devices through one Ethernet connection. In addition to computer networking, Morningstar has developed the ability to set up a separate Meterbus network. The meter ports allow for communications between compatible products and Morningstar's MeterHub (HUB-1) allows multiple Morningstar products to communicate over an expanded Meterbus network to provide improved data monitoring, additional capabilities and lower system cost. It enables multiple controllers to share a single TriStar meter and display individual controller data as well as aggregated data for the entire system. The HUB-1 also enables multiple controllers to share a single Relay Driver (RD-1). Weight: 9.2 lbs. Dimensions: 11.4"H x 5.1"W x 5.6"D. 5-year warranty. ETL Listed to UL 1741. Morningstar TriStar MPPT Charge Controllers Nominal maximum array power

Model

Description

Web enabled

TS-MPPT-45

TriStar MPPT 45 A charge controller

Yes*

600 W

1,200 W

2,400 W

020-01109

TS-MPPT-60

TriStar MPPT 60 A charge controller

Yes

800 W

1,600 W

3,200 W

020-01110

TS-M-2

12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

TriStar Meter-2 Digital Display for TriStar controllers - mounts on front of charge controller

Item code

020-01111

TriStar Remote Meter-2 Display with 100' cable

020-01112

MeterHub controller communications HUB

020-01260

Temperature sensor (replacement â&#x20AC;&#x201C; one RTS is included with the controller as standard equipment)

020-01141

RSC-1

Communications adapter RS-232 to EIA-485

020-01256

RD-1

Relay driver with 4 independent outputs for system control functions

020-01255

TS-RM-2 HUB-1 RTS

*with added option equipment.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

127

MPPT

Extensive Networking and Communications Capabilities enables system monitoring, data logging, and remote adjustments. Both models offer open standard MODBUS protocol and Morningstar's MS View software and allow a Serial RS-232 connection to a PC or laptop. In addition, the TS-MPPT-60 includes a built-in Ethernet port for a fully web-enabled interface to view data from a web browser to display up to 200 days of data logging and send email/text and messages. The TS-MPPT-60 also has a built-in RS-485 port for connecting to an EIA-485 network.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

TriStar MPPT 600 VDC Charge Controllers Morningstar’s TriStar MPPT 600 VDC charge controller, the TS-MPPT-600V, is a new addition to Morningstar’s TriStar MPPT solar controller family, and uses Morningstar’s TrakStar MPPT technology coupled with the widest PV input operating voltage range available in a PV controller. TrakStar MPPT technology enables this charge controller to harvest the maximum energy from the solar array or wind turbine. The high-speed sweeping algorithm minimizes power loss and provides full visibility of the entire power curve from open circuit to battery voltage; ensuring the maximum power point is chosen under all ambient conditions. The TS-MPPT-600V charge controllers are rated for 60 Amps of current output and are usable with PV modules or wind and hydro-electric turbines to charge 48 VDC battery systems. Their wide input operating voltage range of 5-525 VDC (full power range of 200-425 VDC), 600 VDC maximum open circuit voltage limit, and buck-boost design, allows a wide voltage range for string sizing. This also allows the controller to keep operating even if shade causes some modules in the array to stop producing power, or allows the controller to provide power in low-wind conditions if using it with a wind turbine. The TS-MPPT-600V controller also allows for remote communications, data logging, adjustability, and metering using open communication protocols and true Ethernet-enabled functionality. Communication ports/interfaces include Ethernet, EIA-485, RS-232 and MeterBus.

MPPT

Built-in lightning protection protects the circuitry from nearby lightning-induced voltage/current spikes. The large heat sink provides convection cooling without using any fans, so there are no moving parts. The components are epoxy encapsulated and the printed circuit boards are conformal coated for protection against moisture and dust. Advanced four-stage charging algorithm to optimize battery health. Self-diagnostics and electronic error protections make installation easier and minimize the chances of installation errors and system faults. The TriStar MPPT 600 V charge controller is available with or without a pre-wired DC Disconnect Box. The pre-wired DC Disconnect Box version, the TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB, can be used with positivelygrounded or negatively-grounded PV systems and helps to save on installation time and cost. The DC Disconnect Box includes the following features: PV disconnect switch, battery disconnect breaker (positive pole battery breaker), four busbars (one for each: PV +/-, Battery +/-), two standard 35 mm DIN rails, and internal barriers between the high voltage PV and low voltage battery wiring. A battery temperature sensor (RTS) is included. Wire terminals accept #14-#2 size wire. Both units are NEMA1 rated for indoor installation (IP20). ETL Listed to UL1741 and Canadian CSA C22.2 No. 107.1.01. FCC Class B Part 15 compliant. Ambient operating temperature range: -40 ºF to +113 ºF (-40 ºC to +45 ºC). The optional TriStar Meter-2-600V can be mounted on the front of the controller, and its 2 x 16 character LCD display shows extensive system and controller information, logged data, bar graph metering as well as alarms and faults for easy troubleshooting. The information may be shown in English, French, German, Portuguese or Spanish languages. The TS-MPPT-60-600V-48 measures 15.4”H x 8.7”W x 5.9”D and weighs 19.8 lbs. The TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB measures 21.4”H x 8.7”W x 5.9”D and weighs 28.1 lbs. Morningstar TriStar MPPT 600 VDC charge controllers Model TS-MPPT-60-600V- 48 TS-MPPT-60-600V-48-DB TriStar Meter-2-600V

128

Description

Item code

TriStar 60 A/600 VDC 48 V MPPT charge controller

020-01103

TriStar 60 A/600 VDC 48 V MPPT charge controller with DC disconnect

020-01104

Optional digital display

020-01114

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The SunSaver MPPT (Maximum Power Point Tracking) charge controller is designed for 12 and 24 VDC battery charging from a PV array with a maximum open circuit voltage of 75 VDC. Use up to three 36-cell PV modules in series or a single 60-cell or 72-cell module to provide up to 200 W when charging a 12 VDC battery or up to 400 W when charging a 24 VDC battery. The SunSaver MPPT maximizes the output of the PV array by rapidly finding the array’s peak power point with extremely fast sweeping of the entire I-V curve, providing an estimated 5-25% power boost over PWM or simple on-off controllers, especially during periods of colder temperatures and low battery voltages when it is most needed. The controller features electronic protection from short circuit, overcurrent, reverse polarity, high temperature, high voltage, lightning, and transient surges. An adjustable low-battery load disconnect protects the battery from over-discharge. LED indicators indicate charging, low-battery and faults. The optional meter provides detailed system information, 30 days of logged data, alarms, and faults. The SS-MPPT has a simple DIP Switch setup for plug and play operation or is fully programmable for custom and advanced programming with a PC connection using the PC MeterBus Adapter (MSC) and Morningstar’s MSView software (available for free on Morningstar’s website). Also compatible with Morningstar’s MeterHub (see previous page).

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

SunSaver MPPT 15 A Charge Controller

The SunSaver MPPT now features programmable lighting control for up to four time periods and is adjustable with respect to hours/minutes after/before – Dusk/Dawn/Solar Midnight/Solar Noon. Mounts on DIN rail with DIN-1 rail clip. SS-15MPPT dimensions are 6.6"H x 2.75"W x 2.2"D, weight is 1.65 lbs, and it is covered by a 5-year warranty. Listed to UL 1741 CSA 107.1 for U.S.A. and Canada. Morningstar SunSaver MPPT Charge Controllers Description SunSaver MPPT charge controller

RM-1

SunSaver MPPT remote meter

DC system voltage

Charge current

Item code

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

020-01261 020-01258

RTS

Battery temperature sensor

020-01141

MSC

Meterbus adapter

020-01257

DIN-1

Din rail clip - each

020-01259

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MPPT

Model SS-15MPPT

129

Introducing the New TriStar MPPT™ 600V Controller Morningstar is pleased to announce the introduction of the TriStar MPPT 600V Controller. • Leverages our Innovative TrakStar™ MPPT Technology • Uses Advanced Power Electronics to Efficiently Match up to 600 Voc PV to a 48 Vdc Battery System • Offers the Industry's Widest PV Input Operating Voltage • Delivers the Best-in-Class Power Efficiency • Features Extensive System Networking, Monitoring and Communications

www.morningstarcorp.com/TS-MPPT-600V

Solar Boost Charge Controllers The Blue Sky Solar Boost charge controllers feature Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT), selectable charge voltage set points for flooded, AGM, and gel lead-acid batteries and an equalize function to periodically condition liquid electrolyte lead-acid batteries. An optional user-friendly digital display is available to monitor PV charge performance. The display shows battery voltage, solar current, charge current, and charge mode, either in the controller, as a remote panel installed up to 300' away, or both. Optional temperature compensation of charge voltage is also available to further improve charge controller and battery performance. Solar Boost controllers are available with or without the digital display and optional remote display. Reverse-polarity protection. 5-year limited warranty. Solar Boost 3048L SB3048L is designed to charge 24 and 48 VDC battery systems from a PV array with a maximum opencircuit voltage of up to 140 VDC (the array Vmp voltage must always be greater than battery voltage). Maximum charge current is 30 A output at 24 or 48 VDC. Dimensions:10"H x 8.75"W x 3.5"D, and weigh 8.75 lbs without the optional display, and 9 lbs with the controller-mounted display. ETL Listed to UL1741 and CSA E332-1/2 for the U.S.A. and Canada.

Solar Boost 3024iL The SB3024iL is designed to charge 12 and 24 DC battery systems from a 24 VDC array (maximum open circuit voltage is 57 VDC). Maximum charge current is 40 A output at 12 VDC and 30 A at 24 VDC. It has an auxiliary output that can serve as a 20 A load controller or as a 2 A battery charger. The SB3024DiL version converts the 20 A auxiliary output into a separate 20 A diversion type charge controller for hydroelectric, wind, or similar generator type power sources. The Diversion Control upgrade also allows the 3024 to divert full available PV and generator power which is not required for battery charging to a useful purpose such as heating water. The SB3024iL and SB3024DiL are both IPN network interface enabled, and include load control outputs so they can also serve as lighting controllers. An IPN Pro-Remote is required to enable and configure dusk-to-dawn lighting control. Listed to UL 1741 and CSA STD E335-1/2E. Blue Sky Energy Solar Boost Charge Controllers Model

Description

System voltage

Charge current

Item code

SB3048L

Charge controller

24 / 48 VDC

30 A

020-03128

SB3048DL

Controller with digital display

24 / 48 VDC

30 A

020-03125

SB3048PDL

Front cover with digital display for SB3048L – retrofit for unit without display

020-03131

SB3024iL

Charge controller

12 / 24 VDC

40 / 30 A

020-03158

SB3024DiL

Controller with digital display

12 / 24 VDC

40 / 30 A

020-03159

SB3024PDiL

Front cover with digital display for SB3024i – retrofit for unit without display

020-03157

SB50RD25

Remote digital display with 25' cable – for SB3048 also fits older SB50 and SB6024

020-03152

40 / 30 A

020-03158

020-03149

40 / 30 A

020-03159

930-0022-20

Battery temperature sensor

SB3024PDiL

Front cover with digital display for SB3024i

020-03157

SB50RD25

Remote digital display with 25' cable – for SB50 and SB3048 and SB6024

020-03152

930-0022-20

Battery temperature sensor

020-03149 131

MPPT

IPN Controllers Blue Sky Energy’s Integrated Power Net™, or IPN Network provides an integrated charge controller communication strategy. The advanced high speed digital network allows up to 8 IPN capable charge controllers to communicate with each other and operate as a single machine rather than separate charge controllers. One controller is the master and the others are slaves. Charge parameters are set only in the master, and the slaves automatically take on these settings and work with the master to behave as a single charge control machine. The IPN Network also allows networked controllers to share an optional battery temperature sensor and remote display. The IPN Network does not require an additional controller, display, or other special communication hardware or software to operate. The Solar Boost 3024iL, 2512iX-HV, and 1524iX charge controllers include load control outputs so they can also serve as lighting controllers. An IPN Pro-Remote is required to enable and configure dusk-to-dawn lighting control but does not need to remain connected to the system and can be used as a setup tool only.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Blue Sky Energy

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Solar Boost 2512i-HV and 2512iX-HV, and 1524iX The SB 2512i-HV is a fully automatic 3-stage charge controller system. A partial IPN network interface is also included to allow use of the Universal Communication Module (UCM), and IPN-Remote and IPN-ProRemote displays. This controller is a good low-cost choice for 12 VDC systems. 25 A maximum current output. The Solar Boost SB2512iX-HV and SB1524iX provide additional features including automatic or manual equalization, remote battery temperature sensor input, full IPN network compatibility, and an auxiliary output. The user-configurable auxiliary output can serve as either a 25 A (15/20 in 1524iX) load controller or a 2 A auxiliary battery charger for a separate battery, such as the engine battery in an RV. The auxiliary output can also provide fully adjustable dusk to dawn lighting control. All three of these Solar Boost charge controllers can charge a 12 VDC battery from a single 60-cell module or by using 36-cell modules. The 1524iX can be used for 24 VDC systems, however a single 60-cell module does not produce enough voltage to fully charge a 24 VDC battery, and two 60-cell modules in series would exceed the controller’s voltage limit, so two 36-cell modules in series, or a 72-cell module should be used in 24 VDC systems with this controller. Open frame construction with conformal coated electronics mounted to rear of 5.3” x 5.3” (13.5 cm x 13.5 cm) clear anodized aluminum face plate. Black ABS corrosion proof mounting box is included, 2.5” (6.4 cm) deep.

NEW! Solar Boost 3000i

MPPT

Blue Sky Energy’s new Solar Boost 3000i panel-mount solar charge controller charges 12 VDC batteries at up to 30 A from conventional 36-cell 12 VDC PV modules (up to about 400 W). MPPT technology operates the modules electrically in a manner that harvests all available PV power and can increase charge current up to 30% or more compared to conventional PWM type controllers. It can also charge a 12 VDC battery using a higher voltage, lower cost, 60-cell PV module at up to 22 A of output current (up to about 290 W). The process of converting the much higher 60 cell input voltage down to battery voltage may produce a charge current increase approaching 200%. Max voltage limit of 50 VDC, so it is not for use with 72-cell modules. Solar Boost 3000i’s sophisticated three-stage charge control plus auto/manual equalization optimally charges flooded, gel and AGM lead-acid batteries. A user configurable auxiliary output is also provided which can serve as either a 20 amp LVD load controller, 20 amp lighting controller with LVD, or 2 amp auxiliary battery charger for a second battery such as the engine starting battery in an RV. All set-points for charge control and load control are user adjustable. The LED display combines excellent readability with very low power consumption and includes an automatic night time diming feature, or it may be turned off completely if desired. The high accuracy display shows battery voltage, input & output current, auxiliary battery voltage, and computes total solar charge amp-hours produced. Solar Boost 3000i may also operate as an IPN Network Master controlling up to 7 remote Blue Sky Energy IPN compatible charge controllers such as the SB3024iL. Blue Sky Energy’s IPN Network allows multiple charge controllers to communicate with each other and coordinate their activities to charge the battery as a single coordinated charging machine. All networked controllers display through the SB3000i’s digital display and may share a battery temperature sensor, Use the IPN-ProRemote display for high accuracy battery system monitoring, or Universal Communication Module (UCM) for remote access over the Internet. Dimensions are 6.4”W x 4.6”H x 2.2”D. Operating temperature range of -40 ºC to +45 ºC. Can be panel mounted or wall mounted using the optional surface mount box (see Accessories). Blue Sky Energy IPN Charge/Lighting Controllers Model

Description

DC system voltage

Charge current

Max PV array voltage

Item code

SB2512i-HV

Charge controller

12 VDC

25 A

50 VDC

020-03164

SB2512iX-HV

Charge controller

12 VDC

25 A

50 VDC

020-03165

SB1524iX

Charge controller

12 or 24 VDC

20/15 A

57 VDC

020-03118

SB3000i

Charge controller

12 VDC

30/22* A

50 VDC

020-03121

*30 A with 36-cell module and 22 A with 60-cell modules

132

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These panel-mount controllers are commonly used in RV and marine applications, but they can also be used for cabin systems or any small 12 VDC power system where a panel mounted controller and meter are desired. IPN Remotes and Optional Controller Accessories The IPN Remote Display provides basic monitoring for IPN compatible charge controllers. The unit displays battery voltage, output current and charge controller system status for up to 8 controllers on a single IPN network. An LED display is used to provide readability in any lighting. The charge status indicator displays system status and battery state-of-charge. When the battery is being charged, the display toggles between battery voltage and charge controller output current. The current display can be configured to show the total output current from all controllers on the IPN network, or the output current from a particular controller. Multiple IPN-Remote displays can be placed on a single IPN network even if an IPN-ProRemote is already present. Dimensions are 2 ½”H x 3”W x 1 ⅛”D (6.3 cm x 7.6 cm x 2.8 cm).

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

RV Charge Controllers

The IPN-ProRemote combines charge controller monitoring and battery system monitoring in a single remote display, eliminating the need for a separate battery monitor. A high-accuracy calculation of remaining battery capacity compensates for a variety of factors, including charge/discharge current, battery size, type, and temperature. Information learned from past battery behavior is used to continuously improve metering accuracy. The IPN-ProRemote also monitors and controls Blue Sky's IPN-based charge controllers. It can monitor both the combined total and individual status of up to 8 IPN charge controllers on a single IPN network. Dimensions are 4½”H x 4½”W x 1½”D (11.4 cm x 11.4 cm x 3.8 cm) and it fits in a standard duplex wall mount box.

The Battery Temperature Sensor has 20' of cable can be used with any Solar Boost controller. Optional shunts allow the IPN remotes to monitor other charging sources and loads. The IPN Remotes are designed to be panel mounted (through a hole in a wall or panel). Use the ABS plastic Wall Mount Box for surface mounting. Blue Sky Energy IPN Network Monitors and Controller Accessories Model

Description

Item code

IPN Pro-Remote display with 500 A shunt

020-03161

IPNPRO

IPN Pro-Remote display

020-03162

IPNREM

IPN Remote

020-03163

Universal Communication Module – IPN to RS-485/Ethernet connection module

020-03166

IPNPRO-S

UCM

Battery Temperature Sensor

020-03149

CS-100

Remote shunt 100 A / 100 mV

028-09245

CS-500

Remote shunt 500 A / 50 mV

028-09253

930-0022-20

720-0011-01 MTG BOX 2512

Wall Mount Box for SB2000E, SC30, SC30-LVD, 3000i

020-03119

Plastic ABS wall mount box - 2.50" (7 cm) deep. For SB2512i(X) and SB1524iX

020-03120

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

133

RV Charge Controllers

The UCM Universal Communications Module acts as a bridge between Blue Sky’s IPN Network and external systems. A standard MODBUS RTU interface is provided both as isolated RS-485 and TCP\IP Ethernet based MODBUS/IP and includes a built-in HTTP web server allowing data view and parameter setup with a standard web browser either locally or globally over the Internet without a subscription.

Offering the largest product line of MPPT solar controllers for off grid applications

Systems are not one size fits all and solar controllers shouldn’t be that way either. New SB3000i, the next IPN networkable controller with just about everything you could want in a small 30 amp controller designed for 12V applications with 36 or 60 cell modules. With our 5 year warranty, great customer service and less than .2% failure rate you know we have you covered.

Solar Boost™ IPN™ networkable controllers • Affordable, Flexible, Reliable • Mix and match controllers for the perfect fit • Share one temperature sensor and one display for entire system • Load control or auxiliary output included (most controllers) • 60 cell module capable for higher voltage, lower cost modules • Remote accessible with Universal Communication Module (UCM)* *Remotely Monitor Via Multiple Standard Communication Interfaces *Provides FTP Data Upload to Remote Server, Data Logging, and No Subscription required

Off Grid Living

Telcommunications

Recreation

Solar Lighting

Marine

Security

For more info and to view our entire product line go to www.blueskyenergyinc.com or contact us at sales@blueskyenergyinc.com • Ph: 800-493-7877 QUALITY....RELIABILITY....BLUE SKY ENERGY, CHANGING THE WAY SOLAR IS USED EVERYDAY

This 25 A MPPT solar charge controller is for 12 VDC systems and has a maximum input Voc of 30 VDC. A built-in LCD digital display monitors solar charge performance, and shows battery voltage, solar panel current and output charge current. You can actually see current boost working by knowing the difference between solar panel current and output charge current. A charge status LED indicates the present charge mode, and shows when the battery has become fully charged. The optional Battery Temperature Sensor increases charging accuracy. This controller is very popular in RV installations. It mounts in a 5 11/16" x 3 15/16" cut-out and is wired from the rear. The optional wall-mount box allows for surface mounting.

Blue Sky Energy Sun Charger 30 PWM Charge Controller Blue Sky Energy’s Sun Charger 30 (SC30) panel-mount solar charge controller will charge a 12 VDC battery bank at up to 30 A from a 12 VDC (nominal) PV array. It uses precise PWM charge voltage control (not MPPT) combined with a sophisticated three-stage charge algorithm to optimally charge flooded, gel, or AGM lead-acid batteries. All charge settings are user adjustable. To periodically condition flooded batteries, the Sun Charger 30 will also perform a manual or automatic equalization charge.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Blue Sky Energy Solar Boost 2000E

The SC30 controller is designed to work with 12 VDC nominal PV modules (36-cell), and cannot be used with 60-cell or 72-cell modules. Maximum PV open-circuit voltage at STC is 24.0 VDC. Maximum PV short-circuit current (amps) at STC is 27 A. Maximum PV power output of the array (STC) is 450 W.

Conformal coated electronics, anodized face plate and stainless steel fasteners resist corrosion. Built-in protection for reverse polarity, battery/PV swap, transient voltage, over current, over temperature. The operating temperature range is -40 °C to +45 °C. Maximum battery cable and PV array input wire size is #8 AWG. The SC30-LVD has a Low Voltage Disconnect & lighting control feature via a 50 mA drive signal to a power relay with a 12 VDC coil (not included - see the Converters and Controls section for the Omron SPST 10 A relay which draws 44 mA) The dimensions of the Solar Boost Sun Charger 30 are 4 ⅝"H x 6 ⅜"W x 1 ¼"D. 5-year warranty. Blue Sky Energy RV Charge Controllers Model SB2000E SC30 SC30-LVD 720-0011-01 SC30-ADAPTER 930-0022-20

Description

System Voltage

Max charge current

Item code

25 A MPPT Charge controller

12 VDC

25 A

020-03122

30A PWM Panel mount charge controller

12 VDC

30 A

020-03180

30A PWM Panel mount charge controller w/ low-voltage disconnect

12 VDC

30 A

020-03181

Wall mount box for SB2000E, SC30, SC30-LVD, 3000i

020-03119

7.5" x 4.6" (19.1 cm x 11.7 cm) Black panel existing cutout adapter. Covers existing large cutout & accepts SC30 or SB2000E

020-03184

Battery temperature sensor

020-03149

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

135

PWM

The built-in low power LED digital display combines readability with very low power consumption includes an automatic night time diming feature and may be turned off completely if desired. The high accuracy display shows battery voltage, and solar charge current, and computes total solar charge amphours produced.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Morningstar TriStar PWM Charge Controllers The TriStar pulse width modulated (PWM) controllers can operate as solar charge controllers, load controllers, or diversion regulators in 12, 24 or 48 VDC systems. They can also be custom programed for 36 VDC. Two or more controllers can be used to provide multiple functions. PWM may be changed to on/off operation to prevent telecom noise. Two models are available with current ratings of 45 A and 60 A. Seven different set points are selectable via DIP switches for plug and play operation. An RS-232 communications port enables PC or laptop connection to adjust controller set points, to download internally logged data, or to configure detailed PC data logging. A PC can communicate with the TriStar with open standard MODBUS protocol and Morningstar's MS View software. The RSC-1 communications adapter can be used to convert the RS-232 serial connector to EIA-485 to be included in an EIA-485 network. The TriStar also has a lighting control feature with 7 DIP Switch presets or custom programmed settings with up to two ON-OFF time periods after/before dusk and dawn. An optional TriStar Meter-2 Digital Display can be mounted on the front of the controller or up to 100' away using 4-conductor phone cable with RJ11 jacks. The meters can provide in depth system information including 60 days of internally logged data. They can also be connected to a MeterHub network with the MeterHub (HUB-1) to be displayed on a TriStar Meter or networked with a Relay Driver for relay switch operation.

PWM

Battery temperature compensation may be added with the optional Remote Temperature Sensor (RTS). Dimensions: 10.25"H x 5"W x 2.8"D. Weight: 3.5 lbs. 5-year warranty. Listed to UL 1741 for U.S.A. and Canada. Morningstar TriStar PWM Charge Controllers Model

DC system voltage

Charge current

Item code

TriStar 45 charge controller

12, 24, or 48 VDC

45 A

020-01105

TS-60

TriStar 60 charge controller

12, 24, or 48 VDC

60 A

020-01108

RTS

Battery temperature sensor

020-01141

TS-M-2

TriStar Meter-2 mounts on front of charge controller

020-01111

TS-RM-2

TriStar Remote Meter-2 display with 100' cable

020-01112

TS-45

Description

ProStar PWM Charge Controllers

ProStar PWM charge controllers make maximum use of valuable PV power. They have automatic equalization and temperature compensation, and provide four-stage charging including a monthly equalize charge. The ProStar controllers can be used on 12, 24, and 48 VDC systems with AGM, gel, and flooded lead-acid batteries. Front panel LEDs indicate charging status and state-of-charge. Reverse polarity protection on input and output prevents inadvertently damaging the controller. Short circuited loads are automatically disconnected. M models include an LCD meter to display battery voltage, PV charging current, and load current. Low voltage disconnect (LVD) is current-compensated to prevent false disconnect when the battery is heavily loaded. Internal circuitry is conformal coated to guard against corrosion. ProStar dimensions are 6.01"H x 4.14"W x 2.2"D. 5-year warranty. Morningstar Prostar PWM Charge Controllers DC system voltage

Charge current

Item code

ProStar 15

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

020-01120

ProStar 15 with digital display

Model PS-15 PS-15M PS-15M-48 PS-15M-48-PG PS-30 PS-30M PS-30M-PG RTS 136

Description

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

020-01123

ProStar 15 48 V with digital display

48 VDC

15 A

020-01126

ProStar 15 48 V with digital display positive ground

48 VDC

15 A

020-01129

ProStar 30

12 or 24 VDC

30 A

020-01132

ProStar 30 w/ digital display

12 or 24 VDC

30 A

020-01135

ProStar 30 w/ digital display positive ground

12 or 24 VDC

30 A

020-01138

Remote temperature sensor

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

020-01141

SunSaver Gen3 controllers are advanced PWM solar battery charging and load controllers for smaller stand-alone 12 and 24 VDC PV systems. A rugged anodized aluminum case, marine rated terminals, and epoxy encapsulated electronics enhance durability. A temperature compensation sensor in the charge controller varies full charge voltage with temperature. SunSavers are field-selectable for sealed or flooded batteries and have a four-stage battery charging process (including auto equalization for flooded batteries) optimized for long battery life and improved system performance. Self-diagnostics and electronic error protection prevent damage when installation mistakes or system faults occur and reset automatically when resolved. The Gen3 controllers include a multi-color status LED as well as 3 Battery LEDs, which together indicate system status, battery stateof-charge and 13 possible error conditions. The new terminal cover prevents contact with the wiring terminals. The load output connections can provide power to DC loads up to the unit’s amperage rating, and “L” models provide low-voltage disconnect (LVD) for connected loads. Telecom mode and 15 V max charge limit for sensitive loads. Negative ground only. Operating temperature range of –40 °C to +60 °C.

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

SunSaver Gen3 Charge Controllers

SunSaver dimensions are 6"H x 2.2"W x 1.3"D. These Gen3 SunSaver Controllers are approved for Class 1 Div 2 for hazardous locations and are Listed to UL1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. CSA C22.2 No. 107.1-01 certification. 5-year warranty. Morningstar SunSaver Gen3 PWM Charge Controllers DC system voltage

Charge current

LVD current

Item code

SS-6-12V

Model

SunSaver

Description

12 VDC

N/A

020-01245

SS-6L-12V

SunSaver with LVD

12 VDC

020-01248

SunSaver

12 VDC

10 A

020-01230

SunSaver with LVD

12 VDC

10 A

020-01233

SS-20L-12V

SunSaver with LVD

12 VDC

20 A

020-01239

SS-10L-24V

SunSaver with LVD

24 VDC

10 A

020-01236

SS-20L-24V

SunSaver with LVD

24 VDC

20 A

020-01242

DIN rail clip for mounting SunSaver and SunLight controllers on a DIN rail - each (two needed per controller)

020-01259

DIN 1

SunLight Charge Controller with Lighting Control The SunLight is a SunSaver Gen2 controller that includes a rotary switch which allows it to turn on the loads after dusk for 2, 4, 6, 8, or 10 hours. One option turns loads on at dusk then off and on again before dawn. In this configuration, you can choose the following settings (in hours): 3/off/1, 4/ off/2, or 6/off/2. “On” from dusk to dawn is also possible. A test button turns light(s) on for five minutes. 5-year warranty. Dimensions: 6.6"H x 2.2"W x 1.3"D. Morningstar SunLight Charge/Lighting Controllers Model

Description

DC system voltage

Charge current

LVD current

Item code

SL-10-12V

SunLight with LVD

12 VDC

10 A

020-01218

SL-20-12V

SunLight with LVD

12 VDC

20 A

020-01224

SL-10-24V

SunLight with LVD

24 VDC

10 A

020-01221

SL-20-24V

SunLight with LVD

24 VDC

20 A

020-01227

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

137

PWM

SS-10-12V SS-10L-12V

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

SunSaver Duo RV Charge Controller The SunSaver Duo 2-battery charge controller will charge two separate and isolated batteries at the same time, such as a ‘house’ battery and an engine battery in an RV or yacht. This controller also includes a backlit remote meter that may be flush or surface mounted, and displays alpha-numeric and graphical information about the solar power system status. Epoxy encapsulated electronics for environmental protection. User adjustable via DIP switch or connection to a personal computer. Optional Remote Temperature Sensor for battery bank. 5-year warranty. Morningstar SunSaver Duo RV Charge Controller & Accessories Model SSD-25RM RTS

Description SunSaver Duo with remote meter

DC system voltage

Charge / load current

Item code

12 VDC

25 A

020-01250 020-01141

Remote temperature sensor

SunGuard Charge Controller The SunGuard uses the same charging circuit as the SunSaver and works well as a 12 VDC, low-power controller for up to 75 W of PV module(s). Since it is epoxy encapsulated, it can be used outdoors in harsh environments. The SunGuard’s dimensions are 2.5"H x 2"W x 1.6"D with wire leads for connecting module and battery, and it is covered by a 5-year warranty. Morningstar SunGuard Charge Controller Model

PWM

SG-4

Description SunGuard

System voltage

Charge current

Item code

12 VDC

4.5 A

020-01215

SunKeeper Charge Controller Morningstar’s SunKeeper solar controller provides a low cost regulated output directly from the solar module to maximize battery life in small solar power applications. The SunKeeper is epoxy encapsulated and rated for outdoor use. By mounting directly to the module junction box and wiring through the junction box knockout, the connection is weather-proof. This eliminates the need for an additional housing for the controller. It’s designed to mount in a ½" knockout in a PV module junction box or other enclosure. The SunKeeper is available in 6 A or 12 A versions for small 12 VDC systems, and provides PWM threestage charging. Includes temperature compensation at the controller or alternatively at the battery when used with the optional Remote Temperature Sensor. Able to charge a zero voltage battery. A bi-color LED indicates solar charging, regulation, normal nighttime operation, and any controller or system faults. The SunKeeper has been designed with extremely efficient power electronics and is rated to 70 °C so it can be mounted behind a PV module. The SunKeeper is also certified for use in Class 1, Division 2 hazardous locations, making it well-suited for solar powered oil/gas applications. 5-year warranty. Listed to UL 1604 and CSA 22.2. Morningstar SunKeeper Charge Controllers Model

System voltage

Charge current

Item code

SK-6

SunKeeper 6

12 VDC

020-01252

SK-12

SunKeeper 12

12 VDC

12 A

020-01253

RTS

138

Description

Remote battery temperature sensor

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

020-01141

Atkinson Electronics Lighting Controllers The fully waterproof PVLC series charge and lighting controllers can be used with 12 or 24 VDC systems and are well-suited for operating area lighting or signage. MD-designated controllers have a motion sensor to activate the light or load when motion is sensed. Controllers with and without motion detectors are available in 15 A and 40 A versions. All controllers have low-voltage load disconnect (LVD) and temperature compensation and can be used with sealed or flooded batteries. Pulse action reduces sulfating. Atkinson Lighting Controllers Model

System voltage

PV and load current

Dimensions (L"x W"x D")

Item code

PVLC-15

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

2 x 3 x 1.25

020-05425

PVLC-40

12 or 24 VDC

40 A

3.3 x 5.5 x 1.7

020-05427

PVLC-15MD

12 or 24 VDC

15 A

2 x 3 x 1.25

020-05432

PVLC-40MD

12 or 24 VDC

40 A

3.3 x 5.5 x 1.7

020-05435

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Atkinson

PWM

Help us keep this catalog accurate and up-to-date. Send any feedback or corrections to salessupport@aeesolar.com

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

139

CHARGE CONTROLLERS

Schneider Electric Schneider Electric C-35, C-40 and C-60 PWM Controllers The Schneider Electric C-35, C-40, and C-60 PWM (pulse width modulator) controllers can be used as either PV charge controllers, DC load controllers or DC diversion regulators in 12 and 24 VDC systems (the C-40 can also be used in 48 VDC systems). Two controllers can be used together to provide multiple functions. As DC load controllers, they disconnect the load at a user-defined low voltage and reconnect at a higher voltage reconnect point. As diversion controllers, they send excess power to a diversion load (see Controls and Relays) to regulate hydroelectric or wind generators. The maximum current throughput is reduced by 25% when used in diversion mode. All Schneider Electric C-Series charge controllers have field-adjustable bulk and float set points and perform automatic equalization every 30 days or whenever low-voltage disconnect (LVD) is reached. Equalization can be manually initiated with automatic shut-off. The optional Battery Temperature Sensor can be used to increase accuracy of the control algorithms. The optional LCD Digital Display shows battery voltage, array current and power, cumulative amp-hours, and a separately resettable â&#x20AC;&#x153;tripâ&#x20AC;? amp-hour measurement. The digital display can be mounted on the front of the charge controller, or with a cable for remote mounting in a double-gang electrical box up to 100' away. These controllers are Listed to UL 1741 and CSA 22.2 No 107.1-95 and covered by a 2-year warranty. Schneider Electric C-Series PWM Charge Controllers Model

Description

PWM

System voltage

Charge current

Item code 020-08004

C-35

Charge/Load/Diversion controller

12 or 24 VDC

35 A

C-40

Charge/Load/Diversion controller

12, 24, or 48 VDC

40 A

020-08005

C-60

Charge/Load/Diversion controller

12 or 24 VDC

60 A

020-08009

BTS/15

Battery temperature sensor with 15' cable

020-08025

BTS/35

Battery temperature sensor with 35' cable

020-08029

Digital display mounts on front of charge controller

020-08016

CM/R50

Remote display with 50' cable

020-08019

CM/R100

Remote display with 100' cable

020-08017

Schneider Electric C-12 Charge & Lighting Controller The C-12 controller is PWM microprocessor-based and has a 12 A low-voltage disconnect (LVD) and an automatic lighting control, making it well-suited for small remote loads such as signs, cabins and bus shelters. The lighting control activates the light at dusk, has an adjustable duration timer for 2 to 8 hours of run time, and can be set to run until dawn. The LVD shuts off the load when the battery voltage falls below a user-defined set point. Use one of the C-Series Battery Temperature Sensors for more accurate battery charging. For use in 12 VDC systems only. The C-12 can be mounted outdoors. Its dimensions are 6.5" x 4.3" x 1.5" and it is UL Listed and covered by a 2-year warranty. Schneider Electric C-12 Charge/Lighting Controller

140

Model

Description

C-12

Schneider C-12 Charge controller / Lighting controller

System voltage Charge current 12 VDC

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

12 A

Item code 020-08002

Battery Capacity Meter Designed to simplify battery management, this Battery Capacity Meter can be used on 12, 24, 36, and 48 VDC battery systems using flooded, AGM, and GEL chemistry. LEDs on the upper dial show present battery capacity. Three lower LEDs show the time frame of the last full charge as “less than one week,” “longer than one week,” or “longer than two weeks.” Handy for at-a-glance readings on golf carts, forklifts, or any battery powered devices. The meter face is 5"W x 4"H. MidNite Solar Battery Capacity Meter Description

Item code 028-02260

MidNite Battery Capacity Meter

METERS & MONITORING

MidNite Solar

Schnieder Electric TM-500A Amp-Hour Meter

Schneider Amp-Hour Meters Model TM-500A TM-500NS

Description

Item code

Amp-hour meter with shunt

028-01405

Amp-hour meter without shunt

028-01403

TM48

48 V adapter

TC50

50' cable

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

028-01413 028-01422-A

141

DC Meters

The TM-500A is housed in a special package with a fuse and fuse holder. The display shows volts, amps, amp-hours, and percent, without changing mode. Just install the shunt and plug the special six-conductor cable into the shunt and meter to make all the connections in one click. Meter shows days since fully charged, cumulative amp-hours, recharge indicator, low-voltage indicator, and full-charge indicator. Comes with a 50' 6-conductor cable with jacks, a fuse, and a special 500 A/50 mV shunt. Monitor battery banks up to 2,550 Ah. Use the 48 VDC adapter for 48 VDC systems. Dimensions are 4.55"W x 4.55"H x 1.725"D. 2-year warranty.

METERS & MONITORING

Bogart Engineering TriMetric 2025 and 2025-RV This meter operates on 12, 24 or 48 VDC. LEDs show volts, amps, and amp-hours. Amp-hours can be displayed directly or as “% full.” One LED indicates charging and fully charged states. Another LED indicates when charging or equalization is needed and warns of low battery voltage events. The meters also record minimum and maximum voltage, days since last charge, days since last equalized, and total lifetime amp-hours withdrawn. The TriMetric can be located up to hundreds of feet away from batteries using inexpensive 4-conductor twisted pair meter wire. A shunt is required for operation. Use the 500- A shunt on a 12 VDC inverter larger than 800 W, or a 24 VDC inverter larger than 1,600 W. Use a 1,000 A, 100 mV shunt for systems with stacked inverters or where continuous current is over 300 A. The 1,000 A/100 mV shunt has the same resistance as the 500 A/50 mV shunt and may be used interchangeably. Order the shunt separately. These meters work with battery banks up to 2,500 Ah. The positive lead to the TriMetric should be fused with a 1 A fuse included. Can be mounted flush or with a wiremold. Trimetric meters are made in U.S.A., have dimensions of 4.5"W x 4.75"H, and are covered by a 2-year warranty. Bogart Engineering TriMetric Amp-Hour Meters and Accessories Description

Item code

DC Meters

TriMetric 2025 A amp-hour meter

028-00024

TriMetric 2025-RV amp-hour meter

028-00025

Surface mount box for 2025

028-00026

4-conductor 22 AWG wire

050-01243

4-conductor 18 AWG wire

050-01237

142

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The PentaMetric Battery Monitor measures up to 2 separate battery systems with a common negative. With one battery system, the meter monitors battery current plus two charging sources/loads. The complete system consists of an input unit placed near the batteries, a display unit that can be placed up to 1,000' from the battery bank, and a computer interface unit. It can monitor up to 3 shunts; for example, it can measure solar input, wind input, and battery state-of-charge. Audible and visual alarms warn of high and low battery conditions. An optional Windows software interface allows control of and access to all data from the computer. A relay output enables control of a generator or external alarm. 2-year warranty. Basic measurements • 2 voltage channels: 8-100 VDC • 3 current channels - 200 ± 0.01 A with 100 A/100 mV shunt - 1000 ± 0.1 A with 500 A/50 mV or 1000 A/10 mV shunt • Temperature -20 °C to +65 °C

DC Meters

Secondary measurements • Amp-hour (3 channels): to ±83,000 Ah • Cumulative (negative) battery amp-hours (2 channels) • Smoothed (time filtered) amps • Volts (2 channels): 0 to 100 VDC • Watts (2 channels) ±.01 20,000 W • Watt-hours (2 channels) ±21,000 kWh • Battery % full (2 channels) 0 to 100% • Days since batteries charged (2 channels) .01 to 250 days • Days since batteries equalized (2 channels) .01 to 250 days Data logging functions The Pentametric Battery Monitor has 3 data logging modes that can run simultaneously. With the computer interface, all 3 types can be output to a spreadsheet file. Periodically Logged Data mode records amp-hours (3 channels), watt-hours (2 channels), temperature max/min (1 channel), Volts (1 channel), and Amps (1 channel) at regular intervals (once per day to once per minute). Battery Discharge Voltage Profile mode logs volts and amps every time the charge level changes by 5% (or 10%) for 1 or 2 battery systems. Battery Cycle Efficiency mode documents system efficiency for up to 2 battery systems. Bogart Engineering PentaMetric Battery Monitor and Accessories Description

Item code

PentaMetric display unit PM-100D

028-00011

PentaMetric input unit PM-5000U

028-00013

Computer interface PM-100C with RS232 port

028-00015

Computer interface PM-101CE with Ethernet

028-00016

Computer interface PM-101USB with USB

028-00010

Temperature sensor TS-1

028-00018

8-conductor 22 AWG wire / per foot1

050-01255

Shunts

Use these shunts with Bogart Engineering TriMetric and Pentametric Battery Monitoring systems. These shunts can also be used in other types of DC amp meters that use a remote shunt. Shunts Description

Item code

500 A/50 mV shunt

028-09253

100 A/100 mV shunt

028-09245

1000 A/100 mV shunt

028-09254

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

METERS & MONITORING

Bogart Engineering PentaMetric Battery Monitor

143

METERS & MONITORING

AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters

The ITRON LCD meter is the standard utility-grade meter seen on most homes. These reconditioned, certified, utility-grade meters are an economical means for keeping track of how much energy you are selling back to the utility grid. This meter works for 120 VAC or 120/240 VAC systems with a maximum current of less than 200 A. The 028-03042, five terminal meter (Form 12S) is used for tracking the power fed back to the grid from an OutBack 120 VAC grid-tie system. Often used for Green Tag sales. AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters Description

Item code

Kilowatt hour meter ITRON LCD Digital 240 VAC CL200

028-03012

Kilowatt hour meter 12S LCD 120 VAC for OutBack grid-tie

028-03042

Vision Meter

These utility-grade, digital smart kilowatt-hour meters employ current transformers for extremely accurate measurement and long-term stability, even at low power levels. Non-volatile memory protects data in the event of a power failure. The Vision Meter can display kWh delivered, kWh received, kWh net, instantaneous demand, voltage, current, phase angle, and segment check.

AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters

The Vision Meters with wireless communication utilize robust 900 MHz radio communication between the Vision Meter and Vision Gate Collector to provide real-time data. The Collector connects to a local area network. A PC must be running on the network to receive data from the collector. One Gate Collector can read multiple meters in a 1,000-yard line-of-site radius. A Collector can also be configured as a relay to increase range or to go around corners. Vision Meter Smart Kilowatt-Hour Meters Description

144

Item code

Vision kilowatt-hour meter form 2S

028-03061

Vision kilowatt-hour meter form 12S

028-03062

Vision kilowatt-hour meter 3-phase form 14/15/16S

028-03063

Vision kilowatt-hour meter form 2S with wireless comm

028-03064

Vision kilowatt-hour meter form 12S with wireless comm

028-03065

Vision kilowatt-hour meter 3-phase form 14/15/16S with wireless

028-03066

Vision wireless collector

028-03075

These Smart meters appear on the gosolarcalifornia.org website list of approved meters for Performance Based Initiative (PBI) systems. The ABB Alpha-A1D+ is designed for especially harsh climates and is suitable for 600 V applications. The form 2S meter is used for single-phase, 120/240 VAC, 3-wire installations. The form 9S meter is used for three-phase, 208 VAC, 4-wire delta installations. The form 16S meter is used for three-phase, 208 or 480 VAC, 4-wire Wye installations. PBI Approved Kilowatt-Hour Meters Description

Item code

ABB kilowatt-hour meter - PBI APPROVED, single-phase form 2S, SP-AB-ALPHA-A1D+-FM2S

028-03093

ABB kilowatt-hour meter - PBI APPROVED, 3-phase form 9S, PP-AB-ALPHA-A1D+-FM9S

028-03094

ABB kilowatt-hour meter - PBI APPROVED, 3-phase form 16S, PP-AB-ALPHA-A1D+-FM16S

028-03095

METERS & MONITORING

Performance Based Initiative Approved Meters

Itron Digital Meter with Cellular Modem

This socket meter has an internal CDMA modem that transmits revenue grade production information for monitoring and reporting purposes. 5-year Verizon contract is included. Data hosting is not included and must be obtained directly from ALSO Energy: www.alsoenergy.com. Description ITRON kilowatt-hour meter form 2S with cell modem and Verizon 5-year contract

Item code 029-09016

Kilowatt-Hour Meter Sockets

There are two types of kilowatt-hour meter bases available for single-phase 2- or 3-wire 100 A service, and each includes a sealing ring. The cast, Round base has 1 Â˝" threaded holes in the top and bottom and is not UL Listed. The sheet metal 4-terminal sockets are rated for 100 A or 200 A, 240 VAC, and are used with the 2S meter for 120/240 VAC systems. UL Listed and NEMA 3R rated for outdoor use. For three-phase systems, use the appropriate socket for the meter form. The 5-terminal socket is rated at 200 A, 480 VAC and is used with the 12S meter. UL listed and NEMA 3R rated for outdoor use. The 7-terminal socket is 13"W x 19"H, rated at 200 A, 600 VAC and is used with form 16S meters. It is a ringless socket with a lever bypass, which allows removal of the meter without interrupting service. Use this socket for the Locus Energy L-Gate 320 monitoring option on page 151 UL Listed and NEMA 3R rated for outdoor use. The closing plate is used to cover the overhead entry into the sheet metal base when entering from either the side or the bottom. Kilowatt-Hour Meter Sockets Description

Item code

Kilowatt hour meter socket 2S 120/240 VAC â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Round, 4-terminal

028-03025

Kilowatt hour meter socket 2S 120/240 VAC NEMA 3R, 100 A, #12-1/0, 4 terminal

048-09220

Kilowatt hour meter socket 2S 120/240 VAC NEMA 3R, 200 A, #6-350 kcmil, 4-terminal

048-09200

Kilowatt hour meter socket 12S 120 V, 5-terminal

028-03047

Kilowatt hour meter socket 16S 3-phase, 4 wire Wye, 7-terminal

048-09215

Closing plate

028-03032

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

145

AC Kilowatt-Hour Meters

Itron Digital Meter with Cellular Modem

METERS & MONITORING

Wireless Communications EnGenius Outdoor Rated Long Range Wireless Bridge The EnGenius EOC2611P is a long range outdoor 2.4 GHz wireless access point/client bridge for transmitting monitoring data from a ground mount or remote building directly to a wireless router. Capable of ranges as far as 2.5 miles (limited to the range of the router). For long range transmission, 2 units may be needed with one unit located near the router. 64/128-bit WEP data encryption and WPA/ WPA2 data security protocols are supported. A MAC address filter can be used to limit network access to specific computers.

Asoka Plug Link 9650 Ethernet Bridge - Power Line Adapter The Asoka Power Line Adapter sends monitoring data over existing AC power lines. Simply plug one unit in to a nearby wall socket (or outlet installed in a monitoring enclosure), and the other unit near the router. Both should be plugged into a circuit fed by the same main/sub panel to avoid noise from other appliances interfering with the signal. An Ethernet cable is used to connect the bridge to either the monitoring device or router. Ethernet Bridges Description

029-01607

Asoka Plug Link 9650-WT Ethernet Bridge Pair - Power Line Adapter

029-01609

Wireless Communications 146

Item code

EnGenius Outdoor Rated Long Range Wireless Bridge

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

As grid-tied solar PV systems become more popular, online monitoring is playing an increasingly important role in both residential and commercial systems. Most commercial PPA and residential leasing financiers require revenue-grade monitoring to be coupled with online reporting tools. Many incentive programs, particularly performance-based and renewable energy credit-based ones, also require accurate real-time monitoring and some form of automated reporting. Many commercial and residential customers want something they can point to when bragging about their solar PV system and an online monitoring system with a smart-phone app fits the bill nicely. Savvy installers are also finding that online monitoring enables them to be proactive in managing their brand and often pair a monitoring system with a service agreement that includes periodic cleaning and maintenance of the system. Whatever the motive, a good online monitoring system can help reinforce the value of a solar PV system for years after installation. We offer a variety of solutions that work with most inverters to meet different application needs. Our monitoring partners can also set up branded solutions for your company that enable you to centrally monitor all of your installed systems while putting your brand in front of the end-users every time they view their system performance. Contact our AEE Solar Technical Support Team (800-7776609) for details.

METERS & MONITORING

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

Solar-Log

The new product line from Solar Data Systems features three new dataloggers: The Solar-Log 300, the Solar-Log 1200, and the Solar-Log 2000. These new loggers are no longer limited by number of inverters, which allows installers greater flexibility for installation. New models also come with an LCD display that shows the status during installation and ongoing plant operation. The new Solar-LogÂŽ Meter option connects directly to current transformers (CTs) allowing the power measurement of up to 2 three-phase or 6 single-phase services. Additional external electricity meters can be connected to the two S0 (KYZ) inputs.

Solar-Log300

NEW! Solar-Log1200 The Solar-Log 1200 monitors up to 100 kW plants regardless of the number of inverters connected and can handle 2 different inverter brands. The new 4.3â&#x20AC;? color touch screen display allows the plant to be monitored and configured, without a computer and displays yields in a graphical output.

Solar-Log1200

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

NEW! Solar-Log300 The Solar-Log 300 monitors up to 15 kW plants regardless of the number of inverters connected as long as they are from the same manufacturer. Also, the new LCD Status Display provides the installer with real-time status updates to minimize installation time without using a PC.

NEW! Solar-Log2000 The Solar-Log 2000 supports up to 2 MW plants regardless of the number of inverters connected and up to 3 different inverter brands. The Solar-Log 2000 also includes a 4.3â&#x20AC;? color touch screen display that allows configuration without a computer and displays yields in a graphical output.

Solar-Log2000

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

147

METERS & MONITORING

Solar-Log Inverter Compatibility The Solar-Log system analyzes inverter data, including status and error codes to provide essentially the same data available from inverter-specific monitoring accessories. However, since Solar-Log works with more than 60 inverter brands, including SMA, Fronius, PV Powered, KACO, and Power-One, it can be used to unify your monitoring platform without restricting your designers to a single inverter brand. Solar-Log Monitoring Systems Model

Description

Item code

Solar-Log 300 255574

Solar-Log 300

029-06356

255576

Solar-Log 300 Wifi

029-06357

255577

Solar-Log 300 BT

029-06358

255578

Solar-Log 300 Wifi BT

029-06359

255582

Solar-Log 300 Meter

029-06362 Solar-Log 1200

255591

Solar-Log 1200

029-06363

255584

Solar-Log 1200 Wifi

029-06364

255585

Solar-Log 1200 BT

029-06365

255586

Solar-Log 1200 Wifi BT

029-06366

255590

Solar-Log 1200 Meter

029-06369

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

Solar-Log 2000 255592

148

Solar-Log 2000

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

029-06370

METERS & MONITORING

Solar-Log WEB

Solar-Log WEB comprises two versions depending on the customers' needs. The Solar-Log WEB Classic 2nd Edition provides basic monitoring free of charge for systems up to 30 kW and is best suited for owners of one small plant. Solar-Log WEB Commercial Edition is a sophisticated tool for professionals who manage either large plants or large numbers of small plants. It scales from a few to thousands of PV plants. Installers, leasing / PPA companies, and other operators of multiple PV plants can use comprehensive reporting options in the form of graphs and tables via the internet. They can customize Solar-Log WEB to their specific needs such as adding a corporate identity design. The advanced installer tools are well suited for providing value added monitoring services to a large number of plant owners including plant upgrades, maintenance, and repair. Solar-Log WEB Monitoring Options Model

WEB Commercial Edition 1 Year Subscriptions

200010

1 - 10 kWp (small residential plant)

200011

11 - 20 kWp (medium residential plant)

200012

21 - 50 kWp (large residential plant)

200013

51 - 200 kWp (small commercial plant)

255558

201 - 1000 kWp (medium commercial plant)

255559

>1000 kWp (large commercial plant)

Item code 029-06220 029-06221 029-06222 029-06223 029-06372 029-06373

Solar-Log Smart Phone Apps The Solar-Log速 Apps allow the convenient monitoring of solar PV plants from smart phones and tablets. Customized daily, monthly, and annually, and overall performance information in presented graphically and numerically in an easy-to-understand way. Both iOS(iPod / iPhone / iPad) and Android devices are supported.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

149

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

Solar-Log WEB enables installers and their customers to monitor installed systems from either PC or Mac computers. The centralized control center provides easy management of an entire installed base of systems. Precautionary monitoring identifies faults quickly and easily to improve system uptime, increasing customer loyalty and revenue from service contracts. For commercial systems, damage scope analysis helps document insurance claims against loss of revenue due to system failure.

METERS & MONITORING

Solar-Log® Project Dashboard The new Solar-Log® Dashboard is available for any plant on the Commercial WEB portal. The SolarLog® Dashboard is intended to be used as a public display, which can be configured via the portal and displayed in full-screen mode on a public monitor, TV screen, or tablet. The information displayed on the Dashboard includes current power output, power performance graphic, financial plant yield, local weather data, plant description, and environmental contributions such as CO2 savings.

Solar-Log Accessories In addition to basic connection cables, a variety of accessories are available to expand the functionality of the Solar-Log® system. All three Solar-Log® models work with the Weather Station. Solar-Log® also offers revenue grade metering solutions for commercial applications. The Revenue Grade Meter assembly works for both split phase and 3-phase systems and is preassembled in a NEMA3R box. The assembly includes Solar-Log® logger, revenue meter, CT’s, and 24 V power supply. These units comply with all revenue grade monitoring requirements. Solar-Log Accessories Model 220060 220061 220062

Application Solar-Log® Weather Monitoring

Description

Item code

Weather monitoring kit, includes irradiation and module temperature sensors

029-06309

Wind sensor - connects to irradiation sensor

029-06310

Ambient temperature sensor - connects to irradiation sensor

029-06311 029-06321

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

220058

Wireless RS-485

Solar-Log 9XTend-PKG (900 MHz) RS-232/485-Radio Wireless Set (2 units) Please specify inverter type - not compatible w/ Fronius Phoenixtec/Sunviller

220063

Outdoor Mounting

NEMA 3R Outdoor Enclosure

029-06325

Cable set for SMA (3 m)

029-06331

Cable set for KACO (3 m)

029-06332

220037 220038

Inverter Connection Cables

Cable set for Fronius (3 m)

029-06333

220043

Cable set for Power-One (3 m)

029-06334

255639

Solar-Log CT 16 A (16 A CT for Solar-Log® Meter - closed core 16 A:200 mA)

029-06374

Solar-Log CT 100 A (100 A CT for Solar-Log® Meter - closed core 100 A:200 mA)

029-06375

Solar-Log CT 100 A (100 A CT for Solar-Log® Meter - split core 100 A:200 mA)

029-06376

Plants > 180 kW; Solar-Log 1000 incl; CT's priced separately

029-06377

Plants < 180 kW; Solar-Log 1000 incl; CT's priced separately

029-06378

Plants < 90 kW; Solar-Log 1000 incl; CT's priced separately

029-06379

Commercial RGM Box, Solar-Log NOT included; CT's priced separately

029-06380

Plants < 30 kW (120/240 V, Split Ph, 110 A), MCTA 100 A Meter, Solar-Log 300 included, 2 x MCTA CTs, CTs included in price

029-06381

Plants <15 kW (120/240 V, Split Ph, 55 A), MCTA 50 A Meter, Solar-Log 300 included, 2 x MCTA CTs, CTs included in price

029-06382

Residential RGM Box, Without Solar-Log, 2 MCTA CTs depending on system size, CTs included in price

029-06383

220041

255640

Solar-Log Meter CTs

255638 255545 255546 255547 255444 255548 255549 255550

150

Commercial Revenue Grade Metering, Includes Outdoor Rated Enclosure and Revenue Grade Meter Residential Revenue Grade Metering, Includes Outdoor Rated Enclosure and Revenue Grade Meter

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Locus Energy offers pre-packaged metering and communications hardware with web-based software to provide monitoring solutions for solar PV and thermal integrators. Locus hardware ships preconfigured to upload system performance data to hosted servers. Installers and site owners can then track energy generation via customized web portals. Installers have access to fleet monitoring tools to streamline operations and maintenance activities. Individual site owners are given logins to portals branded by their installers so they can easily visualize and understand how their systems are performing. The datalogger can communicate over Ethernet, power line carrier (PLC), or cellular networks. Data is transmitted only in outbound sessions over open ports requiring no additional network or firewall configuration. All data feeds are stored in nonvolatile memory and then uploaded with unique identifiers to provide maximum flexibility in online data presentation. LED lights indicate communication status without installers having to log in or call home. The datalogger is housed in a NEMA 3R enclosure for the LGate 101.

METERS & MONITORING

Locus Energy

LGate 101 The LGate 101 is a current transformer (CT) based revenue grade residential monitoring solution. It uses solid core CTs to measure power. There are inputs for up to three CTs allowing the LGate to measure both solar energy generation and whole-house electrical consumption. It can also gather data from up to 16 3rd-party devices simultaneously, which is collected via RS485 and Modbus RTU protocols. Hard-wired Ethernet is the preferred connection method, but the LGate also features a built in 110 VAC outlet for easy installation of a PLC adapter or Ethernet bridge. The LGate 120 combines a 240 VAC revenue-grade, solid-state power meter with an integrated datalogger, communications gateway, and 3G GSM cellular modem. These components work in conjunction to remotely monitor the performance of residential solar energy installation regardless of panel or inverter type. The LGate 120 is a one-piece completely under glass meter which installs easily using a standard Form 2S socket base. Performance data is uploaded in near real-time to the Locus Energy SolarOS monitoring platform which provides a suite of tools and analytics for asset managers. The communications gateway inside the LGate 120 supports plug and play connectivity through a Ethernet or cellular network connection (AT&T cell plan not included). Additional system performance data, including inverter-direct from supported inverters and meteorological sensors, can be collected directly via RS-485 or Zigbee connections.

LGate 320 The LGate 320 is a three-phase 208 or 480 VAC electronic watt-hour meter for remote monitoring of light commercial solar PV systems up to 320 A. Like the LGate 120, the LGate 320 combines a revenuegrade, solid-state power meter with an advanced communications gateway which can communicate over cellular or Ethernet networks (AT&T cell plan not included). The meter installs easily on a Form 16S meter socket. Additional system performance data, including inverter-direct from supported inverters and meteorological sensors, can be collected directly via RS-485 or Zigbee connections.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

151

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

LGate 120

METERS & MONITORING

Locus Energy L Gate PV Monitoring Systems Model

Residential Bundles

Item code

Single-Phase Revenue Grade PV Monitoring. Includes LGate101 Data Logger & 5 years PV monitoring

029-05205

SP-ADD-CONS-5YR

Two Split core CTs (200 A rated) & 5 years consumption monitoring

029-05211

SP-ADD-CONS-600-5YR

Two Split core CTs (600 A rated) & 5 years consumption monitoring

029-05212

LGate120 Single-Phase Revenue Grade PV Monitoring. Includes socket meter, cellular modem, & 5 years PV monitoring

029-05243

SPPVB5-101

SPPVB5-120

Light Commercial Bundles Including Metering Hardware and Monitoring Service LGate-320

LGate 320 Three-Phase Revenue Grade PV Monitoring. Includes socket meter (rated up to 320 A AC), cellular modem, one-time Set-up Fee & 5 years PV monitoring

029-05244

Licensing and Data Hosting C-PVM-5YR

Three-phase PV data feed for 5 years

029-02529

C-LOM-5YR

Three-phase load monitoring for 5 years

029-05236

C-IDM-5YR

Large three-phase inverter direct monitoring for 5 years

029-02545

C-MS-IDM-5YR

Mid-Size three-phase inverter direct monitoring for 5 years

029-05237

C-SM-IDM-5YR

Small or single-phase inverter direct monitoring for 5 years

029-05238

C-STM-5YR

String monitoring - first feed for 5 years

029-05239

C-COM-5YR

Commercial combiner box monitoring - first feed for 5 years

029-02547

C-DCC-1YR

Commercial DC combiner box monitoring - first feed for 1 year

029-05240

C-ADM-5YR

Additional feed for string or combiner box monitoring ONLY

029-05241

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

Hardware Accessories WIS114-101

Irradiance sensor measures panel temp, single port

029-02520

Full weather station with Irradiance, ambient temp, cell temp, and wind speed

029-05245

WIS114-102

Irradiance Sensor with 2 Ports, allows for the ability to measure ambient temp and wind speed

029-02517

WAT114-100

Ambient temperature sensor

029-02518

F-IMT

WPT114-103 WWS114

Back panel temperature sensor

029-02515

Wind speed sensor

029-02519 Cellular Add-Ons for LGate 120 and 320

CPLAN-ATT-1MB-SIM

Annual cell plan AT&T - 1 MB (LGate 120)

029-05247

CPLAN-ATT-10MB-SIM

Annual cell plan AT&T - 10 MB (LGate 320)

029-05248

Hard drive pre-configured for kiosk

029-02526

Kiosk software per location

029-02525

Kiosk custom tab or additional images

029-05246

KPC KSOF-001 KCT-001

Need assistance? Call your AEE Solar rep, or Sales Support at 800-777-6609. 152

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

DECK Monitoring, now part of ALSO Energy, pairs advanced software with customer service to provide a flexible and scalable monitoring solution that is suitable for most residential and commercial applications. The customizable DECK Dashboard has many features to promote the end user's organization and generate green PR. DECK alarms and analytics provide clear, actionable data and responsive support services are available to assist in every aspect of system management.

METERS & MONITORING

DECK

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

153

METERS & MONITORING

DECK Monitoring The monitoring solution from DECK is web-based software that lets you see your system data on computers and mobile devices. Each monitoring package includes a revenue-grade meter along with a gateway device to prepare data for the web. Data is pushed out through the local web network (or by a cellular modem for remote locations). Data goes first to DECK web servers, then it populates to your two web interfaces: the Dashboard and the Admin Panel. Here you will find a suite of powerful software tools to help manage your system, along with customizable “green PR” tools to promote your project and organization. Additional Features for Expanded Monitoring Capabilities: • Inverter communications (available with most brands) • On-site weather station • Satellite irradiance data • DC-side granular monitoring • Wireless communication aids • Touchscreen monitors • Software contract extensions Basic Monitoring Hardware Packages Model

Description

Item Code

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

210B

All in one box DAS, Revenue Grade Meter, 100-277 VAC, 5-year subscription, prewired, NEMA 4X

029-04060

210C

All in one box DAS, Revenue Grade Meter, 480-600 VAC, 5-year subscription, prewired, NEMA 4X

029-04061

210D

All in one box DAS with GSM Modem, Revenue Grade Meter, 100-277 VAC, 5-year subscription, prewired, NEMA 4X

029-04062

210E

All in one box DAS with CDMA Modem, Revenue Grade Meter, 100-277 VAC, 5-year subscription, prewired, NEMA 4X

029-04063

210A

Revenue Grade Meter, DataLogger and CT's, 100-277 VAC, 5-year subscription, unassembled

029-04000

110A

Commercial subscription, software only, 5 years

029-04018

210F

All in one box DAS, Revenue Grade Meter, 100-277 VAC, 5-year subscription, prewired, UL NEMA 4X

029-04097

21B1

Consumption Energy Meter Add-on, 2400A, with Net Metering and Building Energy Dashboard, 5 years

029-04098

2111

Add-on energy meter with CT's, 5 years

029-04002 Inverter Direct Data

1111

System configuration for AE Inverters, 5 years

029-04064

1113

System configuration for Fronius Inverters, 5 years

029-04065

1109

System configuration for Power-One Central Inverters via Central Inverter Converter (not included), Includes 5-year data service

029-03996

1118

System configuration for SMA Sunny Central Inverters, 5 years

029-04068

111B

System configuration for Fronius IG Plus Inverters, 5 years

029-04071

111C

System configuration for Power-One Aurora String Inverters, 5 years

029-04072

111E

System configuration for SMA WEBBOX, 5 years

029-04074 Weather Stations

110D

Solaranywhere System Check, Satallite Iradience and Predicted Power Data Feed

029-03997

30DC

Weather Station, Engenuity PVMET100, 5 years

029-02413

30DD

Weather Station, Engenuity PVMET200, 5 years

029-02421

30DF

Weather Station, tripod

029-04077

30DE

Weather Station Electronic, Engenuity wall mount

029-04078

110E

System Configuration for MODBUS, per device, 5 years

029-04048 DC-side Metering

1121

029-04052

String monitoring fee, per string, 5 years

2113

Current sensor, 200 A to 800 A DC, 5 years

029-02407

2114

Current sensor, 200 A DC, 5 years

029-04029

1122

Sub array monitoring fee, 5 years

029-02408

307B

Obvious Modhopper Ext. Range Transceiver, 900 MHz, 12 VDC, EA

Wireless Communications 029-02415

3rd Party Reporting 410A 154

Third party reporting service for California SGIP, 5 years For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

029-03998

Model 410B

Description

Item Code 029-04079

Third party reporting service for CSI-PG&E, 5 years

410D

Third party reporting service for CSI-SDGE, 5 years

029-04080

410E

Third party reporting service for CSI-SCE, 5 years

029-04081

4110

Third party reporting service for CSI-IID, 5 years

029-04082

4114

Third party reporting service for WREGIS, 5 years

029-04086

410C

Third party reporting service for CSI-PMRS, 5 years

029-04087

4111

Third party reporting service for MASSCEC-PTS, 5 years

029-04083

4112

Third party reporting service for NEPOOL-GIS, 5 years

029-04084

4113

Third party reporting service for PJM-EIS, 5 years

029-04085

METERS & MONITORING

Basic Monitoring Hardware Packages

Touchscreens 2115

19" Touchscreen with wall mount and preconfigured PC

029-02409

2116

22" Touchscreen with wall mount and preconfigured PC

029-04024

2117

32" Touchscreen with wall mount and preconfigured PC

029-02410

2118

42" Touchscreen with wall mount and preconfigured PC

029-02411 Contract Extensions

Commercial Software Subscription extension, 5 years

029-04001

Commercial Inverter Monitoring Data service extension, 5 years

029-04028

1126

String Inverter Monitoring Data service extension, 5 years

029-03999

1127

String Monitoring Data Service extension per string, 5 years

029-04027

1128

Sub array Current Sensor Data service extension per Sub array, 5 years

029-02418

1129

Weather Station Data service extension, 5 years

029-04026

510A

On-Site Technical Installation support, First day, Includes travel

029-04088

510B

On-Site Technical Installation support, Additional day, Includes travel

029-04089

Additional Services

NEW! Deck Residential and Light Commercial Monitoring Solution Deck Monitoring has released a new socket meter based solution that eliminates the need for on-site Internet connection. Each meter includes a cellular modem, so the installer wonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t have to deal with communications wiring and IT connections. The meter will measure the total kWh production of your residential PV system. Data is recorded in 15-minute intervals throughout the day. Data sets are uploaded to DECK data servers once daily at midnight, so your website displays show data from the previous day. Also included is a 5-year data plan from Verizon. DECK Residential is meant for 120/240 VAC split phase residential systems up to 200 A, and utilizes the I-210+c socket meter from GE. 2S meter socket not included. Commercial Light projects must be three-phase 4-wire projects with a system size no larger than 200 A. Qualifying systems also must not require any additional meters or devices; this solution is limited to one revenue-grade meter for total system generation. The Commercial Lite utilizes the kV2c meter from GE. 16S meter socket not included. Deck Residential and Light Commercial Cellular Based Meters Deck #

Description

Item Code

211A

Deck Residential Meter with 5 years monitoring

029-04099

2121

Deck Residential Meter with 10 years monitoring

029-04100

211B

Deck Commercial Meter with 5 years monitoring

029-04101

2120

DeckCommercial Meter with 10 years monitoring

029-04102

210A

Revenue Grade Meter, DataLogger and CT's, 100-277 VAC, 5-year subscription, unassembled

029-04000

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

155

Grid-Tie System Monitoring

1123 1124

BATTERIES

Batteries

Virtually all power generation systems require some form of energy storage. For grid-tied systems, the utility accepts surplus power and gives it back when needed. A battery bank is required for systems that need to function without the grid, either all of the time or during an outage. In these systems, the solar array or wind turbine charges the batteries whenever they are producing power, and the batteries supply power whenever it is needed. The most common battery technology used for renewable energy systems is lead-acid, in which lead plates are submerged in sulfuric acid. Lead-acid batteries (while bulky) are relatively inexpensive and readily available compared to other battery types. Lithium-ion battery technology encompasses a range of battery chemistries that use various lithium compounds to store electrical energy. These batteries are much smaller and lighter than equivalent lead-acid batteries and can be charged and discharged faster and to greater extremes without suffering damage, decreasing the capacity required. Despite being significantly more expensive than lead-acid batteries, they can be the right choice when transportation costs and/or storage space is at a premium.

Battery Size To properly design a battery bank, you need to account for the storage capacity required, the maximum discharge rate (the sum of all the loads which might be run simultaneously), the maximum charge rate (the current output from the solar array or wind turbine though the charge controller), and the minimum ambient temperature at which the batteries will be used. Whichever of these factors requires the largest capacity will dictate the size of the battery bank. The storage capacity of a battery, the amount of electrical energy it can hold, is usually expressed in amp-hours (Ah). Using one amp for 100 hours means 100 Ah have been used. A battery bank in a PV power system should have sufficient capacity to supply needed power during the longest expected period of cloudy weather when the solar array cannot keep up. If there is a source of on-demand backup power, such as a standby generator with a battery charger, the battery bank does not have to be sized for worst-case weather conditions.

System Design

Standby or Cycling Batteries Lead-acid batteries come in a wide variety of sizes and types, but the most important designation is whether they are made for daily cycle service or standby service. Automobile starting batteries are not used for any renewable energy systems. Standby power batteries are designed to supply power to loads for occasional use. They are optimized to supply moderate to large amounts of power only during utility power outages, and float at full charge most of the time. They are designed to use a minimal amount of energy to stay fully charged. They are not made for deep daily discharges or their useful life is shortened. Standby batteries are usually sealed for reduced maintenance. Flooded standby batteries have become rare. Deep cycle batteries, on the other hand, are designed to be repeatedly discharged by as much as 80% of their capacity and are therefore a better choice for off-grid PV systems. Although they are designed to withstand deep cycling, these batteries will have a longer life if the cycles are kept shallower. Deep cycle batteries can be either flooded or sealed gel or AGM. Many sealed batteries will perform well in either cycling or standby service. Flooded batteries are mostly restricted to deep cycle service Sealed lead-acid batteries, gel cells and AGM (Absorbed Glass Mat), are often referred to as maintenance-free because they never need watering or an equalization charge. This makes them well-suited for remote or unattended power systems. However, sealed batteries require accurate regulation to prevent overcharge and over-discharge.

Caring for Lead-Acid Batteries Always use extreme caution when handling batteries and electrolyte (sulfuric acid). Wear appropriate personal protective equipment, including electrical- and chemical-resistant gloves with sleeves, goggles, and acid-resistant clothing. “Battery acid” will instantly burn skin and eyes and destroy cotton and wool clothing. Lead-acid batteries should always be recharged as soon as possible. The positive plates change from lead oxide when charged to lead sulfate when discharged. The longer they remain in the lead sulfate state, the more of the plate remains lead sulfate when the battery is recharged. The portion of the plates that become “sulfated” can no longer store energy. Batteries that are deeply discharged and then only partially charged on a regular basis often fail in less than one year. Check your batteries on a regular basis to be sure they are being charged. Use a hydrometer to check the specific gravity of your lead-acid batteries. If batteries are cycled very deeply and then recharged slowly, the specific gravity reading will be lower because of incomplete mixing of electrolyte. NOTE: Battery warranties do NOT cover damage due to poor maintenance or loss of capacity from sulfation. Check the electrolyte level in wet-cell, or “flooded” batteries, at least once every 3 months and top-off each cell with distilled water. Do not add water to discharged batteries! Electrolyte is absorbed when batteries are discharged, so if you add water at this time and then recharge the battery, electrolyte will overflow and create a safety hazard. Keep the tops of your batteries clean and check that cables are tight. Do not tighten or remove cables while charging or discharging! Any spark around batteries can cause a hydrogen explosion inside the case and potentially ignite a fire or an even larger explosion if the batteries are not properly vented. An “equalization” charge should be performed on flooded batteries whenever cells show a variation of 0.05 or more in specific gravity from each other. This is a long steady overcharge, bringing the battery to a gassing or bubbling state. Do not equalize sealed or gel-type batteries! With proper care, lead-acid batteries will have a long service life and work very well in almost any power system. Battery warranties do NOT cover damage due to poor maintenance or loss of capacity from sulfation. 156

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The diagrams below show typical 12 VDC, 24 VDC and 48 VDC battery wiring configurations. Batteries can deliver extremely high current. Always install fuse protection on any positive wiring connected to batteries.

BATTERIES

Battery Wiring Diagrams

System Design

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

157

BATTERIES

Battery State-of-Charge Battery state-of-charge (SOC) can be measured by an amp-hour meter, voltage, or by specific gravity. Some care and knowledge is required to interpret state-of-charge from voltage or specific gravity readings. We recommend amp-hour meters for all systems with batteries. An amp-hour meter is like a fuel gauge for batteries and provides all the information needed to keep batteries charged. At a glance, the user can see system voltage, current, and battery condition (see Meters and Monitoring). Battery voltage will vary for the same state-of-charge depending on whether the battery is being charged or discharged, and what the current is in relation to the size of the battery. The table below shows typical battery voltages at each state-of-charge for various battery conditions in flooded cell lead-acid batteries. Voltage varies with temperature. While charging, a lower temperature will increase battery voltage. Full-charge voltage on a 12 VDC battery is 0.9 VDC higher at 32 °F than at 70 °F. While discharging, a higher temperature will increase battery voltage. There is little temperature effect while a battery is idle. Source: Ralph Heisey of Bogart Engineering. Battery Voltage at Various States of Charge Battery condition at 77 °F Battery during equalization charge Battery near full charge while charging

Nominal battery voltage 12 VDC

24 VDC

48 VDC

> 15 VDC

> 30 VDC

> 60 VDC

System Design

14.4 – 15 VDC

28.8 – 30 VDC

57.6 – 60 VDC

Battery near full discharge while charging

12.3 – 13.2 VDC

24.6 – 26.4 VDC

49.2 – 52.8 VDC

Battery fully charged with light load

12.4 – 12.7 VDC

24.8 – 25.4 VDC

49.6 – 50.8 VDC

Battery fully charged with heavy load

11.5 – 12.5 VDC

23 – 25 VDC

46 – 50 VDC

No charge or discharge for 6 hours - 100% charged

12.7 VDC

25.4 VDC

50.8 VDC

No charge or discharge for 6 hours - 80% charged

12.5 VDC

25 VDC

50 VDC

No charge or discharge for 6 hours - 60% charged

12.2 VDC

24.4 VDC

48.8 VDC

No charge or discharge for 6 hours - 40% charged

11.9 VDC

23.8 VDC

47.6 VDC

No charge or discharge for 6 hours - 20% charged

11.6 VDC

23.2 VDC

46.4 VDC

No charge or discharge for 6 hours -fully discharged

11.4 VDC

22.8 VDC

45.6 VDC

10.2 – 11.2 VDC

20.4 – 22.4 VDC

40.8 – 44.8 VDC

Battery near full discharge while discharging

A hydrometer is very accurate at measuring battery state-of-charge if you measure the electrolyte near the plates. Unfortunately, you can only measure the electrolyte at the top of the battery, which is not always near the plates. When a battery is being charged or discharged, a chemical reaction takes place at the border between the lead plates and the electrolyte. The electrolyte changes from water to sulfuric acid while charging. The acid becomes stronger, increasing the specific gravity, as the battery charges. Near the end of the charging cycle, gas bubbles rising through the acid stir the fluid. It takes several hours for the electrolyte to mix so that you get an accurate reading at the top of the battery. Always try to take readings after the battery has been idle or slowly discharging for some time. This table shows the battery state-of-charge corresponding to various specific gravities for a battery bank in an ambient temperature of 75 °F. Some batteries will have a different specific gravity density by design, check with the manufacturer. Hydrometer Readings at Ambient Temperature of 75˚F

158

State-of-charge

Specific gravity

100% charged

1.265

75% charged

1.239

50% charged

1.2

25% charged

1.17

Fully discharged

1.11

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use this worksheet to determine what size battery bank is required for your system. Battery size, or capacity, is measured in amp-hours. Battery voltage is determined by the number of “cells” in series. All lead-acid battery cells have a nominal output of 2 VDC. Actual cell voltage varies from about 1.7 VDC at full discharge to 2.4 VDC at full charge. 12 VDC lead-acid batteries are made of 6 separate cells in one case. 6 VDC batteries are made of 3 cells in one case. Putting battery cells in parallel increases amp-hour capacity, but does not change voltage.

BATTERIES

Worksheet: Battery Sizing

Step 1: Total average amp-hours per day required (see Off-Grid Load Worksheet on page 10) Step 2: Maximum number of continuous cloudy days of desired backup (usually 2 or more days) Step 3: Multiply Step 1 result by Step 2 result Step 4: Divide Step 3 result by 0.5 to 0.8 for discharge reserve: 0.5 will maintain a 50% reserve and maximize battery life 0.8 will maintain a 20% reserve and minimize battery bank size Step 5: If you are using a lead-acid battery, select the multiplier from the table below that corresponds to the battery’s wintertime average ambient temperature Step 6: Maximum current that will be drawn by the loads for 10 minutes or more Step 7: Maximum output current (in amps) of PV array or other battery charger

Step 9: Amp-hours from Step 4, 6, or 8, whichever is greatest Step 10: Multiply the Step 5 and Step 9 results to get required amp-hour capacity Step 11: Capacity of preferred battery in amp-hours Step 12: Divide Step 10 result by Step 11 result and round up to a whole number. This is the number of parallel strings required Step 13: Divide the system voltage (12 V, 24 V, or 48 V) by the voltage of the chosen battery (2 V, 6 V or 12 V) to determine the number of batteries in each string Step 14: Multiply the Step 12 result by the Step 13 result to determine the total number of batteries needed

Battery Bank Average Low Temperature Sizing Multiplier Battery temperature

Multiplier

80 ºF [26.7 ºC]

70 ºF [21.2 ºC]

1.04

60 ºF [15.6 ºC]

1.11

50 ºF [10.0 ºC]

1.19

40 ºF [4.4 ºC]

1.3

30 ºF [-1.1 ºC]

1.4

20 ºF [-6.7 ºC]

1.59

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

159

System Design

Step 8: Multiply the Step 7 result by 10

BATTERIES

East Penn/MK Battery MK Sealed PV/Solar Batteries MK sealed batteries are designed for maintenance-free operation for the life of the battery. Sealed construction eliminates periodic watering, corrosive acid fumes, and spills. Tank formed plates ensure voltage matching between cells. Most models are rated non-spillable by ICAO, IATA, and DOT, allowing them to be transported by air and requiring no special containers for ground shipping. Exceptions are the AGM models marked with asterisks in the table, which cannot be shipped by air freight or UPS and must be shipped by truck freight on pallets. MK sealed gel and AGM batteries are covered by a 1-year warranty. Delivered from one of 20 MK warehouses across the U.S.A. Made in U.S.A.

East Penn MK Sealed Gel Batteries The gelled electrolyte wonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t stratify, so no equalization charging is required. Less than 2% per month standby loss means low discharge during transport and storage. These batteries are rated for 1,000 cycles at 50% depth of discharge and 600 cycles at 80% depth of discharge. Gel batteries are best for cycling operations and where very cold temperatures are expected. They can operate at temperatures from -76 to 140 Â°F. UL MH17218 recognized components.

East Penn MK HD Sealed Gel Batteries The 8GGC2 battery has long been known for its superior industrial deep cycle capability. With its special active material, this battery is rated for 2,000 cycles at 50% depth of discharge and 1,200 cycles at 80% depth of discharge. Now the 8G4DLTP and 8G8DLTP batteries are made using the same construction for similar deep cycle capability and ruggedness. FITS 1/4" BOLT

Lead-Acid Batteries

3/8" DIA. 1-3/6"

3/8" DIA.

1-7/8"

T874

1-1/16"

2-9/16"

T876

T975

1-7/8"

MK Sealed Gel Solar Batteries Model

Volts

Terminal

Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

8GU1

12 V

T874

25.5 Ah

28.5 Ah

31.2 Ah

36.1 Ah

7.8 x 5.2 x 7.3

24 lbs

040-03015

8G22NF

12 V

T881

40 Ah

46 Ah

50 Ah

57 Ah

9.38 x 5.5 x 9.25

38 lbs

040-03018

8G24UT

12 V

T881

59 Ah

66 Ah

73.6 Ah

84 Ah

10.9 x 6.8 x 9.9

53.6 lbs

040-03022

8G27

12 V

T876

70 Ah

78 Ah

86.4 Ah

99 Ah

12.75 x 6.75 x 9.75

63.2 lbs

040-03024

8G30H

12 V

T876

79 Ah

88 Ah

97.6 Ah

108 Ah

12.94 x 6.75 x 9.75

71.7 lbs

040-03027

8G5SHP

12 V

T876

88 Ah

104 Ah

125 Ah

137 Ah

13.58 x 6.77 x 11.42

85 lbs

040-03029

8G4DLTP

12 V

T975

21.0 x 8.5 x 10.8

137 lbs

040-03030

8G8DLTP

12 V

8GGC2

MK Sealed HD Gel Solar Batteries

160

148 Ah

166 Ah

183 Ah

210 Ah

T975

182 Ah

204 Ah

225 Ah

265 Ah

21.0 x 11 x 10.8

166 lbs

040-03033

136 Ah

160 Ah

180 Ah

198 Ah

10.3 x 7.2 x 10.9

68 lbs

040-03036

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These are completely sealed, absorbed glass mat, valve-regulated batteries with efficient recombination. AGM batteries are recommended for battery backup standby power systems where batteries are in float service with occasional deep discharges. They can operate at temperatures from -40 to 140 Â°F. Delivered from one of 20 MK warehouses across the U.S.A. Components are listed to UL MH17218.

BATTERIES

East Penn MK Sealed AGM Batteries

MK Sealed AGM Batteries Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

T874

26.4 Ah

29.6 Ah

32.5 Ah

37 Ah

7.8 x 5.2 x 7.3

24 lbs

040-03117

12 V

T881

45 Ah

50 Ah

55 Ah

63 Ah

9.38 x 5.5 x 9.25

38 lbs

040-03120

12 V

T881

65 Ah

72 Ah

79 Ah

91 Ah

10.9 x 6.8 x 9.9

53.6 lbs

040-03123

Model

Volts

Terminal

8AU1H

12 V

8A22NF 8A24DT

Weight

Item code

8A27

12 V

T876

75 Ah

84 Ah

92 Ah

106 Ah

12.75 x 6.75 x 9.75

63.2 lbs

040-03126

8A31DT1

12 V

85 Ah

90 Ah

105 Ah

116 Ah

12.94 x 6.75 x 9.75

71.7 lbs

040-03129

8A4DLTP1

12 V

T975

150 Ah

176 Ah

200 Ah

216 Ah

20.8 x 8.5 x 10

130 lbs

040-03132

8A8DLTP

12 V

T975

182 Ah

212 Ah

245 Ah

257 Ah

20.8 x 11 x 10

161 lbs

040-03135

8AGC2

145 Ah

174 Ah

190 Ah

220 Ah

10.3 x 7.2 x 10.9

69 lbs

040-03137

Must be shipped by truck freight

These Deka Unigy I are sealed AGM batteries, well suited for use in backup power systems with occasional cycling during power outages. They have very high efficiency in float charge, and low self-discharge. Front terminal design for easy installation in battery racks. Rated for a 10-year life in backup use, made in U.S.A.

Unigy I Sealed AGM Batteries Model

Volts

Terminal

12AVR-170ET

12 V

12AVR-200ET

12 V

Capacity

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

188 Ah

22.0 x 4.9 x 12.6

120 lbs

040-03152

212 Ah

24.3 x 4.97 x 12.74

151 lbs

040-03153

3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

Front

138 Ah

170 Ah

Front

181 Ah

200 Ah

East Penn MK 8L-16 Flooded 6-Volt Deep Cycle Battery East Pennâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s version of the L-16 battery features flag terminals and a heavy duty plastic case. MK 8L-16 batteries are made in the U.S.A. Cycle life is 700 cycles at 60% depth of discharge. This is one of the most economical deep cycle lead-acid batteries we have found. MK L16 Flooded Batteries Model

Volts

Terminal

8L-16

Capacity 6-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

295 Ah

370 Ah

420 Ah

11.75 x 7 x 17.3

113 lbs

040-01957

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

161

Lead-Acid Batteries

NEW! East Penn Unigy I AGM Battery

BATTERIES Lead-Acid Batteries AEE Express is your 24/7 Online Energy Store. If youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re an AEE Solar dealer, log in to the store at aeeexpress.com. Get prices, inventory, account status and more!

162

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

EnergyCell RE Batteries These batteries and enclosure install more easily and in less space than other rack-mounted solutions. As sealed AGM batteries, they require no electrolyte maintenance and are made for both cycle and float service. The large capacity of these batteries reduces the number of parallel strings required to serve a stand-alone or backup power system. These are rated for 1,800 cycles at 50% depth of discharge and 600 cycles at 80% depth of discharge. The protected front terminal cable attachment allows safe, easy, space efficient installations. One busbar is included with each battery and is used to make series connections between side-by-side batteries. Made in U.S.A.

BATTERIES

OutBack

NEW! EnergyCell GH Batteries The OutBack EnergyCell GH front terminal rack mount batteries are made for backup power applications. These have very low self-discharge and very high charge and discharge efficiency, making them ideal for grid-tied solar systems with backup. GH batteries are rated for 10 plus years of life in float charge but are not intended for repeated deep cycle applications. The protected front terminal cable attachment allows safe, easy, space-efficient installations. One busbar is included with each battery and is used to make series connections between side-by-side batteries.

OutBack Integrated Battery Rack

OutBack EnergyCell Batteries and Racks Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

12 V

114 Ah

137 Ah

153.8 Ah

169.8 Ah

12 V

132 Ah

158 Ah

178 Ah

200 Ah

200GH

12 V

148 Ah

169 Ah

191 Ah

220GH

12 V

166 Ah

189 Ah

214 Ah

Model

Volts

170 RE 200 RE

Weight

Item code

22 x 4.95 x 11.14

115 lbs

040-01170

22 x 4.95 x 12.6

131 lbs

040-01171

200 Ah

22.1 x 4.9 x 11.1

116 lbs

040-01173

220 Ah

22.1 x 4.9 x 12.4

132 lbs

040-01174

IBR-3-48-175

OutBack integrated battery rack, 3 shelves, up to 12 batteries

24.4 x 27 x 48.6

89 lbs

048-03000

IBR-2-48-175

OutBack integreated battery rack, 2 shelves, up to 8 batteries

21.25 x 27 x 33

60 lbs

048-03001

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

163

Lead-Acid Batteries

These OutBack enclosures are designed to work with the OutBack EnergyCell batteries and provides best-in-class safety and ease of install. They are set up for a 48 VDC nominal battery system with one, two, or three parallel strings of OutBack EnergyCell batteries. The enclosure incorporates a circuit breaker for each 48 VDC parallel battery string. Having the wiring for each battery string already in place saves time in specifying and installing a battery bank. The cabling is balanced in length for even charge and discharge on each string and provides a common connection point for cabling to the inverter and power system. Each string is wired with AWG 1/0 cable and a 175 A circuit breaker. The enclosure is heavy powder-coated aluminum with clear polycarbonate covers for the front and electrical connections. Made in U.S.A.

BATTERIES

Whatever Your Energy Storage Need, We Have Your Number: UL1741. Going beyond grid-tied means getting into energy storage-based systems—and the best systems incorporate the best batteries. That’s why your systems should start with OutBack’s EnergyCell batteries and Integrated Battery Racks (IBR) for a finished product that’s UL1741 rated from end-to-end. EnergyCell RE batteries are engineered for off-grid and offset/support applications where frequent cycling is normal. EnergyCell GH batteries are the optimal choice for Grid/Hybrid and AC-coupled applications where charge controlling capability is limited. Both EnergyCell lines offer: Superior shelf and service life Exceptional energy storage density Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) and Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) technology Maintenance-free operation UL-1741-rating

Lead-Acid Batteries

EnergyCell RE Battery

IBR Energy Storage

EnergyCell GH Battery

OutBack Power | Masters of the Off-Grid™, First Choice for the New Grid. | 1 (360) 435.6030 | www.outbackpower.com

164

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Deka Unigy II Sealed Industrial Batteries The Deka Unigy II line features a wide range of capacities to fit the requirements of renewable energy applications. These batteries are well-suited for float applications with an occasional deep discharge, such as battery backup for grid-connected systems. The front safety shield design easily clips on and off without tools for quick assembly. The modules are coated with acid-resistant paint, and each module has mounting holes for a grounding option. They come with flame retardant polyethylene cases.

BATTERIES

East Penn

These batteries are available with interlocked frames for locations with tough seismic requirements, and non-interlocked frames where this is not required. The interlocking module frames require only front access bolts for mounting, providing quick and safe installation. Their standard one-piece base can be used as an anchoring template or anchors can be drilled and installed with the base in place. They are certified to UBC 97 Zone 4 Top of Building up to 8 modules high. The non-interlock modules require front and rear access bolts for mounting, providing easy and safe installation. The standard two-piece base enables anchors to be drilled and installed with base in place. The non-interlock version is certified to UBC 97 Zone 2B Top of Building up to 8 modules high.

Model

Volts

6AVR95-7

12 V

Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

228 Ah

285 Ah

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions 1, 2 (W" x H" x D")

388 Ah

400 Ah

19 x 9.48 x 27.12

Weight

Item code3

339 lbs

040-06006-NL

6AVR95-9

12 V

305 Ah

380 Ah

452 Ah

540 Ah

23.5 x 9.48 x 27.12

426 lbs

040-06007-NL

6AVR95-11

12 V

381 Ah

475 Ah

564 Ah

670 Ah

28 x 9.48 x 27.12

512 lbs

040-06008-NL

6AVR95-13

12 V

457 Ah

570 Ah

678 Ah

810 Ah

32.5 x 9.48 x 27.12

600 lbs

040-06009-NL

6AVR95-15

12 V

533 Ah

665 Ah

791 Ah

941 Ah

37 x 9.48 x 27.12

688 lbs

040-06028-NL

3AVR95-17

609 Ah

760 Ah

904 Ah

1,076 Ah

21.9 x 9.48 x 27.12

404 lbs

040-06029-NL

3AVR95-19

685 Ah

855 Ah

1,016 Ah

1,210 Ah

24.15 x 9.48 x 27.12

448 lbs

040-06030-NL

3AVR95-21

761 Ah

950 Ah

1,129 Ah

1,345 Ah

26.4 x 9.48 x 27.12

491 lbs

040-06031-NL

3AVR95-23

838 Ah

1,045 Ah

1,242 Ah

1,479 Ah

28.65 x 9.48 x 27.12

535 lbs

040-06032-NL

3AVR95-25

914 Ah

1,140 Ah

1,355 Ah

1,614 Ah

30.9 x 9.48 x 27.12

578 lbs

040-06033-NL

3AVR95-27

990 Ah

1,235 Ah

1,468 Ah

1,748 Ah

33.15 x 9.48 x 27.12

618 lbs

040-06034-NL

3AVR95-29

1,066 Ah

1,330 Ah

1,581 Ah

1,882 Ah

35.4 x 9.48 x 27.12

665 lbs

040-06035-NL

3AVR95-31

1,142 Ah

1,425 Ah

1,694 Ah

2,017 Ah

37.65 x 9.48 x 27.12

705 lbs

040-06036-NL

3AVR95-33

1,218 Ah

1,520 Ah

1,807 Ah

2,151 Ah

39.9 x 9.48 x 27.12

749 lbs

040-06037-NL

2AVR125-33

1,551 Ah

2,000 Ah

2,367 Ah

2,930 Ah

27.32 x 11.7 x 31.12

753 lbs

040-06038-IL

Industrial Self-Stacking Batteries

Deka Unigy II Sealed Industrial Batteries

Height, depth and weight are slightly greater for interlock modules Overall battery height = (module height - 1.44") x # modules + 4" 3 For interlock use -IL instead of -NL suffix (040-06038 is IL only) 1 2

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

165

BATTERIES

Absolyte GP Industrial Sealed Batteries GNB Industrial Power The Absolyte GP Industrial Sealed Battery was developed by GNB (a division of Exide Technologies) in conjunction with Sandia National Laboratories. This is the first valve-regulated lead-acid (VRLA) large capacity, deep cycle battery designed for deep discharge recovery. In float conditions, these batteries will last up to 20 years at 25 째C (77 째F) with proper charging; in cycling conditions, they will survive at least 1,200 cycles to 80% DOD with proper charging. Sealed cells with absorbed glass mat (AGM) separators eliminate the need for periodic water additions. Periodic visual inspections, voltage readings, and connection retorquing are still required. Protective steel tray housings offer maximum installation flexibility, and the Absolute GP is normally stacked horizontally up to eight high for use in 1997 UBC/2001 CBC Seismic Zone IV (at or below grade). This yields high capacity in a small footprint and frees up floor space for other equipment, and because they are sealed, they do not require a separate battery room. These batteries meet the stringent IEC 896 and BS 6290 standards and are UL Listed. They are manufactured in accordance to ISO 9001:2000 standards and are designed to meet Telcordia SR4228 and GR-63-CORE (NEBS) requirements. When ordering, please specify the positive and negative terminal locations and stacking configuration. All cell connections are included for single series string configurations. Connections for parallel strings are sold separately.

Industrial Self-Stacking Batteries 166

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Model

Volts

Capacity 3-hr rate

8-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (W" x H" x D")

Weight

Item code

21.69 x 8.53 x 23.56

316 lbs

040-04430

BATTERIES

GNB Absolyte GP Industrial Sealed Batteries

6 Cell 12 Volt Battery Modules 6-90G07

12 V

207 Ah

256 Ah

300 Ah

360 Ah

6-90G09

12 V

276 Ah

344 Ah

400 Ah

480 Ah

26.19 x 8.53 x 23.56

396 lbs

040-04433

6-90G11

12 V

345 Ah

432 Ah

500 Ah

600 Ah

30.69 x 8.53 x 23.56

477 lbs

040-04436

6-90G13

12 V

414 Ah

520 Ah

600 Ah

720 Ah

35.19 x 8.53 x 23.56

557 lbs

040-04439

6-90G15

12 V

486 Ah

608 Ah

700 Ah

840 Ah

39.69 x 8.59 x 23.56

637 lbs

040-04442

3-100G13

474 Ah

600 Ah

680 Ah

790 Ah

19.93 x 8.53 x 26.38

328 lbs

040-04313

3-100G15

552 Ah

696 Ah

800 Ah

920 Ah

22.18 x 8.59 x 26.38

374 lbs

040-04316

3-100G17

633 Ah

800 Ah

900 Ah

1,000 Ah

24.5 x 8.59 x 26.38

424 lbs

040-04319

3 Cell 6 Volt Battery Modules

3-100G19

711 Ah

896 Ah

1,020 Ah

1,100 Ah

26.75 x 8.59 x 26.38

470 lbs

040-04322

3-100G21

792 Ah

1000 Ah

1,140 Ah

1,300 Ah

29 x 8.59 x 26.38

515 lbs

040-04325

3-100G23

870 Ah

1096 Ah

1,260 Ah

1,400 Ah

31.25 x 8.59 x 26.38

561 lbs

040-04328

3-100G25

948 Ah

1200 Ah

1,360 Ah

1,500 Ah

33.5 x 8.59 x 26.38

608 lbs

040-04331

1029 Ah

1296 Ah

1,460 Ah

1,700 Ah

35.75 x 8.59 x 26.38

653 lbs

040-04334

1107 Ah

1400 Ah

1,580 Ah

1,800 Ah

38 x 8.59 x 26.38

704 lbs

040-04337

3-100G31

1188 Ah

1496 Ah

1,700 Ah

1,900 Ah

40.25 x 8.59 x 26.38

750 lbs

040-04340

3-100G33

1266 Ah

1600 Ah

1,820 Ah

2,100 Ah

42.5 x 8.59 x 26.38

795 lbs

040-04343

1-100G39

1422 Ah

1800 Ah

2,040 Ah

2,370 Ah

19.93 x 8.53 x 26.38

328 lbs

040-04225

1-100G45

1656 Ah

2088 Ah

2,340 Ah

2,760 Ah

22.18 x 8.59 x 26.38

374 lbs

040-04228

1-100G51

1899 Ah

2400 Ah

2,700 Ah

3,000 Ah

24.5 x 8.59 x 26.38

424 lbs

040-04231

Industrial Self-Stacking Batteries

3-100G27 3-100G29

Parallel Cell 2 Volt Battery Modules

1-100G57

2133 Ah

2688 Ah

3,060 Ah

3,300 Ah

26.75 x 8.59 x 26.38

470 lbs

040-04234

1-100G63

2376 Ah

3000 Ah

3,420 Ah

3,900 Ah

29 x 8.59 x 26.38

515 lbs

040-04237

1-100G69

2610 Ah

3288 Ah

3,780 Ah

4,200 Ah

31.25 x 8.59 x 26.38

561 lbs

040-04240

1-100G75

2844 Ah

3600 Ah

4,080 Ah

4,500 Ah

33.5 x 8.59 x 26.38

608 lbs

040-04243

1-100G81

3087 Ah

3888 Ah

4,440 Ah

5,100 Ah

35.75 x 8.59 x 26.38

653 lbs

040-04246

1-100G87

3321 Ah

4200 Ah

4,800 Ah

5,400 Ah

38 x 8.59 x 26.38

704 lbs

040-04249

1-100G93

3564 Ah

4488 Ah

5,100 Ah

5,700 Ah

40.25 x 8.59 x 26.38

750 lbs

040-04252

1-100G99

3798 Ah

4800 Ah

5,460 Ah

6,300 Ah

42.5 x 8.59 x 26.38

795 lbs

040-04255

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

167

BATTERIES

Trojan Battery Company Trojan Premium Deep cycle Lead-Acid Batteries with Smart Carbon™

Trojan batteries have been one of the most popular batteries in off-grid power systems for the past 25 years. Trojan’s Premium Line is technologically advanced deep cycle lead-acid batteries optimized for renewable energy applications, such as solar PV, small wind, and micro-grid. They have heavy-duty separators and plates designed for longer life. They feature a full warranty up to 2 years and are prorated up to 5 years.

Trojan Industrial Deep cycle Lead-Acid Batteries with Smart Carbon™ Trojan’s Industrial Line of batteries is made specifically for off-grid renewable energy systems and other deep cycle applications where a long lifetime with daily cycling is desired. Designed for reliable power, they feature a dual container housing for extra protection against acid spills and case damage. Rated for 1500 cycles at 80% depth of discharge. They feature a full warranty for 3 years and are prorated up to 8 years.

Smart Carbon™ For enhanced life and improved performance in applications operating in Partial State of Charge (PSOC), Trojan’s Industrial and Premium Line batteries now feature Smart Carbon™. Trojan’s propriety carbon formula, Smart Carbon™, increases the electrochemically active surface area which enhances charge acceptance and efficiency in applications where the batteries are not fully recharged on a regular basis.

Industrial Line

Premium Line

Commercial | Industrial

Model T-105 RE L16RE-A L16RE-B L16RE-2V IND9-6V IND13-6V IND17-6V IND23-4V IND29-4V IND27-2V IND33-2V

Model 210100 210101 210102 220006 220003 220004 220005

168

Volts 6V 6V 6V 2V 6V 6V 6V 4V 4V 2V 2V

Trojan Deep Cycle Lead-Acid Batteries Capacity Dimensions (L" x W" x H") 6-hr rate 20-hr rate 100-hr rate 185 Ah 225 Ah 250 Ah 10.30 x 7.11 x 11.67 267 Ah 325 Ah 360 Ah 11.67 x 6.95 x 17.56 303 Ah 370 Ah 410 Ah 11.67 x 6.95 x 17.56 909 Ah 1,110 Ah 1,235 Ah 11.67 x 6.95 x 17.56 365 Ah 464 Ah 601 Ah 15.32 x 10.24 x 23.54 545 Ah 695 Ah 902 Ah 22.36 x 10.34 x 23.92 727 Ah 925 Ah 1,202 Ah 27.21 x 10.38 x 23.73 1,000 Ah 1,270 Ah 1,654 Ah 22.38 x 10.34 x 23.56 1,274 Ah 1,618 Ah 2,105 Ah 27.10 x 10.35 x 23.81 1,215 Ah 1,520 Ah 1,954 Ah 15.28 x 10.38 x 24.00 1,455 Ah 1,849 Ah 2,405 Ah 17.33 x 10.22 x 24.01

Trojan Industrial Line Accessories Description RE Battery Watering Kit 12 V with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual RE Battery Watering Kit 24 V with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual RE Battery Watering Kit 48 V with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual IND Battery Kit with hydrometer, log book and manual IND Battery Watering Kit 12 V with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual IND Battery Watering Kit 24 V with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual IND Battery Watering Kit 48 V with tubing, fittings, hand pump, manual

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Weight

Item code

67 lbs 115 lbs 118 lbs 119 lbs 220 lbs 315 lbs 415 lbs 370 lbs 465 lbs 228 lbs 278 lbs

040-01937 040-01965 040-01967 040-01920 040-02026 040-02027 040-02028 040-02029 040-02030 040-02031 040-02032

Item code 040-09924 040-09925 040-09926 040-09920 040-09921 040-09922 040-09923

BATTERIES

Rolls/Surrette S-series Batteries These L16-sized batteries are rated at 1,000 cycles to 50% depth of discharge. Shipping requirements and free-shipping threshold quantities vary by region, so be sure to indicate your commercial ship-to address when ordering. Rolls S-Series Batteries

Protective polycarbonate covers not shown.

Capacity 6-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

259 Ah

350 Ah

460 Ah

12.28 x 7.12 x 17

117 lbs

040-02106

296 Ah

400 Ah

530 Ah

12.28 x 7.12 x 17

125 lbs

040-02109

Model

Volts

S-460 S-530 S-600

333 Ah

450 Ah

600 Ah

12.28 x 7.12 x 17

125 lbs

040-02110

S-1380

777 Ah

1,050 Ah

1,380 Ah

12.28 x 7.12 x 17

125 lbs

040-02113

S-1590

888 Ah

1,200 Ah

1,596 Ah

12.28 x 7.12 x 17

125 lbs

040-02114

S-1725

962 Ah

1,300 Ah

1,728 Ah

12.28 x 7.12 x 17

125 lbs

040-02115

Rolls Deep Cycle Industrial Flooded Batteries

Commercial | Industrial

These dual container Rolls Deep Cycle Industrial Flooded batteries from Surrette are high-capacity batteries with a heavy-duty plate grid to resist positive plate breakdown. The plates are double insulated with a glass mat and a polyethylene envelope to prevent separator misalignment, cracked separators, treeing, or shorting at the bottoms or sides. Rolls batteries are rated at 3,200 cycles at 50% depth of discharge. Each 2 VDC cell is built into its own lightweight container made of durable polypropylene with the cover thermally bonded to the container to prevent acid leakage. The cells are then assembled into a tough, lightweight polyethylene outer container with a removable lid. Even if the outer case is broken, the battery remains operable and spill-free. The individual cells of the CS and KS series are bolted together, allowing the battery to be disassembled. The cells can be independently removed, which facilitates easy on-site installation, disassembly, assembly, or replacements of individual cells without special skills or tools. All 5000 Series Rolls Batteries, including the CS & KS models, come with a 10-year limited warranty, 3-year full warranty, and 7-year prorated warranty. Rolls Deep Cycle Industrial Flooded Batteries Capacity 6-hr rate

20-hr rate

100-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

12 V

253 Ah

357 Ah

503 Ah

22 x 11.25 x 18.25

272 lbs

040-02259

4-CS-17PS

388 Ah

546 Ah

770 Ah

14.38 x 8.25 x 18.25

128 lbs

040-02223

6-CS-17PS

388 Ah

546 Ah

770 Ah

22 x 8.25 x 18.25

221 lbs

040-02232

8-CS-17PS

388 Ah

546 Ah

770 Ah

28.25 x 8.25 x 18.25

294 lbs

040-02247

6-CS-21PS

485 Ah

683 Ah

963 Ah

22 x 9.75 x 18.25

271 lbs

040-02235

6-CS-25PS

582 Ah

820 Ah

1,156 Ah

23 x11.25 x 18.25

318 lbs

040-02238

8-CS-25PS

582 Ah

820 Ah

1,156 Ah

28.25 x 11.25 x 18.25

424 lbs

040-02250

4-KS-21PS

784 Ah

1,104 Ah

1,557 Ah

15.75 x 9.38 x 24.75

267 lbs

040-02226

4-KS-25PS

959 Ah

350 Ah

1,900 Ah

15.75 x 10.63 x 24.75

315 lbs

040-02229

2-KS-33PS

1254 Ah

1,766 Ah

2,491 Ah

15.44 x 8.31 x 24.81

208 lbs

040-02220

2-YS-31PS

1725 Ah

2,430 Ah

3,435 Ah

15.50 x 9 x 31.63

285 lbs

040-02221

Model

Volts

12-CS-11PS

170

Weight

Item code

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

2100 Cycle Industrial Batteries

The Solar-One battery with HuP Technology is optimized for renewable energy systems. It has a slightly enlarged epoxy-coated steel case that allows cell removal so it can be installed by parts without a forklift or crane. Solar-One batteries are designed with 0.310â&#x20AC;? thick positive plates and a patented technology that allows them to be warranted for 2,100 cycles to 80% depth of discharge. The 10-year warranty, 7-year free replacement, and 3-year prorated, is the best in the industry. Each Solar-One battery is made up of six 2 VDC cells and comes with stainless steel hardware, lead-plated copper busbars, a cell-lifting strap and an operator/installation manual. Order two for 24 VDC systems or four for 48 VDC systems. Please allow up to 8 weeks for delivery. Free shipping to commercial locations in the continental U.S.A.

BATTERIES

HuP Solar-One

Solar-One Hup Batteries Capacity 20-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

12 V

680 Ah

845 Ah

40 x 7.75 x 25

742 lbs

040-05269-A

12 V

765 Ah

950 Ah

40 x 8.25 x 25

808 lbs

040-05272-A

SO-6-85-21

12 V

850 Ah

1,055 Ah

40 x 8.75 x 25

880 lbs

040-05275-A

SO-6-85-23

12 V

935 Ah

1,160 Ah

40 x 9 x 25

959 lbs

040-05278-A

SO-6-85-25

12 V

1,020 Ah

1,270 Ah

40 x 10.25 x 25

1,036 lbs

040-05281-A

SO-6-85-27

12 V

1,105 Ah

1,375 Ah

40 x 11.25 x 25

1,102 lbs

040-05284-A

SO-6-85-31

12 V

1,275 Ah

1,585 Ah

40 x 12.75 x 25

1,252 lbs

040-05290-A

Volts

SO-6-85-17 SO-6-85-19

SO-6-85-33

12 V

1,360 Ah

1,690 Ah

40 x 13.5 x 25

1,336 lbs

040-05293-A

SO-6-100-33

12 V

1,600 Ah

1,990 Ah

40 x 13.5 x 28

1,550 lbs

040-05295

SO-6-125-33

12 V

2,000 Ah

2,490 Ah

40 x 13.5 x 33

1,695 lbs

040-05296

Commercial | Industrial

6-hr rate

Model

Fast, Accurate Shipping to your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind drop shipping, we can ship directily to your customers, just as if it came directly from you.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

171

BATTERIES

Lithium Ion Batteries

AEE Solar is pleased to offer lithium ion batteries for applications that require deep cycle capability, a long life span, high capacity, fast discharge/recharge and low weight. Thanks to the required Battery Management System (BMS), they can be operated at any state-of-charge without degradation.

Valence XP LiFeMgPO4 Batteries These Lithium Iron Magnesium Phosphate batteries are intrinsically safer than li metal oxide batteries and will not heat up or catch fire when physically damaged. Valence XP batteries can be cycled 100% and give about 2,500 cycles of service to 80% of initial capacity. Compared to lead-acid batteries, these are about one-third lighter and offer up to 50% greater capacity for the same physical dimensions. Capacity is reduced to about 90% at freezing and 80% at 14 Â°F. These can be efficiently charged in as little as 2 Â˝ hours or more slowly as needed. Most battery chargers and charge controllers capable of managing AGM or gel cells will properly charge these batteries. To keep the cells equal in capacity, they should be fully charged about once per week, but longer intervals will not damage the cells. Self-discharge is about 1% per month, less if put into storage mode. Capacity for a battery bank can be as large as needed since there is no limitation on the number of parallel strings. Due to the novelty and unique characteristics of this battery technology, each battery bank design must be approved by the manufacturer. Additional devices are needed for a complete battery system. Call AEE Solar Technical Support for assistance with a battery system design.

Lithium Ion

Valence Lithium Ion Batteries

172

Model

Volts

U1-12XP

12.8 V

Capacity 5-hr rate

Dimensions (L" x W" x H")

Weight

Item code

40 Ah

7.76 x 5.16 x 7.17

14.3 lbs

040-07001

U24-12XP

12.8 V

110 Ah

10.24 x 6.77 x 8.86

34.8 lbs

040-07002

U27-12XP

12.8 V

138 Ah

12.05 x 6.77 x 8.86

42.9 lbs

040-07003

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Battery Enclosures Choose the proper sized enclosure for the size and number of batteries that you need. Use multiple enclosures, side-by-side, for larger battery banks. They are designed for use with sealed batteries. The MNBE-A, MNBE-C and MNBE-D are grey powder-coated steel battery enclosures with locking doors and ETL Listed for indoor use in the U.S. and Canada. The MNBE-D3R and MNBE-8D2x2 are white aluminum outdoor enclosures. MNBE-A

BATTERIES

MidNite Solar

The MNBE-C comes in versions with 2, 3 or 4 shelves depending on which battery it is made for. Extra shelves can be added to the MNBE-C and MNBE-D. The MNBE-8D2x2 enclosures hold two 4D or 8D batteries on each shelf for a total of four batteries. The MNBE-8D2x2 BASIC has spaces for a single 175 A or 250 A and up to 4 MNDC breakers, which are not included. The MNBE-8D2x2 DELUXE comes with a 250 A breaker, two 12” 4/0 cables, and one 36” 4/0 cable for interconnecting batteries. It also has spaces for up to 4 MNDC breakers. The MNBE8D2x2 enclosures can be stacked two high or side-by-side. The MNBE-B and MNBE-E enclosures have been discontinued. The MNBE-A ships by UPS, but all other sizes ship by truck freight. MidNite Solar Battery Enclosures

MNBE-C

Dimensions (L" x W" x D")

Shipping dimensions (L" x W" x D")

Weight

Item code

27.25 x 29 x 14.5

30 x 33 x 8 knockdown

65 lbs

048-05501

55 x 36.5 x 16

Ships by truck on a 048-05505 190 lbs 42 x 42 x 60 pallet add crate fee1

4D or 8D

4 55 x 36.5 x 16

MNBE-CL16

L-16

048-05509 add crate fee1 Ships by truck on a 190 lbs 42 x 42 x 60 pallet1 048-05510 add crate fee1

MNBE-D

27, 31, GC2

42 x 34 x 15.5

43 x 19 x 8 & 43 x 19 x 9 knockdown

117 lbs

048-05506

MNBE-D3R

27, 31, GC2

42 x 34 x 15.5

49 x 19 x 8 & 50 x 19 x 9 knockdown

82 lbs

048-05507

MNBE-8D2x2 BASIC

4D or 8D

36 x 28.5 x 26.25

38 x 28 x 11 38 x 28 x 11 knockdown

90 lbs

048-05502

MNBE-8D2x2 DELUXE

4D or 8D

36 x 28.5 x 26.25

38 x 28 x 11 38 x 28 x 11 knockdown

91 lbs

048-05522

Battery capacity

27 or 31

MNBE-C

27 or 31 or GC2

MNBE-C8D

MNBE-A MNBE-D

MNBE-8D2X2

Fan Bracket

Fan bracket for adding 120 mm square fan in MNBE-C or D enclosures

048-05521

MN-SHELF

Extra shelf for MNBE-C, MNBE-D, MNBE-D3R or MNBE-E

048-05520

Crate fee applies, up to 2 enclosures on one fee

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

173

Enclosures and Accessories

Shelves included

Battery type

Model

BATTERIES

Heavy Duty Plastic Battery Enclosures

These battery enclosures are made from high density polyethylene (HDPE), the same material used to manufacture the outside cases of batteries. A removable lid with handles allows easy access to the batteries for service. Enclosures for L-16s are made with a removable middle section that minimizes lifting when installing the batteries. The plastic is acid resistant and very strong but easy to drill with a hole saw for adding conduit fittings or battery filling tubes. The hydrogen vent fitting on the lid should be extended to the exterior of the building. Heavy Duty Plastic Battery Enclosures Battery type

Battery capacity

Drain

L16

Yes

L16

Yes

T105

Yes

T105

Yes

Dimensions (W" x L" x H") 33 x 14 x 22.5 33 x 27 x 22.5 32.5 x 12.5 x 17 32.5 x 23.5 x 17

Item code 048-04014 048-04015 048-04016 048-04017 048-04018 048-04019 048-04020 048-04021

Enclosures and Accessories

DPW Solar POWER-FAB Pole-Mount Aluminum Battery Boxes These side-of-pole mount aluminum NEMA 3R hinged door boxes from DPW Solar are available for several battery sizes and battery/equipment configurations. They are made-to-order from 0.125" 5052H32 aluminum with white powder coating, and can be built to meet specific application requirements. The doors have padlock hasps and stainless steel continuous hinges. Each box has a removable controlmounting plate, screened vents, and two 7/8" diameter wire entrance holes. DPW POWER-FAB Pole-Mount Battery Boxes Battery type

27/30

Golf Cart GC2 4D 8D

174

Part #

Batteries spaces

Dimensions (D" x W" x H")

Item code

BB1-8G30H-HC BB2-8G30H-HC

9 x 16 x 20

048-04179

16 x 16 x 20

048-04188

BB4-8G30H-HC

16 x 16 x 34

048-04200

BB6-8G30H-HC

16 x 25 x 34

048-04201

BB2-6V/220AH-HC

14 x 18 x 22

048-04197

BB1-8G4D-HC

12 x 24 x 22

048-04282

BB2-8G4D-HC

12 x 24 x 36

048-04291

BB1-8G8D-HC

15 x 24 x 22

048-04285

BB2-8G8D-HC

15 x 24 x 36

048-04294

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Pad mount, chest style enclosures are manufactured with 0.125" 5052-H32 aluminum sheets. All die marks and welds are sanded smooth, and the boxes are finished with a reflective bright white polyester powder coat to minimize internal heat gain. All enclosures are provided with integrated louvers located to promote convective air flow through the enclosure to reduce internal temperatures and remove gasses. Filters are located over the louvers to keep out dust and insects. The filters are removable for cleaning or replacement. All standard enclosures are built to meet NEMA 3R specifications. Other sizes are available. Contact your AEE Solar Sales Representative for sizes not listed here.

BATTERIES

DPW Solar POWER-FAB Chest Style Battery Enclosures

DPW Solar POWER-FAB Chest-Style Battery Enclosures Battery size

27/30

Golf cart GC2

L-16, S460, S530

Battery spaces

Layout

Dimensions (W" x L" x H", non-insulated)

Item code

Weight (non-insulated)

Non-insulated

Insulated

BB2-GRP30

2x1

16 x 16 x 16

26 lbs

048-04030

048-04033

BB4-GRP30

2x2

18 x 30 x 16

39 lbs

048-04031

048-04034

BB4-GRP30-1X4

1x4

16 x 34 x 16

37 lbs

048-04032

048-04035

BB6-GRP30

2x3

25 x 30 x 16

50 lbs

048-04140

048-04143

BB8-GRP30

2x4

30 x 33 x 16

60 lbs

048-04036

048-04043

BB12-GRP30-4X3

4x3

33 x 44 x 16

79 lbs

048-04038

048-04039

BB2-8G8D

2x1

24 x 26 x 16

44 lbs

048-04057

048-04065

BB4-8G8D

2x2

26 x 46 x 16

68 lbs

048-04116

048-04119

BB4-8G8D-1X4

1x4

24 x 50 x 16

65 lbs

048-04066

048-04067

BB6-8G8D

2x3

38 x 46 x 16

90 lbs

048-04128

048-04131

BB8-8G8D

2x4

46 x 50 x 16

111 lbs

048-04068

048-04069

BB12-8G8D-4X3

4x3

50 x 68 x 16

150 lbs

048-04071

048-04078

BB2-6V200

2x1

13 x 18 x 17

25 lbs

048-04080

048-04079

BB4-6V200-1X4

1x4

14 x 35 x 17

36 lbs

048-04076

048-04081

BB8-6V200

2x4

25 x 32 x 17

56 lbs

048-04152

048-04155

BB12-6V200-4x3

4x3

34 x 35 x 17

74 lbs

048-04084

048-04091

BB16-6V200-4X4

4x4

35 x 47 x 17

89 lbs

048-04040

048-04041

BB2-SS530

2x1

16 x 19 x 24

31 lbs

048-04088

048-04095

BB4-SS530-1X4

1x4

16 x 36 x 24

46 lbs

048-04096

048-04097

BB8-SS530

2x4

29 x 36 x 24

70 lbs

048-04158

048-04161

BB12-SS530-4X3

4x3

36 x 43 x 24

91 lbs

048-04171

048-04172

BB16-SS530-2X8

2x8

29 x 70 x 24

114 lbs

048-04176

048-04177

BB16-SS530-4X4

4x4

36 x 56 x 24

111 lbs

048-04178

048-04181

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

175

Enclosures and Accessories

4D, 8D

Model

BATTERIES

Zephyr Power Vent Battery Box Vent Lead-acid batteries produce hydrogen gas when charging, but leaving a battery box lid open to vent gas in cold climates can reduce battery capacity. Proper venting and thermal management is especially important when battery boxes are placed in basements, garages and sheds. As heat rises in the structure, a low pressure area forms around the battery box and pushes cool air into the box, which forces gases out and into the structure. The Power Vent controls battery box venting, removing hydrogen gas while reducing cold air infiltration into the box. The Power Vent contains a gravity operated damper that normally stays closed. When connected to a voltage-controlled relay, the fan operates only when the batteries are being charged and blows gas vapors out. Designed for battery banks under 2,200 Ah and charge rates under 125 A. The fan can be operated from the auxiliary relay on high-end charge controllers or by a voltage controlled switch (see Converters and Controls). The 12 and 24 VDC units use 3 W and push air at 6 CFM. They are 4" in diameter and 7.25" long with a 2" PVC pipe socket on the inlet and outlet. The 48 VDC unit uses 6 W and pushes 8 CFM. It measures 4" in diameter and is 10" long, with a 3" PVC pipe socket on the inlet and outlet. Zephyr Power Vent Battery Box Vents Description

Item code

Power Vent 12 VDC

085-08205

Power Vent 24 VDC

085-08207

Power Vent 48 VDC

085-08209

Chargers and Accessories

QuickCote Anti-Corrosion Protectant QuickCote offers a complete acid neutralizing coating, formulated especially for battery terminals and exposed electrical connections. The 8 oz can has a brush-on applicator that will give years of use and will not clog like aerosol coatings. QuickCote Anti-Corrosion Protectant Description

Item code 046-00195

QuickCote 8 oz

Water Miser Battery Caps

Water Misers are molded plastic â&#x20AC;&#x153;flip-topâ&#x20AC;? vent caps designed to reduce and ease maintenance on flooded lead-acid batteries. There is no need to remove the caps when charging, filling, or equalizing the batteries. When charging, the plastic pellets capture up to 90% of the moisture and acid droplets. This reduces acid fumes and corrosion, and keeps the battery tops much cleaner and dryer. Excess water is dropped back into the battery cell. Water loss is reduced, which extends time between watering. These caps fit all batteries with standard bayonet caps. Water Miser Battery Caps Description

040-09913

Water Miser battery cap

NEW! MidNite

Item code

Hydro-volt hydrometer

An easy to use, temperature compensated and accurate hydrometer. Use for measuring the specific gravity of flooded battery electrolyte for state of charge determination. It has many advanced construction features to ensure accurate readings. Made in Switzerland. MidNite Hydro-volt Description Hydro-volt battery hydrometer 176

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 040-09918

E-Panel The MidNite Solar E-Panel can help streamline the installation of most battery-based inverters. They come standard with the basic overcurrent protection and disconnects required to install your renewable energy system in compliance with NEC standards. They are internally pre-wired and labeled to save time and hassle in the field. E-Panels are Listed to applicable UL and CSA standards for U.S.A. and Canada.

MidNite Solar E-Panels for Magnum Inverters Magnum inverters are mounted on a unique hinged door to minimize system footprint. Mounting brackets are included to aid in one-person installations. They come with a main breaker, inverter connection, a 500 A/50 mV shunt for battery monitoring systems, an AC input and bypass, PV input busbars, DIN rails, 3-panel mount breaker knockouts, ground bus, remote display mounting brackets, a charge controller bracket, a wall mount bracket and other hardware. 120/240 VAC models are for Magnum MS-PAE inverters.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

MidNite Solar

MidNite Solar E-Panels for Magnum Inverters Model

Description

Item code

MNE175STM-L

Gray steel chassis with 125 A inverter breaker

030-05160

MNE250STM-L

Gray steel chassis with 250 A inverter breaker

030-05164

MNE175ALM-L

White aluminum chassis with 175 A inverter breaker

030-05168

MNE250ALM-L

White aluminum chassis with 250 A inverter breaker

030-05166

White steel chassis with 175 A inverter breaker 120/240 VAC

030-05167

White steel chassis with 250 A inverter breaker 120/240 VAC

030-05169

MNE125STMM-L

Gray steel chassis with 125 A inverter breaker for MM-series

030-05172

MidNite Solar E-Panels for OutBack Inverters OutBack inverters are mounted on a unique hinged door to minimize system footprint. They come standard with a left-hand hinge, allowing the charge controller to be mounted on the right. The STS version has additional space for the OutBack AC box with a surge arrestor for grid-tie applications, and the ALPLUS version has room to mount an inverter and a charge controller on the door. Right-hand hinged doors are available by special order. Mounting brackets are included to aid in one-person installations. A main breaker, inverter cables, a 500 A/50 mV shunt for battery monitoring systems, a 175 A AC power distribution block, a 50 A AC input disconnect for a generator or utility input, and a 50 A AC bypass switch are included and pre-wired. E-Panels for OutBack inverters also include a mounting bracket for an OutBack FM-series controller. Cutouts for mounting up to six additional 13 mm DIN mount breakers are provided, as are cutouts for GFCI-style AC outlets and 3 panel mount DC breaker slots. Circuit breakers and DC GFP are sold separately. MidNite Solar E-Panels for OutBack Inverters Model

Description

Item code

MNE125ST-L

Gray steel chassis with 125 A inverter breaker – left hinge

030-05126

MNE175ST-L

Gray steel chassis with 175 A inverter breaker – left hinge

030-05130

MNE250ST-L

Gray steel chassis with 250 A inverter breaker – left hinge

030-05134

MNE125AL-L

White alum chassis with 125 A inverter breaker – left hinge

030-05138

MNE175AL-L

White alum chassis with 175 A inverter breaker – left hinge

030-05142

MNE250AL-L

White alum chassis with 250 A inverter breaker – left hinge

030-05146

MNE175AL-E

White alum chassis with 175 A inverter breaker for 230 VAC export

030-05150

MNE125STS-L

Gray steel stretched chassis with 125 A inverter breaker 15" wide – left hinge

030-05127

MNE175STS-L

Gray steel stretched chassis with 175 A inverter breaker 15" wide – left hinge

030-05131

MNE250STS-L

Gray steel stretched chassis with 250 A inverter breaker 15" wide – left hinge

030-05135

MNE125AL-PLUS

White alum wide chassis with 125 A inverter breaker with charge controller mount

030-05147

MNE175AL-PLUS

White alum wide chassis with 175 A inverter breaker with charge controller mount

030-05148

MNE250AL-PLUS

White alum wide chassis with 250 A inverter breaker with charge controller mount

030-05149

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

177

Power Panels

MNE175STM-L-240 MNE250STM-L-240

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

NEW! MidNite Solar E-Panels for Outback Radian Inverters The MNERAD-Single is an E-Panel mounted directly below a single OutBack Radian GS8048 inverter. It includes two 175 A inverter breakers, a 500 A shunt, AC breakers for output, generator and utility inputs, knockouts for up to 6 DIN mount breakers and 12 panel mount breakers. There are 6 panel mount breaker knockouts on each side of the E-Panel, the Classic controllers will not block any, the OutBack FM controllers will block 2 per side, and the XW MPPT60-150 will block 4 per side. Tin-plated copper busbars connect to the Radian's battery terminals. There are busbars for AC inputs, AC output, neutral, ground, 2 PV + in, Bat +, and Bat - covered by a metal dead-front behind the door. Charge controllers mount to either or both sides. The AC bypass can be configured as input and output on/off as well as AC bypass. The color-matched enclosure is 16" wide, 17" tall, 8.5" deep and weighs 38 lbs. The MNERAD-Master is the left hand E-Panel mounted directly below a single OutBack Radian GS8048 inverter in a dual inverter system. It includes two 175 A inverter breakers, a 500 A shunt, AC input/ output assembly for both inverters, AC grid and generator input breakers. Tin-plated copper busbars connect to the Radian's battery terminals. There are busbars for AC inputs, AC output, neutral, ground, 2 PV + in, Bat +, and Bat - covered by a metal dead-front behind the door. Charge controllers mount to the left side. The color-matched enclosure is 16" wide, 17" tall, 8.5" deep and weighs 38 lbs. The MNERAD-Slave is the right hand E-Panel mounted directly below a single OutBack Radian GS8048 inverter in a dual inverter system. It includes two 175 A inverter breakers, a 500 A shunt, AC breakers generator and utility inputs. There are busbars for AC inputs, ground, 2 PV + in, Bat +, and Bat - covered by a metal dead-front behind the door. Charge controllers mount to the right side. The color-matched enclosure is 16" wide, 17" tall, 8.5" deep and weighs 38 lbs.

Power Panels

The MNERAD E-Panels with the Classic Charge control options added include the necessary wiring and breakers to add the indicated number of charge controllers, but do not include the charge control itself (See Charge Controllers). If you are using Classic 200 or 250 charge controllers, order a 300 VDC circuit breaker for each controller to replace the 150 VDC breaker that is pre-installed for the PV input. MidNite Solar E-Panels for Outback Radian Inverters Model MNERAD-SINGLE

E-Panel to mount under a single Radian inverter

Item code 034-00100

MNERAD-SINGLE-CL150

E-Panel to mount under a single Radian inverter, wiring for one CL150

034-00101

MNERAD-SINGLE-2CL150

E-Panel to mount under a single Radian inverter, wiring for two CL150

034-00102

E-Panel for dual Radians, install on left side

034-00103

MNERAD-MST-CL150

E-Panel for dual Radians, install on left side, wiring for one CL150

034-00104

MNERAD-MST-2CL150

E-Panel for dual Radians, install on left side, wiring for two CL150

034-00105

E-Panel for dual Radians, install on right side

034-00106

MNERAD-MASTER

MNERAD-SLAVE

178

Description

MNERAD-SLV-CL150

E-Panel for dual Radians, install on right side, wiring for one CL150

034-00107

MNERAD-SLV-2CL150

E-Panel for dual Radians, install on right side, wiring for two CL150

034-00108

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The MNE250XW or MNE175XW is mounted directly below the XW inverter. It includes a 250 A, or 175 A inverter/battery breaker, AC inputs for generator and utility, knockouts for up to 7 DIN mount breakers and 12 panel mount breakers, and a 500 A shunt. Tin-plated copper busbars connect to the XWâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s battery terminals. There are busbars for AC inputs, AC output, neutral, ground, PV + in, PV - in, Bat +, and Bat - covered by a metal dead-front behind the reversible door. Charge controllers mount to either or both sides. The AC bypass can be configured as input and output on/off as well as AC bypass. The XW MPPT controller requires no mounting bracket. FM60, FM80, and Classic controllers require right or left E-Panel charge controller mounting brackets. A right-hand bracket is included. The color-matched enclosure is 16"W x 18"H x 8"D, and weighs 42 lbs. MidNite Solar E-Panels for Schneider Conext XW Inverters Model MNE250XW-SINGLE

Description

Item code

E-Panel for one XW inverter, 250 A main DC breaker

034-05181

MNE175XW-SINGLE

E-Panel for one XW inverter, 175 A main DC breaker

034-05184

MNE250XW-MASTER

E-Panel for dual XW inverter system, 250 A main DC, add one slave E-Panel

034-05175

MNE175XW-MASTER

E-Panel for dual XW inverter system, 175 A main DC, add one slave E-Panel

034-05176

MNE250XW-SLAVE

E-Panel slave for dual XW inverter system, 250 A main DC

034-05177

MNE175XW-SLAVE

E-Panel slave for dual XW inverter system, 175 A main DC

034-05178

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

MidNite Solar E-Panel for Schneider Electric Conext XW

Power Panels

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

179

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

MidNite Solar E-Panels for SMA Sunny Island Inverters MidNite Solar has come out with a line of E-Panels and accessories that are color-matched to the Sunny Island inverter. SMA E-Panels are available to work with single, two or four inverter configurations with 120/240 VAC or 120/208 VAC three-phase output (Requires 3 inverters). These can be used in either AC-coupled or DC-coupled systems, either grid-tied or off-grid. For AC-coupled systems with Sunny Boy inverters, an RS 485 card should be used in each Sunny Island master inverter and each Sunny Boy inverter (see Grid-Tie Inverters). Use the appropriate backplates. The MNE250SMA-AC-SINGLE is an E-Panel used with the MNSMA Autoformer in an AC-coupled system with a single Sunny Island inverter. It is mounted directly below the Sunny Island inverter. The MNSMARB device included in this E-Panel will disconnect the MNX-240 autoformer during normal grid-tie operation to reduce standby losses. The protected loads panel will have 120/240 VAC available with 60 A capacity on hot line 1 and 30 A on hot line 2, and an MNSPD-300. The MNE250SMA-OG-SINGLE is an E-Panel used in an off-grid system with a single Sunny Island inverter. For a dual Sunny Island installation, either AC-coupled or off-grid, use one MNE250SMA-OG/ AC-DM and one MNE250SMA-SLAVE E-Panel. For a quad stack Sunny Island installation, either ACcoupled or off-grid, use one MNE250SMA-QUAD MASTER and three MNE250SMA-SLAVE E-Panels. This E-Panel comes with a 125 A AC bypass assembly instead of the 60 A for the others. For a threephase triple stack Sunny Island installation, either AC-coupled or off-grid, use one MNE250SMA-3PH MASTER and two MNE250SMA-SLAVE E-Panels. The MNE250SMA-SLAVE works with the dual, quad and three-phase master E-Panels.

Power Panels

Included in each E-Panel is a 250 A inverter battery breaker, 60 A AC bypass, input and output breakers, terminal busbars for all connections, 500 A shunt, spaces for DIN and panel mount DC breakers, and wiring for the connections to the Sunny Island. The MNX-240 AUTOFORMER is used in single Sunny Island systems to produce 120/240 VAC input and output for AC coupling. It mounts above the Sunny Island. The MNSMARB relay board can be mounted inside any of the SMA E-Panels except the MNE250SMAAC-SINGLE and is used to transfer the Sunny Island input from grid to generator. It has an output to signal the Sunny Island that the generator is the current AC input. One MNSMA Back Short backplate is used for each Sunny Island and E-Panel combination. The MNSMA Back Long backplate is used for a single Sunny Island, E-Panel and MNX-240. The MNSMA E-Panels are also available with a 175 A battery breaker for use with the SI4548 inverter. The MNSMA E-Panels are 20.5” x 18.6” x 9.6”, weight 42 lbs, the MNSMA-Autoformer is 18.1” x 16.4” x 9.2”, weight 74 lbs.

MidNite Solar E-Panels for SMA Sunny Island Inverters Model

Description

MNE250SMA-AC-SINGLE

E-Panel for single Sunny Island inverter for AC-coupled system, 250 A DC main

034-00000

MNE250SMA-OG-SINGLE

E-Panel for single Sunny Island inverter for off-grid system, 250 A DC main

034-00001

MNE250SMA-OG/AC-DM

E-Panel for dual SI inverter system, add one slave E-Panel, 250 A DC main

034-00002

E-Panel for quad SI inverter system, add three slave E-Panels, 250 A DC main

034-00004

E-Panel for three-phase SI inverter system, add two slave E-Panels, 250 A DC main

034-00003

MNE250SMA-QUAD MASTER MNE250SMA-3PH MASTER

E-Panel Slave for multiple inverter systems, 250 A DC main breaker

034-00005

MNE175SMA-AC-SINGLE

E-Panel for single Sunny Island inverter for AC-coupled system, 175 A DC main

034-00010

MNE175SMA-OG-SINGLE

E-Panel for single Sunny Island inverter for off-grid system, 175 A DC main

034-00011

MNE175SMA-OG/AC-DM

E-Panel for dual SI inverter system, add one slave E-Panel, 175 A DC main

034-00012

E-Panel for quad SI inverter system, add three slave E-Panels, 175 A DC main

034-00014

E-Panel for three-phase SI inverter system, add two slave E-Panels, 175 A DC main

034-00013

MNE250SMA-SLAVE

MNE175SMA-QUAD MASTER MNE175SMA-3PH MASTER MNE175SMA-SLAVE MNX-240 AUTOFORMER MNSMARB

180

Item code

E-Panel Slave for multiple inverter systems, 175 A DC main breaker

034-00015

Autoformer for 120/240 VAC output from single Sunny Island, use with AC SINGLE

038-00001

Relay Board for the SMA E-Panel (Will not fit MNE250SMA-AC-SINGLE)

053-02981

MNSMA Back Long

Backplate for one Sunny Island, Autoformer, and E-Panel

034-00007

MNSMA Back Short

Backplate for each Sunny Island and one E-Panel

034-00008

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The E-Panel Lite includes a left-hand door, inverter breaker, pre-wired AC input and bypass, 500 A/50 mV shunt, AC terminal blocks, DIN rails, wall mounting brackets, instructions and hardware. MidNite Solar E-Panel Lite for Other Inverters Model MNE125LT

Description

Item code

Gray steel chassis with 125 A inverter breaker (Lite)

034-05105

MNE175LT

Gray steel chassis with 175 A inverter breaker (Lite)

034-05109

MNE250LT

Gray steel chassis with 250 A inverter breaker (Lite)

034-05113

MNE125ALT

White alum chassis with 125 A inverter breaker (Lite)

034-05101

MNE175ALT

White alum chassis with 175 A inverter breaker (Lite)

034-05102

MNE250ALT

White alum chassis with 250 A inverter breaker (Lite)

034-05103

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

MidNite Solar E-Panel Lite for Other Inverters

Other MidNite E-Panels are available by special order; contact your AEE Solar Sales Representative for more information.

MidNite Solar E-Panels Accessories

MidNite Solar E-Panel Accessories Model

Description

Item code 034-05183

MNCCB-L

Left-side charge controller bracket

MNCCB-R

Right-side charge controller bracket

034-05179

Dual Classic mounting plate, wiring nipple

034-05180

Combiner for up to 4 inverters and battery bank, 250 A ea, w/ 1000 A shunt

034-00006

MNCCPDual MNBATTERY Combiner

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

181

Power Panels

The MNCCB-L is for mounting the MidNite Classic or OutBack FM charge controllers to the left side of an E-Panel , and the MNCCB-R is for the right side. The MNCCPDual is a back panel for mounting two MidNite Classic charge controllers. The Backplate is a gray steel mounting plate for one or two E-Panels, (wide or narrow). Wires route behind the 2" thick plate and a rear cover encloses the wiring for a clean installation.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

MidNite Solar Mini-DC Disconnect Power Center (MNDC) Use this small DC disconnect, which includes the inverter breaker (not in the MNDC-C), to provide overcurrent protection for any single inverter. The MNDC comes with a DIN rail for 5 additional DC breakers for DC loads, a charge controller disconnect, a battery status monitor. They also include a ground bus, a 5/16" bonding battery negative stud. Mounting holes for a 500 A shunt are built in. The white powder-coated aluminum chassis measures 10"H x 5"W x 18"D and weighs 7 lbs. Three main breaker sizes are available. Left side main breaker placement is available by special order. The MNDC Plus version has an additional DIN rail allowing up to 10 DIN mount breakers. Two DIN rail cover plates and two panel mount plates are included. The panel mount plates allow for mounting the 3/4" 150 VDC breakers that range from 60 A to 100 A. Additional configurations include: an MNDC-GFP80 with 4 panel mount breakers, or one MNDC-GFP, one 3/4" panel mount breaker and 5 DIN mount breakers with a 125-250 A inverter breaker. Circuit breakers and DC GFP are sold separately. Mounting is provided for a 500 A shunt and an MNTBB-R terminal busbar. Battery negative stud and ground busbar included. The MINI DC X2 versions have two DC battery breakers, one on each side of the enclosure. The MINI DC 125 X2 Disconnect is a white powder-coated aluminum enclosure while the MINI DC 175 X2 and the 250 X2 are powder-coated gray steel. They all come with the 125, 175 or 250 A battery breakers. The MNDC X2 accepts an additional 5 din rail breakers or 3 panel mount breakers. The boxes all come with grounding busbars and space to mount a 500 A shunt. The MNDC125-X2 measures 25"H x 11"W x 4"D and weighs 13 lbs. The MNDC175-X2 and the MNDC250-X2 measure 25"H x 16"W x 4"D and weigh 29 lbs.

Power Panels

Model

Mini-DC Disconnect Power Center (MNDC) Description Mini DC disconnect with space for 3/4" panel mount breaker

053-00094

MNDC125

125 A Mini DC disconnect

053-00091

MNDC175

175 A Mini DC disconnect

053-00092

MNDC250

250 A Mini DC disconnect

053-00093

MNDC125-Plus

125 A Mini DC disconnect Plus version

053-00096

MNDC175-Plus

175 A Mini DC disconnect Plus version

053-00097

MNDC250-Plus

250 A Mini DC disconnect Plus version

053-00098

MNDC125-X2

125 A Mini DC X2 with two 125 A DC breakers

053-00152

MNDC175-X2

175 A Mini DC X2 with two 175 A DC breakers

053-00153

MNDC250-X2

250 A Mini DC X2 with two 250 A DC breakers

053-00154

Fast, Accurate Shipping to your Job Site. With just-in-time delivery and blind drop shipping, we can ship directily to your customers, just as if it came directly from you.

182

Item code

MNDC-C

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Big Baby is a small general purpose breaker box that will hold up to 4 DIN mount breakers from 1 to 63 A. It also includes a ground box lug and mounting provisions for a short insulated busbar. The Big Baby Box's dimensions are 9"H x 5"W x 4"D, and it weighs 3 lbs. The MNEDC Quad is the same size as the Big Baby but holds up to 4 MNEDC-type panel mount AC/DC breakers or panel mount GFP breakers. The MNDC15 is a general use enclosure that will hold up to 15 MNEDC type panel mount breakers, and one larger 175 or 250 A breaker on the end. Breakers are sold separately. The MNDC15 dimensions are 23"H x 12"W x 3.5"D, and it weighs 25 lbs. These breaker boxes are Listed to applicable UL standards.

Big Baby Box

Busbars These UL Listed busbars can be used in the Mini-DC Disconnect above. Each MNT bar has colored insulation, four 1/0 and eleven 6 AWG usable wire slots with 10-32 screws, and is 4.63" long. The MNS is a shorter version, useful for PV + input on the narrow OB E-Panel, Big Baby Box, Quad box and for a separate PV busbar for charge controllers. The MNS has four 6 and two 1/0 AWG wire slots. The MNG ground busbar is 3.45" long with green screws and has two 1/0 and seven 6 AWG wire slots with mounting screws. The Big Busbar is a pair for positive and negative with 5 battery connections and 6 small wires. The Shunt Busbar has 4 studs besides the shunt connection. The Big Breaker Plus has 8 studs besides the large breaker connection. The Breaker Adaptor allows the mounting of a 3/4" wide panel mount breaker in a 1” breaker space. Model Big Baby Box

Big Baby box breaker center holds 4 DIN DC breakers

MNEDC QUAD

053-00088

Quad breaker center holds 4 MNEDC 3/4" DC breakers

053-00087

MNDC-15

Circuit breaker box for 15 panel mount and one large panel mount breaker

053-00086

MNTBB-R

Long red terminal busbar

053-00105

MNTBB-B

Long black terminal busbar

053-00106

MNTBB-W

Long white terminal busbar

053-00107

Long ground busbar - 3.45" long

053-00100

MNSBB-R

Short red terminal busbar

053-00108

MNSBB-B

Short black terminal busbar

053-00109

MNSBB-W

Short white terminal busbar

053-00110

Big Busbar

Big busbar with 5 studs, insulator mounts, aux terminal bar, 280 A

053-00115

Shunt busbar with 4 studs and short aux terminal bar

053-00117

MNGBB MNDC-15

Item code

Shunt Busbar Big Breaker Plus MNBreaker Adapter

Big breaker bus with 8 studs

053-00116

Adapter to mount a 3/4" panel mount breaker in a larger breaker space

053-03106

MidNite Outdoor Inverter Enclosure The MNODBOX is a NEMA3R outdoor enclosure that will hold one OutBack Radian, one Sunny Island, or one Schneider XW inverter with a single E-P anel. Any charge controllers need to be mounted in a separate enclosure. Dimensions are 52”H x 22”W x 12”D. Weight 60 lbs. MidNite Outdoor 3R Inverter Enclosure Description

Model MNODBOX

Item Code

Outdoor enclosure for Radian, Sunny Island, or XW w/ E-Panel – NEMA 3R

048-05511

MNODBOX

Long Terminal Busbar

Short Terminal Busbar

Big Busbar

Shunt Busbar

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Big Breaker Plus

183

Fuses and Breakers

Quad Box

MidNite Solar Baby Box Enclosures and Busbars Description

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

MidNite Solar Breaker Boxes and Wiring Accessories

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Morningstar

NEW! DC Ground Fault Protection Devices These two new GFPD devices from Morningstar Corp. have more advanced safety features than the older method of breaking the grounded conductor bond. It detects a current imbalance between the conductors and breaks both conductors in the faulted circuit, isolating the circuit. It does not break the grounded conductor bond to ground and allows unaffected controller circuits to continue to function normally. The battery and DC loads in the system will continue to function in a safe grounded manner. The trip threshold is 300 mA for extra safety and is more accurate than a breaker type GFP. There is visual and audible trip notification, LED status, and has a test button. It does require a small amount of power from the system battery bank at 12 VDC to 48 VDC. Both units are Listed to UL 1741, additionally the GFPD-150V is Listed to UL-489 and the GFPD-600V is Listed to UL-1077.

Model

Poles

GFPD-150V GFPD-600V

2 2

DC Ground Fault Protection Devices Dimensions Current Voltage rating (H" x W' x D") 60 A 150 VDC 10.6 x 5.1 x 4.4 50 A 600 VDC 14.1 x 8.7 x 4.2

Weight

Item code

5 lbs 9 lbs

053-03164 053-03165

Circuit Breakers Fuses and Breakers

DC Ground Fault Protection Circuit Breakers These breakers use a trip mechanism to connect battery negative and earth ground to open the larger breaker in case of a ground fault. The 2008 NEC requires DC ground fault protection on all solar installations. The DIN rail mount GFPs will mount in the Magnum MMP and MidNite E-Panels. The panel mount GFPs will mount in the OutBack FLEXware enclosures and one or two poles in MidNite E-Panels. The 100 A unit can be used normally as a two-pole GFP, or with ungrounded arrays breaking positive and negative, or shunt tripped by a signal from a MidNite Classic charge controller. DC Ground Fault Protection Circuit Breakers

184

Amps

Poles

Mount type

Voltage rating

80 A

Panel with ¼" studs

150 VDC

80 A

Panel with ¼" studs

150 VDC

80 A

Panel with ¼" studs

150 VDC

63 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

80 A

Panel with ¼" studs

50 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

100 A

Panel with ¼" studs

Width

Model

Item code

1.5"

PNL-GFDI-80

053-03144

2.25"

PNL-GFDI-80D

053-03145

3.75"

PNL-GFDI-80Q

053-03146

150 VDC

MNDC-GFP63

053-03147

150 VDC

1.5"

MNDC-GFP80

053-03148

300 VDC

MNDC-GFP50-300

053-03149

150 VDC

MNDC-GFP100-D

053-03150

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These are DIN mount AC breakers with set-screw compression terminals for 14 to 2 AWG wire. Use these for AC in OutBack FLEXware, MidNite E-Panels, and Magnum panels. DIN Mount AC Circuit Breakers Amps

Poles

Voltage rating

10 A

120 VAC

0.5"

15 A

120 VAC

0.5"

Width

OutBack model

MidNite model

Item code

DIN-10-AC-277

MNEAC10

053-03060

DIN-15-AC

MNEAC15

053-03061

15 A

120/240 VAC

DIN-15D-AC

MNEAC15-2P

053-03062

20 A

120 VAC

0.5"

DIN-20-AC

MNEAC20

053-03063

20 A

120/240 VAC

DIN-20D-AC

MNEAC20-2P

053-03064

25 A

120/240 VAC

DIN-25D-AC

053-03065

15 A

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-15-AC-277

MNEAC15QZD

053-03066

30 A

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-30-AC-277

MNEAC30QZD

053-03067

30 A

277 VAC

DIN-30D-AC-480

MNEAC30QZD2P

053-03068

30 A

277/480 VAC

1.5"

DIN-30T-AC-480

MNEAC30QZD3P

053-03069

50 A

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-50-AC-277

MNEAC50QZD

053-03070

277 VAC

DIN-50D-AC-480

MNEAC50QZD2P

053-03071

277/480 VAC

1.5"

DIN-50T-AC-480

MNEAC50QZD3P

053-03072

60 A

277 VAC

0.5"

DIN-60-AC-277

053-03073

60 A

277 VAC

DIN-60D-AC-480

MNEAC60QZD2P

053-03036

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

185

Fuses and Breakers

50 A 50 A

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

DIN Mount AC Circuit Breakers

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

DIN Mount DC Circuit Breakers DIN rail mount breakers fit MidNite and Magnum enclosures, and MNPV and OutBack PV array combiners. The positive line should be connected to the + pole of the breaker. The maximum PV array voltage must not exceed the voltage rating of the breakers used. DIN Mount 150 VDC Circuit Breakers Amps

Voltage rating

Width

OutBack model

MidNite model

Item code

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-1-DC

MNEPV1

053-03033

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-2-DC

MNEPV2

053-03034

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-3-DC

MNEPV3

053-03024

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-4-DC

MNEPV4

053-03020

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-5-DC

MNEPV5

053-03025

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-6-DC

MNEPV6

053-03021

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-8-DC

MNEPV8

053-03022

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-9-DC

MNEPV9

053-03023

Fuses and Breakers

10 A

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-10-DC

MNEPV10

053-03026

12 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV12

053-03027

15 A

150 VDC

0.5"

DIN-15-DC

MNEPV15

053-03029

20 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV20

053-03030

30 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV30

053-03032

40 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV40

053-03039

50 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV50

053-03035

60 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV60

053-03037

63 A

150 VDC

0.5"

MNEPV63

053-03038

80 A

150 VDC

1.0"

MNEPV80

053-03133

100 A

150 VDC

1.0"

MNEPV100

053-03134

DIN Mount 300 VDC Circuit Breakers Amps

Mount type

Voltage rating

Width

MidNite model

Item code

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV7-300

053-03107

10 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV10-300

053-03110

12 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV12-300

053-03112

15 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV15-300

053-03115

20 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV20-300

053-03120

30 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV30-300

053-03125

50 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

300 VDC

MNEPV50-300

053-03130

DIN Mount 600 VDC Circuit Breakers Amps

Mount type

Voltage rating

Width

MidNite model

Item code

16 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

600 VDC

MNEPV16-600

053-03116

20 A

DIN rail with screw lugs

600 VDC

MNEPV20-600

053-03121

DIN Rail

186

Description

Item code

DIN rail 3" long

099-02450

DIN rail 10.75" long

099-05306

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These are single-pole ¾" wide breakers with ¼" stud connections and require ring terminals on wires connected to them. These breakers can be used for DC protection in OutBack FLEXware enclosures, and MidNite E-Panels (three spaces), or as AC breakers in the OutBack FLEXware 250. The 300 VDC and two-pole AC breakers are double width and take two spaces. The AC breakers are for use with the Radian inverter GSLC panels. Panel Mount AC/DC Circuit Breakers Amps Poles

AC voltage DC voltage rating rating

Width

OutBack model

MidNite model

Generic Model

Item code

PNL-1-AC/DC

LELK1-1

053-03135 053-03136

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-5-AC/DC

MNEDC-5

LELK1-5

10 A

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-10-AC/DC

MNEDC-10

LELK1-10 053-03137

15 A

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-15-AC/DC

MNEDC-15

LELK1-15 053-03138

20 A

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-20-AC/DC

MNEDC-20

LELK1-20 053-03139

30 A

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-30-AC/DC

MNEDC-30

LELK1-30 053-03140

40 A

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-40-AC/DC

MNEDC-40

LELK1-40 053-03141

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-50-AC/DC

MNEDC-50

LELK1-50 053-03142

120 VAC

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-60-AC/DC

MNEDC-60

LELK1-60 053-03143

70 A

150 VDC

0.75"

MNEDC-70

053-03151

80 A

150 VDC

0.75"

PNL-80-DC

MNEDC-80

053-03152

100 A

150 VDC

0.75"

MNEDC-100

053-03153

60 A

300 VDC

1.5"

MNEDC60-300

053-03132

80 A

300 VDC

1.5"

MNEDC80-300

053-03131

30 A

250 VAC

0.75"

PNL-30-AC

053-16998

50 A

250 VAC

0.75"

PNL-50D-AC-250

053-16999

50 A

240 VAC

1.5"

PNL-50D-AC-120/240

053-17004

CD and GJ Panel Mount DC Circuit Breakers These are single-pole panel mount breakers with stud terminals that require ring terminals on the wires connected to them (except the two items with lugs). Breakers up through 80 A can be used in the Conext XW Distribution Panel, and in the side knockouts of the old Xantrex/Trace DC Disconnect. The 100 A and larger DC breakers fit in the OutBack FLEXware enclosures and MidNite E-Panels. Rated for 125 VDC only (except the 60 A lug breaker, which is rated at 160 VDC). Panel Mount DC Circuit Breakers CD and GJ Amps Poles Stud size Voltage rating

Width

OutBack model

MidNite model

Generic model

Item code

10 A

1/4"

125 VDC

CD10

053-01010

15 A

1/4"

125 VDC

CD15

053-01015

20 A

1/4"

125 VDC

CD20

053-01020

30 A

1/4"

125 VDC

CD30

053-01025

50 A

1/4"

125 VDC

CD50

053-01030

60 A

1/4"

125 VDC

CD60

053-01035

60 A

1/0 AWG

160 VDC

BKR 60

053-01038

75 A

1/4"

125 VDC

CD75

053-01040

80 A

1/4"

125 VDC

CD80

053-01045

80 A

1/0 AWG

125 VDC

BKR 80

053-01039

100 A

1/0 AWG

125 VDC

BKR 100

053-01034

100 A

5/16"

125 VDC

PNL-100-DC

CD100

053-01050

125 A

5/16"

125 VDC

PNL-125-DC

MNEDC125

CD125

053-01052

175 A

3/8"

125 VDC

1.5"

PNL-175-DC

MNEDC175

GJ1-175

053-01053

250 A

3/8"

125 VDC

1.5"

PNL-250-DC

MNEDC250

GJ1-250

053-01054 187

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Fuses and Breakers

50 A 60 A

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Panel Mount AC/DC Circuit Breakers

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

CF and GJ Surface (Back) Mount DC Circuit Breakers These are surface mount breakers with screw lug terminals and a 10,000 A interrupting current for direct connection to a battery. Mounting feet on 10-100 A allow them to be bolted to the back panel in an enclosure. These breakers up through 100 A can be used in the Magnum MP panels and the Conext XW Distribution Panel and for custom DC control panels. All are rated for 125 VDC. The 175 A and 250 A require one rear mount kit each. These breakers can also be panel-mounted from the front, however the panel may prevent access to the wire terminal screws on the breaker. Amps 10 A 15 A 20 A 30 A 50 A 60 A 75 A 100 A 175 A 250 A

CF and GJ Surface (Back) Mount DC Circuit Breakers Max lug wire size DC voltage rating Width Generic model 1 AWG 125 VDC 1" CF-10 1 AWG 125 VDC 1" CF-15 1 AWG 125 VDC 1" CF-20 1 AWG 125 VDC 1" CF-30 1 AWG 125 VDC 1" CF-50 1 AWG 125 VDC 1" CF-60 1 AWG 125 VDC 1" CF-75 1 AWG 125 VDC 1" CF-100 4/0 AWG 125 VDC 1.5" GJ1-175-H3 4/0 AWG 125 VDC 1.5" GJ1-250-H3 Rear mount kit for GJ1 breakers above

Item code 053-01011 053-01016 053-01021 053-01026 053-01031 053-01036 053-01041 053-01051 053-01056 053-01061 053-01066

Fuses and Breakers

Square D QO Plug on Circuit Breakers QO circuit breakers snap into QO load centers and are UL Listed for DC branch circuits up to 48 VDC (not for use in 48 VDC systems). They can be used for 120 VAC (single-pole), 120/240 VAC (two-pole) circuits, and 120/208 VAC three-phase (3-pole). Circuit breakers in 10 A to 30 A sizes can handle one or two 14 to 10 AWG or one 8 AWG wire. Circuit breakers 40 A to 70 A will handle 8 to 2 AWG wire. Poles

188

Amps 10 A 15 A 20 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 60 A 15 A 20 A 25 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 60 A

Square D QO plug on (for SqD load centers) circuit breakers AC voltage rating Width Panel spaces Model 120 VAC 0.75" 1 QO110 120 VAC 0.75" 1 QO115 120 VAC 0.75" 1 QO120 120 VAC 0.75" 1 QO130 120 VAC 0.75" 1 QO140 120 VAC 0.75" 1 QO150 120 VAC 0.75" 1 QO160 120 VAC 0.75" 1 QO170 120/240 VAC 1.5" 2 QO215 120/240 VAC 1.5" 2 QO220 120/240 VAC 1.5" 2 QO225 120/240 VAC 1.5" 2 QO230 120/240 VAC 1.5" 2 QO240 120/240 VAC 1.5" 2 QO250 120/240 VAC 1.5" 2 QO260 120/208 VAC 2.25" 3 QO315 120/208 VAC 2.25" 3 QO320 120/208 VAC 2.25" 3 QO325 120/208 VAC 2.25" 3 QO330 120/208 VAC 2.25" 3 QO340 120/208 VAC 2.25" 3 QO350 120/208 VAC 2.25" 3 QO360

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 053-02063 053-02065 053-02071 053-02075 053-02080 053-02083 053-02086 053-02090 053-02067 053-02073 053-02076 053-02077 053-02081 053-02084 053-02088 053-16451 053-16453 053-16454 053-16450 053-16455 053-16452 053-00209

QOU circuit breakers are designed for surface or DIN mounting. They are UL Listed for DC branch circuits up to 48 VDC (not for use in 48 VDC systems) and can be used for 120 VAC (single-pole) and 120/240 VAC (two-pole). Circuit breakers in 10 A to 30 A sizes can handle one or two 14 to 10 AWG or one 8 AWG wire. Circuit breakers in 40 A to 70 A sizes will handle 8 to 2 AWG wire. Poles

Square D QOU (DIN or surface mount) pass through circuit breakers Width Model AC voltage rating DC voltage rating1 120 VAC 48 VDC 0.75" QOU110 120 VAC 48 VDC 0.75" QOU115 120 VAC 48 VDC 0.75" QOU120 120 VAC 48 VDC 0.75" QOU130 120 VAC 48 VDC 0.75" QOU140 120 VAC 48 VDC 0.75" QOU150 120 VAC 48 VDC 0.75" QOU160 120 VAC 48 VDC 0.75" QOU170 120/240 VAC 48 VDC 1.5" QOU215 120/240 VAC 48 VDC 1.5" QOU220 120/240 VAC 48 VDC 1.5" QOU230 120/240 VAC 48 VDC 1.5" QOU240 120/240 VAC 48 VDC 1.5" QOU250 120/240 VAC 48 VDC 1.5" QOU260

Item code 053-02006 053-02009 053-02015 053-02024 053-02030 053-02036 053-02042 053-02048 053-02012 053-02018 053-02027 053-02033 053-02039 053-02045

Not rated for use in 48 VDC systems

Fuses 600 and 1000 VDC Midget Fuses and DIN Rail Mount Fuse Holders The fuse holder and fuses below fit MidNite MNPV and OutBack FLEXPV and other 600 and 1000 VDC array combiners, but these fuse holders do NOT fit SolaDeck combiners. These fuses are also used in the integrated combiners in many commercial grid-tie inverters. Midget Fuses 600 VDC Amps

Description

Item code

CHM1 Fuse Holder - 600 V 30 A Max - DIN mount

053-03040

USM1I-DC1000 Fuse Holder Indicating - 1000 VDC â&#x20AC;&#x201C; DIN mount

053-03104

1 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03155

2 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03052

4 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03051

6 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03050

8 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03048

10 A

10 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03046

12 A

12 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03044

15 A

15 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03043

20 A

20 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03042

30 A

30 A 600 VDC fuse, KLKD or equivalent

053-03041

Midget Fuses 1000 VDC Amps

Description

Item code

10 A

10 A 1,000 VDC fuse, HP10M10 or equivalent

053-03097

12 A

12 A 1,000 VDC fuse, HP10M12 or equivalent

053-03098

15 A

15 A 1,000 VDC fuse, HP10M15 or equivalent

053-03099

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

189

Fuses and Breakers

Amps 10 A 15 A 20 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 60 A 70 A 15 A 20 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 60 A

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Square D QOU Pass Through Circuit Breakers

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Class-R Fuses The 250 VAC/125 VDC Class R fuses can be used in AC circuits up to 250 VAC or DC circuits up to 125 VDC. The 600 V fuses can be used for AC or DC circuits. They have the high amp interrupting capacity (AIC) required for fusing circuits powered by batteries. They can be used to protect wiring to small inverters (100-700 W) and wiring from charging sources. These UL Listed fuses can be used in fused safety disconnect switches and most large system sub-array combiners.

Class-R Fuses Amps

Item code 250 VAC/125 VDC

600 VAC/VDC

10 A

053-02441

053-02442

15 A

053-02444

053-02447

20 A

053-02450

053-02453

30 A

053-02456

053-02459

40 A

053-02462

053-02463

50 A

053-02465

053-02466

60 A

053-02468

053-02471

70 A

053-02469

053-02470

80 A

053-02475

053-02472

Fuses and Breakers

Class-R Fuse Blocks

90 A

053-02476

053-02473

100 A

053-02474

053-02477

Use these fuse blocks with the Class-R 250 VAC fuses. Bare wire ends fit into the screw terminals on each end of the fuse block. The small fuse block holds 10-30 A fuses and accepts up to 2 AWG wire. The medium size block holds 40-60 A fuses and also accepts up to 2 AWG wire. The large size block holds 70100 A fuses and accepts up to 1/0 AWG wire. Small and medium size blocks are available in single-pole and two-pole versions. These do NOT fit the 600 V fuses.

110 A

053-02484

053-02445

Class-T Fuse Blocks

125 A

053-02478

053-02481

150 A

053-02479

053-02482

200 A

053-02480

053-02483

Class-R Fuse Holders 250 VAC/125VDC Description

Item code

Class-R fuse block 0.1-30 A single-pole

053-02423

Class-R fuse block 0.1-30 A two-pole

053-02426

Class-R fuse block 31-60 A single-pole

053-02429

Class-R fuse block 31-60 A two-pole

053-02432

Class-R fuse block 61-100 A single-pole

053-02435

with Fuses Use these single-pole fuse blocks to fuse inverters or other large loads. A 5/16" stud mount at each end of the fuse allows connection of a cable with a ring lug terminal end. To connect an inverter, order two cables with lugs on both ends: one to go from the battery to the fuse and one to go from the fuse to the inverter. Class T fuses exceed the 10,000 A interrupting capacity (AIC) required to protect Square-D brand circuit breakers in DC load centers. They are UL Listed for up to 160 VDC and NEC approved for inverter use. A fuse comes installed in the block. Order spare fuses separately.

Class-T Fuse Holders and Fuses Model

Description 200 A fuse and holder with studs

053-02526

FB2-300

300 A fuse and holder with studs

053-02544

FB2-400

400 A fuse and holder with studs

053-02559

Class-T Fuses Model

Description

Item code

JJN110

110 A replacement fuse

053-02509

JJN200

200 A replacement fuse

053-02520

JJN300

300 A replacement fuse

053-02538

JJN400

400 A replacement fuse

053-02556

Class-T JJN Fuses These Class T fuses are rated for 160 VDC and 300 VAC as protection for circuit breakers, load centers, and inverters where high available short circuit currents are possible. These fuses fit the fuse blocks described above. 190

Item code

FB1-200

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Photovoltaic, wind, and hydroelectric systems usually have long runs of exposed wire that can pick up surges from lightning, even if the lightning strike is only nearby. These power surges can damage sensitive electronic components in meters, charge controllers, and inverters. Surges can also damage telephone, audio, and video equipment connected to the power system. It is a good idea to install surge protection on all incoming wires in the system, including incoming photovoltaic, wind, or hydroelectric power lines; AC generator lines; and telephone and antenna leads. Proper grounding is absolutely necessary for lightning protection to be effective. In the event of a direct strike, damage may occur, even with surge protectors installed. Type 1 heavy duty surge protectors are recommended when a direct lightning strike is possible on the installation.

MidNite Solar MidNite Surge Protector Device (MNSPD)

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Why Have Surge Protection?

The MidNite Solar Surge Protector Device (MNSPD) is a Type 2 device designed for both AC and DC systems and provides protection to service panels, load centers, or where the SPD is directly connected to the electronic device requiring protection. Maximum protection will only be achieved if the SPD is properly installed.

Install the 115 VDC version for surge protection on wires coming from a 12, 24, or 48 VDC PV array, DC wind generator or DC hydroelectric turbine. The 300 VDC unit works well for systems rated at 150 VDC and larger systems with sources up to 300 VDC. The 300 VAC unit can be used on120/240 VAC split phase circuits. The 600 VDC unit is designed for high-voltage grid-tie PV arrays. The 1,000 VDC version is for higher voltage solar arrays, and the 208 VAC and 480 VAC units are for three-phase AC circuits. Lightning protection can be installed in a combiner box, DC or AC load center or gridtie inverter. These devices can be used on your AC load center to protect your equipment from surges from the utility lines and on AC wiring running outside of the building, to generators, to pumps, or to outbuildings. These surge arrestors mount in a ½" knockout and are covered by a 5-year material and workmanship warranty. Model MNSPD115 MNSPD300-DC MNSPD300-AC MNSPD600 MNSPD1000 MNSPD3P-208 MNSPD3P-480 MNSPD FMB

MidNite Solar Surge Protector Devices Description Nominal DC voltage Nominal AC voltage Surge Protector Device 0-115 VDC -Surge Protector Device 0-300 VDC -Surge Protector Device -120/240 VAC Surge Protector Device 0-600 VDC 480 VAC Surge Protector Device 0-1000 VDC -Surge Protector Device -208 VAC 3Ø Surge Protector Device -480 VAC 3Ø Flush mount box for SPD

Item code 053-04141 053-04143 053-04142 053-04146 053-04145 053-04148 053-04149 053-04140

Delta Lightning Arrestors Delta lightning arrestors have a maximum current rating of 60,000 A and 2,000 joules per line. Response time is 25 ns to clamp 50,000 A. These waterproof lightning arrestors mount in a ½" knockout. Model LA302DC LA602DC LA302R LA303R LA603R

Delta Lightning Arrestors Description Arrestor for up to 300 VDC Arrestor for up to 600 VDC Arrestor for up to 300 VAC Arrestor for up to 300 VAC - three-phase Arrestor for up to 600 VAC - three-phase

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 053-04115 053-04109 053-04112 053-04118 053-04120 191

Surge Protection

The MidNite Solar SPD is offered in seven versions to maximize the required protection level. Protection is achieved by reducing the clamping voltage to a safe voltage that your system can sustain without damaging the electronics. The MidNite Solar SPD voltage rating should be chosen according to the nominal voltage of the system. Response time is 8/20 μs to clamp 128,000 A. There are two LEDs in each unit that will indicate when the unit is functioning correctly and there is voltage to it.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Citel Citel DS210DC Off-Grid Surge Arrestor The Citel DS210DC series is designed to protect the charge controller and other system electronics in 12 VDC, 24 VDC, 48 VDC and 150 VDC off-grid PV systems. The maximum voltage should not be exceeded in any conditions; use the next higher rated unit if necessary. DS210DC series protectors automatically reset after each lightning surge or electrical transient. These DIN mount surge arrestors clamp at much lower voltage than Delta surge arrestors, so they offer much better protection for charge controllers and inverters in low-voltage DC systems.

Citel DS50PV and DS60VGPV Grid-Tie Surge Arrestor The DS50PV-600 is designed to protect the solar array at the solar PV array combiner box for a utilityinteractive PV system. The DIN-mount DS50PV is designed for moderate lightning areas and has replaceable modules. Use the DS50PV-600 for systems with inverters that have an upper limit of up to 600 VDC. The DS60VGPV-1000 is a DIN-mount heavy duty surge protector, recommended for high lightning areas or extra protection. Use the DS60VGPV-1000 for systems with inverters that have an upper limit of up to 600 VDC or 1,000 VDC. The use of a surge protector is recommended at both ends of the DC power supply line (solar array side and inverter/converter side).

Citel DS7xRS-120 and SP120 AC Surge Arrestor

Surge Protection

The DS7xRS-120 series are DIN-mount Type 4 heavy duty surge protectors recommended for the AC side of PV inverters and branch AC panels. The DS73RS-120 is a three-pole design to be used with 120/240 VAC split phase and the DS74RS-120 is a four-pole design to be used with 120/208 VAC WYE connections. The DS25xVG-120 is a DIN-mount heavy duty surge protector, recommended for high lightning areas or wherever extra protection is desired. The DS253VG-120 is a three-pole design to be used with 120/240 VAC split phase and the DS254VG-120 is a four-pole design to be used with 120/208 VAC WYE connections. Additional Citel surge arrestors for specialized applications are available by special order. DC Citel Surge Arrestors Model

Maximum volts

Max surge rating

Width

Item code

DS210-12DC

15 VDC

2 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04201

DS210-24DC

30 VDC

2 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04203

DS210-48DC

56 VDC

2 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04205

DS210-75DC

85 VDC

6 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04206

DS210-95DC

100 VDC

6 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04207

DS210-130DC

150 VDC

6 kA 8/20 µs

0.7" (18 mm)

053-04209

DS50PV-600

680 VDC

40 kA 8/20 µs

1.4" (36 mm)

053-04219

DS60VGPV-1000

1200 VDC

12.5 kA 10/350 µs

2.8" (72 mm)

053-04231

Width

Item code

AC Citel Surge Arrestors Model

192

Maximum volts

Max surge rating

DS73RS-120

240 VAC

70 kA 8/20 µs

2.1" (54 mm)

053-04228

DS74RS-120

208 VAC 3Ph

70 kA 8/20 µs

2.8" (72 mm)

053-04229

DS253VG-120

240 VAC

25 kA 10/350 µs

4.25" (108 mm)

053-04232

DS254VG-120

208 VAC 3Ph

25 kA 10/350 µs

5.67" (144 mm)

053-04233

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Lay-in Lugs for Module Grounding These UL Listed tin-plated copper lugs have stainless steel set screws and come with either stainless steel thread forming screws and lock washers, or a longer thread cutting stainless steel screw with stainless steel star-washer captive on the nut. Consult the module manufacturer's installation guide to see which type(s) meet NEC requirements for connecting a continuous ground wire to that module. Sold in packages of 10. Lay-in Lugs Description

Item code

Bag of 10 lay-in lugs with screws

051-03414

Bag of 10 lay-in lugs with long screws and nuts

051-03418

Tyco Grounding Connector

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Grounding

This all-stainless steel grounding lug is like a split bolt with a mounting stud and can be used on most modules and mounting rails. The mounting stud is 8 AWG and comes with a star washer captive on the nut. It takes 6 or 8 AWG solid copper ground wire. Use this grounding lug where corrosion is a consideration. Listed to UL 467. Tyco Grounding Connector Description

Item code 051-03420

Tyco solar grounding connector, 100 pack

051-03419

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Array Grounding

Tyco solar grounding connector

193

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Burndy Wiley WEEB Grounding Products Washer, electrical equipment bonding (WEEB) products are used to bond solar modules to aluminum solar mounting rails. This replaces the lay-in lug and ground wire to each module since the mounting rails can be wired to an equipment grounding terminal in the inverter or disconnect, grounding the entire assembly. Listed to ANSI-UL 467 standards.

WEEB-9.5

The WEEB-9.5 is used for bonding modules to mounting structures when the modules are directly bolted to the rails using ¼" bolts through the mounting holes on the rear of the module frames. This type of mounting is typical on DPW systems (see Mounting Systems) and on ArrayTech and Zomeworks trackers. The WEEB-9.5NL is used for bonding strong-back structures and legs to the rail where 3/8" bolts are used. Sold in packs of 10.

WEEB Grounding Clips

WEEB grounding clips are used between modules and rails when front mount clamps are used to hold the module to the rails. One clip grounds the frame of two adjoining modules to one of the mounting rails. Two clips are required for each pair of modules so that the modules will be bonded to both rails. Sold in packs of 10. WEEB-PMC for SnapNrack and ProSolar rails WEEB-DMC for Direct Power PowerRail WEEB-DPF for Direct Power PowerGrid, PowerRail P6/P8

Array Grounding

WEEB-UMC for UniRac Solar Mount rails

WEEBLug-6.7 The WEEBLug-6.7 provides a connection to the mounting system and has lay-in provision for an equipment ground conductor. The WEEBLug-6.7 kit includes the lay-in lug, matching WEEB washer, bolt, nut, flat washer, and lock washer. Two WEEB lugs and a short piece of bare wire or a WEEB bonding jumper can be used to connect across a rail splice.

WEEBLug-8.0 The WEEBLug-8.0 is similar to the WEEBLug-6.7 but is slightly wider and is used to bond Direct Power PowerGrid and CRS using a 5/16” bolt (not included).

WEEB-BJ-6.7 The WEEB Bonding Jumper is used to electronically bond mounting rails together at a splice. Use one at each splice. Wiley Electronics WEEB Grounding Model

194

Description

Item code

WEEB-9.5

WEEB for 1/4" bolted connections, order in multiples of 10

051-04007

WEEB-9.5NL

WEEB for 3/8" bolted connections, order in multiples of 10

051-04008

WEEB-PMC

WEEB for use with SnapNrack and ProSolar rails, order in multiples of 10

051-04001

WEEB-DMC

WEEB for use with DPW Power Rail, order in multiples of 10

051-04004

WEEB-DPF

WEEB for use with DPW Power Rail, order in multiples of 10

051-04024

WEEB-UMC

WEEB for use with Unirac SolarMount Rail, order in multiples of 10

051-04003

WEEBLug-6.7

Lay-in lug with mounting hardware and WEEB, 0.71” wide, for ¼” bolt

051-04015

WEEBLug-8.0

Lay-in lug with mounting hardware and WEEB, 0.87” wide, for 15/16” bolt

051-04020

WEEB-BJ-6.7

Splice jumper with two WEEB

051-04019

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

MNPV Combiners These powder-coated, aluminum, rainproof array combiners will accept DIN-mount 150 V circuit breakers, MidNite 300 VDC breakers, Midnite 600 VDC breakers, or 600 VDC fuse holders for grid-tie arrays. A plastic cover provides a dead front for safety and can be knocked out for either breakers or fuse holders. Both a negative busbar and ground bar are included. The aluminum NEMA 3R enclosures are approved to be mounted at angles from 90째 to 14째 (vertical to 3/12 slope). Listed to UL 1741 for the U.S.A. and Canada. Breakers and fuse holders are not included. The MNPV3 will accept 3 single-pole 150 VDC (MNEPV) breakers or two 600/1,000 VDC fuse holders. Includes a 60 A positive busbar, 6-position PV negative busbar and a 6-position ground busbar. A single 300 VDC breaker from 7 to 50 A may be installed as a disconnect (no combining busbar).

MNPV3

The MNPV6 will accept 6 single-pole 150 VDC breakers or four 600/1,000 VDC fuse holders. Includes 15-position PV negative bus bar, 14-position ground busbar, 120 A positive bus bar for breakers and 80 A busbar for fuses. The positive busbar may be split to support two grid-tie inverters or two charge controllers. Most charge controllers and grid-tie inverters can have a common negative PV bus (except Schneider XW and BlueSky). MNPV6 with 150VDC breakers and with 600VDC fuses

The MNPV6-250 will hold up to 3 single-pole 300 VDC circuit breakers for charge controllers accepting input voltages up to 300 VDC.

The MNPV16 will accept 16 single-pole 600 VDC fuse holders. Includes 21-position PV negative busbar, 18-position ground busbar, and 240 A positive and negative busbars. The MNPV16-24 PV combiner can hold up to 24 single-pole 150 VDC breakers. The 240 A busbar can take two dozen 10 A breakers or sixteen 15 A breakers or twelve 20 A breakers. The MNPV16-250 will accept 12 single-pole 300 VDC breakers. Includes 21-position PV negative busbar, 18-position ground busbar, and 240 A positive and negative busbars. MidNite PV Combiners without Disconnect PV source circuit options Model

MNPV3 MNPV6

Output circuits

Max # Max # Max # Max # 600 150 VDC 300 VDC 600 VDC VDC breakers breakers breakers fuses 3 6

2 4

Max # output circuits

Max current output

Max MNPV combiner Birdhouse Weight output dimensions trip option wire size (L"x W"x H") / MNSPD

Item code

60 A

1/0 AWG

10.5 x 4.9 x 3.4

2 lbs

053-03017

120 802 A

1/0 AWG

13.5 x 8 x 3.5

4 lbs

053-03018

MNPV6-250

120 A

1/0 AWG

13.5 x 8 x 3.5

4 lbs

053-03081

MNPV12

200 A

2/0 AWG

14.7 x 12.2 x 3.5

6 lbs

053-03015

MNPV12-250

168 A

2/0 AWG

14.7 x 12.2 x 3.5

6 lbs

053-03082

MNPV16

240 A

250 mcm

20.7 x 16.2 x 3.5

12 lbs

053-03016

MNPV16-24

240 A

250 mcm

20.7 x 16.2 x 3.5

12 lbs

053-03087

MNPV16-250

240 A

2/0 AWG

20.7 x 16.2 x 3.5

12 lbs

053-03083

Only with breakers, and one negative busbar

120 A for 150 VDC breakers and 80 A with 600 VDC fuses

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

195

Array Combiners

The MNPV12 will accept 12 single-pole 150 VDC breakers or ten 600/1,000 positive VDC fuse holders. It includes a 15-position PV negative busbar, 15-position ground bus bar, and two 200 A Plus busbars for breakers or fuses. Positive busbars can be combined or separated to support 2 grid-tie inverters or two charge controllers. Most charge controllers and grid-tie inverters can have a common negative PV bus (except Schneider XW and BlueSky). The MNPV12-250 will hold up to 6 single-pole 300 VDC circuit breakers for charge controllers accepting input voltages up to 300 VDC.

MNPV12

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

MidNite Solar

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

MidNite Solar MNPV Combiners with Disconnect Switch The MidNite Disco line of PV combiners with disconnects incorporates NEC 2011 requirements. The disconnect handle is bright red for visibility and can be locked in the off position. Several models can be configured for bi-polar or non-isolated inverters where both the positive and negative legs of the array need circuit protection (maximum output current is split also). Models are available for 150 VDC, 300 VDC, or 600 VDC arrays. All of the combiners are made from powder-coated aluminum for long life in harsh conditions. A clear see-through dead front is supplied with all Disco combiners. Models are available with either NEMA 3R or NEMA 4X ratings. Many of these come with a shunt trip disconnect that enables the MNDiscoPSB to trip the disconnect remotely. An MNSPD-600 is included standard with many of these combiners. See the table below for options that are available or included. Breaker versions do not include breakers. HV versions come with fuse holders except for the MNPV4HV Disco 3R Basic. The firefighter-approved "Birdhouse" remote actuator should be installed in a visible, easily accessible location so that the array combiners can safely be disconnected from the ground when necessary. The hard wired connection to the disconnect combiners provides positive feedback that the disconnect on the roof has actually been thrown. One Birdhouse can be used to disconnect multiple combiners. The Birdhouse has a speaker and will announce when it is safe to climb onto the roof, and during the day it will inform that there is still voltage present up to the combiner. At night, it will announce that there is no PV voltage present. The Birdhouse is powered by multiple redundant sources. The combiner can be powered using the array with the MNDiscoPSB power supply that will also power the Birdhouse. The Birdhouse also comes with an indoor 120 VAC power supply that can be used as a DC supply, and has an internal backup battery. The power draw of the Birdhouse is only 1 W. Use the special MidNite 600 V CAT5 USE-2 compliant wire to connect the Birdhouse and combiners.

Array Combiners

MidNite PV Disconnect Combiners PV source circuit options Model

Output circuits

Max # Max # Max # Max # Max # 150 VDC 300 VDC 600 VDC 600 VDC output breakers breakers breakers fuses circuits

Max current output

Max MNPV combiner Birdhouse output dimensions Weight trip option Item code wire size (L"x W"x H") / MNSPD

MNPV6 Disco

120 A

1/0 AWG

12.7 x 7.9 x 7.5

6 lbs

053-03000

MNPV6-250 Disco

120 A

1/0 AWG

12.7 x 7.9 x 7.5

6 lbs

053-03001

MNPV6 Disco AC Micro

3 AC

120 A

1/0 AWG

12.7 x 7.9 x 7.5

6 lbs

053-02984

MNPV4HV Disco 3R Basic

80 A

1/0 AWG

15.4 x 18.4 x 5

8 lbs

053-02990

MNPV4HV Disco 3R Dlx

80 A

1/0 AWG

15.4 x 18.4 x 5

10 lbs

Opt/Yes

053-02991

MNPV6HV Disco 4X

125 A

2/0 AWG 20.8 x 17.3 x 5.8

14 lbs

Opt/Yes

053-02992

MNPV8HV Disco 3R

160 A

2/0 AWG 23.4 x 19.3 x 5.4

16 lbs

Opt/Yes

053-02993

MNPV8HV Disco 4X

160 A

2/0 AWG 23.4 x 19.3 x 5.4

18 lbs

Opt/Yes

053-02994

MNPV16HV Disco 4X

230 A

350 mcm

27 lbs

Opt/Yes

053-02995

23.5 x 26 x 5.8

MidNite PV Disconnect Combiner Accessories MNBirdhouse

Emergency remote disconnect switch

12.1 x 8.3 x 4.6

053-02985

MNDiscoPCB

Optional PV power supply

9.5 x 4 x 3.5

053-02987

AC power supply, indoor (comes with Birdhouse)

7.4 x 4 x 3.5

053-02988

053-02983

MNSP-38 MNCAT5-600

196

Communication cable 600 V CAT5 USE-2 outdoor wire, per foot

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

FLEXware PV Combiners The FLEXware PV8 and PV12 accommodate overcurrent protection requirements for off-grid and grid-connected applications. The DIN rail can be fitted with 150 VDC circuit breakers for low-voltage PV arrays or 600 VDC fuse holders for grid-tie arrays. Rated NEMA 3R rainproof, the powder-coated aluminum chassis can be mounted on a wall, a sloped roof, or a pole. Dual output lugs allow connection for up to 2/0 AWG wire. An easily removable flame-retardant polycarbonate deadfront panel prevents accidental contact with live terminals. FLEXware PV8 has 1 output circuit and FLEXware PV12 can be configured to have 1 or 2 output circuits. Negative and ground terminal busbars are included. The 2 output circuits can be used for fuses in both the negative and positive legs for up to 4 strings into transformerless inverters. Limited to 15 A breakers or fuses. Listed to UL 1741. OutBack FLEXware PV Combiners Model

# of breakers

Weight

Item code

FWPV8

# of fuse holders Dimensions (L"x W"x H") 6

15.2 x 9.2 x 3.9

4.4 lbs

053-03012

FWPV12

15.2 x 12.7 x 3.9

5.9 lbs

053-03014

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

OutBack

Burndy This PV cable to conduit transition box is made from corrosion resistant UV resistant plastic. It accepts conduit from the bottom or side and has a seal for entry of USE-2 or PV wire. The included aluminum mounting bracket makes it easy to mount on any module mounting structure. ACE PT is for pass-through and has no terminals or DIN rail. ACE-xP has two terminal blocks for each string. The ACE-2C combines two strings into one + and - out without fuses. The Ace-3C and -4C have 3 and 4 fuse holders respectively. 600 VDC midget fuses not included. Wiley Electronics Acme Conduit Entry Model

Description

Item code

ACE-PT

Pass through - MC cables to conduit

053-00309

ACE-1P

Pass through - MC cables to conduit, 1 string

053-00310

ACE-2P

Pass through - MC cables to conduit, 2 string

053-00311

ACE-3P

Pass through - MC cables to conduit, 3 string

053-00312

ACE-4P

Pass through - MC cables to conduit, 4 string

053-00313

ACE-2C

Combiner - MC cables to conduit, 2 string

053-00314

ACE-3C

Combiner - MC cables to conduit, 3 string

053-00315

ACE-4C

Combiner - MC cables to conduit, 4 string

ACE-4C-1

Combiner - MC cables to conduit, 4 string without ground

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

053-00316

197

Array Combiners

Wiley Acme Conduit Entry

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

SolaDeck PV Roof-Mount Enclosure/Combiner These are NEMA 3R enclosures that provide a flashed roof penetration for the array cables. They are all made from 18 gauge galvanized steel with a powder-coated finish providing a professional look. All have a dual ground lug, a 6" (150 mm) universal DIN rail to mount fuse holders or terminal blocks. There are three roof deck knockouts (Â˝", Âž", and 1") and dimples to center a punch or drill for entry conduit or fittings, as well as a built-in roof flashing. The SD-0786-41 is a DC combiner and can be used with terminals or fuse holders for array DC wiring. For combining circuits, use up to 4 DIN mount fuse holders, each 18 mm wide, a positive and negative busbar, and a 2-string pass-thru kit to combine up to 4 module strings. Or use the 2-position positive and negative busbars for combining 2 strings, with or without fuses. Fuses are not included, so order the appropriate fuses. These are Listed to UL 1741 for DC Photovoltaic Combiner Enclosures. The SD-0786-3R is listed as a j-box and can be used for pass through wiring of both DC and AC circuits without combining. Both SD-0786 are only 2.5" deep and can fit under the array. The SD-0760-41 AD is a combiner for both AC and DC circuits and has a bump in the lid to accommodate DIN mount DC or AC breakers. The SD-0766-41 AD is 6" deep for use on tile roofs. It comes with a 30" square soft aluminum flashing and can be used as both AC and DC combiner or pass through. These are Listed to UL 1741 for DC Photovoltaic Combiner Enclosures. To make pass-through connections inside a SolaDeck, use one or more 2-String Pass-Through Kits. This kit has 4 DIN mount terminals that can be used with 16 to 6 AWG wire and hardware to hold them in place. Each terminal is 10 mm wide. See the next page for Soladeck combiner and pass through kits.

Array Combiners

For combining 2 AC micro-inverter circuits, use the dual busbar 2 branch AC kit and two of the two-pole breakers. For combining 3 AC micro-inverter circuits, use the dual busbar 3 branch AC kit and three of the two pole breakers. SolaDeck PV Roof-Mount Enclosures and Accessories Model

Item code

SD-0786-41

SolaDeck enclosure combiner DC only

053-00226

SD-0786-3R

SolaDeck enclosure pass-through AC/DC (no combining)

053-00225

SolaDeck enclosure combiner AC/DC bump lid fits breakers

053-00223

SD-0760-41 AD

SolaDeck enclosure combiner AC/DC deep tile roof, large soft flashing

053-00224

PASS-THRU

2-string pass-through terminal kit

053-00231

0784 BB

Positive busbar for 4 fuse holders

053-00227

0785 BB

SD-0766-41 AD

Negative busbar for 4 terminals

053-00228

0784 FBB-2

Positive busbar for 2 fuse holders

053-00229

0785 TBB-2

Negative busbar for 2 terminals

053-00230

Fuse holder for DIN mount 600 VAC/DC

053-00240

0784 AC 2K

Dual busbar kit for 2 AC branch circuits 240 V

053-00232

1452 0784 AC 3K

Dual busbar kit for 3 AC branch circuits 240 V

053-00233

S202U Z20A

AC breaker two-pole 240 VAC 20 A

053-00210

S202U Z15A

AC breaker two-pole 240 VAC 15 A

053-00211

S280UC K16 1440.080 1440

198

Description

DC breaker single-pole 250 VDC 16 A

053-00212

Distribution block 80 A 3-pole primary 14-4 AWG, 4-pole secondary 14-100AWG

053-00241

Distribution block 175 A 2-pole primary 8-2/0 AWG, 4-pole secondary 14-8 AWG

053-00243

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These kits make putting together a combiner box easy. Pick a kit that has the configuration you need for the parts that will allow you to put it together. The combiner kits come with fuse holders and 15 A fuses. All kits come with strain relief fittings. SolaDeck Pass-Through and Combiner Kits Model

Description

Item code

DC Pass-Through Kits 01601

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for one string

053-00250

01602

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for two strings

053-00251

01603

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for three strings

053-00252

01604

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for four strings

053-00253

01605

SolaDeck DC pass-through kit for five strings

053-00254

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Soladeck Combiner Kits

AC Pass-Through Kits 01611

SolaDeck AC pass-through kit for one string

053-00255

01612

SolaDeck AC pass-through kit for two strings

053-00256

01613

SolaDeck AC pass-through kit for three strings

053-00257

01614

SolaDeck AC pass-through kit for four strings

053-00258

DC Combiner Kits SolaDeck DC combiner kit for two strings

053-00259

0786K-3C

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for three strings

053-00260

0786K-4C

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for four strings

053-00261

0786K-5C

SolaDeck DC combiner kit for five strings

053-00262

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

199

Array Combiners

0786K-2C

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

AMtec Prominence Series Combiners The AMtec Prominence 1,000 VDC combiners are Listed to UL 1741, CSA & CE for up to 1,000 VDC PV systems. AMtec uses high quality components to ensure long-term field reliability. They are available with 6, 12, 24, 36, or 52 string inputs, and NEMA 4X fiberglass, NEMA 4 painted steel, or NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosures. The enclosures have gaskets for protection from the elements and enough room for easy wiring. The fuse holders are finger safe and all live parts are covered to give a completely dead front protection. Fuses not included. All combiners listed on the opposite page have single outputs. Also available in custom string counts! See next opposite for available models.

AMtec Prominence Series Disconnect Combiners These 1,000 VDC combiners are Listed to UL 1741, CSA & CE for PV systems, with load-break 1,000 VDC disconnect switch. Available with 250 or 400 A disconnects with 8, 12, 16, 24 or 36 string inputs. Also available with NEMA 4X fiberglass, NEMA 4 painted steel, or NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosures. The fuse holders are finger safe and all live parts are covered to give a completely dead front protection. Fuses not included. All combiners listed on the opposite page have single outputs. Also available in custom string counts! See opposite page for available models.

Disconnects & Overcurrent Protection

NEW! AMtec Prominence Series Contactor Combiners These 600 VDC combiners are Listed to UL 1741, CSA & CE for PV systems, with load-break 600 VDC remote actuated contactor switch. Available with 225 A contactors with 12 strings per contactor. The 36 string input box has three 225 A contactors. There is an internal service switch. Available with NEMA 4X fiberglass, NEMA 4 painted steel, or NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosures. The fuse holders are finger safe and all live parts are covered to give a completely dead front protection. Fuses are not included. A Contactor Control Panel is required for these. The Contactor Control Panel will disconnect up to 18 contractors, and is NEMA12. See opposite page for available models.

AMtec Prominence Series Combiners with Monitoring The Prominence combiners, both with and without disconnect, are available with string monitoring for 1,000 VDC arrays. They are available in the 12 and 24 string input sizes with disconnect switch. Monitoring uses Mod-Bus communication with Obvius A90 string current monitor hardware that is compatible with most monitoring providers. See opposite page for available models.

200

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Model

Input circuits

PR-6-FG

PR-12-FG

Dimensions (L"x W"x H")

Weight

Item code

16 x 14 x 6.5

14 lbs

053-00034

18 x 16 x 8.8

20 lbs

053-01285

NEMA 4X Fiberglass

PR-24-FG

22 x 18 x 8.8

31 lbs

053-01313

PR-36-FG

26 x 22 x 8

45 lbs

053-01284

PR-52-FG

36 x 30 x 8

62 lbs

053-01400

PR-6-S

14 x 12 x 6

16 lbs

053-01344

PR-12-S

16 x 14 x 8

22 lbs

053-01290

NEMA 4 Steel

PR-24-S

20 x 16 x 8

37 lbs

053-01294

PR-36-S

24 x 20 x 8

52 lbs

053-01346

PR-52-S

36 x 30 x 8

75 lbs

053-01348

NEMA 4X Stainless Steel 6

14 x 12 x 6

17 lbs

053-01345

PR-12-SS

16 x 14 x 8

24 lbs

053-01286

PR-24-SS

20 x 16 x 8

42 lbs

053-01295

PR-36-SS

24 x 20 x 8

59 lbs

053-01347

PR-52-SS

36 x 30 x 8

82 lbs

053-01349

AMtec Prominence Combiners with Contactor 600 VDC Input Disconnect Dimensions Weight Item code Model circuits amps (L"x W"x H") NEMA 4X Fiberglass PR-12C12 225 18 x 16 x 9 25 lbs 053-01415 FG-NEG PR-36C36 225 x 3 38 x 30 x 9 100 lbs 053-01418 FG-NEG NEMA 4 Steel PR-12C-S-NEG 12 225 18 x 16 x 9 30 lbs 053-01416 PR-36C-S-NEG 36 225 x 3 38 x 30 x 9 110 lbs 053-01419 NEMA 4X Stainless Steel PR-12C12 225 18 x 16 x 9 30 lbs 053-01417 SS-NEG PR-36C36 225 x 3 38 x 30 x 9 110 lbs 053-01420 SS-NEG Contactor Control Box CCB-18-I-1-N12 18 -24 x 24 x 9 50 lbs 053-01421

AMtec Prominence Combiners with Monitoring 1,000 VDC Input Disconnect Dimensions Weight Item code Model circuits amps (L"x W"x H") NEMA 4X Fiberglass PR-12M-250-FG 12 250 A 26 x 22 x 11 40 lbs 053-01422 PR-24M-400-FG 24 400 A 32 x 26 x 11 100 lbs 053-01406 NEMA 4 Steel PR-12M-250-S 12 250 A 26 x 22 x 11 44 lbs 053-01423 PR-24M-400-S 24 400 A 32 x 26 x 11 110 lbs 053-01407 NEMA 4X Stainless Steel PR-12M-250-SS 12 250 A 26 x 22 x 11 43 lbs 053-01424 PR-24M-400-SS 24 400 A 32 x 26 x 11 110 lbs 053-01408

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

201

Disconnects & Overcurrent Protection

PR-6-SS

AMtec Prominence Combiners with Disconnects 1,000 VDC Input Disconnect Dimensions Weight Item code Model circuits amps (L"x W"x H") NEMA 4X Fiberglass PR-8-250-FG 8 250 A 22 x 18 x 9 45 lbs 053-01360 PR-12-250-FG 12 250 A 26 x 22 x 11 45 lbs 053-01362 PR-16-250-FG 16 250 A 26 x 22 x 11 50 lbs 053-01363 PR-24-250-FG 24 250 A 26 x 26 x 11 55 lbs 053-01364 PR-24-400-FG 24 400 A 31 x 31 x 10 100 lbs 053-01401 NEMA 4 Steel PR-8-250-S 8 250 A 22 x 18 x 9 50 lbs 053-01318 PR-12-250-S 12 250 A 24 x 20 x 8 50 lbs 053-01320 PR-16-250-S 16 250 A 24 x 20 x 8 56 lbs 053-01321 PR-24-250-S 24 250 A 26 x 26 x 11 62 lbs 053-01322 PR-24-400-S 24 400 A 30 x 30 x 10 110 lbs 053-01402 NEMA 4X Stainless Steel PR-8-250-SS 8 250 A 22 x 18 x 9 50 lbs 053-01361 PR-12-250-SS 12 250 A 24 x 20 x 8 50 lbs 053-01309 PR-16-250-SS 16 250 A 24 x 20 x 8 56 lbs 053-01311 PR-24-250-SS 24 250 A 26 x 26 x 11 62 lbs 053-01365 PR-24-400-SS 24 400 A 30 x 30 x 10 110 lbs 053-01403

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

AMtec Prominence Combiners 1,000 VDC

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Square-D 240 V and 600 V NEMA 3R Safety Switch Disconnects For inverters that do not include a DC disconnect, or when an additional DC disconnect is required, one of these 600 VDC disconnects can be used. Many utilities require an AC disconnect between a grid-tie inverter and the AC load center, close to the AC service entrance, and with a visible and lockable handle. The Square-D 600 VDC-rated 30 A, 60 A, and 100 A three-pole safety switches are rated by Square-D to handle one 600 VDC circuit per pole for PV (although they are not UL Listed for this purpose). The 30 A switch is rated for 16 A short-circuit current (Isc at PV module STC) for non-fused versions, and 12.8 A (Isc) for fused versions. The 60 A switch is rated for 48 A (Isc) for non-fused versions and 38 A (Isc) for fused versions. The 100 A switch is rated for 80 A (Isc) for non-fused versions and 64 A (Isc) for fused versions. All of the Square-D 600 VDC non-fused disconnects are rated for disconnecting one circuit at full rated current using two poles in series. Fused disconnects are rated for 80% of switch current rating at up to 600 VDC. Use Class-R fuses of the proper voltage and amperage for fused disconnects. 600 V fuses will not fit into 240 VDC disconnects, and 250 VAC/125 VDC fuses will not fit into 600 V disconnects, and vice-versa. Heavy-Duty (HD) switches are rated for “Service duty”. Use the fused versions for AC line-side taps. Square-D Disconnects Amps AC/DC Fused

Poles

Neutral kit

Ground kit

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Model

Item code

600 VAC or DC 3-Pole NEMA 3R Heavy-Duty Switches

Disconnects & Overcurrent Protection

30 A

Yes

SN03

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.3 lbs

HU361RB

053-02312

30 A

Yes

SN03

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.8 lbs

H361RB

053-02313

60 A

Yes

SN0610

GTK0610

17.50 x 9 x 6.38

16 lbs

HU362RB

053-02339

60 A

Yes

SN0610

GTK0610

17.50 x 9 x 6.38

16 lbs

H362RB

053-02341

100 A

Yes

SN0610

GTK0610

21.25 x 8.50 x 6.38

24 lbs

HU363RB

053-02357

100 A

Yes

SN0610

GTK0610

21.25 x 8.50 x 6.38

24 lbs

H363RB

053-02355

200 A

Yes

SN20A

PKOGTA2 29.25 x 17.25 x 8.50

44 lbs

HU364RB

053-02364

200 A

Yes

SN20A

PKOGTA2 29.25 x 17.25 x 8.50

H364NRB

053-02366

400 A

Yes

Included PKOGTA2 50.31 x 27.88 x 10.13

H365NR

053-02407

800 A

Yes

Included PKOGTA7 69.13 x 36.62 x 17.75

H367NR

053-02373

1,200 A

Yes

Included PKOGTA8 69.13 x 36.62 x 17.75

H368NR

053-02409

Uses 2 poles (and 2 fuses) in series for 600 VDC, no PV rating per pole.

240 VAC/125 VDC1 NEMA 3R Heavy-Duty Switches Amps AC/DC Fused 30 A

Yes

Poles

Neutral kit

Ground kit

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Model

Item code

included

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.8 lbs

H321NRB

053-02315

60 A

Yes

included

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

10 lbs

H322NRB

053-02336

100 A

Yes

included

GTK0610

21.25 x 8.50 x 6.38

19 lbs

H323NRB

053-02351

200 A

Yes

included PKOGTA2 29.25 x 17.25 x 8.50

43 lbs

H324NRB

053-02363

Switches are rated for 250 VDC, but available fuses are only rated for 125 VDC.

AEE Express is your 24/7 Online Energy Store. If you’re an AEE Solar dealer, log in to the store at aeeexpress.com. Get prices, inventory, account status and more!

202

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use Class-R 250 VAC/125 VDC fuses with the fused versions of these disconnects. Square-D NEMA 3R General-Duty Switches - 240 V max AC Only Amps AC/DC Fused

Poles

Neutral kit

Ground kit

Dimensions (H" x W" x D")

Weight

Model

Item code

30 A

AC only

SN20A

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

4.4 lbs

DU221RB

053-02318

30 A

AC only

Yes

included

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

4.5 lbs

D221NRB

053-02326

30 A

AC only

SN20A

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

4.7 lbs

DU321RB

053-02319

30 A

AC only

Yes

included

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

5.1 lbs

D321NRB

053-02329

60 A

AC only

Yes

included

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.7 lbs

D222NRB

053-02334

60 A

AC only

SN20A

PK3GTA1

9.63 x 7.25 x 3.75

5 lbs

DU322RB

053-02342

60 A

AC only

Yes

included

GTK03

14.88 x 6.63 x 4.88

9.8 lbs

D322NRB

053-02343

100 A AC only

Yes

included

GTK0610

17.50 x 8.50 x 6.50

16 lbs

D223NRB

053-02358

100 A AC only

SN0610

GTK0610

17.50 x 8.50 x 6.50

15 lbs

DU323RB

053-02359

100 A AC only

Yes

included

GTK0610

17.50 x 8.50 x 6.50

16 lbs

D323NRB

053-02361

Yes

included PKOGTA2 29.25 x 17.25 x 8.25

29 lbs

D224NRB

053-02371

Yes

included PKOGTA2 29.25 x 17.25 x 8.25

30 lbs

D324NRB

053-02372

Square-D Disconnect Accessories These conduit Top Mount Hubs connect conduit or a kWh meter socket to the top of the disconnect. The neutral and ground busbars are used to land these conductors in the disconnect switch box. Appropriate busbars for each disconnect are identified in the tables above. Square-D Disconnect Switch Accessories Description

Item code

SN03 Neutral busbar

053-02389

SN0610 Neutral busbar

053-02381

SN20A Neutral busbar

053-02383

GTK03 Ground busbar

053-02387

PK3GTA1 Ground busbar

053-02395

GTK0610 Ground busbar

053-02386

PKOGTA2 Ground busbar

053-02388

PKOGTA7 Ground busbar

053-02385

PKOGTA8 Ground busbar

053-02384

Top Mount hub 3/4"

053-02305

Top Mount hub 1"

053-02306

Top Mount hub 1-1/4"

053-02307

Top Mount hub 1-1/2"

053-02308

Top Mount hub 2"

053-02309

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

203

Disconnects & Overcurrent Protection

200 A AC only 200 A AC only

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

AC-Only NEMA 3R Safety Switch Disconnects Use these General-Duty Square-D AC safety switches for single-phase or three-phase grid-tie inverter outputs if you are back-feeding a circuit breaker to make the connection to the service panel. They can also be used as a disconnect for the AC output of off-grid inverters.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Square-D QO Load Centers Square-D brand load centers are multi-purpose for wiring that meets the National Electric Code (NEC). These can be used as AC load centers or subpanels. Panels using QO plug-in breakers are rated up to 48 VDC for use as 12 VDC or 24 VDC load centers. They can also be used to combine the AC output from multiple inverters feeding the grid. When used as DC load centers, they should be protected by a high-interrupt capacity fuse or circuit breaker between the load center and the battery. The Class-T and R fuses, as well as the DC breakers used in the OutBack and Xantrex DC power centers, work in these load centers. When used to combine the AC output of multiple grid-tie inverters, in order to meet the requirements of NEC 690.64(B)(2), the bus amp rating for the load center must be larger than the sum of all of the overcurrent devices feeding it, from both the utility and all inverters. Load centers are not supplied with breakersâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;order breakers and conduit hubs for outdoor load centers separately. Square-D QO Load Centers1

Disconnects & Overcurrent Protection

Spaces Bus Max wire Dimensions Outdoor Cover Ground kit Weight (single) rating main lug (L"x W"x H") 120/240 V AC Single-Phase Main Lug Load Centers 2 70 A yes incl. 4 AWG PK4GTA 9.38 x 4.88 x 4 5 lbs 2 70 A no incl. 4 AWG PK4GTA 9.30 x 4.81 x 3.19 3.8 lbs 6 100 A yes incl. 1 AWG PK7GTA 12.62 x 8.88 x 4.27 9.7 lbs 6 100 A no incl. 1 AWG PK7GTA 12.57 x 8.88 x 3.8 8.3 lbs 12 125 A yes incl. 2/0 AWG incl. 19 x 14.25 x 4.5 23 lbs 12 125 A no add 2/0 AWG incl. 18 x 14.25 x 3.75 15 lbs 12 200 A yes incl. 250 kcmil incl. 26.25 x 14.25 x 4.5 27 lbs 12 200 A no add 250 kcmil PK15GTA 29.86 x 14.25 x 3.75 18 lbs 120/208 V AC Three-Phase Main Lug Load Centers 12 125 A yes incl. 2/0 AWG incl. 19 x 14.25 x 4.52 22 lbs 12 125 A no add 2/0 AWG incl. 19 x 14.25 x 3.75 11 lbs 18 200 A yes incl. 250 kcmil incl. 30 x 14.25 x 4.52 31 lbs 18 200 A no add 250 kcmil incl. 30 x 14.25 x 3.75 17 lbs 1

Model

Item code

QO24L70RB QO24L70S QO612L100RB QO612L100DS QO112L125GRB QO112L125G QO112L200GRB QO112L200G

053-02141 053-02144 053-02147 053-02153 053-02163 053-02162 053-02165 053-02164

QO312L125GRB QO312L125G QO318L200GRB QO318L200G

053-02181 053-02183 053-02185 053-02187

Uses QO plug-in breakers Square D Load Center Covers and Ground Busbars for QO Load Centers Description

Weight

Model

Item code

Surface cover for 12-space 125 A Load Centers 053-02162 & 053-02183

6 lbs

GOC16US

053-02159

7 lbs

GOC16UF

053-02156

Surface cover for all 200 A Load Centers 053-02164 & 053-02187

9.2 lbs

GOC30US

053-02169

Flush cover for all 200 A Load Centers 053-02164 & 053-02187

11 lbs

GOC30UF

053-02170

Flush cover for 12-space 125 A Load Centers 053-02162 & 053-02183

204

Ground Busbar for 2-Space Load Centers

PK4GTA

053-02390

Ground Busbar for 6-Space Load Centers

PK7GTA

053-02391

Ground Busbar for 12-Space Load Centers

PK9GTA

053-02392

Ground Busbar for 12-Space 200 A Load Centers

PK15GTA

053-02393

Ground Busbar for 30-Space Load Centers

PK18GTA

053-02394

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

This insulated connector is molded for a precise fit and supplied with removable access plugs over the hex screws. Available with 2- to 4-wire entry ports on one side for 14 to 4 AWG wire. This can be used to transition from exposed PV wire cables to conduit wiring on roof to PV arrays or for any parallel wiring connection. Use the two-pole units just to splice two wires together (one in and one out). The three-pole block can be used to splice two wires together, such as two strings of PV modules, with a single wire output. The four-pole block can be used to splice three wires together with a single wire output. Use one block for positive and one block for negative in DC circuits. Use one block for each phase, and one block for the neutral, in AC circuits. UL Listed for 600 Volts. Number of poles

Insulated Cable Connector Blocks Wire range

Item code 054-01142

14 to 4 AWG

054-01143

14 to 4 AWG

054-01144

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Insulated Cable Connector Blocks

Wire Connectors, Outdoor Wire Nuts, J-Boxes Piercing Tap Connectors are for making wire connections where termination is not possible or desirable. Twist-on Wire Nuts are filled with silicone sealant for use in damp/wet locations. General purpose Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit Junction Boxes are rated NEMA 6P and are UL Listed.

Insulation piercing tap connector, silicone filled, 600 V, IPC-4/0-2/0 AWG

Item code 157-04550

Main 4 to 4/0 AWG tap 6 to 2/0 AWG stranded

157-04551

Wire nut with silicone fill, blue/red, IDEAL 62 AWG (100pk)

Up to three 10 AWG

157-04011

Wire nut with silicone fill, blue/purple, IDEAL 63 AWG (100pk)

Up to two 8 AWG and one 10 AWG

157-04016

Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 4" x 4" x 4"

048-06590

Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 6" x 6" x 4"

048-06595

Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 6" x 6" x 6"

048-06600

Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 8" x 8" x 4"

048-06610

Rigid non-metallic NEMA 6P J-box 12" x 12" x 6"

048-06620

Waterproof Strain Reliefs Use the 1/2" NPT threaded connectors to provide a waterproof entrance or exit for wiring on PV module junction boxes and outdoor combiner boxes. Use the 3/4" NPT connector for cables up to 5/8" diameter Made of Nylon with Buna-N seals. Resistant to salt water, and most mild chemicals and oils, these strain reliefs are noncorrosive and suitable for direct burial installations. The oval-hole 1/2" strain relief works for 2-conductor TC cable used for module interconnects, PV outputs, or UF cable. The 2-hole 1/2" conector is designed for use with two 10 or 12 AWG type USE conductors. UL Listed for use in NEMA 4, 6 and 12 applications. Description ½" thread with 1 round hole

Waterproof Strain Reliefs

Fits cable size USE 12 to 10 AWG

Item code 054-03243

½" thread with 2 round holes

USE 12 to 10 AWG

054-03252

½" thread with 2 round holes

PV WIRE 0.20" to 0.27" diameter

054-03242

½" thread with 1 round hole

0.25" to 0.5" diameter wire

054-03241

½" thread with 1 oval hole

14/2, 12/2, 10/2 TC

054-03257

0.4" to 0.7" diameter cable

054-03261

PV WIRE 0.20" to 0.35" diameter

054-03247

¾" thread with 1 round hole ¾ " thread with 2 round holes Steel lock nut ½"

054-03238

Steel lock nut ¾"

054-03244

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

205

Connectors, Blocks and Transfer Switches

Insulated Cable Connector Blocks Description Wire range Insulation piercing tap connector, silicone filled, 600 V, Main 4 to 4/0 AWG tap IPC-4/0-6 AWG 14 to 6 AWG stranded

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Barrel Connectors These UL Listed connectors are tin-plated high strength aluminum alloy and can be used with copper or aluminum wire. Single- and double-barrel connectors utilize set screws to secure wires in place. These are not approved for use with fine stranded wire. Type

Wire size

Barrel Connectors

Hole size

Item code

Single

14 to 2 AWG

1/4"

051-03319

Single

14 to 2/0 AWG

1/4"

051-03327

Double

14 to 2/0 AWG

1/4"

051-03324

Single

6 to 4/0 AWG

3/8"

051-03334

Double

6 to 4/0 AWG

3/8"

051-03330

Power Distribution Blocks Use these blocks to split primary power into secondary circuits, or join cables from a solar array to a power lead-in cable. Just install cables and tighten the set screws. Terminal blocks are made of zinc-plated aluminum for use with aluminum or copper conductors two poles. Primary side accepts one large cable; secondary side accepts 6 smaller cables. UL Recognized for up to 600 VDC. Power Distribution Blocks Secondary wire size Taps 14 to 6 AWG 6

Connectors, Blocks and Transfer Switches

Primary wire size 2/0 to 8 AWG

Taps 1

Rating 175 A

Item code 054-01024

6/0 to 6 AWG

14 to 4 AWG

350 A

054-01027

500 mcm to 4 AWG

350 mcm to 8 AWG

14 to 2/0 AWG

380 A

054-01025

14 to 4 AWG

310 A

054-01023

Splicer Blocks Use these blocks to splice wires of up to 2/0 AWG. They are UL and CSA Listed for up to 600 VDC. The terminal blocks are made of zinc-plated aluminum, for use with aluminum or copper conductors. two-pole and three-pole blocks have one connection on each side. Wire size 8 to 2/0 AWG

Poles 2

8 to 2/0 AWG

Splicer Blocks

Rating 175 A

Item code 054-01030

175 A

054-01033

Inverter Bypass Switch Wired between any 120 VAC inverter/ charger, generator, and load center, this unit allows you to bypass a failed inverter. When the bypass switch is thrown, the generator is connected directly to the load center. The inverter can then be removed for repair. This is designed for inverters with built-in transfer switches. Maximum current is 60 A and dimensions are 13.5"H x 6.25"W x 3.5"D. Description Inverter bypass switch

Inverter Bypass Switch Weight 7 lbs

Item code 053-07819

MidNite Solar Manual Transfer Switch These 120/240 VAC manual transfer switches have a neutral busbar and ground box lug terminal. These 120/240 VAC manual transfer switches have a neutral busbar and ground box lug terminal. Dimensions are 9"H x 5"W x 4"D. It can be used with up to 6 AWG wire to connect utility power and a generator to inverters with one AC input. Description Dual 30 amp 240 VAC transfer switch Dual 60 amp 240 VAC transfer switch 206

Manual Transfer Switch Weight 4 lbs 4 lbs

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code 053-07851 053-07853

Safety Labels The NEC and International Fire Code (IFC) require specific components of a PV system to be labeled for the safety of operators, maintenance, and emergency responder personnel. The Code also requires these labels to be appropriately weather resistant (IFC 605.11.1.1.3) and durable (NEC 110.21). These labels are UV and weather resistant and should meet Code requirements in most jurisdictions. Note that some jurisdictions still require engraved placards. The labels are designed to permanently adhere to metallic, baked enamel, and powder-coated surfaces in most outdoor environments.

Preprinted Safety Labels The language and letter height on these Standard Labels is designed to meet NEC 110, NEC 690 and IFC 605 requirements, updated to meet NEC 2014 requirements. Reflective Labels are available for disconnect and conduit markers as required by the Code. The Fill-In-The-Blank Labels have white blanks that can be filled in with system parameters ahead of time using a 4" or larger thermal transfer printer, such as the TT230SMC (See Tools). They can also be filled out in the field using a permanent marker so long as the transparent laminate is then placed over them. The labels will remain adhered in temperatures down to -40 °C and as high as 175 °F [79 °C] but must be applied when temperatures are above 50 °F [10 °C]. UL 969 Recognized.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

HellermannTyton

Standard Labels Placement

Label text

DC Disconnect

Includes label above and appends “DC VOLTAGE IS ALWAYS PRESENT WHEN SOLAR MODULES ARE EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT”

Meter, Breaker panel, Inverter

Dimensions Pkg qty

Item code

3.75" x 2"

188-09029

3.75" x 2.5"

188-09028

“WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD IF A GROUND FAULT IS INDICATED, NORMALLY GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY BE UNGROUNDED AND ENERGIZED”

4.12" x 2"

188-09030

Combiners, Enclosures, Breaker panel

“WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD THE DC CONDUCTORS OF THIS PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM ARE UNGROUNDED AND MAY BE ENERGIZED”

4.12" x 2"

188-09031

Combiners, Breaker panels, Service disconnect

“WARNING TURN OFF PHOTOVOLTAIC AC DISCONNECT PRIOR TO WORKING INSIDE PANEL”

4.12" x 2"

188-09032

Breaker panel

“WARNING DUAL POWER SOURCE SECOND SOURCE IS PV SYSTEM

4.12" x .75"

188-09027

Breaker panel

“CAUTION PV SYSTEM CIRCUIT BREAKER IS BACKFED

4.12" x .75"

188-09033

Breaker panel

“WARNING - 120-VOLT SUPPLY DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS”

3.75" x 2"

188-03034

Breaker panel

“WARNING - INVERTER OUTPUT CONNECTION. DO NOT RELOCATE THIS OVERCURRENT DEVICE”

4.12" x .75"

188-09036

Combiners, Enclosures, Breaker panel

WARNING - BIPOLAR PV ARRAY DISCONNECTION OF NEUTRAL OR GROUNDED CONDUCTORS MAY RESULT IN OVERVOLTAGE ON ARRAY OR INVERTER”

3.75" x 2"

188-09035

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

207

Safety Labels

Combiners, Enclosures, AC Disconnect

“WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD DO NOT TOUCH TERMINALS. TERMINALS ON BOTH LINE AND LOAD SIDES MAY BE ENERGIZED IN THE OPEN POSITION”

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Fill-In-The-Blank Labels Placement

Label text

Dimensions Pkg qty

Item code

PV modules

“RATED MAX POWER POINT CURRENT ____ RATED MAX POWER POINT VOLTAGE ____ MAXIMUM SYSTEM VOLTAGE ____ SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT ____ MAX RATED OUTPUT CURRENT OF THE CHARGE CONTROLLER IF INSTALLED ____

4" x 2"

188-09014

Disconnects

“RATED AC OPERATING CURRENT ____ MAX RATED AC OPERATING CURRENT ____ RATED AC OPERATING VOLTAGE ____ MAX RATED AC OPERATING VOLTAGE ____ RATED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT ____ MAXIMUM SYSTEM VOLTAGE”

4" x 2"

188-09015

Disconnects

PV SYSTEM DC DISCONNECT OPERATING CURRENT: ____ OPERATING VOLTAGE: ____ MAXIMUM SYSTEM VOLTAGE: ____ SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT: ____

3.75" x 2"

188-09016

Disconnects

PHOTOVOLTAIC AC DISCONNECT MAXIMUM AC OPERATING CURRENT: ____ MAXIMUM AC OPERATING VOLTAGE: ____

3.75" x 1"

188-09017

AC disconnect

PHOTOVOLTAIC ____ AC DISCONNECT

3.75" x 1"

188-09018

Safety Labels

DC disconnect

PHOTOVOLTAIC ____ DC DISCONNECT

Over rating labels

CLEAR ADHESIVE LAMINATE

AC modules

NOMINAL OPERATING VOLTAGE ____ NOMINAL OPERATING AC FREQUENCY ____ MAXIMUM AC POWER ____ MAXIMUM AC CURRENT ____ MAX OVERCURRENT DEVICE RATING FOR AC MODULE PROTECTION ____

3.75" x 1"

188-09019

4.2" x 2.25"

188-09020

4" x 2"

188-09021

Placement suggestions are the most common applications for the given label; it is by no means an exhaustive list of where the label may be required.

Reflective Labels Placement1

Dimensions Pkg qty

Item code

Breaker panel

“DO NOT DISCONNECT UNDER LOAD”

6.5" x 1"

188-09007

Service disconnect

“CAUTION SOLAR ELECTRIC SYSTEM CONNECTED”

6.5" x 1"

188-09037

Combiners, Enclosures, Conduit

“CAUTION: SOLAR CIRCUIT”

6.5" x 1"

188-09038

“SOLAR DISCONNECT”

6.5" x 1"

188-09010

“MAIN PV SYSTEM DISCONNECT”

5.5" x 1.75"

188-09011

“MAIN PV SYSTEM AC DISCONNECT”

5.5" x 1.75"

188-09012

6.5" x 1"

188-09013

Service disconnect Combiners, Enclosures, Conduit

208

Label text

“WARNING PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE”

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

For convenience, pre-cut Safety Label Kits are available in two sizes. The small kit is suitable for most systems under 7 kW while the large kit is suitable for most systems between 7 and 15 kW. The label 188-09031 is included and used when installing non-isolated (transformerless) inverters or systems with all ungrounded DC conductors. Safety Label Kits Labels included

Label quantity Small kit

Large kit

188-09029

Placement1 AC disconnecting means- switch or circuit breaker

188-09028

DC combiner, DC disconnect, any wire splice JBOX

188-09030

Inverter

188-09031

DC combiner, DC disconnect, wire splice JBOX

188-09027

Interconnection point supplied by a tap connection

188-09037

Interconnection point

188-09019

DC disconnect

188-09013

EMT conduit inside building

188-09014

DC disconnect and/or Inverter

188-09017

AC disconnecting means

AC disconnect

Lamination for field-written labels

Item Code

188-09100

188-09101

Placement suggestions are the most common applications for the given label; it is by no means an exhaustive list of where the label may be required. 1

The Solar Advantage HellermannTyton Delivers Proven Performance and Savings to the Solar Energy Market SOLAR TIES



SOLAR E-CLIPS



SOLAR IDENTIFICATION

The Solar Advantage from HellermannTyton is the most extensive portfolio of fastening and identification products on the market today.

Solar Ties and Solar E-Clips allow for the easy and flexible routing of wire and cable bundles in solar installations.

Solar Identification products include printers, labels, and software that provide flexible and distinctive photovoltaic (PV) labeling solutions.

Designed for the harsh environments of solar energy applications and to meet the demand for flexibility in installation requirements, HellermannTyton’s wide the latest on AEEto Solar products, and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com range of products make anyFor installation easier manage andtrainings maintain. www.hellermann.tyton.com • 800.537.1512

209

Safety Labels

188-09018 188-09020

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Label Kits

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION

Solar Circuit Markers These markers are pre-printed, non-adhesive coiled labels that can be opened and recoiled around cables up to 0.25" diameter and conduit up to 1" diameter. The markers are made from UV stable vinyl and come in packages of 25. Non-Adhesive Circuit Markers Placement

Label text (repeated in alternating directions)

Dimensions Pkg qty 25

Item code 188-09022

PV cables

CAUTION: SOLAR CIRCUIT

4" x 2"

Conduit

CAUTION: SOLAR CIRCUIT

7.2" x 5"

188-09023

PV cables

PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE

4" x 2"

188-09024

Conduit

PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SOURCE

7.2" x 5"

188-09025

Custom Printed Labels AEE Solar can provide custom adhesive labels that are 5-year outdoor rated at temperatures from -40 to 180 째F [150 째C]. Widths of up to 4" are available with white text on red or black vinyl or black text on white vinyl. Contact your Sales Representative or visit www.aeesolar.com for more information.

Safety Labels 210

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Why Use Larger Cable? Low-voltage power systems with inverters can have very high current through the cables that connect the inverter to the batteries. Large AC loads like microwave ovens, toasters, irons, and washers can cause an inverter operating on a 12 VDC battery system to draw over 100 A. Large motors may draw 300 to 500 A during startup. When cables between batteries, and from the battery bank to the inverter, are too small, the current available to the inverter is limited and it may fail to supply larger loads. Properly sized cables also impose less resistance and thereby help maximize system efficiency.

WIRE & CABLE

Battery Cables

Plated Copper Lugs These UL Listed lugs are made from tin-plated copper tubing with 3/8" holes. Solder or crimp to stranded cable. Plated Copper Lugs Description

Item code

Copper lug ⅜" ring 6 AWG

051-03240

Copper lug ⅜" ring 4 AWG

051-03237

Copper lug ⅜" ring 2 AWG

051-03234

Copper lug ⅜" ring 2/0 AWG

051-03231

Copper lug ⅜" ring 4/0 AWG

051-03228

Use this tubing to insulate copper lugs and compression terminals. Tubing shrinks and glue inside melts when heated with a heat gun or torch, sealing wires against corrosion and moisture. Maximum shrinkage is listed below. Sold in 6" lengths. Heat Shrink Tubing Description

Shrinks to

Item code

Heat shrink tubing ½" x 6" black

3/16"

051-01132-B

Heat shrink tubing ½" x 6" red

3/16"

051-01132-R

Heat shrink tubing ½" x 6" white

3/16"

051-01132-W

Heat shrink tubing ¾" x 6" black

¼"

051-01135-B

Heat shrink tubing ¾" x 6" red

¼"

051-01135-R

Heat shrink tubing ¾" x 6" white

¼"

051-01135-W

Heat shrink tubing 1" x 6" black

⅜"

051-01137-B

Heat shrink tubing 1" x 6" red

⅜"

051-01137-R

Heat shrink tubing 1" x 6" white

⅜"

051-01137-W

UL Listed Battery Cable This fine-stranded, very flexible cable is UL Listed for use as battery cable. It is rated MTW or THW or AWM, 600 V, sunlight resistant, direct burial, 105 °C. Available with red or black insulation. UL Listed Battery Cable Description

Item code

X-Flex battery cable 4/0 AWG black

050-01470

X-Flex battery cable 4/0 AWG red

050-01472

X-Flex battery cable 2/0 AWG black

050-01476

X-Flex battery cable 2/0 AWG red

050-01478

X-Flex battery cable 2 AWG black

050-01487

X-Flex battery cable 2 AWG red

050-01488

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

211

Battery Cables

Heat Shrink Tubing

WIRE & CABLE

Battery Cables with Lugs Use these cables between a battery bank and inverter, fuse or power center. They have flexible stranded UL Listed copper wire and ⅜" diameter lugs. Lug barrels are covered with glue-filled heat-shrink tubing. Cables are marked in red heat-shrink tubing for positive and white heat-shrink on black wire for negative. Append –R to the item number for a red cable with red ends (positive), -B for a black cable with black ends, or –W for a black cable with white ends (negative). For example, a red 4/0 AWG cable with a 2' length would be 052-04002-R. Cable

4/0 AWG

Battery Cables

2/0 AWG

2 AWG

Battery Cables with 2 Lugs Length 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 10' 12' 15' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 10' 12' 15' 2' 3' 5' 8' 10'

Item code 052-04002 052-04003 052-04004 052-04005 052-04006 052-04007 052-04008 052-04010 052-04012 052-04015 052-02002 052-02003 052-02004 052-02005 052-02006 052-02007 052-02008 052-02010 052-02012 052-02015 052-01002 052-01003 052-01005 052-01008 052-01010

Battery Interconnects Use these cables between individual battery cells or between battery banks. Circuits protected by 250 A breakers or 400 A fuses should use 4/0 AWG cables. Use 2/0 AWG cables for 175 A breakers and 200 A fuses. Use 2 AWG cables for 110 A or smaller fuses or breakers. Cables with red ends are for positive battery parallel jumpers. Cables with white ends are for negative battery parallel jumpers. Cables with black both ends, or red and black ends, are used for series battery interconnects. When ordering, append “-R” to the item number for red (positive), “-W” for white (negative), “-B” for black or “-BR” for one end red and one end black (series connections). For example, a red 9" cable used to connect positive cells in parallel would be 052-05122-R. Battery Interconnects

212

Wire size

Length of cable

Item code

2/0 AWG

052-05122

2/0 AWG

12"

052-05121

2/0 AWG

20"

052-05124

4/0 AWG

12"

052-05142

4/0 AWG

20"

052-05145

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

PV Wire Sunlight Resistant Cable This single conductor wire features heat and moisture resistant, crosslinked polyethylene insulation (XLPE) (Type PV wire, USE-2, RHH, RHW, RHW-2). Rated for direct burial or in conduit this cable is sunlight resistant, flame retardant, and rated for temperatures from -40 to 90°C. It meets the 2008 NEC code for use with transformerless inverters. Listed to UL 854 as Type PV Wire, USE-2 1000V.

WIRE & CABLE

Bulk Wire

PV Wire Sunlight Resistant Cable Description

Item code 050-01149

10 AWG, PV wire, USE-2, 1000V, black, 500' roll

Tray Cable (TC) This flexible 2-conductor wire is well-suited for outdoor applications such as PV array lead-in and subarray wiring. It may be buried directly in the ground or exposed to direct sunlight. 10 and stranded type THHN/THWN conductors. Conductor insulation is red for positive and black for 12 AWG often work well for array interconnects with currents less than 25 A. UL Listed, negative. Tray Cable (TC) Description

Item code 050-01157

10 AWG 2-conductor TC cable, 100'

050-01163

12 AWG 2-conductor TC cable, 100'

050-01175

16 AWG 2-conductor TC cable, 100'

050-01178

18 AWG 2-conductor TC cable, 100'

050-01181

Bulk Wire

8 AWG 2-conductor TC cable, 100'

Pump Cable This 10 AWG 2-conductor cable works well with the SHURflo 9300 submersible pump. Grundfos SQFlex and SQ AC pumps require cables with a ground.

Sensor Wire This 3-conductor, 22-gauge direct-burial wire can be used between water level sensors and pump controls in pumping applications where you must sense the water level in a remote tank or in a well.

Shielded Control and Communication Cable This 16 AWG, 2-conductor cable is useful for pump controls that are far from a remote tank. It is a shielded, twisted pair cable rated for 600 volts, direct burial, and is sunlight resistant. Shielding can help prevent transient surges caused by lightning. Shielding should be grounded on one end of cable run only. Sold in 50’ increments. Pump Cable and Sensor Wire Description

Item code

10 AWG 2-conductor without ground

050-01637

12 AWG 2-conductor with ground

050-01635

10 AWG 2-conductor with ground

050-01638

8 AWG 2-conductor with ground

050-01643

22 AWG 3-conductor Sensor wire

050-01273

16 AWG 2-conductor Shielded Control cable

050-01151

Splice kit

075-00130

It’s your best source for timely, comprehensive information on federal, state, local and utility incentives: www.dsireusa.org

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

213

WIRE & CABLE

Array Cables and Connectors

Grid-tie modules generally ship with attached cables that are Listed to UL 1703 with the module. The cable connectors on these are fully waterproof when connected, touch-protected and designed for up to 600 VDC or 1000 VDC and 30 A, but cannot be safely disconnected under load. Currently most module manufacturers are now using interchangeable connectors in the MC4 style. MC does not officially allow other connectors to be used with their MC4 connectors, but most of the other "compatible" connectors are now considered acceptable to connect to each other. The Amphenol H4 connector cable assemblies presented here are considered compatible with other MC4 style connectors. All of our array output cables are made with PV wire that is Listed to UL 854, which is required by the 2008 NEC code for use with transformerless inverters (See bulk PV Wire description on previous page for more information). We also carry a variety of cable adapters that enable use of optimizers or micro-inverters that may not be available with the same connector type as the module chosen for the job. Additionally, we stock the common styles of crimp-on connectors for use with 10 AWG PV wire stranded wire. Proper crimping to the wire and insulator assembly requires special tools (see Tools).

PV Wire Array Cables

Array Wiring & Accessories

These Output Cables are compatible with many modules brands to connect strings to junction boxes or grid-tie inverters. They have a male connector on one end and a female connector on the other end, so they can be used to extend the cables on the modules or be cut in half and used to connect to a roof-top j-box or combiner. For example, if you need a 30' male and a 20' female, order a 50' cable. Made with black 10 AWG, PV WIRE, USE-2 sunlight-resistant cable. Use the locking clip where a tool is required to disconnect (not needed on the H4). The MC4 and Tyco cables are UL rated for use up to 600 VDC, while the Amphenol H4 cables are UL rated for use up to 1000 VDC. Tyco connectors are not compatible with MC4 style connectors. Choose the connector type to match the modules or other equipment you will be installing. Note that module manufacturers can change connectors without notice, so be sure to check the latest data sheets.

Cable length (ft.) 6' 15' 30' 50' 70' 100' 125' Locking Clips 25 pack

PV Wire Array Cables Item code H4 MC4 052-09720 052-09480 052-09722 052-09481 052-09724 052-09482 052-09725 052-09483 052-09726 052-09484 052-09727 052-09485 052-09728 052-09486 N/A 097-01419

Tyco 052-09630 052-09631 052-09632 052-09633 052-09634 052-09635 052-09636 052-09435

MC4 Adapters Use these adapters to connect modules with Tyco SolarLok connectors to devices like optimizers or microinverters that have MC4 inputs, or anywhere a transition is needed. This polarity is appropriate for most connections. MC4 Adapters Description

214

Item code

Tyco female negative to MC4 female adapter

052-09471

Tyco male neutral to MC4 male adapter

052-09473

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Amphenol Helios H4 Connectors The Amphenol Helios H4 connector can be made quickly, enabling custom cables to be made at the job site. A special crimping tool and wrench set are required to assemble the connector (See Tools). For use with 10 AWG PV wire. Sold in packs of 25. Rated for 1,000 VDC.

Amphenol Helios H4 Connectors Description Amphenol Helios H4 male neutral connector, 25 pack Amphenol Helios H4 female negative connector, 25 pack

Item code 097-01414 097-01415

MC4-Solarline 2 Connectors Description Male MC4 locking connector for PV wire Female MC4 locking connector for PV wire MC safety locking sleeve PV-SSH4, pack of 25

Item code 097-01411 097-01413 097-01419

Tyco SolarLok Connectors Description SolarLok male neutral connector, 25 pack SolarLok female negative connector, 25 pack

Item code 097-01361 097-01366

WIRE & CABLE

Connectors

MC4-Solarline 2 Connectors The connectors can be assembled quickly enabling custom cables to be made at the job site. A special crimping tool and wrench set are required to assemble the connector (See Tools). Sold in packs of 25 connectors. Rated for 600 VDC.

Tyco SolarLok Connectors

MC4-Solarline 2 Branch Connectors These waterproof Y-connectors make it possible to parallel wire PV modules with Multi-Contact output cables. Maximum current rating allowed through connectors is 30 A.

MC4-Solarline 2 Branch Connectors Description Solarline 2 branch cable coupler female - 2 male Solarline 2 branch cable coupler male - 2 female

Item code 052-09403 052-09404

Wire Management Hardware

As most experienced PV installers will attest, good wire management is a hallmark of high-quality installations, and its lack can lead to inspectors and customers alike looking for other potential issues. Cables and wires should be kept off the roof or ground and water should not be allowed to pool at the entrances of enclosures, splices and junction boxes. Given that a solar PV system is designed to last for 25 years or more, it is vital to use wire management hardware that will hold up in the environment and allow deployment with minimal strain on the components.

HellermannTyton NEW! Solar E-clips

HellermannTyton’s 304 Stainless Steel Cable Clip can hold one or two cables at a time, accommodating cable diameters from 0.20" (5 mm) to 0.30" (7.6 mm). These clips use a dedicated spring to hold the cables in place without causing abrasion. The flat pushing surface also makes it much easier to install on module frames or other edges from 0.04" (1 mm) to 0.12" (3 mm) without sacrificing pull-out resistance. Sold in packs of 100. For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

215

Array Wiring & Accessories

These connectors can be assembled quickly enabling custom cables to be made at the job site. A special crimping tool and wrench set are required to assemble the connector (See Tools). For use with 10 AWG “PV Wire” rated double insulated wire. Sold in packs of 25.

WIRE & CABLE

HellermannTyton’s Edge Clip with Cable Tie Assemblies are an easy and cost-effective way to secure thick cables, such as microinverter trunk lines as well as bundles of smaller cables. The clips feature an integrated metal clamp that secures the assembly while enabling easy installation. The rugged cable ties are made from UV stabilized PA66UV material which will not chafe cable insulation. The 1-3 mm clips will fasten securely to most module frame flanges while the 3-6 mm clips can be fastened to SnapNrack rail. Once secured, the clips can only be removed by prying them apart, which means they can’t be reused. Removing a clip will also leave scratches on the surface it was attached to. Sold in packs of 100. HellermannTyton’s Edge Cable Clips are similar to the edge clips above, but have a re-closable clam shell rather than a cable tie. There is a single-cable version and a dual-cable version, either of which should secure a pair of PV-wire cables in most situations. Stainless Steel Cable Clip Edge thickness

Cable diameter

0.04" - 0.12" (1 - 3 mm)

Orientation to edge

0.20" - 0.30" (5 - 7.6 mm)

Parallel under

Quantity

Item code

100

052-09140

Quantity

Item code

Edge Clips with Cable Ties Edge thickness

Max bunle diameter

Orientation to edge

0.04" - 0.12" (1 - 3 mm) (Module Frame) 1.8" (45 mm)

0.12" - 0.23" (3 – 6 mm) (Mounting Rail)

Perpendicular under

100

052-09141

Parallel under

100

052-09142

Parallel

100

052-09143

Perpendicular

100

052-09144

Perpendicular under

100

052-09145

Parallel under

100

052-09146

Quantity

Item code

Array Wiring & Accessories

Edge Cable Clip Edge thickness

Max cable diameter

0.04" - 0.12" (1 - 3 mm) (Module Frame)

Orientation to edge

0.62" (15.6 mm) (single)

Parallel

250

052-09147

0.32" (8 mm) (double)

Parallel

250

052-09148

HellermannTyton’s C Clips are available with an integrated cable tie that can accommodate up to 1.8" diameter or with a “fir tree” base that can be pushed into a 0.25" diameter threaded or unthreaded hole. The cable tie version comes in packs of 500 and works well for attaching cables from 0.16" to 0.4" in diameter to conduit, rails or posts. The UV-stabilized polyamide fir tree version comes in packs of 100 and works well for quickly securing 0.24" to .0.3" diameter cables using available mounting holes, such as a SnapNrack channel nut or module mounting hole. A Cable Tie with Fir Tree Mount is also available for securing bundles up to 1.4" (35 mm) to a quarterinch diameter hole. These are made from the same material as the C-Clip with Fir Tree Mount and come in packs of 1,000. Cable Clips Mounting type

Cable diameter

Quantity

0.0556"

0.16" – 0.40" [4 – 10 mm]

500

Item code 052-09149

Fir Tree – 0.24" - 0.28" [6.3 – 7 mm]

0.24" to .0.3" [6 – 7.6 mm]

100

052-09150

Fir Tree – 0.24" - 0.28" [6.3 – 7 mm]

.06" - 1.4" [1.5 - 35 mm]

1,000

052-09151

Specially designed for prolonged use in extreme outdoor environments, these Cable Ties are made from UV stabilized Polyamide 6.6 to ensure long-term performance. The tensile strength of these ties varies according to the width, with the thinnest 0.14" ties supporting up to 30 lbs of tension, the 0.18" ties supporting up to 50 lbs, and the heavy duty 0.3" ties supporting up to 120 lbs. The corresponding Mounting Base will accommodate cable ties up to 0.18" wide. The base is UV stabilized and employs a VHB acrylic adhesive to achieve a strong bond to most smooth surfaces. As with any adhesive product, be sure to clean the mounting surface thoroughly for best results. Note: Mounting anything to a module’s back sheet may void the module warranty. Cable Ties Strength 30 lbs 50 lbs 50 lbs 120 lbs 216

Max bundle 1.38" (35 mm) 1.97" (50 mm) 4.33" (110 mm) 4.13" (105 mm) Mounting Base

Length 5.9" (150 mm) 7.9" (200 mm) 15.4" (390 mm) 15.2" (387 mm)

Width 0.14" (3.5 mm) 0.18" (4.6 mm) 0.18" (4.6 mm) 0.30" (7.6 mm) 0.18" (4.6 mm)

Quantity 100 100 100 100 500

Item code 052-09152 052-09153 052-09154 052-09155 052-09156

The sun is the natural source of energy for an independent water supply. Solar pumps operate anywhere the sun shines. While energy production from solar pumps is impacted by cloudy weather, having adequate water storage and decreasing water needs during cool or rainy weather mitigates these impacts. Solar water pumping systems operate on direct current (DC). The output of the solar power system varies throughout the day and with changes in sunlight intensity and weather conditions, requiring specialized pumps and controls that operate within a wider range of voltage and current compared to most AC pumps.

WATER PUMPS

Solar Water Pumping

Conventional AC pumps are usually centrifugal pumps that spin at a high speed to pump as many gallons per minute as possible. They also consume a large amount of power and their efficiency suffers at low speeds and when pumping against high pressure. If you run a centrifugal pump at half speed, it pumps one quarter of the volume. To minimize the size of the solar PV system required, solar pumps generally use more efficient motors and pumping mechanisms. The most efficient pumps are “positive displacement” pumps, which pump a fixed amount of water with each rotation. If it is cloudy or early morning, the pump will receive less energy and run more slowly, but with no loss of efficiency—so at half speed, it simply pumps half the amount of water at the same pressure. To use solar energy economically, solar pumping systems typically pump more slowly than conventional well pumps (many solar pumps are designed to produce less than 6 gallons per minute) and they don’t run at all between sunset and sunrise, so an adequately sized storage tank is usually required. Solar powered water pumps can provide an equal volume of water per day without the high and inefficient energy demands of a large capacity AC pump. Instead of pumping a large volume of water in a short time and then turning off, the solar water pump works slowly and efficiently all day. Often a solar pump can be used in a well with a recovery rate too slow for a conventional AC pump.

Submersible Pumps If you are pumping from a well, we have solar pumps that can deliver from 1 gallon per minute to over 75 gpm. The SHURflo 9300 and Aquatec SWP-4000 can be powered by a PV array as small as two 50 to 100 W solar modules, or a single larger 60-cell or 72-cell module depending on the “head” (vertical distance or elevation change) they are pumping. They can pump 500 to 1,000 gallons per day and lift water 200 feet. These pumps require service every 2 to 4 years. If you have a higher lift, need more water, or want a pump that does not require service for 15 to 20 years, the Grundfos SQFlex pump is a good choice. The SQFlex can lift water over 800 feet and can pump over 20,000 gallons per day at lower lifts. The SQFlex pump can be powered by solar modules, a wind generator, a fuel powered generator, an inverter, the utility grid, or a combination of several of these.

Surface Pumps Surface pumps are typically less expensive than submersible pumps and can draw water from a spring, pond, river, or tank, and push it far uphill and through long pipes to fill a storage tank or to pressurize it for home use or for irrigation, livestock, etc. The pump may be placed at ground level, or suspended in a well in some cases. All pumps are better at pushing than pulling, since the vacuum a pump can draw is limited to atmospheric pressure (about 14 psi). At sea level, a pump can be placed no higher than 10 or 20 feet above the surface of the water source (subtract one foot per 1,000 feet elevation). Most wells are much deeper than this and therefore require a submersible pump, which can push the water up to the surface. Suction piping for surface-type pumps must be oversized a bit and not allow air entrapment (much like a drain line) and should be as short as possible. Pumps can push water very long distances through a pipe. The vertical lift and flow rates are the primary factors that determine power requirements.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

217

Technical Information

If your water sources are remote from power lines, compare the cost of a low-maintenance solar pumping system to what you would spend on a generator, with continual fuel and maintenance costs, or on a utility power-line extension. In most cases, a good solar pumping system is far more economical, which is why many non-profits and NGOs use solar pumping to provide clean water to remote villages around the world.

WATER PUMPS

Water Storage and Pressurization Many conventional AC powered water systems pump from a well or other water source into a pressure tank that stores water and stabilizes the pressure for household use. When you turn on water in the house, an air-filled bladder in the tank forces the water into the pipes. When the pressure drops, a pressure switch turns on the pump, refilling and re-pressurizing the tank. This works because an AC pump delivers high volume and pressure on demand; however, this will not work with pumps operating directly from PV modules because the sun may not be shining when you want to take a long hot shower. For pumps operating directly from PV modules, a non-pressurized water tank or cistern is used to store water for usage during times when the sun is not shining. If the tank can be located above the house on a hill or on a tower, gravity can supply the water pressure. Gravity water pressure can be calculated in two ways: Pressure in psi = head (in feet) x 0.433, or Head (in feet) x 2.31 = psi. For reasonable pressure, the tank needs to be at least 40 feet above the house, although to obtain a pressure of 30 psi will require about 70 feet of elevation. Alternatively, a DC or AC pressure booster pump, powered from a battery or inverter respectively, can be used to maintain a pressure tank as needed from a storage tank that is filled by a solar pump during the day. You must use a pressure pump that can deliver the maximum flow rate required by the house, or have a pressure tank that is large enough to make up the difference between what the pressure pump can deliver and what is required for as long as it may be required. This is called the “draw down volume” of the pressure tank.

Calculation of Solar Power Needs Technical Information

If you are using a pump driven directly by PV modules, the array’s nameplate output should be at least 20% higher than the power required by the pump to achieve the desired head and flow rate. A larger array or a tracking system can maximize the power available to the pump, providing more gallons per day. Since the pump will only draw the power it needs, it will not be damaged by oversizing the array. A larger array will produce the needed power in less light, extending the pumping time and volume delivered in the morning, afternoon, and on cloudy days. For instance, a 1 kW array will produce 200 W in 1/5 the amount of sunlight that you would get on a sunny day at noon.

Designing a Solar Pumping System AEE Solar carries many types of pumps that can be used in a variety of applications. Which pump and related equipment are needed for a solar pumping system depends on many factors, including what the water source is, how much water is needed, when the water is needed, how far the water source is from another power source, etc. If the well or other water source is close to an existing source of power, such as the utility grid or the power system of an off-grid house, it’s usually better to power the pump from that existing source rather than set up a dedicated PV array. If grid power is available, it can be used to power a water pump, and if desired, a grid-tied PV system can be installed to offset the cost of the grid power. In off-grid situations, if the well or other water source is close to the house’s off-grid power system, it’s usually easier to power the pump using the house’s power system, either directly from the battery bank with DC, or with AC from the inverter. Additional PV modules may be needed to accommodate the pump’s power requirement, but they can be added to the house’s PV system and used to help charge the batteries when the pump isn’t running, AEE Solar is happy to help you design a pumping system, but please have the following information ready when you call: • Total amount of water, on average, needed per day. This is gallons per day or gpd. Because solar pumps deliver water in variable amounts due to the variable nature of sunlight, you will need to know the total daily water need. Any seasonal changes in water requirements also need to be considered. • Total head that the pump has to lift. This is the actual elevation difference between the water level in the well (or other water source) and the top of the storage tank. This is not just the length of the water line, although internal pipe friction needs to be considered if the distance is great or the pipe is small. • Solar insolation at the site. Local insolation data can be obtained using PV Watts (online) or using the charts and maps at the end of this catalog. Any shading of the potential array needs to be taken into account, along with seasonal variations. More info, such as well casing diameter, water quality, well regeneration capacity, etc., may also be needed.

218

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Grundfos SQFlex Submersible Pumps The Grundfos SQFlex is an industry-leading submersible pump for water lifts of up to 800'. SQFlex pumps can be directly powered by solar or wind or can be run on an inverter, generator, battery, utility grid, or any combination of these sources. Virtually any source of power, 30 to 300 VDC and 90 to 240 VAC, can be used to run this pump. They can operate on a series string of PV modules with a total peak power voltage of at least 30 VDC, but its efficiency will be highest at voltages over 100 VDC (10% less efficient at 60 VDC, and 20% less efficient at 35 VDC). Its motor is designed to draw a maximum of 8.4 A, which means that many types of PV modules can be used with this pump efficiently, including common 60-cell modules.

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos

SQFlex models 3SQF through 11SQF will fit into a 3" or larger well and models 16SQF-10 through 60SQF-3 will fit into a 4" or larger well casing. The 11 different pump models available can deliver from 77 gpm at 6' of head to 3.5 gpm at 800' with a 1.6 kW or smaller solar array. Use the helical rotor pumps, 3SQF, 6SQF and 11SQF, for high head applications and centrifugal pumps, 16SQF, 25SQF, 40SQF and 60SQF, for low head applications for best efficiency. The SQFlex has built-in protection from dry-running, overloading, and overheating. SQFlex pumps have a 2-year warranty from the date of purchase. A 5-year extended warranty is available.

Grundfos SQFlex Optional Controls SQFlex controls can be combined if you need more features than one control can provide.

The IO50 control box includes cable terminations and a simple manual on/off switch that interfaces between a solar array and the pump to allow you to turn off the high voltage array when servicing the pump or plumbing.

IO50 control box

The IO101 AC interface box is for using AC backup on a solar pump. An automatic transfer switch disconnects the solar array when AC power from a generator (120 VAC only), utility connection, or inverter is present. When AC power stops, it automatically reconnects the array to let the sun continue pumping. The SQFlex pumps will not function with a GFCI in the supply circuit and should not be used where a GFCI is required. NOTE: the IO-101 is only rated for a maximum DC voltage of 225VDC, so make sure that the PV array will not have voltages above this.

IO101 AC interface

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

219

Submersible Pumps

CU200 interface box

The CU200 interface box communicates with the pump and monitors operating conditions. Built-in diagnostics indicate faults and dry-running, as well as display operating status, power consumption, and water level switch input. The Water Level Switch interfaces with the CU200 control to turn off the pump when the tank is full. Since the CU200 control circuit uses only 15 mA, the water level switch can be located in a tank as far away as 1,640' from the pump, using a minimum 18 AWG 2-conductor wire. (see Wire and Cable.) The CU200 is covered by a standard 2-year warranty.

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos SQFlex Pump and Array Sizing To choose a pump and array size appropriate to your project, consult the table on the opposite page. The left column shows total head in feet and meters, the top row shows array wattage/number and suggested type of modules, and the boxes show seasonal pump performance and maximum flow. Select the row with the head (total lift) that most closely matches your application then move across the row to the column that contains the desired daily volume or peak flow rate. Note the pump model in that block and wattage of the PV array in that column. Table Key 60 SQF-3

← Pump model

24,885

← Estimated daily summer volume (GPD)

19,944

← Estimated daily winter volume (GPD)

← Peak flow rate (gpm)

NOTE: Daily volume and flow calculations in the table are based on Fresno, CA data at a 36° fixed tilt. Daily summer volume assumes 7.8 kWh/m2/day of insolation and winter volume assumes 4.7 kWh/m2/day. These figures will need to be adjusted to the local insolation conditions at the actual installation site.

Submersible Pumps

Larger PV array wattages than what is shown in the chart can also be used to increase water delivery quantities. Since the pump will only draw the power it needs, it will not be damaged by oversizing the array. A larger array will produce the needed power in less light, extending the pumping time and volume delivered in the morning, afternoon, and on cloudy days. The only requirement is that the PV array’s open-circuit voltage (corrected for low temperature) does not exceed the 300VDC limit for the SQFlex pump (typically 6 to 7 60-cell modules (depending on maximum low temperature of the site). Parallel strings of modules can be used. Most solar pumping systems will provide significantly more output in the summer than in the winter. The typical flow rate is calculated at 800 W/m2 and can be up to 25% greater under bright conditions. Also, up to 40% more water can be pumped in the summer if the array is on a tracking mount. The output can vary by location and weather patterns, and is not guaranteed. Contact the AEE Solar Technical Support Team if you need help sizing your specific system. Grundfos SQFlex Pumps and Accessories

220

Description

Item code

SQFlex 3 SQF-2 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01012

SQFlex 3 SQF-3 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01013

SQFlex 6 SQF-2 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01015

SQFlex 6 SQF-3 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01016

SQFlex 11 SQF-2 pump - helical rotor, 3" diameter

075-01018

SQFlex 16 SQF-10 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01020

SQFlex 25 SQF-3 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01021

SQFlex 25 SQF-7 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01025

SQFlex 40 SQF-3 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01027

SQFlex 40 SQF-5 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01028

SQFlex 60 SQF-3 pump - centrifugal, 4" diameter

075-01029

SQFlex extended 5-year warranty

075-01001

IO50 On/Off switch

075-01038

IO101 AC interface box (115 V)

075-01036

IO102 wind interface box

075-01040

CU200 status, control and communications interface

075-01033

Level switch (use with CU200 only)

075-01042

Pressure switch (use with CU200 only)

075-01044

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

6' (2 m)

25' (8 m)

50' (15 m)

75' (23 m)

100' (30 m)

150' (46 m)

175' (53 m)

200' (61 m)

250' (76 m)

300' (91 m)

400' (122 m)

500' (152 m)

650' (198 m)

800' (244 m)

6 1,500 W

7 1,750 W

Model

60 SQF-3

7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2

24,885 gpd 19,944 gpd 42 gpm 40 SQF-3 13,027 gpd 9,539 gpd 24 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,582 gpd 4,287 gpd 9.6 gpm 11 SQF-2 4,580 gpd 3,410 gpd 8.0 gpm 11 SQF-2 3,606 gpd 2,639 gpd

31,609 gpd 26,177 gpd 52 gpm 40 SQF-3 20,089 gpd 15,049 gpd 35 gpm 40-SQF-5 10,139 gpd 7,001 gpd 19 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,300 gpd 5,067 gpd 11 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,617 gpd 4,182 gpd

37,627 gpd 31,410 gpd 61 gpm 60 SQF-3 26,345 gpd 19,889 gpd 47 gpm 40 SQF-5 14,817 gpd 10,684 gpd 27 gpm 25 SQF-7 9,221 gpd 6,691 gpd 17 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,695 gpd 5,439 gpd

42,809 gpd 35,264 gpd 68 gpm 60 SQF-3 31,950 gpd 24,146 gpd 56 gpm 40 SQF-5 19,166 gpd 13,909 gpd 35 gpm 25 SQF-7 11,832 gpd 8,624 gpd 21 gpm 11 SQF-2 7,303 gpd 6,021 gpd

46,335 gpd 38,204 gpd 73 gpm 60 SQF-3 35,680 gpd 27,295 gpd 62 gpm 40 SQF-5 22,462 gpd 16,552 gpd 40 gpm 40 SQF-5 14,602 gpd 10,184 gpd 27 gpm 25 SQF-7 10,833 gpd 7,662 gpd

49,272 gpd 40,675 gpd 77 gpm 60 SQF-3 38,605 gpd 30,149 gpd 66 gpm 40 SQF-5 25,183 gpd 18,838 gpd 44 gpm 40 SQF-5 17,381 gpd 12,345 gpd 31 gpm 25 SQF-7 12,536 gpd 9,065 gpd

Max flow

6.4 gpm

10 gpm

12 gpm

14 gpm

19 gpm

22 gpm

Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow

11 SQF-2 2,897 gpd 2,085 gpd 5.3 gpm 6 SQF-2 2,454 gpd 1,851 gpd 4.5 gpm

11 SQF-2 4,769 gpd 3,435 gpd 8.3 gpm 11 SQF-2 4,041 gpd 2,903 gpd 7.2 gpm

11 SQF-2 6,145 gpd 4,807 gpd 11 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,675 gpd 4,198 gpd 10 gpm

16 SQF-10 7,864 gpd 5,833 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,565 gpd 5,114 gpd 12 gpm

16 SQF-10 7,693 gpd 5,664 gpd 14 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,952 gpd 5,543 gpd 12 gpm

25 SQF-7 10,006 gpd 7,055 gpd 18 gpm 16 SQF-10 7,535 gpd 5,531 gpd 13 gpm

Model

6 SQF-2

11 SQF-2

7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow

2,282 gpd 1,672 gpd 4.1 gpm 6 SQF-2 2,050 gpd 1,480 gpd 3.8 gpm 6 SQF-2 1,584 gpd 1,097 gpd 3.0 gpm 6 SQF-3 1,524 gpd 1,091 gpd 2.8 gpm 3 SQF-3 974 gpd 719 gpd 1.8 gpm

3,450 gpd 2,442 gpd 6.3 gpm 6 SQF-2 2,885 gpd 2,288 gpd 5.4 gpm 6 SQF-2 2,585 gpd 1,970 gpd 4.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 2,516 gpd 1,835 gpd 4.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 1,859 gpd 1,315 gpd 3.4 gpm

5,024 gpd 3,594 gpd 8.8 gpm 11 SQF-2 4,237 gpd 3,015 gpd 7.6 gpm 6 SQF-2 3,056 gpd 2,466 gpd 5.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,058 gpd 2,439 gpd 5.7 gpm 6 SQF-3 2,613 gpd 1,942 gpd 4.8 gpm

6,114 gpd 4,682 gpd 11 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,593 gpd 4,036 gpd 10 gpm 11 SQF-2 4,202 gpd 2,872 gpd 7.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,379 gpd 2,752 gpd 5.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,025 gpd 2,360 gpd 5.7 gpm

6,633 gpd 5,233 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,199 gpd 4,777 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,268 gpd 3,720 gpd 9.6 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,556 gpd 2,957 gpd 5.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,216 gpd 2,564 gpd 5.7 gpm

6,926 gpd 5,531 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 6,586 gpd 5,207 gpd 12 gpm 11 SQF-2 5,816 gpd 4,425 gpd 11 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,628 gpd 3,058 gpd 5.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 3,365 gpd 2,737 gpd 5.7 gpm

Model

3 SQF-3

6 SQF-3

7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow Model 7.8 kWh/m2 4.7 kWh/m2 Max flow

814 gpd 585 gpd 1.5 gpm 3 SQF-3 498 gpd 316 gpd 0.9 gpm -----

1,287 gpd 987 gpd 2.4 gpm 3 SQF-3 990 gpd 692 gpd 1.9 gpm -----

2,000 gpd 1,402 gpd 3.7 gpm 3 SQF-3 1,298 gpd 1,015 gpd 2.5 gpm -----

2,593 gpd 1,902 gpd 4.9 gpm 3 SQF-3 1,470 gpd 1,170 gpd 2.6 gpm 6 SQF-3 871 gpd 470 gpd 1.6 gpm

2,857 gpd 2,212 gpd 5.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 2149 gpd 1473 gpd 4.1 gpm 6 SQF-3 1325 gpd 796 gpd 2.5 gpm

3,025 gpd 2,398 gpd 5.5 gpm 6 SQF-3 2415 gpd 1819 gpd 4.9 gpm 6 SQF-3 1741 gpd 1111 gpd 3.4 gpm

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Submersible Pumps

125' (38 m)

2 500 W

Grundfos SQFlex Submersible Pump Selection Chart 250 W 60-cell modules 3 4 5 750 W 1,000 W 1,250 W

WATER PUMPS

Head

Module watts X # of modules → = Array watts →

221

WATER PUMPS

Franklin Electric

NEW! Franklin Electric SubDrive SolarPAK Submersible Pumps

Submersible Pumps

The SubDrive SolarPAK solar-powered submersible pump systems use Franklin Electric’s quality components and technical expertise in groundwater pumping, to provide a rugged, high-output system which tackles the challenges of remote water pumping requirements with long-term reliability, simple installation and no required maintenance. Pumping heads up to 1,120' are possible, with flow rates from 5 to 90 US gpm (18 to 270 LPM) provide faster tank filling and significant water output. The Franklin SolarPAK kits contain a Franklin 4” submersible pump with a three-phase motor, with either 1.5 or 3.0 HP motor ratings. Power to the pump is provided by Franklin Electric’s SubDrive Solar controller which inverts high voltage DC power from a PV array into three-phase AC power to run the pump. A water flow sensor switch is included to be plumbed into the pump’s output water pipe, which will turn the pump off if water flow is insufficient to keep the pump cool and provides dry-run protection. The SubDrive controller features a NEMA 3 (IP55) enclosure to protect against intrusion of rodents, insects, dust, and water, and is zinc-plated and powder coated steel to stand up to the toughest environmental conditions. Motor soft-start feature prevents high input surge and water hammer to help increase system life. It has Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) for maximizing the efficiency of the PV array. The controller has both DC and AC power inputs with auto-switching between the solar array and an AC backup source. AC input requires 230-240 VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz. It also has a built-in relay (dry-contact SPDT) to provide automatic generator starting (two-wire) if the PV alone can’t provide enough power to keep the water storage tank full. Minimum generator size is 5 kW for 1.5 HP systems, and 10 kW for 3.0 HP systems (be sure to de-rate the generator power for altitude at the site). There are two system control switch contacts for use with water level or pressure switches. CE and UL approved. An easy to read, 3-digit, 7-segment LED display provides ease of programming and troubleshooting with push button navigation for ease of programming and display control. Built-in diagnostics and protection circuitry. Remote telemetry capability is possible through a RS-485 continuous data port For low-flow wells, the controller has an automatic self-adaptive process of on/off timing (between 5 and 80 minutes of “off” time) to allow the well to recover before pumping is resumed. This allows for seasonal changes in well behavior. The pump requires 4-conductor pump cable (red, black, yellow and ground for 60 Hz systems, and gray, black, brown and ground for 50 Hz systems). The controller’s DC MPPT operating range is 190 VDC to 330 VDC although it will attempt to continue operation down to 150 VDC. Absolute maximum voltage of 410 VDC. This typically means using PV arrays with series strings of 8 or 9 typical 60-cell modules, with arrays of between 2,000 W and 4,500 W. Strings of 10 can be used in areas that do not experience temperatures below 27 ºF. Larger arrays can be used to increase daily pumping quantities in low-light conditions during cloudy or hazy weather.

Model

Franklin Electric SubDrive Solar QuickPAK Systems1 Rated peak MPPT DC Max lift Motor HP (gpm) voltage range (head)

Itemcode

5SDSP-1.5HP

1.5

787'

075-08600

7SDSP-3.0HP

3.0

1,115'

075-08601

10SDSP-1.5HP

1.5

590'

075-08602

10SDSP-3.0HP

3.0

869'

075-08603

15SDSP-1.5HP

1.5

075-08604

15SDSP-3.0HP

3.0

190-330 VDC

525'

075-08605

1.5

328'

075-08606

25SDSP-3.0HP

3.0

459'

075-08607

35SDSP-1.5HP

1.5

Max DC voltage: 410 VDC

787'

25SDSP-1.5HP

262'

075-08608

35SDSP-3.0HP

3.0

361'

075-08609

45SDSP-1.5HP

1.5

180'

075-08610

45SDSP-3.0HP

3.0

262'

075-08611

90SDSP-1.5HP

1.5

82'

075-08612

90SDSP-3.0HP

3.0

131'

075-08613

4.1 A

For proper sizing of these Franklin SolarPAK systems for your specific needs and site conditions, please contact AEE Solar’s Technical Support Team.

222

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

SHURflo 9300 Submersible Pump The SHURflo 9300 is a positive displacement diaphragm type pump with very high efficiency; however, it does have a much shorter life than centrifugal or helical rotor pumps. Its diaphragm should be replaced every 2 to 4 years, depending on the pumping volume. The SHURflo 9300 can be operated on a 12 or 24 VDC battery, or using SHURflo pump controller, directly with a PV array. The pump can lift 1.3 gpm to 230' and can pump nearly 2 gpm from very shallow wells. It measures only 3.75" diameter and 12" long. Performance on a 12 VDC battery or solar array will be less than half the flow shown on the table below.

WATER PUMPS

SHURflo

The 9300 carries a 1-year warranty, and the pump should be pulled up out of the well every 2 years to replace the brushes, diaphragm, and valves. Occasionally, the cable plug, which is the connection between the cable and the pump, also needs to be replaced due to corrosion or abrasion. To reduce current loss and plug corrosion in SHURflo 9300 installations, always use a 10 AWG, 2-conductor, no ground, solid core submersible pump cable. The selected pump cable, such as the sub pump cable 10-2C listed in the table below, needs to have a smooth outer jacket with no “valleysˮ in the shape (round or oval) in order to properly seal out water.

SHURflo 9300 Solar Pump Controllers These solid-state controllers will protect the 9300 pump from over-voltage and over-current conditions and will provide current boosting in low sunlight conditions, providing both protection and maximum water delivery.

The SHURflo 902-100 controller is not waterproof, so it must be mounted in a dry location or an appropriate weather-tight enclosure. For use with a 24 VDC nominal PV array (two 36-cell 12 VDC nominal modules wired in series—see Solar Modules). Maximum input voltage is 45 VDC, and max output is 28 VDC and 5 A. The SHURflo 902-200 controller has all the features of the 902-100 and more. This controller is switch selectable for 12 or 24 VDC operation and includes a manual on/off switch for easy pump maintenance. The 902-200 controller comes complete with three high/low water level sensors and sensor wire. Water sensors hang in the well and are used to prevent dry-running in low yield wells. Maximum input voltage is 45 VDC, and max output is 28 VDC and 7 A. Use a single 36-cell 12 VDC module (reduced water delivery) or two in series for 24 VDC nominal operation. The 902-200 includes a weatherproof enclosure suitable for outdoor mounting. A single common 60-cell module can also be used with either controller, and will produce the 4 A max current that the pump draws with only about 50% of full sunlight. This will increase the amount of water delivered per day by increasing water output early and late in the day or in cloudy weather. SHURflo 9300 Submersible Pump and Accessories Description Item code SHURflo 9300 submersible pump 12-24 VDC 075-05817 SHURflo 902-100 pump controller 24 VDC only 075-05823 SHURflo 902-200 pump controller 12-24 VDC 075-05820 Sub pump cable 10-2C (no ground) 050-01637 Replacement Parts for 9300 Pump SHURflo 9300 end bell brush kit 075-05742 SHURflo 9300 diaphragm kit -lower housing 075-05838 SHURflo 9300 valve kit 075-05832 SHURflo 9300 cable plug kit 075-05826 SHURflo 9300 O-ring kit 075-05841 SHURflo 9300 motor kit - replacement motor 075-05829 SHURflo 9300 canister kit 075-05845 SHURflo 9300 lift plate kit 075-05835

SHURflo 9300 Array Direct Performance (24 VDC Nominal Array) Minimum Flow rate Amps Vertical lift solar array size (gpm) @ 30 V 20'

2 x 32 W

1.95

1.5 A

40'

2 x 32 W

1.90

1.7 A

60'

2 x 50 W

1.81

2.1 A

80'

2 x 50 W

1.76

2.4 A

100'

2 x 50 W

1.71

2.6 A

120'

2 x 50 W

1.68

2.8 A

140'

2 x 80 W

1.65

3.1 A

160'

2 x 80 W

1.63

3.3 A

180'

2 x 80 W

1.55

3.6 A

200'

2 x 80 W

1.52

3.8 A

230'

2 x 80 W

1.36

4.1 A

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

223

Submersible Pumps

SHURflo 9300 Pump Controllers optimize your solar water pumping system by translating the current and voltage available from your photovoltaic panels into a combination better matched to the pump requirements. With an optional Float Switch installed, the controller will automatically stop pumping when the storage reservoir is full. One of these controllers is required for PV array-direct pumping systems with the SHURflo 9300 submersible pump.

WATER PUMPS

Aquatec NEW!

Aquatec SWP-4000 Submersible Pump

The Aquatec SWP-4000 submersible pump is designed for off-grid locations for home and livestock water needs. It is a positive-displacement diaphragm pump, constructed with high-grade materials that are all safe for potable water usage. This pump is designed to operate from a nominal 24 VDC PV array (72-cells in series), but can also be run with a 60-cell module. The pump requires about 110 W for nominal rated performance, but a larger array will produce the needed power in less light, extending the pumping time and volume delivered in the morning, afternoon, and on cloudy days. For PV-direct operation an LCB pump controller should be used. Either of the two SHURflo pump controllers (see previous page), the Dankoff DSP-200 (see page 233), or the Solar Converters PPT 12/24-7 (see page 239) can be used. The pump can also be powered from a 12 or 24 V battery bank. 12 V operation reduces water flow and production by about half of the 24 V rating. An LCB is not needed when the pump is powered from a battery, however a DC fuse or circuit breaker rated for 5 A should be installed in the positive conductor. The SWP-4000 can pump up to 230' of head (elevation change from top of water surface in the well to the top of the storage tank). It measures 3.75” at its maximum diameter, so it will fit into a 4” or larger diameter well casing.

Submersible Pumps

It is protected from internal over-pressure, and protected from moisture intrusion by double O-rings. Rugged stainless steel outer shell provides high durability and corrosion resistance. The built-in 50mesh stainless steel water intake screen prevents debris intrusion. It comes with a factory installed 36” cable lead (use underwater splice kit for attaching power cable). The stainless steel water output nipple allows the use of water hose or ½” black poly pipe (outlet pipe should be rated for at least 150 psi). The pump is field serviceable and it should be serviced every 2 years if in daily operation. Made in U.S.A. Warranty is 12 months from date of purchase or 18 months from date of manufacturing. Note: The amperages in the table below are running amperages drawn by the pump when running. PV array rated amperage needs to exceed these figures by at least 25%. Aquatec SWP-4000 Pump Performance Feet of Head ↓

12 VDC Performance

24 VDC Performance

30 VDC Performance

gpm

Amps

gpm

Amps

gpm

Amps

0.62

1.1

1.35

1.3

1.70

1.4

0.60

1.4

1.32

1.6

1.65

1.7

0.58

1.7

1.28

1.8

1.6

1.9

0.57

1.8

1.25

2.0

1.55

2.1

100

0.56

2.2

1.22

2.3

1.50

2.4

120

0.53

2.4

1.20

2.5

1.48

2.6

140

0.52

2.7

1.15

2.6

1.42

2.8

160

0.51

2.8

1.12

2.8

1.4

3.0

180

0.49

2.9

1.08

3.1

1.35

3.2

200

0.48

3.1

1.06

3.3

1.30

3.4

230

0.43

3.5

1.00

3.5

1.25

3.7

Aquatec SWP-4000 Submersible Pump Description SWP-4000 Submersible Pump

224

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item Code 075-04850

Grundfos CRFlex Surface Pumps Grundfos CRFlex solar surface pumps provide a reliable and cost-efficient alternative to irregular water supply issues in remote locations or for highly specific applications anywhere. These pumps provide a solution for water systems where conventional water supply systems fail or simply cannot reach. Although the initial cost, including a PV array, may be higher than a standard AC pump, the operating cost is minimal.

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos

Grundfos has developed the MGFlex brushless DC motor for optimal performance using solar power for surface pump applications. In addition to a PV array, Grundfos solar surface pumps can be run from the grid or a generator providing 240 VAC. They can also be run on 120 VAC, but with reduced output. Designed for continuous as well as intermittent operation. With variable speed operation and motor protection built in, Grundfos CRFlex solar surface pumps offer easy installation, virtually no maintenance, and low cost and highly-efficient pumping. The CRFlex is designed to be powered from a PV array, and is suitable for applications such as irrigation, livestock, fish farming, water transfer, and pressure boosting. They can also be used to supply water and pressure for cabins, off-grid homes, or remote villages. They can be also used for swimming pools with a suitable leaf and debris trap installed on the input.

If the power supply is unstable, over-voltage and under-voltage conditions may occur. The MGFlex motor will cut out if the voltage falls outside the permissible voltage range, and it will restart automatically when the voltage returns to normal. No extra protection relay is required. The motor is supplied with built-in thermal protection according to IEC60034-11, for both a steady overload and a stalled condition. These pumps are not outdoor rated, so they must be protected from direct sunlight and rain. Three models are available: The CRFlex 3-9 will pump up to 230' of head (about 100 psi) with an output of about 7 gpm, but will pump as much as 27 gpm at 15' of head. The CRFlex 5-5 will pump up to 130â&#x20AC;&#x2122; (about 55 psi) with an output of 16 gpm, or over 50 gpm at 15' of head. The CRFlex 10-2 will pump up to 80' of head (about 35 psi) with an output of about 32 gpm, or about 80 gpm at 15' of head. The Dry-Run Sensor prevents damage to the pump if the suction prime is lost, or the water source runs dry. Grundfos CRFlex Surface Pumps Description

Pipe connection size

Item code

CRFlex 3-9

1" NPT

075-01110

CRFlex 5-5

1 1/4" NPT

075-01115

CRFlex 10-2

2" NPT

075-01120

Dry Run Sensor for CRFlex pumps

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

075-01130

225

Surface Pumps

The MGFlex motor provides Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) of the PV array, assuring maximum output and efficiency. The motor continuously optimizes the speed according to the input power available from the array. The wide voltage range enables the motor to operate at any voltage from 110 to 415 VDC or 220 to 240 VAC. The motor will also operate from 100-120 VAC (at a maximum input current of 3 A) with a de-rated output. It will run on a DC power input of 70 W to 1,250 W with a maximum current draw of 5 A. The motor speed range is 1,000 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 3,400 RPM.

WATER PUMPS

Grundfos CRFlex Pump Performance Charts

Surface Pumps 226

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Aquatec 550 Series Pressure Pumps These Aquatec booster pumps provide “town pressureˮ for remote home water supplies where 12 or 24 VDC power is available, or the 120 VAC version can be used on remote power systems with inverters. They have a longer life and greater flow rate than other diaphragm booster pumps, and they use less than half the energy consumed by an AC jet pump. Aquatec's 550 pressure pumps deliver up to 4.5 gpm flow rates at pressures up to 60 psi. These pumps operate with minimal pulsations and noise and are designed for intermittent duty, though most models can be run continuously for hours at a time. They are commonly used to pressurize water from an atmospheric tank, to deliver purified water to a specific point of use, or simply to increase pressure when required. The built-in pressure switch is set for 60 psi off and 40 psi on. The pumps come with straight threaded male ½" fittings that snap into the quick-disconnect ports. The optional strainer is highly recommended to keep debris out of the pump and thereby prolong diaphragm life.

WATER PUMPS

Aquatec Diaphragm Pumps

All Aquatec 550 pressure pumps weigh 8 lbs each. 1-year warranty. Aquatic 550 Pressure Pumps Model

Voltage

5503-AEE-B636

12 VDC

5503-AEE-B656

24 VDC

120 VAC

Operating pressure

Current draw

4.10 gpm

30 psi

11.0 A

3.80 gpm

40 psi

13.0 A

3.55 gpm

50 psi

14.6 A

4.10 gpm

30 psi

5.5 A

3.80 gpm

40 psi

6.5 A

3.55 gpm

50 psi

7.3 A

4.10 gpm

30 psi

1.4 A

3.80 gpm

40 psi

1.6 A

3.55 gpm

50 psi

1.8 A

Item code 075-04805

075-04809

075-04813

Strainer

High flow 50 mesh in-line strainer

075-04821

QTS-556

½" NPT male pipe fitting, straight, replacement

075-04820

QBS-554

½" barbed pipe fitting, straight

075-04818

QBE-554

½" barbed pipe fitting, 90° elbow

075-04819

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

227

Surface Pumps

5503-AEE-B736

Max GPM

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solar Pumps Dankoff Water Pump Matrix Dankoff makes water pumps for a wide range of uses. Use this handy guide, and the information on the following pages for the individual models, to choose the correct pump for your needs.

Surface Pumps 228

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Dankoff SIP Kits Dankoff Pump’s Simple Independent Pumping Kits (SIP Kits) are pre-engineered and pre-assembled stand-alone off-grid water pumping systems designed for moving and pressurizing surface water with solar panels and batteries. They are turn-key, easy to install kits which can produce flow rates between 200 and 375 gallons per hour (gph). They are available as PV-direct units, without batteries, or with batteries to provide a backup water supply at night or during inclement weather. They use Dankoff’s high-efficiency SlowPumps to provide water flow of up to 6 gallons per minute (gpm) with total lifts (head) of up to 280' (84 m or about 87 psi).

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff

Save time and the potential for error in sizing, selecting, and sourcing the various plumbing and electrical parts and save installation time by having pre-wired and pre-plumbed major system components, securely mounted inside an outdoor-rated enclosure, that has pre-installed water-tight input/output connections. No time wasted building or fabricating an enclosure on-site. They solve the finer points of the installation process - proper system ventilation, system grounding, over-current protection, portability, battery and charge controller sizing and selection and priming of the pump. Each kit contains a SlowPump, a Dry Run Switch , a SlowPump EZ Install Kit, a 10" filter kit (including mounting bracket and spanner wrench), one set of 10” replacement filters (2 total), a disconnecting combiner box with external throw switch, PV module connectors, a switch connection for automatic control (for a float switch, timer or pressure switch), a 0.6 gallon expansion tank, a pressure relief valve, a pressure gauge, ½" electrical fittings, 1" electrical fittings, 1 inch plumbing fittings, wire, and hardware.

The SIP SP1-B battery kits also includes gel-cell sealed deep cycle batteries, a charge controller, battery interconnects cables, a dedicated load controller, battery-system DC circuit breakers, and a junction box to protect the electronics from water. The Small Trusted (ST) and Large Trusted (LT) models are designed for non-essential needs and have 2.5 days of back-up power. The Small Ideal (SI) and Large Ideal (LI) systems are designed for essential needs and have 4.5 days of back-up power. SIP Kits are available with either a ballasted ground-mount (BGM) or a top-of-pole mount (TPM), for the PV modules. Dankoff SIP Kits Model SP1-BGM SP1-TPM

SlowPump model

Max lift (head)

Flow range

2507-24

140’

3.65-4.0 gpm

SP2-1-BGM

SP2-2-TPM

2607-24

SP2-3-BGM SP1-B-ST-BGM SP1-B-LT-BGM

SP1-B-SI-TPM SP1-B-LI-BGM SP1-B-LI-TPM

Ballasted Ground 5.59 - 6.2 gpm

24 x 24 x 36

140’ 2507-24 60’ 140’

Top-of-Pole Ballasted Ground Top-of-Pole Ballasted Ground Top-of-Pole Ballasted Ground

60’

SP1-B-ST-TPM SP1-B-LT-TPM

Top-of-Pole

280’

SP2-3-TPM

SP1-B-SI-BGM

200’

Type of PV mount Ballasted Ground

60’

SP2-1-TPM SP2-2-BGM

Enclosure size (L" x W" x H")

Top-of-Pole 2.65 - 3.37 gpm

24 x 24 x 36

Ballasted Ground Top-of-Pole Ballasted Ground Top-of-Pole

48 x 24 x 36

Ballasted Ground Top-of-Pole

Number of PV Number of modules batteries

075-11001

075-11002 075-11010

1 n/a 2

075-11011 075-11020 075-11021 075-11030

075-11031

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Item code

075-11040 075-11041 075-11050 075-11051 075-11060 075-11061 075-11070 075-11071

229

Surface Pumps

The SIP PV-direct kits also include a Dankoff DSP-200 pump controller (LCB), PV module(s), a choice of either a ballasted ground-mount or a pole mount for the PV. Available with 1, 2, or 3 PV modules

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Flowlight Booster Pumps The Flowlight Booster Pumps provide “town pressureˮ for off-grid home water supplies. They have longer life, greater flow rates, and quieter operation than diaphragm pumps, and use about half the energy consumed by an AC jet-pump running on an inverter. The Flowlight needs to have clean water to prevent damage to the pump head, and can also be damaged by running dry. The optional filter and Dry-Run Switch are highly recommended. To make installation easier, flexible hose connectors with ¾" threaded adaptors are included. A pressure tank with a minimum size of 40 gallons, available at most local plumbing supply stores, is required for all Flowlight installations. The larger the tank size, the more water is stored under pressure, allowing the pump to come on less often and run for a longer period each time. This reduces wear on the pump. Wearing parts are replaceable and typically last 5-10 years. Overall life expectancy is 15-20 years. Pumps can be mounted horizontally or vertically. The Standard model has the highest water flow and should be used where suction lift is less than 10'. The Standard is available with 12, 24 or 48 VDC motors for battery operation, or with a 120 VAC PM motor (300 W or larger inverter required). The Low-Flow model has a higher pressure capacity and should be used where suction lift is over 10' or where the suction pipe is smaller than 1" inside diameter. Maximum suction lift at sea level is 20'. Deduct 1' for each 1,000' above sea level. The Low-Flow models are available with 12, 24, or 48 VDC motors for battery operation. Both models are NSF approved for potable water. Flowlight Booster pumps can also be used to pump saltwater. Dimensions: 5.7"W x 16.5"L. Weight 15 lbs. 1-year warranty.

Surface Pumps

The E-Z Installation Kit includes an accessory tee, adjustable pressure switch, pressure gauge, check valve, drain valve, shutoff valve, and flexible pipe nipples. All components are copper or brass. Order filter housing and filter cartridges (30" or 10") separately (see listings under “Slowpump Accessoriesˮ). The Dry-Run Switch provides automatic shut off in case the pump runs dry, preventing costly damage to the pump head. Dankoff Flowlight Booster Pump and Accessories Model

Voltage

Max gpm

Standard 12 VDC 2920-12

12 VDC

4.5

Standard 24 VDC 2920-24

24 VDC

4.5

Standard 48 VDC 2920-48

48 VDC

4.5

Standard 48 VDC 1/2 HP 2930-48

48 VDC

5.5

Standard 120 VAC 2920-115

120 VAC

4.5

Low Flow 12 VDC 2910-12

12 VDC

3.4

Low Flow 24 VDC 2910-24

24 VDC

3.4

Low Flow 48 VDC 2910-48

48 VDC

3.4

Pressure

Current draw

30 psi

13.0 A

50 psi

16.0 A

30 psi

6.5 A

50 psi

8.0 A

30 psi

3.25 A

50 psi

4.0 A

30 psi

3.75 A

50 psi

4.0 A

30 psi

1.7 A

50 psi

2.1 A

30 psi

10.0 A

50 psi

12.0 A

30 psi

5.0 A

50 psi

6.0 A

30 psi

2.5 A

50 psi

3.0 A

Item code 075-04125 075-04127 075-04129 075-04130 075-04131 075-04121 075-04123 075-04124

Accessories for Booster Pumps

230

E-Z Installation Kit - includes an accessory tee, adjustable pressure switch, pressure gauge, check valve, drain valve, shutoff valve, and pipe nipples – EZ2900

075-04205

Dry Run Switch for Booster pumps

075-04215

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Slowpump can push water up a hill as high as 450 vertical feet. It runs on very low power, with or without batteries, to supply between 200 and 2,600 gallons per day (gpd). The rotary vane pump mechanism is housed in forged brass for durability. Because of tight tolerances, the water must be very clean, so fine filtration is required to protect the pump (10 micron filtration is recommended). The SlowPump chart below shows the gallons per minute (gpm) output from the pump and power (Watts) consumed by the pump for various vertical lifts (this is the “total head” or the lift from the water level at the source to the top of the storage tank, in actual elevation change, not simply pipe distance).The pump performance in the chart is measured at array-direct voltages. The peak power voltage of a nominal 12 VDC PV module is about 18 VDC. A battery-powered pump will have about 20% lower output and power draw because the battery is operating at a lower voltage. Flow rates are in gpm. To estimate the gallons per day delivered, multiply the gpm by 60 (minutes) to get the gallons per hour (gph) amount. Then multiply by the peak-sun-hours per day at the site location (this data is available from NREL's PVWATTS Solar Calculator) to get the gallons per day (gpd).

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Slowpumps

For PV-direct operation (without batteries), the PV array nameplate output must exceed the required pump wattage by at least 20%. Oversizing the array will increase the amount of water delivered per day because a higher wattage array will enable the pump to run at full speed for more hours each day, or in cloudy weather. For example, a 100 W module will produce 50 W in one half the amount of sunlight present at noon on a sunny day. The extra available power will not damage the pump as long as the array voltage is within the voltage range of the pump motor. For array-direct operation, a linear current booster (LCB) with the required output amperage must be used. For 12 VDC and 24 VDC pumps up to 200 W, use the Dankoff DSP-200 controller on the next page. For 12 VDC and 24 VDC pumps drawing more than 200 W, use the PPT 12/24 LCB controllers on page 239 (determine the correct amperage rating for the LCB by dividing pump wattage shown below by pump voltage). For 48 V models, use the Solar Converters PPT 48-10 LCB listed on page 239. AC models use a low-surge permanent magnet motor that greatly reduces starting surge, relieving stress on inverters and generators.

¼ HP Slowpumps (model series 1300 and 2500) are available with 12, 24 or 48 VDC motors, for use array-direct or with battery systems. Performance will be slightly lower on battery systems due to the lower operating voltage compared to PV-direct. These are also available in 120 AC versions for inverter, generator, or grid connection. These models have ½" female pipe fittings. ½ HP Slowpumps (model series 1400 and 2600) are available with 24 or 48 VDC motors, for use with battery systems, or PV direct with a 36 VDC nominal array. Also available in 120 VAC versions for inverter, generator, or grid connection. These models have ¾" male pipe fittings. Vertical lift (head) 20' 40' 60' 80' 100' 120' 140' 160' 180' 200' 240' 280' 320' 360' 400’ 440'

1322 gpm W 0.51 27 0.51 32 0.51 36 0.49 40 0.49 45 0.48 50 0.47 56 0.47 62 0.47 66 0.45 74 0.44 90 0.41 102 0.41 120 0.41 134 0.40 150 0.39 168

Slowpump Model, Performance, and Power Requirement 1308 1303 2507 gpm W gpm W gpm W 1.25 30 2.50 48 4.00 57 1.25 48 2.50 60 3.95 78 1.20 54 2.40 78 3.90 102 1.20 60 2.30 93 3.90 120 1.20 66 2.30 105 3.85 144 1.20 70 2.25 121 3.80 165 1.20 75 2.20 138 3.65 195 1.20 84 2.20 153 1.18 93 2.15 165 1403 1.16 101 2.15 180 gpm W 1.14 117 2.15 204 2.55 266 1.12 135 2.50 302 1.10 153 2.50 338 1.05 171 1408 2.50 374 1.00 198 gpm W 2.50 406 1.10 269 2.50 451

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

2607 gpm W 4.30 283 4.25 305 4.20 338 4.05 396 4.00 444

231

Surface Pumps

Slowpumps are NSF approved for pumping potable water. Slowpumps can also be used to pump saltwater. Dimensions: 5.7"W x 15.5"L. Weight 16 lbs. 1-year warranty.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Slowpumps Model

Item code 12 V PV direct or battery

24 V PV direct or battery

48 V PV direct or battery

120 VAC

1303

075-04172

075-04174

075-04178

075-04139

1308

075-04160

075-04162

075-04161

075-04137

1/4

075-04168

075-04170

075-04176

075-04135

2507

075-04180

075-04182

075-04184

075-04141

1403

075-04193

075-04195

075-04144

1322

1408

1/2

2607

075-04185

075-04187

075-04142

075-04201

075-04203

075-04146

Dankoff Slowpump Accessories Inline Filter – This is a plastic filter housing with ¾" female pipe thread inlet and outlet fittings. Filter Cartridges ordered separately. 30" Intake Filter /Foot Valve – This filter replaces an intake strainer and foot valve in a single unit. Use with silty streams or other problem applications. A spare 30" filter cartridge is included. ¾" female pipe fitting. Dry-Run Switch – This switch provides automatic shut-off in case the pump runs dry. Order the correct model for the Slowpump that you are using.

Surface Pumps

Dankoff Slowpump Accessories Description

Weight

Item code

Dry-Run Switch - for 1300 and 1400 series Slowpumps

1 lbs

075-04213

Dry-Run Switch - for 2500 and 2600 series Slowpumps

1 lbs

075-04215

Inline Filter housing - 10" with ¾" female NPT pipe ports

3 lbs

078-01125

Filter for above housing - 10", 5-micron (2-pack)

4 lbs

078-01130

30" filter and foot valve assembly

3 lbs

075-04207

Filter Cartridge for 30" filter assembly above (3-pack)

6 lbs

075-04209

NEW! Dankoff DSP-200 LCB Pump Controller Dankoff’s new DSP-200 LCB Pump Controller can be used with 12 V and 24 V SlowPumps. Maximum output is 200 W and it is usable with 12 V, 24 V, and 36 V nominal PV arrays. Mounted in a NEMA 3R enclosure. It has a wiring terminal for a float switch. The purpose of the DSP 200 is to efficiently couple a solar photovoltaic (PV) array to a DC motor, without the use of batteries. The controller greatly increases motor performance, especially under low-light conditions and during startup. It is similar to shifting the gears in a vehicle, using “low gear” (reduced voltage / boosted current) to start the pump, and to prevent stalling in low-light. It moves continuously toward “high gear” to maximize the performance whenever possible. Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) refines this process by “fine tuning” the power draw from the PV array as sun and temperature vary. The DSP 200 also protects the motor (and pump) by limiting the voltage to the motor, to prevent over-speed. 1-year warranty. Dankoff Pump Controller Model DSP-200

232

Description

Item code

LCB 12/24 VDC Pump controller – 200 W max output

075-04216

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The SunCentric Centrifugal Pump uses solar-electric power to pump as much as 50,000 gallons (200 m³) per day from shallow water sources. Applications include irrigation, livestock, domestic water, pond management, water treatment, solar water heating, hydronic space heating, hot water circulation, and fire protection. They can tolerate silty water and deliver up to 70 gpm. The temperature limit for the standard pumps listed here is 140 °F (60 °C). The SunCentric pumps are also available in High Temperature models, which raise the temperature limit to 240 °F (115 °C). The High Temperature versions have a brass impeller which reduces flow by about 15% using the same wattage. Call AEE Solar for more information on High Temperature models.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff SunCentric Centrifugal Pumps

These centrifugal pumps have been in worldwide use since 1989. They can be used PV array-direct without batteries and do not require a pump controller or linear current booster (LCB). Maximum suction lift is 10 vertical feet (3 m). Use a foot valve if the pump is mounted higher than the water source. No routine maintenance is required. These pumps can be repaired in the field using ordinary tools and skills, without removing the pipes. They feature a cast iron pump body with polycarbonate impeller. The included instruction manual shows illustrated repair details. For best reliability, minimize or eliminate suction lift by placing the pump low and close to the water source, minimizing the possibility of cavitation, which causes excessive wear and loss of performance. 2-year warranty.

Dankoff SunCentric Centrifugal Pumps Model

DC voltage

7212

Pump load

Min. PV watts

Item code

290 W

380 W

075-04299

9.7 A

290 W

380 W

075-04307

24.4 A

732 W

960 W

075-04339

16.4 A

738 W

960 W

075-04337

45 V

19.0 A

855 W

1,120 W

075-04341

60 V

8.0 A

480 W

625 W

075-04329

Volts

Amps

Watts

12 VDC

15 V

19.3 A

7322

24 VDC

30 V

7526

24 VDC

30 V

7521

36 VDC

45 V

7622

36 VDC

7444

48 VDC

See the next page for a SunCentric pump-curve chart to pick the correct model pump for your needs. NOTE: some models shown in the chart have been discontinued by the manufacturer.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

233

Surface Pumps

The chart on the next page for the SunCentric pumps is for PV array-direct applications. Models for 12, 24, and 48 VDC batteries are available; call for information. PV array size should exceed the pump wattage shown in the chart by at least 25%. Larger array sizing will improve pumping in lower light conditions, in the morning, afternoon, and on cloudy days. A PV array twice the size as listed (plus 25%), will produce the pumps rated power in one-half the amount of sunlight and can greatly enhance the quantity of water pumped per day.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Sun Centric Pump Application Chart To use the chart below, follow these instructions: • Use the bottom of the chart for gallons per minute (gpm). Use the top of the chart for metric units in liters per minute (Lpm). • Locate the pump curve that intersects the line for the required head and flow or find the pump curve that is nearest to that point. • If there is more than one curve to choose from, compare the power requirements. The curve that goes higher will work better during low sun intensity. • For PV-Direct systems, array size (watts) is critical. Do not undersize the array. Oversizing the array will improve performance in low sunlight conditions. • Multiple pumps can be used to provide greater flow.

Surface Pumps 234

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

The Solar Force piston pumps operate directly from a PV array, or from a battery bank charged by PV, or any other power source. They can draw water from a shallow well, pond, stream, river, or storage tank and can push water up-hill (230' maximum head), through miles of pipeline, or for pressurized water systems (100 psi max; minimum 60 gallon pressure tank required). They can be used for domestic, agricultural, commercial, or industrial applications. Suction capacity is 25' at sea level (subtract 1' for each 1,000' above sea level). 5-9 gpm pumping capacity. Robust, durable, and reliable, Solar Force pumps use less energy per gallon of water delivered than any other pump that we sell. The pump head is cast iron with a brass cylinder. These pumps have a proven design with a 20-year life, and are simple to maintain with common hand tools. Leather piston seals are easy to replace (5 to 10-year maintenance interval). The well illustrated installation and repair manuals make it easy to install and service.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solar Force Piston Pumps

The DC models are the most efficient, but the AC models use low-surge motors with low starting torque, reducing inverter and wire size requirements. Available with 12, 24, or 48 VDC motors, or with 120 VAC or 230 VAC, 50-60 Hz motors. For PV array-direct systems, a linear current booster (LCB) is required. Choose the correct LCB in the table on the next page for the chosen pump DC voltage. For pressurized systems, whether battery-powered or AC-powered, use a pressure switch and a captiveair pressure tank at least 60 gallons in size.

The watt values listed in the following chart represent power used by the pump. For PV array direct operation, the array must be at least 20% larger. Oversizing the array further will increase the amount of water delivered per day because a larger array will produce the pump's required wattage in less light, allowing the pump to run at full speed for more hours each day, or in cloudy weather. A tracking PV mount will also increase the amount of daily water delivery. For example, a 560 W array will produce 280 W in one half the amount of sunlight present at noon. The extra available power will not damage the pump motor or LCB as long as the array voltage doesn't exceed the voltage range of the pump motor or LCB. Dankoff Solar Force Piston Pump Sizing Chart Lift (head)

Pressure

20'

Model 3010

Model 3020

Model 3040

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

8.7 psi

5.9 gpm

77 W

5.2 gpm

110 W

9.3 gpm

168 W

40'

17.4 psi

5.6 gpm

104 W

5.2 gpm

132 W

9.3 gpm

207 W

60'

26 psi

5.3 gpm

123 W

5.1 gpm

154 W

9.2 gpm

252 W

80'

35 psi

5.2 gpm

152 W

5.1 gpm

182 W

9.2 gpm

286 W

100'

43 psi

5.1 gpm

171 W

5 gpm

202 W

9.1 gpm

322 W

120'

52 psi

4.9 gpm

200 W

5 gpm

224 W

9.1 gpm

364 W

140'

61 psi

4.9 gpm

226 W

5 gpm

252 W

9.1 gpm

403 W

160'

70 psi

4.9 gpm

269 W

180'

78 psi

4.9 gpm

280 W

200'

86 psi

4.8 gpm

308 W

220'

95 psi

4.7 gpm

314 W

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

235

Surface Pumps

Solar Force pumps have 1.5" female-threaded intake ports and 1" female-threaded outlet ports. A surge tank is included and will reduce the amount of water pulsation that the pump produces. They measure about 22" x 13" x 16", and have a maximum weight of 115 lbs. Shipped in two boxes. 2-year warranty.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solar Force Piston Pumps Model

Operating voltage

Power source

Item code

3010-12B

12 VDC

Battery

075-04265

3010-24B

24 VDC

Battery

075-04267

3010-48B

48 VDC

Battery

075-04268

3020-12B

12 VDC

Battery

075-04271

3020-12PV

12 VDC

PV array direct

075-04273

3020-24B

24 VDC

Battery

075-04275

3020-24PV

24 VDC

PV array direct

075-04277

3020-48B

48 VDC

Battery

075-04279

3020-48PV

48 VDC

PV array direct

075-04281

3020-120VAC

120 VAC

Inverter, generator or grid

075-04269

3020-230VAC

230 VAC

Inverter, generator or grid

075-04282

3040-12B

12 VDC

Battery

075-04285

3040-12PV

12 VDC

PV array direct

075-04287

3040-24B

24 VDC

Battery

075-04289

3040-24PV

24 VDC

PV array direct

075-04291

Surface Pumps

3040-48B

48 VDC

Battery

075-04293

3040-48PV

48 VDC

PV array direct

075-04295

3040-120VAC

120 VAC

Inverter, generator or grid

075-04283

3040-230VAC

230 VAC

Inverter, generator or grid

075-04284

Dankoff Solar Force Piston Pump Accessories & Parts The Solar Force Easy Installation Kit contains: Brass Manifold, Ball Valve, Check Valve, Pressure Gauge, Pressure Switch, Hose Bibb, and Fittings. Choose the correct Linear Current Booster (LCB) depending on the voltage of the pump motor. Use the Empty Tank Float Switch to turn the pump off if the tank or cistern that the pump is drawing water from runs dry. Use the Full Tank Float Switch to turn the pump off when the tank it is pumping into gets full. Both switches can be used on the same pump. The Basic Repair Parts Kit contains: one Packing Kit, and one set each of Water Box Gaskets, Neoprene Valve Discs, Valve Springs w/Washers & Cotter Pins, and one set of Cup Leathers. The Long Term Repair Kits are available that contain two Packing Kits, one Drive Belt, two (1 Pair) Motor Brushes, one Brass Cylinder, six (3 Pair) Cup Leathers, and two of Water Box Gaskets, Valve Springs w/Washers & Cotter Pins, Neoprene Valve Discs (8), (Does not include oil). These kits are specific for each model of Solar Force pump. Contact your AEE Solar Sales Representative for more information. Dankoff Solar Force Piston Pump Sizing Chart Model

236

Description

Item code

EZ3000

Easy Install Kit for Solar Force Piston Pumps

075-04248

DSP-200

LCB Pump Controller in NEMA 3R enclosure Input 12/24/36 VDC; 12/24 VDC Output

075-04216

PPT 48-10

LCB 10 Amp Controller in NEMA 3R enclosure Input 48 VDC; 48 VDC Output

075-00136

11002

Float Switch Kit for LCB - Empty Tank Shut Off

075-04217

11003

Float Switch Kit for LCB - Full Tank Shutoff

075-04218

11023

Pressure Switch, Heavy Duty 1HP DC Rated

075-04297

3513

Quart of food-grade 30wt Non-Toxic oil

075-10380

3521

Basic Repair Kit for 3010/3020 models

075-10250

3522

Basic Repair Kit for 3040 models

075-10251

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Solaram diaphragm pumps use industrial-grade, high-pressure, multiple-diaphragm pump heads, and PM motors for either 24 VDC array-direct or battery operation, or 120 VDC (nominal) array-direct operation. Solaram pumps can be used for domestic, agricultural, commercial, or industrial applications. The Solaram is Dankoff's most powerful surface pump. They can draw water from a shallow well, pond, stream, river or storage tank. They can push water very high up-hill (960' maximum head), through miles of pipeline, or for pressurized water systems (415 psi max; minimum 60 gallon pressure tank required). Suction capacity is 20' at sea level (subtract 1' for each 1,000' above sea level). With 2.5-9 gpm of pumping capacity, Solaram pumps can supply up to 5,400 gallons per day (gpd), while using less power than any other pump in its range. They start pumping even in low light conditions.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solaram Diaphragm Pumps

These pumps are rugged and reliable, as well as dirt and dry-run tolerant. They feature multiple-diaphragm industrial construction, a cast aluminum body, ball bearings, and Permanent Magnet (PM) motors. An oil change (non-toxic oil) and diaphragm replacement are required for every 2 years of continuous use, but these pumps otherwise have a 20-year life expectancy. A pressure relief valve is included. For array-direct operation at 24 VDC, use 36-cell PV modules in series-pairs and then with pairs in parallel to get the total power needed. For array direct operation at 120 VDC, use ten 36-cell modules in series, or six 60-cell modules in series. Add series sets in parallel if more power is needed. As with other array-direct pumps, the PV array needs to be sized at least 20% larger than the pump watts, and even larger arrays can be used to extend pumping in lower light conditions. A linear current booster (LCB) is required to prevent stalling in low light conditions. LCB's for 120VDC Solaram pumps are custom built by special order. Contact your AEE Solar Sales Representative for more information.

Suction capacity is 25' at sea level (subtract 1' for each 1,000' above sea level). Fittings are 1"-1.25" on the intake, and 1" on the outlet. Dimensions are 28"W x 16.5"H x 16"D, weight is 150 lbs (max, depending on model). 1-year warranty. Dankoff Solaram Diaphragm Pump Sizing Chart Total head ↓

Last 2 digits of model number ↓ Model _ _ 21

Model _ _ 22

Model _ _ 23

Model _ _ 41

Model _ _ 42

Model _ _ 43

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

Flow

Watts

0-80'

3.0 gpm

170 W

3.7 gpm

207 W

4.6 gpm

285 W

6.2 gpm

258 W

7.5 gpm

339 W

9.4 gpm

465 W

120'

2.9 gpm

197 W

3.7 gpm

238 W

4.5 gpm

319 W

6.0 gpm

305 W

7.3 gpm

396 W

9.1 gpm

539 W

160'

2.9 gpm

225 W

3.6 gpm

268 W

4.5 gpm

352 W

5.8 gpm

354 W

7.2 gpm

453 W

8.9 gpm

619 W

200'

2.9 gpm

247 W

3.6 gpm

296 W

4.5 gpm

388 W

5.7 gpm

400 W

7.1 gpm

513 W

8.9 gpm

693 W

240'

2.8 gpm

265 W

3.6 gpm

327 W

4.5 gpm

427 W

5.6 gpm

453 W

7.0 gpm

572 W

8.6 gpm

724 W

280'

2.8 gpm

286 W

3.6 gpm

356 W

4.4 gpm

466 W

5.5 gpm

499 W

6.9 gpm

628 W

8.4 gpm

801 W

320'

2.8 gpm

315 W

3.5 gpm

388 W

4.4 gpm

496 W

5.4 gpm

548 W

6.8 gpm

686 W

8.3 gpm

869 W

360'

2.8 gpm

342 W

3.5 gpm

416 W

4.4 gpm

536 W

5.4 gpm

592 W

6.6 gpm

733 W

8.2 gpm

927 W

400'

2.7 gpm

363 W

3.4 gpm

450 W

4.4 gpm

572 W

5.3 gpm

649 W

6.5 gpm

782 W

8.7 gpm 1,122 W

480'

2.7 gpm

416 W

3.4 gpm

505 W

4.3 gpm

649 W

5.3 gpm

717 W

6.5 gpm

900 W

8.5 gpm 1,265 W

560'

2.7 gpm

456 W

3.3 gpm

570 W

4.3 gpm

693 W

5.2 gpm

800 W

6.5 gpm 1,045 W 8.4 gpm 1,397 W

640'

2.7 gpm

502 W

3.3 gpm

623 W

4.2 gpm

774 W

5.1 gpm

893 W

6.5 gpm 1,116 W 8.2 gpm 1,540 W

720'

2.6 gpm

551 W

3.2 gpm

690 W

4.1 gpm

856 W

6.4 gpm 1,287 W 8.1 gpm 1,683 W

800'

2.6 gpm

589 W

3.2 gpm

715 W

4.1 gpm

931 W

8.0 gpm 1,815 W

880'

2.6 gpm

647 W

3.2 gpm

774 W

8.0 gpm 1,958 W

960'

2.6 gpm

705 W

3.1 gpm

838 W

8.0 gpm 2,145 W

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

First 2 digits of model number ↓

81_ _ 24 V

82_ _ 24 V

83_ _ 120 V

85_ _120 V

237

Surface Pumps

Solaram pumps can develop pulsating water pressure up to 400 psi, so the piping system must be designed for high-pressure use; at least 600 psi is recommended for at least the first 200' of head (this generally requires steel pipe). The pulsation and pressure diminishes as the pipe climbs the hill, so pipe with a lower pressure rating can often be used closer to the output.

WATER PUMPS

Dankoff Solaram Diaphragm Pumps Item code

Model

8121-24

Model

075-08121

8342-120

8122-24

075-08122

8343-120

8123-24

075-08123

8543-120

8141-24

075-08140

8142-24

075-08142

8143-24 8221-24

DC voltage

24 VDC

DC voltage

Item code 075-08342

120 VDC

075-08343 075-08543

075-08143 075-08221

8222-24

075-08222

8223-24

075-08223

8241-24

075-08241

8242-24

075-08242

8243-24

075-08243

Dankoff Solaram Diaphragm Pump Accessories and Parts Surface Pumps

Choose the correct Linear Current Booster (LCB) depending on the voltage of the pump motor. Use the Empty Tank Float Switch to turn the pump off if the tank or cistern that the pump is drawing water from runs dry. Use the Full Tank Float Switch to turn the pump off when the tank it is pumping into gets full. Both switches can be used on the same pump. Dankoff Solaram Accessories Dankoff Model #

238

Description

Item code

11053

30 Amp Solaram LCB Controller for 24 VDC models

075-08560

11054

10 Amp Solaram LCB Controller for 120 VDC models

075-08561

11056

Heat Sink and Diode Kit for combining like PPT controllers in parallel

075-08562

11002

Float Switch Kit for LCB - Empty Tank Shut Off

075-04217

11003

Float Switch Kit for LCB - Full Tank Shut Off

075-04218

11044

Foot Valve, 1 Âź" Lead Free Bronze w/ Stainless Steel Screen

075-08570

11045

Foot Valve, 2" Lead Free Bronze w/ Stainless Steel Screen

075-08571

11017

Check Valve, Lead Free Bronze, Âž"

075-08572

11025

Check Valve, Lead Free Bronze , 1"

075-08573

11100

Check Valve, Lead Free Bronze, 2"

075-08574

3513

Quart of food-grade 30wt Non-Toxic oil

075-10380

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Linear Current Boosters for DC Pumps Linear current boosters from Solar Converters Inc. are used in solar direct pumping applications. They can achieve a 30-90% increase in water pumped compared to connecting the pump directly to the solar modules. The pump motor will last longer as well because the LCB will keep the motor from stalling in low-light conditions. 1-year warranty. 90 and 120 VDC LCB units that can operate 12, 24, 36 and 48 VDC pumps from several modules in series are available by special order. These can be useful when the panels must be a long distance from the motor as they allow smaller gage wire since the current is reduced. The wire savings alone can offset the cost of the controller. Call AEE Solar for details.

WATER PUMPS

Water Pumping Accessories

Solar Converters Inc. Linear Current Boosters Model

DC array voltage (nominal)

Max DC current

Item code

075-00124

15 A

075-00126

30 A

075-00128

10 A

075-00136

PPT 12/24-7 PPT 12/24-15

12 or 24 VDC

PPT 12/24-30 PPT 48-10

48 VDC

PPT 48-20 PPT 90-12

90 VDC

20 A

075-00137

12 A

075-00141

SPDT Float Switch This SPDT float switch can be used to turn a pump on and off in tank-filling or tank-emptying operation, depending on which two of the three wires are connected. Contacts located in the float will switch at 12째 above and below horizontal. Use a pipe clamp or cable tie to secure the cable to a pipe or weight in tank. The length of cable from clamp to float determines the difference between turn-on level and turn-off level. Maximum amp rating is 5 A. For larger pumps, use the float switch to turn a relay on and off and let relay contacts control the pump. This switch can also be used with LCBs that have float switch contacts. Mercury-free so they are safe for domestic water systems. 2-year warranty. SPDT Float Switch Description Single-Pole Double-Throw (SPDT) Float Switch

Maximum amps

Item code

075-05270

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

239

Pump Accessories

Float Switch

WATER PUMPS

High Lifter Water-Powered Pumps

The High Lifter Water Powered Pump is designed to move water uphill without using gasoline or electricity. Positioned below the water source (see figure, below), the High Lifter uses gravity induced pressure to lift water up to 9 times the head (See performance chart, below). With adequate water and pressure, it can pump up to 1,500 gallons of water per day as high as 300', or it can pump 200 gallons per day as high as 1,000'. It can also pump smaller amounts on as little as one quart per minute of source water, and can pump to lower elevations with as little as a 30' drop from the water source.

It is self-starting and requires no lubrication, priming, or tuning, and is quiet compared to gas engine pumps. Due to its light weight, ease of installation, and lack of fuel requirements, it is ideally suited for hilly or remote terrain. Simply run a pipe downhill to your High Lifter from a pond, stream, or spring, lay out a pipe to your high tank, and start pumping. Designed to be installed and maintained by the user with basic hand tools, the High Lifter requires little attention other than filter cleaning for years of service. Depending on how clean the water source is, a High Lifter can operate continuously for 1-3 years between piston replacements; longer if the inlet water is processed through a settling tank to remove grit.

Water-Powered Pumps

The High Lifter can be effectively used for domestic water pumping, garden water supply, irrigation, range cattle, etc. All High Lifter parts are made of stainless steel, Teflon, and polyethylene. As illustrated in the chart, the High Lifter responds to both inlet and output pressure. Because the High Lifter utilizes inlet water pressure to pump water, locating the pump farther down from the water source will yield greater delivery or higher pumping elevations. The greater the difference in elevation between the source and the output, the slower the pump will work; too high and the pump will stall (with no damage to the pump), and no water will be pumped. To determine how much water will be pumped, find the net lift for either the 4.5:1 or 9:1 pump on the left side of the performance chart. Move across the graph horizontally to the right until you cross the curve for the fall (inlet pressure). From the point where lift and fall cross, move vertically down to the bottom of the graph and read the “Delivery (gal/day)” for the type of pump being used. To get this delivery amount, the input flow to the pump must be equal to or greater than the “Flow (gal/min)” at the top of the graph in line with the point where the lift and fall lines cross. If the input flow is less than this number, the output will be correspondingly lower. Both models of the High Lifter pump are 26" long. 1-year warranty on materials and workmanship. High Lifter Water-Powered Pumps

240

Model

Pump ratio

Max output/day

Max net lift

Max total lift

Item code

H44

4.5:1

1,500 gal

440'

580'

076-09002

H49

9:1

750 gal

1,000'

1,140'

076-09005

Rebuild kit for H44 High Lifter - 4.5:1

076-01118

Rebuild kit for H49 High Lifter - 9:1

076-01124

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Hot water circulator pumps are used in solar hot water systems to move water through the solar collectors and/or indoor heat exchangers.

Hartell MD10HEH Circulator

WATER PUMPS

Hot Water Circulator Pumps

This Circulator Pump has an electronically-commutated, high-efficiency brushless motor with a 30,000hour life expectancy. It may be operated from a 20 to 22 W solar module or directly from a 12 VDC battery system and works well for closed-loop solar water heating systems and radiant floor heating. 1-year warranty. Hartell Circulator Pump Model

Operating voltage

Pipe connections

Dimensions

Item code

MD-10-HEH

6-16 VDC

Â˝" MNPT

5.25" x 9"

075-07237

Ivan Labs Inc. El-Sid Brushless Water Circulators

Ivan Labs Inc. El-Sid Circulator Pumps Model

Max flow

10PV-12 10B-12 10B-24

3.3 gpm

Max voltage

DC amps

Item code

20 VDC

0.90 A

075-07218

16 VDC

0.45 A

075-07219

32 VDC

0.25 A

075-07224

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

241

Hot Water Circulator Pumps

These tiny brushless, magnetic-drive circulators can be driven by PV modules 12 VDC batteries for closedloop circulation in solar water heating systems and individual loops of radiant floor heating systems. Using several small pumps in a radiant floor system allows each loop to be controlled by a different thermostat. Model 10PV-12 is designed to be powered by a 10 to 20 W PV module in an open loop system and can pump 3.3 gpm at no head, and Â˝ gpm at 2.5' of head, at 17 VDC input. A 20 W module should be used for glycol systems. It can circulate water in a well-designed solar water heating system with two 4 x 10 collectors. Model 10B-12 is designed to be battery powered and has the same specifications at 12 VDC. 10B-24 is designed to operate on a 24 VDC battery system. For all three models, dimensions are 4" x 4" x 5"; they have a 30,000-hour life expectancy, and a 1-year warranty.

TOOLS

PV Cable Assembly Tools

Crimp-on PV cable connectors (See Wire and Cable section) require special tools to properly attach the connectors. Single-purpose tools from Multi-Contact and Tyco work with only that type of connector and are often the best option for installers who work only with modules that have that same connector type. For those who encounter several different types of connectors, one of the Rennsteig tool sets that have a set of dies and positioners can be more convenient and economical than carrying a different tool for each connector type.

MC4 Tools The Multi-Contact MC4 crimping tool is used to assemble MC4 (Solarline 2) locking connectors with10 or 12 AWG stranded wire. A set of 2 plastic wrenches is used to tighten the sealing nut in the connector and to unlock the male and female connector. Multi-Contact MC4 Tools Description

Item code

MC Solarline 2 MC4 pin crimper for 10/12 AWG wire

094-00104

MC Solarline 2 open-end spanner set (2-pack)

094-00112

Tyco SolarLok Crimping Tool The Tyco SolarLok crimping tool is used to assemble SolarLok locking connectors with 10 or 12 AWG stranded wire.

Array and Battery Cable Tools

Tyco SolarLok Crimping Tool Description

Item code 094-00114

Tyco crimper for 10/12 AWG wire

Hammer Crimp Tool This simple, inexpensive crimping tool can be used to crimp connectors on 8 through 4/0 AWG wire. Spring-loaded pin locks are in â&#x20AC;&#x153;upâ&#x20AC;? position for loading connector and cable. When released, the pin holds the connector securely during crimping. Use with a hammer or vice. Hammer Crimp Tool Description

Item code 094-00013

Hammer crimp tool

Battery Cable Tools Use the cable crimper to crimp battery terminals, copper lugs, and splices on wire from 8 to 4/0 AWG. Adjustable crimp dies are clearly marked and easy to rotate into position. This UL Listed, 26" tool gives you plenty of leverage for secure crimping. Use the 22" long cutter to cut inverter cables and battery interconnects up to 6/0 AWG. Available in a bench-mount version as well as hand-held, the high-carbon steel blades are removable for sharpening or replacement. All of these tools are made in the U.S.A. Battery Cable Tool Description

242

Item code

Cable cutter 22" bench mount

094-00003

Cable cutter with 22" handles

094-00004

Cable crimper with 26" handles

094-00011

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Crimping Tool Sets and Accessories These Rennsteig tool sets are helpful for installers who wish to make their own extensions and connections. The tools presented here cover the most popular connectors, including those on REC Group (Hosiden), Suniva (MC4), and Hanwha (H4) modules. All of these tools are made in Germany.

TOOLS

Rennsteig

The Tyco/MC4/H4 Solarkit comes with 3 die-sets and 3 pin locators for crimping Tyco SolarLok, Solarline 2 (MC4) and Amphenol Helios (H4) pins as well as a cutter and striper tool, all in a hard shell case. The Solar Crimp Sets come with die-sets and pin locators for the connectors shown in the table below. The sets include the hard shell case, but no additional tools. Additional dies and pin locators can be added to expand the tool. The Solar Crimp Tools include the preassembled tool frame, die, and pin locator, but no case. Additional dies and pin locators can be added to expand the tool. The Insulation Stripper strips and removes the insulation in a single motion. The blades are replaceable. The Wire Cutter features a specially curved set of shears that cuts stranded wire without significant deformation. The Empty Tool Frame can be used with separately purchased crimping Dies and Pin Locators, which are interchangeable. Note that due to unique design requirements, the Hosiden Crimp Tool is only available preassembled and cannot be used with the interchangeable dies. Rennsteig Kits, Sets and Crimping Tools Item code Tyco, MC4, H4

Varies by connector

624 105-H4M4TE

094-00148

Tyco Solarlok

16/14/12/10 AWG

624 105 1 3

094-00124

Solar Crimp Set

Hosiden

14/12/10 AWG

625 511903 1 RT

094-00149

Solar Crimp Tool

MC4 Solarline 2

12/10/8 AWG

624 1193 3 1

094-00144

Solar Crimp Tool

Amphenol H4

14/12/10/8 AWG

624 1194 3 1

094-00135

Solar Crimp Tool

Tyco Solarlok

16/14/12/10 AWG

624 817 3 1

094-00145

Solar Crimp Tool

Hosiden

14/12/10 AWG

624 1190 3 1

094-00150

707-226-1-6US

094-00128

708 226 1 3 0

094-00138

Array and Battery Cable Tools

Solarkit Solar Crimp Set

Rennsteig Tools and Components Item code Insulation Stripper Replacement Blades

16/14/12/10 AWG

(Use with pins & dies )

MC4 Solarline 2

12/10/8 AWG

WireCutter Empty tool frame Die only Pin Locator only Die only Pin Locator only Die only Pin Locator only

Amphenol H4

14/12/10/8 AWG

Tyco Solarlok

16/14/12/10 AWG

700-016-36

094-00129

624 000 3

094-00146

624 570 3 0

094-00126

624 194 0 01

094-00132

624 1194 3 0

094-00130

624 1194 0 01

094-00131

624 817 3 0

094-00127

624 817 0 01

094-00133

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

243

TOOLS

Why Measure Shade

When a solar PV module is even slightly shaded, it is severely impacted. For example, the module shown to the left has 2% of its cell area shaded. The power output of the module is reduced by 33% â&#x20AC;&#x201C; a 17:1 impact factor! This is true even if a microinverter or power-optimizer is used. When a solar hot water module is shaded, its output energy is reduced proportional to the % of shaded area.

Solmetric Solmetric SunEye 210 Site Analysis Tool The Solmetric SunEye 210 assesses total potential solar energy given the orientation and shading of a particular site. Data provided by the SunEye can dramatically improve the speed and accuracy of energy production estimates, which are increasingly required by financiers and incentive programs. The SunEye 210 is useful for PV and solar thermal hot water systems, whether roof- or ground-mounted. It quickly and easily provides shading analysis that can be used to optimize new systems for maximum production, troubleshoot under-production, and identify specific shade-causing obstructions and quantify their effects.

Site Analysis Tools

The SunEye 210 uses a calibrated fish-eye lens digital camera and electronic compass to measure roof tilt and azimuth and to simulate removal or addition of shading objects or structures. It works anywhere in the world, providing easy measurements and instant feedback for quick estimates and accurate system designs. Data can also be stored for later review. The SunEye interfaces to the USB port of a PC or laptop using the included SunEye Desktop software. A Solar Access and Shading Report summarizes the data from each session. The SunEye also outputs data files that are compatible with various simulation and design programs, including PV Designer. The GPS version automatically finds the latitude and longitude (Âą3 m) for sun path calculations and displays, and each skyline reading can be automatically geo-tagged with the coordinates, enabling the locations and data to be output to Google Earth. This feature is especially useful for larger projects with multiple skylines, or for quickly accessing data from multiple sites. The SunEye Desktop software works on PCs with Windows 7, Windows XP SP2, or Windows 2000 SP4. Currently, the SunEye software requires a Windows emulator to run on Mac OS. Solmetric SunEye Site Analysis Tools and Accessories Description

244

Item code

Solmetric SunEye 210 Tool with worldwide operation

094-00200

Solmetric SunEye 210 Tool with worldwide operation and GPS

094-00201

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

PV Designer Software PV Designer software enables you to draw roof outlines, specify set-backs and keep-out regions, incorporate SunEye shade measurements at specific locations on the roof, drag-and-drop modules, size strings, check inverter limits, and calculate the AC energy production for your system quickly and easily. It includes extensive worldwide databases of modules, inverters, and historical weather. You can easily try different design scenarios and compare their AC kWh outputs side-by-side to identify the best design. Results can be exported to a PDF and included as part of your project proposals. PV Designer is optimized for designing residential systems but will also accommodate small commercial systems up to 100 kW. The software is easy to learn and easy to use, yet it enables detailed analysis on par with more complicated and expensive engineering tools. PV Designer runs on most MS Windows operating systems.

TOOLS

System Design Tools

Solmetric PV Designer Software Item code

Solmetric PV Designer software annual license

094-00211

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

245

Site Analysis Tools

Description

Measure and Maximize your

Solmetric SunEyeÂŽ Predict and maximize the ROI of your solar designs with fast and accurate shade measurements.

From site evaluation... ...to commissioning, O&M, and troubleshooting.

Solmetric PV Analyzer

Reduce risk and increase insight with full I-V curve measurements and performance models. Increase productivity over volt/clamp meter techniques. Expert tools. Better Solar. ÂŠ 2011 Chevron Energy Solutions

Commissioning a PV system is an important final step in the installation process, and itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s worth doing properly and consistently. The recent development of system commissioning standards, such as IEC 62446 and related NABCEP guidelines, provide visual and physical inspections as well as electrical tests that should be performed prior to activating a new PV system. Common electrical tests made during commissioning include: continuity, phasing, and voltage for AC circuits; continuity of grounding conductors; DC circuit polarity verification; string I-V curves; string open-circuit voltage; string short circuit current; insulation resistance testing of PV source and output circuits; and, finally, a full-up system functionality test. With proper documentation, these same tests can be repeated periodically as systems age to ensure that they are operating efficiently.

TOOLS

System Commissioning Tools

Solmetric Solmetric PVA-600 PV Analyzer The Solmetric PV Analyzer is an I-V curve tracer for field-testing PV system performance. The PV Analyzer reduces the contractual and financial risks associated with PV system performance by enabling comprehensive and conclusive test results. It captures the full I-V curve for performance testing during commissioning, O & M, and troubleshooting.

The SolSensor wireless PV reference sensor works with the PVA-1000S to measure tilt, irradiance, and temperature simultaneous with the I-V curve measurement. The SolSensor is compatible with all PVA1000 and PVA-600 models. The new SolSensor integrates a calibrated irradiance sensor, dual-channel temperature sensor, tilt sensor, and extended- range wireless transmitter into a single device. It includes a clamp for attachment to the module rail, two thermocouples, and a shoulder carrying bag.

Megger Insulation Resistance and Continuity Tester Also known as Mega-Ohm meters, Megger insulation and continuity testers are used to test insulation integrity and measure resistance levels at high voltage. The MIT430EN can measure resistance (0 to 200 Gâ&#x201E;Ś) at voltages from 50 to 1,000 V as well as polarization index (PI) and dielectric absorption ratio (DAR). This model also includes results memory and Bluetooth download capability. This is a useful tool for preventing or troubleshooting possible ground or other fault paths in electrical panels and systems as well as testing cable and connector assemblies. Includes: leads, protective boot with built-in stand, remote switch probe, calibration certificate, batteries and 3-year limited warranty.

Solmetric PV Analyzer and Accessories Description

Item code

PV-1000S Analyzer

094-00219

SolSensor

094-00224

Extended warranty for PVA 100-S (2 years total)

094-00214

Megger MIT430EN insulation resistance and continuity tester

094-00225

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

247

System Commissioning Tools

The PV Analyzer measures the I-V curve (current vs voltage) and power curve of a module, string, or sub-array by applying a varying load to the DC circuit being tested. In less than 250 ms, it sweeps through every operating point from short-circuit current (ISC) to open-circuit voltage (VOC) and 100 points in between. Use your existing laptop or tablet (1024 x 600 minimum screen resolution) to wirelessly control the measurements and display the results, providing a large, easy-to-use GUI for quick data capture or in-depth analysis in the field. The SolSensor Wireless PV Reference Sensor captures the module tilt, irradiance, and temperature at the instant the I-V curve is measured. The PVA software is easily configured with the characteristics of the PV system under test. The module is selected from the built-in database, which contains thousands of modules and is updated automatically. The system parameters and sensor readings feed into a PV performance model that displays the shape of the expected I-V and P-V curves. By comparing the measured curves to the expected curves, the user can gain detailed insight into the performance and health of the system or individual modules. The PVA-1000S includes: software (Windows XP or newer), a wireless USB interface, MC3 and MC4 cable sets and a 1-year warranty that can be extended to 2 years.

TOOLS

Seaward Solar Solar Installation Test Kit The PV150 Installation Test Kit includes everything needed to test to the IEC 62446 system commissioning standard as well as the latest NABCEP recommendations. The all-in-one PV installation tester, using simple direct connections to PV systems, performs open circuit voltage, short circuit current, and insulation resistance tests with a single button press. It can also be used to perform operating current (using the supplied current clamp) and Earth continuity measurements as well as determine voltage polarity. The connectors feature non-accessible conductive parts for safe use with PV systems that may be energized. The PV150 can also wirelessly receive and record irradiance and temperature measurements from the Solar Survey 200R in real-time as electrical tests are conducted. The PV150 solar PV tester has memory to store up to 200 complete test records, and USB connectivity enables these to be downloaded to a PC. Seaward’s SolarCert Elements software program (supplied separately) can then be used to automate generation of test certificates and documentation. The PV150 Test Kit includes: a PV150 solar installation tester, AC/DC current clamp, carry bag, MC4 test lead adaptors, red and black test leads, test probe with detachable alligator clips, Quick Start Guide, support software CD, and calibration certificate.

Solar Survey Multifunction Solar Irradiance Meters These handheld solar irradiance meters include a built-in inclinometer to measure roof pitch, compass to measure roof orientation, and thermometer to measure ambient air and module temperature. These meters display irradiance measurements in either W/m2 or BTU/hr-ft2, so they work for both solar photovoltaic (PV) and solar thermal applications.

System Commissioning Tools

The use of a photovoltaic reference cell provides a more representative measurement of solar energy and greater accuracy and repeatability compared to irradiance meters, which use simple photo diode detectors. The Solar Survey 100 and 200R irradiance meters both incorporate a display hold feature, which enables the user to easily capture readings in difficult locations. The 200R can wirelessly give the PV150 Solar Installation Test Kit real-time irradiance, ambient temperature, and PV module temperature measurement results simultaneous to electrical tests, as required by MCS and IEC 62446 standards. The PV150 can then download the data into the SolarCert Elements software program. The 200R model also includes data logging with a USB interface for data download to a PC. This allows for irradiance and temperature to be recorded at user-defined intervals over a number of hours or days. The collected data can then be downloaded to a PC for analysis or for inclusion in solar installation reports.

Solar Power Clamp Seaward’s Solar Power Clamp is a specialized power meter that clamps over the cable to measure the AC or DC current. If a PV system isn’t generating the expected level of power under known irradiance and temperature conditions, this may indicate a fault with one or more components in the system. In addition to power and efficiency measurements, the harmonic analysis function of the Solar Power Clamp can be used as a means of detecting faults within the inverter. Solar Power Clamp functions include: DC power measurement, AC and AC+DC true continuous power (RMS) reading, power factor, total harmonic distortion and harmonics 1 – 25, phase rotation indication, current and voltage measurement, smart data hold and peak hold, and non-contact voltage indicator.

SolarCert Elements Solar PV Software The Seaward SolarCert Elements Solar PV Software enables solar PV system installers to produce customized client-facing test reports and certificates using user input or data downloaded from the PV150 tester. The software allows PV installers to create customized test certification and inspection reports and installation layout diagrams that can be stored alongside photographs and other information relevant to PV installations, such as datasheets or operating manuals. A checklist feature helps ensure that all of the necessary information is included. Company logos and signatures can be added to the templates for a branded professional image. Once compiled, the complete data package can quickly be searched within the solar PV software and emailed or printed for delivery to the client.

248

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Description

TOOLS

Seaward System Commissioning Tools Item code

PV150 Installation Test Kit (15 A, storage for 200 data points, SolarLink and USB)

094-00282

Solar Survey 100 irradiance meter

094-00290

Solar Survey 200 irradiance meter with SolarLink wireless data transfer

094-00291

Solar Power Clamp power analyzer

094-00292

SolarCert Elements software

094-00289

PV inspection report pad, A4 size

094-00285

PV array report pad, A4 size

094-00286

PV system certification pad, A4 size

094-00287

PV system certification pad, A4 size

094-00287

System Commissioning Tools

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

249

TOOLS

Label Printing Systems

Local jurisdictions and company policies often call for unique language or types of labels that are not available in preprinted form (see Electrical Distribution Parts). If this is a frequent requirement, a label printing system can be an economical way to get exactly what you need when you need it. The ability to produce custom labels also presents opportunities for branding as well as organization, theft prevention, and identification.

HellermannTyton

NEW! Thermal Transfer Printers The HellermannTyton TT230MC desktop thermal transfer printer is designed for printing safety and identification signs and labels up to 4" wide. Use black or white ribbons to print on blank vinyl or to fill in blanks on pre-printed labels. This printer also incorporates a cutter that automatically cuts the labels as they are printed, saving time in the field. An optional hard shell case and battery pack are also available to enable operation on a jobsite. The TagPrint Pro 3.0 software is required for using the printer with a Windows XP or newer PC. The software is preloaded with standard NEC safety label templates and enables customization of those as well as design capability. TagPrint Pro can also be set up to print sets of consecutively numbered labels and similar batch processes.

Label Printing Systems

The TT230MC Starter Kit includes the printer, plus a sturdy hard-shell case, white and black ribbons, the label caddy, and TagPrint Pro 3.0 label design software. Blank self-adhesive rolls of vinyl are available in white, black, red, and yellow with widths of 1" or 2". The vinyl material is UV stable and rated for a minimum of 5 years of outdoor use without significant fading or adhesive degradation. Thermal Transfer Printers and Accessories Description

Item code

TT230MC printer only

094-09000

White printer ribbon for TT230MC

094-09001

Black printer ribbon for TT230MC

094-09002

TT230MC Starter Kit (includes printer, software, ribbons, and case)

094-09033

TagPrint Pro 3.0 software

094-09011

Hard shell case for TT230MC

094-09012 094-09013

Battery pack for TT230MC Blank Vinyl for Desktop Thermal Transfer Printers Color White Yellow Red Black

Width 1" 2" 1" 2" 1" 1" 2"

Roll length 250' 250' 250' 250'

Item code 094-09003 094-09004 094-09005 094-09006 094-09007 094-09009 094-09010

FREE! Tagprint Xpress Solar app Scan this code to download HellermannTytonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s helpful solar label app, which provides guidance and NEC references for selection and placement of safety labels. The app can also be used in conjunction with the TT230MC printer to print or fill out custom safety labels quickly and easily.

250

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

TOOLS

Portable Sign Printers The HellermannTyton handheld Portable Sign Printer can print safety labels as well as other signs and markers on the jobsite at over 200 dpi. The printer comes with a manual cutting blade and accommodates up to 2" vinyl. The built in software includes most common electrical pictograms and symbols. The printer package includes a rechargeable battery, charger, white ribbon, and a roll of 2" red vinyl. Blank self-adhesive rolls of vinyl are available in white, red, and white/orange for arc flash labels with widths from 0.5" to 2". Reflective vinyl is also available in red or white. These vinyl rolls can also be used with the TT230MC, but come in much shorter rolls for use with the smaller spool on the portable printer. The vinyl material is UV stable and rated for a minimum of 5 years of outdoor use without significant fading or adhesive degradation. Portable Sign Printers and Accessories Description

Item code

Portable Sign Printer with battery pack, charger, white ribbon, and red 2â&#x20AC;? vinyl

094-09019

Hard shell case for Portable Sign Printer

094-09020

Black ribbon for Portable Sign Printer

094-09021

White ribbon for Portable Sign Printer

094-09022

Blank Vinyl for Desktop Thermal Transfer Printers Color

Roll length

Item code

0.5"

30'

094-09026

30'

094-09023

30'

094-09028

20'

094-09024

20'

094-09029

0.5"

30'

094-09027

30'

094-09025

30'

094-09030

White reflective

20'

094-09031

White w/ orange bar

30'

094-09032

Red

Red reflective

White

Label Printing Systems

Width

Only need a few custom labels? AEE Solar can print custom safety labels to your specifications. Contact us for details .

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

251

ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS

Electric Vehicle Charging Stations

By the end of 2015, experts expect 500,000 to 1,000,000 battery-electric vehicles (BEVs) and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) in the United States. Most electric vehicle owners will charge their cars at home, creating a large market for home chargers. In addition, many municipalities and businesses are already planning to install commercial charging stations. A charging station is a great companion to a grid-tied PV system because it extends the financial and environmental savings of solar power to transportation, directly offsetting oil consumption and vehicle exhaust. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) options (available on most commercial chargers) enable system owners to control and track use of their chargers by issuing authentication cards. There are three categories of EV charging stations: Level 1: This is a simple device that plugs into a 120 VAC 20 amp outlet. It looks like a conventional AC outlet but with one blade turned 90°. Typically delivered with the vehicle from the dealer or manufacturer, Level 1 charging stations are limited to a maximum of 2 kW and take 10 to 20 hours to fully charge an all-electric car. Level 2: These charging stations are typically hardwired into a 240 VAC 40 A circuit and range in output from 6 to 12 kW. Level 2 charging stations can fully charge an electric vehicle in 3 to 8 hours. Installed on a dedicated circuit, they feed power to the vehicle’s built-in charger through an S AE J1772 plug that resembles the nozzle of a gas pump. Most residential and commercial charging stations currently available are Level 2. Level 3: This is a high powered charger that delivers 20 kW or more of 300+ VDC power directly to the EV battery. These chargers require three-phase power and a large commercial service panel. Level 3 CHAdeMO connectors are an option on the Nissan Leaf and other electric vehicles, but Level 3 charging stations are best suited for commercial vehicle and fleet applications due to their size and cost. Federal and state tax credits in California, Hawaii, Illinois, Louisiana, Maryland, Oregon, and Washington lower the cost of equipment and installation of charging stations.

Schneider Electric

Schneider Electric offers a suite of electric vehicle charging stations for both residential and commercial applications. These Level 2 charging stations can charge most EV batteries in 3 to 8 hours via the standard SAE J1772 compliant output plug, which fits the receptacles of the most popular EVs and Plug-in HybridElectric Vehicles such as the Nissan Leaf, Chevy Volt, and Toyota’s new plug-in Prius. The Schneider EV Link charging stations also feature a user-friendly interface, integrated ground fault protection, and automatic restart following a corrected ground fault or temporary loss of power. For maximum output, installation will require a 240 VAC source with a 40 A two-pole circuit breaker capable of a 30 A continuous load per charging unit. Dual chargers require twice the current or two separate circuits.

EV Link Wall-Mounted Level 2 Charging Stations These charging stations mount on the wall of a garage or outdoors on the side of a building. Installation with a standard 240 VAC socket and plug can be used to keep the unit portable, but be sure to check with your local code inspector as some jurisdictions have additional requirements for these outlets. RFID access is only available on the outdoor version, which also features a NEM A 3R weatherproof enclosure. Listed to UL 2594, 2231, 991, 1998, and 2251. Schneider Electric EV Link Wall Mounted EV Charging Stations Description

252

Model

Item code

Indoor-only 120/240 VAC

EV2430WS

089-01500

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC

EV230WSR

089-01501

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC with RFID access

EV230WSRR

089-01504

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

These NEMA 3R rated outdoor Level 2 charging stations can be deployed in parking spaces or dedicated EV charging areas. Both the single and dual output versions are available with RFID access to ensure security. Listed to UL 2594, 2231, 991, 1998, and 2251. Schneider Electric EV Link Pedestal EV Charging Stations Model

Item code

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC single output

Description

EV230PSR

089-01502

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC dual output

EV230PDR

089-01503

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC single output with RFID Access

EV230PSRR

089-01505

Outdoor 120/208/240 VAC dual output with RFID Access

EV230PDRR

089-01506

EV Link RFID Accessories RFID-accessible versions are available for all outdoor-rated EV Link charging stations. This enables the user to set up and manage up to 480 users for each charging station by issuing authentication cards. Authentication cards and associated pin numbers can be activated or inactivated for each charging station using the handheld programmer. Scheider Electric EV Link RFID Accessories Description

Model

Item code

EVRFIDHP

089-01507

EVRFIDKF-10

089-01508

RFID Handheld programmer RFID Authentication cards, 10 pack

EV Link DC Quick Charging Stations These Level 3 charging stations can output up to 50 kW enough to recharge an EV to 80% in about 30 minutes. These feature a 20’ long cable with a Level 3 CHAdeMO standard output connector, which cannot connect to the SAE JA1172 ports standard on consumer EVs. Nissan and others offer Level 3 connectivity as an option, while most commercial grade EVs are expected to have it standard. Schneider expects to offer adaptors for the SAE Level 3 connector standard once it becomes available. These commercially-oriented stations also include a touch screen user interface and NEMA 3R weatherized enclosure. An RFID reader is standard for local access security using RFID cards. If the charger is to be made available to the general public, an optional credit card reader allows for the use of major credit cards through a secure cellular network. The Quick Charging stations require up to 58 kVA of input power though a 208 VAC or 240 VAC threephase circuit. Listed to UL 2202, 2231, and 2251. Schneider Electric EV Link DC Quick Charging Stations Input voltage

Input current

208 VAC, 3Φ

160 A

Output voltage

500 VDC 240 VAC, 3Φ

140 A

Authentication

Model

Item #

RFID

EVF20850DTR

089-01525

Credit card

EVF20850DTB

089-01526

RFID

EVF24050DTR

089-01527

Credit card

EVF24050DTB

089-01528

Need assistance? Call your AEE Solar rep, or Sales Support at 800-777-6609.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

253

ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATIONS

EV Link Pedestal-Mounted Level 2 Charging Stations

Reference REFERENCE

Maximum Ampacities for Wire The table below shows allowable ampacities of conductors (wires) in conduit, raceway, and cable or directly buried, in an ambient temperature of 30 °C (86 °F). National Electrical Code (NEC) allows rounding up cable ampacity to next size standard fuse or breaker. For ambient temperatures above 30 °C (86 °F), multiply the allowable ampacities shown at right by the correction factor listed under the insulation temperature rating below. Maximum Ampacity of Copper and Aluminum Conductors at 30 °C Wire size

Copper conductor temperature rating (A) 75 °C (167 °F)

90 °C (194 °F)

Aluminum conductor temperature rating (A) 75 °C (167 °F)

90 °C (194 °F)

14 AWG

20 A

25 A

12 AWG

25 A

30 A

20 A

25 A

10 AWG

35 A

40 A

30 A

35 A

8 AWG

50 A

55 A

40 A

45 A

6 AWG

65 A

75 A

50 A

60 A

1 1 1

4 AWG

85 A

95 A

65 A

75 A

2 AWG

115 A

130 A

90 A

100 A

1 AWG

130 A

150 A

100 A

115 A

Maximum Ampacities for Wire

1/0 AWG

150 A

170 A

120 A

135 A

2/0 AWG

175 A

195 A

135 A

150 A

3/0 AWG

200 A

225 A

155 A

175 A

4/0 AWG

230 A

260 A

180 A

205 A

1 NEC specifies that the overcurrent protection device not exceed 30 A for 10 AWG wire, 20 A for 12 AWG wire, and 15 A for 14 AWG wire.

Temperature Correction Factors for Ampacity Temperature range

254

75 °F insulation

90 °F insulation

31-35 °C

87-95 °F

0.94

0.96

36-40 °C

96-104 °F

0.88

0.91

41-45 °C

105-113 °F

0.82

0.87

46-50 °C

114-122 °F

0.75

0.82

51-55 °C

123-131 °F

0.67

0.76

56-60 °C

132-140 °F

0.58

0.71

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use this table to determine cable size and fuse or breaker size for common battery-based inverter models. Smaller cable sizes can be used if fuse or breaker size is reduced, but this can cause nuisance-tripping if the inverter is running near its maximum output. Larger cables may be necessary if the distance from the inverter to the battery is greater than 10'. Use this table to choose the correct inverter breaker or fuse size required when choosing a pre-assembled power center that contains an over-current protection device (fuse or circuit breaker). Examples are MidNite Solar’s E-Panels, Magnum Energy’s MP and MMP panels, and OutBack Power’s FLEXware power centers.

REFERENCE

Recommended Inverter Cable and Overcurrent Protection

AEE Solar stocks battery-to-inverter cables in 2, 2/0 and 4/0 AWG. Cable and Overcurrent Protection Sizing Inverter voltage

12-volt

48-volt

Max inverter input

Fuse size

Circuit breaker

Recommended wire size

300 W

40 A

50 A

4 AWG

600 W

80 A

110 A

100 A

2 AWG

800 W

107 A

110 A

2 AWG

1,000 W

135 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

1,500 W

200 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

2,000 W

265 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

2,400 W

320 A

400 A

250* A

4/0 AWG

2,500 W

334 A

400 A

250* A

4/0 AWG

2,800 W

382 A

400 A

250* A

4/0 AWG

3,000 W

400 A

250* A

4/0 AWG

600 W

40 A

50 A

6 AWG

800 W

54 A

70 A

75 A

4 AWG

Inverter Cable and Overcurrent Protection

24-volt

Continuous watts

1,000 W

67 A

80 A

75 A

2 AWG

1,500 W

100 A

110 A

2/0 AWG

2,000 W

135 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

2,400 W

160 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

2,500 W

167 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

3,000 W

200 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

3,500 W

230 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

4,000 W

265 A

300 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

3,000 W

100 A

110 A

2/0 AWG

3,600 W

120 A

200 A

125 A

2/0 AWG

4,000 W

135 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

4,500 W

155 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

5,000 W

167 A

200 A

175 A

2/0 AWG

6,000 W

200 A

400 A

250 A

4/0 AWG

8,000 W

270 A

400 A

175 A (2 each)

2/0 AWG (2 each)

* These amperages exceed the capacity of a 250 A breaker and 4/0 AWG cable. Use two 2/0 AWG cables with two 175 A breakers if possible, or reduce loads to prevent tripping the breaker or blowing the fuse.

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

255

Wire Loss Tables for 12 VDC and 24 VDC Systems REFERENCE

Use this table to determine the maximum distance from power source to load for 2% voltage drop. If a 4% loss is acceptable, the distance can be doubled, but do not exceed 2% drop for wire between PV modules and batteries. A 4% to 5% loss is acceptable between batteries and lighting circuits in most cases. Note that a 24 VDC array can be placed much further from the battery bank than a 12 VDC array of the same size due to the lower current. 12-volt System Maximum Wire Runs AMPS

14 AWG

12 AWG

10 AWG

8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

2 AWG

1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG

45'

70'

115'

180'

290'

456'

720'

22.5'

35'

57.5'

90'

145'

228'

360'

580'

720'

1,060'

10'

17.5'

27.5'

45'

72.5'

114'

180'

290'

360'

580'

7.5'

12'

17.5'

30'

47.5'

75'

120'

193'

243'

380'

2% voltage drop

Wire Loss Tables

5.5'

8.5'

15'

22.5'

35.5'

57'

90'

145'

180'

290'

10 A

4.5'

12'

18'

28.5'

45.5'

72.5'

115'

145'

230'

15 A

4.5'

12'

19'

30'

48'

76.5'

96'

150'

20 A

3.5'

5.5'

14.5'

22.5'

36'

57.5'

72.5'

116'

25 A

1.8'

2.8'

4.5'

11.5'

18'

29'

46'

58'

92'

30 A

1.5'

2.4'

3.5'

9.5'

15'

24'

38.5'

48.5'

77'

40 A

2.8'

4.5'

11.5'

18'

29'

36'

56'

50 A

2.3'

3.6'

5.5'

14.5'

23'

29'

46'

100 A

2.9'

4.6'

7.2'

11.5'

14.5'

23'

150 A

4.8'

7.7'

9.7'

15'

200 A

3.6'

5.8'

7.3'

11'

24-volt System Maximum Wire Runs AMPS

14 AWG

2 AWG

10 AWG

8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

2 AWG

1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG

90'

140'

230'

360'

580'

912'

1,440'

45'

70'

115'

180'

290'

456'

720'

1,160'

1,440'

2,120'

20'

35'

55'

90'

145'

228'

360'

580'

720'

1,160'

15'

24'

35'

60'

95'

150'

240'

386'

486'

760'

11'

17'

30'

45'

71'

114'

180'

290'

360'

580'

10 A

14'

24'

36'

57'

91'

145'

230'

290'

460'

15 A

14'

24'

38'

60'

96'

153'

192'

300'

2% voltage drop

256

20 A

11'

18'

29'

45'

72'

115'

145'

232'

25 A

3.6'

5.6'

14'

23'

36'

58'

92'

116'

184'

30 A

4.8'

12'

19'

30'

48'

77'

97'

154'

40 A

5.6 '

14'

23'

36'

58'

72'

112'

50 A

4.6'

7.2'

11'

18'

29'

46'

58'

92'

100 A

5.8'

9.2'

14.4'

23'

29'

46'

150 A

9.6'

15.4'

19.4'

30'

200 A

7.2'

11.6'

14.6'

22'

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

Use these tables to determine the maximum distance one-way in feet of various gauge two-conductor copper wire from power source to load for 2% voltage drop in 48 VDC and 120 VDC system wiring. You can go twice the distance where a 4% loss is acceptable but do not exceed 2% drop for wire between PV modules and batteries. A 4 to 5% loss is acceptable between batteries and lighting circuits in most cases. 48-volt System Maximum Wire Runs AMPS

14 AWG

12 AWG

10 AWG

8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

2 AWG

REFERENCE

Wire Loss Tables - 48 V and 120 V

1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG

2% voltage drop 1A

180'

280'

460'

720'

1,160'

1,824'

2,880'

90'

140'

230'

360'

580'

912'

1,440'

2,320'

2,880'

4,240'

40'

70'

110'

180'

290'

456'

720'

1,160'

1,440'

2,320'

30'

48'

70'

120'

190'

300'

480'

772'

972'

1,520'

22'

34'

60'

90'

142'

228'

360'

580'

720'

1,160'

18'

28 '

48'

72'

114'

182'

290'

460'

580'

920'

15 A

12'

18'

28'

48'

76'

120'

192'

306'

384'

600'

20 A

14'

22'

36'

58'

90'

144'

230'

290'

464'

25 A

7.2'

11.2'

18'

28'

46'

72'

116'

184'

232'

368'

30 A

9.6'

14'

24'

38'

60'

96'

154'

194'

308'

40 A

11.2'

18'

28'

46'

72'

116'

144'

224'

50 A

9.2'

14.4'

22'

36'

58'

92'

116'

184'

100 A

11.6'

18.4'

28.8'

46'

58'

92'

150 A

19.2'

30.8'

38.8'

60'

200 A

14.4'

23.2'

29.2 '

44'

120-volt System Maximum Wire Runs AMPS

14 AWG

12 AWG

10 AWG

8 AWG

6 AWG

4 AWG

2 AWG

1/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 4/0 AWG

2% voltage drop 1A

450'

700'

1,150'

1,800'

2,900'

4,560'

7,200'

225'

350'

575'

900'

1,450'

2,280'

3,600'

5,800'

7,200'

10,600'

100'

175'

275'

450'

725'

1,140'

1,800'

2,900'

3,600'

5,800'

75'

120'

175'

300'

475'

750'

1,200'

1,930'

2,430'

3,800'

55'

85'

150'

225'

355'

570'

900'

1,450'

1,800'

2,900'

10 A

45'

70'

120'

180'

285'

455'

725'

1,150'

1,450'

2,300'

15 A

30'

45'

70'

120'

190'

300'

480'

765'

960'

1,500'

20 A

20'

35'

55'

90'

145'

225'

360'

575'

725'

1,160'

25 A

18'

28'

45'

70'

115'

180'

290'

460'

580'

920'

30 A

15'

24'

35'

60'

95'

150'

240'

385'

485'

770'

40 A

28'

45'

70'

115'

180'

290'

360'

560'

50 A

23'

36'

55'

90'

145'

230'

290'

460'

100 A

18'

29'

46'

72'

115'

145'

230'

150 A

48'

77'

97'

150'

200 A

36'

58'

73'

110'

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

257

Wire Loss Tables

8A 10 A

Solar Insolation REFERENCE

This table shows solar insolation in kilowatt hours per square meter per day in many U.S. locations, known as “sun-hours per day.ˮ To find average sun-hours per day in your area, check local weather data, look at the maps on the following pages, or find a city in the table below that has similar weather to your location. For year-round autonomy, use the low figure. For autonomy in summer only, use the high number. For a utility grid-tie system with net metering, use the average figures. State AK AL AR

Solar Insolation

High Low

Avg

Fairbanks

City

5.87

2.12

3.99

Matanuska

5.24

1.74

3.55

Montgomery

4.69

3.37

4.23

Bethel

6.29

2.37

3.81

Little Rock

5.29

3.88

4.69

Tucson

7.42

6.01

6.57

Page

7.30

5.65

6.36

Phoenix

7.13

5.78

6.58

Santa Maria

6.52

5.42

5.94

Riverside

6.35

5.35

5.87

Davis

6.09

3.31

5.10

Fresno

6.19

3.42

5.38

Los Angeles

6.14

5.03

5.62

Soda Springs

6.47

4.40

5.60

La Jolla

5.24

4.29

4.77

Inyokern

8.70

6.87

7.66

Granby

7.47

5.15

5.69

Grand Lake

5.86

3.56

5.08

Grand Junction

6.34

5.23

5.85

Boulder

5.72

4.44

4.87

Washington

4.69

3.37

4.23

Apalachicola

5.98

4.92

5.49

Belie Is.

5.31

4.58

4.99

State KS KY LA

MD ME MI MN MO MS MT NM

High Low

Avg

Manhattan

City

5.08

3.62

4.57

Dodge City

6.50

4.20

5.60

Lexington

5.97

3.60

4.94

Lake Charles

5.73

4.29

4.93

New Orleans

5.71

3.63

4.92

Shreveport

4.99

3.87

4.63

E. Wareham

4.48

3.06

3.99

Boston

4.27

2.99

3.84

Blue Hill

4.38

3.33

4.05

Natick

4.62

3.09

4.10

Lynn

4.60

2.33

3.79

Silver Hill

4.71

3.84

4.47

State NY

OH OK

High Low

Avg

Schenectady

City

3.92

2.53

3.55

Rochester

4.22

1.58

3.31

New York City

4.97

3.03

4.08

Columbus

5.26

2.66

4.15

Cleveland

4.79

1.99

3.94

Stillwater

5.52

4.22

4.99

Oklahoma City

6.26

4.98

5.59

Astoria

4.67

1.99

3.72

Corvallis

5.71

1.90

4.03

Medford

5.84

2.02

4.51

Pittsburgh

4.19

1.45

3.28

State College

4.44

2.79

3.91

Caribou

5.62

2.57

4.19

Newport

4.69

3.58

4.23

Portland

5.23

3.56

4.51

Charleston

5.72

4.23

5.06

Sault Ste. Marie

4.83

2.33

4.20

Rapid City

5.91

4.56

5.23

E. Lansing

4.71

2.70

St. Cloud

5.43

3.53

4.53

Columbia

5.50

3.97

4.73

St. Louis

4.87

3.24

4.38

Meridian

4.86

3.64

4.43

Glasgow

5.97

4.09

5.15

Great Falls

5.70

3.66

Summit

5.17

2.36

Albuquerque

7.16

6.21

6.77

Lincoln

5.40

4.38

4.79

N. Omaha

5.28

4.26

4.90

Cape Hatteras

5.81

4.69

5.31

Greensboro

5.05

4.71

Nashville

5.20

3.14

4.45

Oak Ridge

5.06

3.22

4.37

San Antonio

5.88

4.65

5.30

Brownsville

5.49

4.42

4.92

El Paso

7.42

5.87

6.72

Midland

6.33

5.23

5.83

4.93

Fort Worth

6.00

4.80

5.43

3.99

Salt Lake City

6.09

3.78

5.26

Flaming Gorge

6.63

5.48

5.83

Richmond

4.50

3.37

4.13

Seattle

4.83

1.60

3.57

Richland

6.13

2.01

4.44

Pullman

6.07

2.90

4.73

Spokane

5.53

1.16

4.48

Miami

6.26

5.05

5.62

Gainesville

5.81

4.71

5.27

Tampa

6.16

5.26

5.67

Atlanta

5.16

4.09

4.74

Griffin

5.41

4.26

4.99

Honolulu

6.71

5.59

6.02

Bismarck

5.48

3.97

5.01

Ames

4.80

3.73

4.40

Sea Brook

4.76

3.20

4.21

Prosser

6.21

3.06

5.03

Boise

5.83

3.33

4.92

Las Vegas

7.13

5.84

6.41

Madison

4.85

3.28

4.29

Twin Falls

5.42

3.42

4.70

Ely

6.48

5.49

5.98

Charleston

4.12

2.47

3.65

Chicago

4.08

1.47

3.14

Binghamton

3.93

1.62

3.16

Lander

6.81

5.50

6.06

Indianapolis

5.02

2.55

4.21

Ithaca

4.57

2.29

3.79

258

NB NC

NV NY

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

North America

REFERENCE

These maps show the average value of total solar energy received in peak-sun-hours per day on an optimally tilted surface during the month with the lowest solar radiation (not the yearly average). This is the best number to use in off-grid system design where the electrical demand is continuous or is not expected to vary seasonally and the system must be designed to operate year around (Use this number for line 3 in the Off-Grid Solar Array Sizing Worksheet in the System Design section).

Peak Sun Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

259

South America

REFERENCE Peak Sun Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average 260

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

REFERENCE

Europe

Africa

Peak Sun Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

261

India

REFERENCE Peak Sun Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average 262

For the latest on AEE Solar products, trainings and dealer services, visit www.aeesolar.com

New Zealand

263

Peak Sun Hours per Day - Lowest Monthly Average

Australia

REFERENCE

Asia

Thank You to our 2014 Advertisers AEE Solar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 AET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Blue Sky Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Enphase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Fronius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Inside Front Hellermann Tyton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Magnum Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 MidNite Solar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 MK Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Morningstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 OutBack Power . . . . . . . . . . . Back Cover, 92, 125, 164 Power-One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 SELF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro SMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66, 69 SnapNrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 SolarEdge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Solmetric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 Trojan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

To get OutBack’s battery back-up white paper, click the AC Coupling banner at www.outbackpower.com.

Get it right the

second time around. Investing in a grid-tied PV system was a good decision. Adding energy storage to that same system with AC coupling is the logical next step. OutBack’s FLEXcoupled solution provides all the benefits of a grid-tied system plus the ability to power your home or business in the event of utility power failure or grid instability. The only single-brand AC coupling solution that is rated UL1741 end-to-end Built on OutBack’s acclaimed Grid/Hybrid Radian Series inverter/charger and EnergyCell battery platform Backed by OutBack’s industry-leading technical support

OutBack’s FLEXcoupled AC Coupling Solution Grid-Tied Inverter Sub Panel / Critical Loads Renewable Energy Source

Utility Meter

OutBack’s AC Coupling solution adds energy storage and backup power to your existing PV system.

360.435.6030 w w w. o u t b a c k p o w e r. c o m

Utility Grid Main Electrical Panel

Masters of the Off-Grid.™ First Choice for the New Grid.